sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.

Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a ada a a da a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a da a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla a s
i. .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet

alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Choose the most appropriate answer out of the four provided to you and write the correct option
code and also tet the correct answer against
tet it:
1.saaslaa i .N i.
Inlawhich
eN asla
type of parthenogenesis
s i
alai..N eN are only males s laalia.Ni.eNtet
asproduced? s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Arrhenotoky w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) Both a and Pa d
b.w.Pa
w
www
ww wwwww wwwww
b) Thelytoky ww
c) Amphitoky www wwww
2. Animals giving birth to young ones are
a).N Oviparous
t .Ni.eNte b)t Ovoviviparous i.Nc)etViviparous d).NBoth t a and b .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la i.eNet a s as alia
la a s as laalai.Net a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia
d da The mode of reproduction .P.aPdada in bacteriawiswby .Padada d a d a
w.P.aPa3. w w www.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww a) Formation ww ww
wof gametes ww
b) Endospore wwwformation wwwww
c) Conjugation d) Zoospore formation

t
4.sala Inlia N
.whiche te t
N mode of reproduction ia N e t e t
. i.N variations are seen ia. i.eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet
ia .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a i . a s a laal a s a laal a s a laal a s a laal
d as .P.aPdadas d as d as d s
w.P.aPad a) Asexual www w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) Both a and b.P.aPada

e
b) Parthenogenesis c) Sexual w
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
5. Assertion and reasoning questions: Assertion: In bee society, all the members are diploid except
drones.

N
a l a lia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a sa s aReason: Drones are a dproduced
a s
a by parthenogenesis
a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad a) Both A and w .P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwRw are true and R is correct wwwwexplanation for A ww www wwwww

a s asla
c)i.A
a l aNi.Ne
eist true
i.
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation for A
t but R is false lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s asla alia.Nid) t
.eNIfetboth A and Raare s asla al .Ni.eNtet
false.
ia
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa6.
d Assertion: Offsprings .Pa adproduced by asexual
ww.P
w ww.P
w a ad
.Preproduction .Pa adidentical to the parent.
are genetically
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www
Reason: Asexual reproduction involves only mitosis and no meiosis.
www www www
a) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation for A
t .Ni.ReNtisetnot the correctsa .Ni.eNtet for A .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
lab)lia
a .N i.eNetA and R are true
Both alia
lbut alia
explanation
la laalia laalia
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as a a
d a s a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad c) A is truewbut w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPRadare false. w.P.aPad
www
ww wwRwis false
w wwwww d) If both wwwAwand wwwww
7. Assertion: Viviparous animals give better protection to their offspring.
s

Reason: They lay their eggs N in the safe places of the environment.
s alsa alia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a
asand R is correct explanation a
d as for Aa a a a a
d a a) Both A and R .are
w.P.aPad w wP.aPad
dtrue
w.wP.aPad .Padadas w.P.aPad
d as
a

www
ww b) Both A and wwwwR are true but R is notwthe w
wwcorrect explanation for wwwAww.P
w wwwww
c) A is true but R is false d) If both A and R are false.
d

.Ni.Nee t t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a
ad questions: ww.wP.Pad a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.PIntext w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww w ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

1. The biological process by which organisms produce their young ones is

a) Nutrition tet b) respiration tet c) treproduction d) inheritance
Ni.etype Ni.eNintroduces Ni.e et .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

2.s a l a
The
lia. N of reproduction s a l a ia
that
l . variations
s a l alia.
in N
organisms is s a l alia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad A) Asexualwreproduction w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w wwwww b) sexual wwwreproduction wwwww
c) multiple fission d) Binary fission
3. Assertion: .Ni.eNet t (A) sexual reproduction t
.Ni.eNet introduces .Ni.eNtet
variations. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a dadato meiosis (DNA replication) .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad Reason: (R)wThis w .wPis.aPdue w w w
www
ww w
w w w w
w w
a) The assertion and reason are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation for ‘A’ w w
w w w w
w w
b) The assertion and Reason are true and ‘R’ is not the correct explanation of ‘A’
alsa c)lia
a Ni.eNtetA and R are false
.Both alsa alia.Ni.eNtet alsa .Nid)
alia
tet
.eNA is true but R is false
alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a
d a s a s a s a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadis essential forwww .P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www 4. Sexual Reproduction
ww wwwww www wwwww wwwww
a) Increasing the number of individuals b) Increasing the size of the population
c) Producing variations d) all these
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d 5.
a a s aThe amitotic or mitotic
a d a a s a
division of the somatica d abody
a s a cells is called a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Asexual w www
w
reproduction wwwww b) multiplewwwwfission wwwww
c) Sexual reproduction d) Binary fission
.Ni.Nee t t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXIIad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
a a1d
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
6. Asexual reproduction is common in members of
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Protista a
d as a a a
b) bacteria.Padadas c) Achaea .Padadas d) all these a a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w w.P w .P w.P.aPad
www 7. Assertion :w(A)
ww w
wwIn asexual reproduction, wwwwthe off springs showwuniparental www
w inheritance wwwww
Reason: (R) In asexual reproduction, genetic variation is not possible.
t .Ni.ReNtis .Ni.eNtefor .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNetA and R are true
Both
a s asland
aalia etthe correct explanation
a s asla alia t A
a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad b) Both A and w d but R is not thewcorrect
P.Patrue
R .are .P.Pad explanation forwA
w ww
.P ad
ww.P w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
c) A is true but R is False d) Both A and R are false
8. Gemmule formation in spongest is a type of
l a i .N i .eNtet alia.Ni.eNet alia.Nib) tet
.eNsexual alia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as aa)l a Asexual reproduction d a saasla d a saasla reproduction
d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad c) Regeneration w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
d) fragmentation wwwww
9. Identify the wrong statement:
a).N t is the division of ithe
Fission tet
.Ni.eNparent body into twoi.or t
more identical daughter tet
individuals. .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laala a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as laalia.Ni.eN
a s as laalia
d a aPdada first in binarywfission .wP.aPdadisacalled karyokinesis .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad b) The division w of
.wP.nucleus w w
www
ww w w
w w
c) The division of cytoplasm is called cytokinesis w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
d) Types of binary fission is based on the number of individuals formed

t
10.
s alsa lia.Ni.eNteirregular
Simple
a t fissionsaisla lia
seen
a .Ni.eNtinet
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad a) Amoebawww .P.aPdadas w.P.aPad
d as d as
w.P.aPad d) Ceratium w.P.aPad
d as

e
www
ww www b) Paramecium
wwwww c) Euglena wwwww wwwww
11. Match the Following:
1) Simple binary fission A) Ceratium

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s laalia
aEuglena .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a2) Transverse binarya d afission
a s a a d B)
a a s a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww 3) Longitudinal wwwww binary fission wwwww C) Parameciumww www wwwww

a s asla
4) Oblique binary fission
a)i.N
a l
e t t
i.
1 – A, 2 – B, 3 – C, 4 – lDai.Ni.Ne
ai.Ne a s asala
e t t
D) Amoeba

a s asla alia.Nib) t
.eN1et– B, 2 – C, 3 –aA, s
4a–i.N
asla l
Det t
ai.Ne a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) 1 – C, 2 –wB, w3.P –.aA,
Pa4d – D .Pa ad
ww.P
w d) 1 – D, 2w–w.C,
w www.P
Pa3 a–dB, 4 – A .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 12. Multiple fission
ww www
w
is vorticella is also called
www www
a) Repeated fission b) binary fission c) fragmentation d) encystment
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
13. Identify the correct statement:
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a l a s as
w.P.aPad a) Multiplewfission w.P.aPad .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww www occurs in vorticella,
w ww ww.P and plasmodium
w
wAmoeba wwwww wwwww
b) The daughter individuals in schizogony are called sporozoites
s

c).Pseudopodia
Ni.eNtet spores arei.formed t in binary fission i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alaNi.eNet a s alsa alai. a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d) Encystment occurs .wP.aPdadduring
a favourable conditions
.wP.aPdada in amoeba.ww.wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w
www 14. Strobilationww
ww w w
occurs in w w
w w w w w w w
w w
a) Sea Anemone b) Aurelia c) Vorticella d) Amoeba
d

15. .Ni.Ne
Plasmotomy e t t is the division e
Ni.Ne
.of t t .Ni.Nee t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a asla a lia a d a saasla alia
a d a saasla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
w.P.Pad a) Multinucleated w.P.P ad into many multi
parent .Pad
w.Pnucleated w.P.Pad
daughterwindividuals w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
w wwwww
a

b) Uninucleated parent into many off springs

c) Nucleus into small fragments d) Ephyral budding in Aurelia
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

16.
s a l a lia.
Sponges reproduce by s a l ali .
a s a l alia. s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Buddingwww .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) both ‘a’wand w.wP.aPad
www
ww www b) gemmulewformation www
w wwwww
c) sporulation w
ww‘b’
17. Exogenous budding is seen in
a)i.N Hydra t .Ni.eNtet
b)aiNoctiluca .Nic) tet anemone t .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet a s as lala a s as alia
la .eNsea a s as ad)lia
la .Nsponges
i.eNet a s as alia
la
d da Fragmentation or dada Laceration is seen adada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPa18. w .Papedal
ww.P w .Pin
ww.P ww.P
w www.P
www
ww
a) Sponges
www b) sea anemone
www c) Aurelia
www d) Hydra
www
19. Apolysis is the process of cutting off proglottids seen in
t .Ni.eNtet solium tet t t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Sponges a s ab)
lsa aliTaenia
a a s alsaalia.Nic).eNHydra a s alsaad)lia i.eNeanemone
.Nsea
a s alsaalia
d a d a .Padada .wP.aPdafragment
da d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad in which the ww.P body grows from
w aw w.P.aPad
www 20. The type ofwregeneration
ww www
w wwwwhole www wsmall is called
wwwww
a) Morphallaxis b) epimorphosis c) apolysis d) strobilation
21. The process of restorative regeneration seen in
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
ad)lia sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Star fish a d a a b)
s a fail of wall lizard a d a a c) Hydra a d a a both ‘a’ and ‘b’ a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.Pand female gametes
w w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
www 22. The fusionwofw
ww wmale wwwwto form a diploid zygote wwww takes place in wwwww
a) Sexual reproduction b) asexual reproduction c) sporulation d) binary fission
.Ni.Nee t t .Ni.Nee t t .Ni.Ne e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXIIad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
a a2d
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
23. Assertion (A): Fishes, Amphibians reproduce by external fertilization
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a Reason (R): The.P fusion a
d aof a
s male and female a a
d as takes place outside
gametes a
d athe a
s body of the female a
d as a
w.P.aPad w w.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww a) Both A and ww ww R are true and R is thewcorrect www explanation for Aww
w www wwwww
c) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation for A
aslaac)lia Ni.eNtetA and R are false
.Both asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla alia
tetis true but R is falsei.NeNtet
.eNA
.Nid) aslaalai. aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a
d Internal fertilization a d a
d s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pa24. w.P.Patakes place in www .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www www wwwww wwwww
a) Reptiles b) Aves c) mammals d) all these a, b. c
25. Whent the male and female gametes produced by the same cell or organism fuset together to form
a l a
a lia.Ni.eNet it is called alalia
zygote, . Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia .Ni.eNet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad a) Autogamy w.P.aPad b) exogamy www .P.aPad w.P.aPad d) merogamy w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www www c) hologamywwwww wwwww
26. The fusion of morphologically and physiologically identical gametes is called
a).N t
Exogamy .Ni.eNtet
b) ihologamy .Nic) tisogamy t
d).Npaedogamy .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laala a s as laalia .eNet a s as alia
la i.eNet a s as alia
la
d da The temporary union .wP.aPdadofa the two individuals dadthe
a same species is.called ad da .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa27. w w .wP.aPof w wP.Pa w
www
ww a) Binary fission w w
w w b) conjugation w w
w w w w
w w
c) multiple fission d) sporulation w w
w w
28. The organism that undergoes isogamy is

t
t .Ni.eNtet tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Monocystis
a s ab)
lsa alivorticella
a a s alsa alia .eNTrichonympha
.Nic)
a s alsaad)lia i.eNet
.NRabbit
a s alsaalia
d a .wP.aPdada among d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 29. Conjugation
ww ww isw
w wcommon wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Paramecium b) vorticella c) bacteria d) all these ‘a’ ‘b’ ‘c’
30. Identify the seasonal breederet t

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s ab)la .Ni.Ne
alipoultry
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
ad)lia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Rabbit a d a a s birds a d a a c) honey bees a d a a Frogs a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 31. Parthenogenesis
ww ww wwwwas first discovered wwbyww
w wwwww wwwww

a s asla
a) Charles bonnet in 1745
a l
e t
c)i.Aristotle
aNi.Ne
t in 1740
i. a s asla alia e
.Ni.Ne t t
a s asla alia
b) Carolus Linnaeus in 1745
tet
.eNAbraham
.Nid) trembleslaini.1740
a s asalaNi.Ne
et t
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa32.
d The significance w .P
ww.P
ofaapolysis
ad in Tapeworm www.P
Pa ad
.is .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww w www
a) It helps in transferring developed embryos from primary to the secondary host
www www
b) To produce ripe proglottids
tet
Ni.eNhelp .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l a
c) ia.To in strobilation laalia laalia .eNnone
.Nid) of these alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .PaPdada are produced w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www 33. The type ofwparthenogenesis
ww www
w in which ww www.females
wonly wwwwiswcalled wwwww
a) Arrhenotoky b) Thelytoky c) Amphitoky d) none of these
s

34. Assertion t
.Ni.eNet (A) There are no male t
.Ni.eNet organisms in complete t
.Ni.eNet parthenogenesis .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a Reason (R) there .wP.is
aPdno
adabiparental sexual reproduction
P.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w .w w w
www
ww w w
w w w
a) Both A and R are true but R is the correct explanation for A
w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation for A
d

asla c)lia
a Ni.eNtetA and R are false
.Both asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla alia
tetis true but R is falsei.NeNtet
.eNA
.Nid) aslaalai. aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a
d Paedogenesis w a d a s
a
d in a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pa35. .P.Paplace
takes w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) Sporocysts of liver fluke b) Redia larval of liver fluke

c) Gall fly d) all these
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

36.
s a l a l
Theia. process in which s a l ali.
a
unfertilized egg is induced s atol alia.
develop into a completes aslaaliindividual
a by chemical s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad stimuli is called w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Complete parthenogenesis b) incomplete parthenogenesis
c) t
Paedogenesis t .Nid) tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia .Ni.eNet
a s as laalia.Ni.eNet
a s as alia
la .eNartificial parthenogenesis
a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d da Classifying animals .Pad adaoviparous or viviparous .Padadatypes dependswon .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPa37. ww.P
w into www.P w ww ww.P ww.P
w
www
ww ww w
a) The site of development of embryo
www b) Whether they lay eggs
www
c) Whether they give birth to young ones d) both b and c
ia N
. i.Ne te t N e
. i.N te t . i.eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
38.
a s alsa Ovoviviparity
a l is seenainsasla alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) Fishes like ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wshark wwwww b) Birdsww www wwwww
c) Hen d) majority of mammals
39. Majority of mammals are Netet
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia. i.N s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
ad)lia sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Oviparous a d a a b) viviparous a d a a c) ovoviviparous a d a a none of these a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 40. The avian example
ww ww www for parthenogenesis wwwwisw wwwww wwwww
a) Turkeys b) parrot c) dolphins d) Honey bees
e
.Ni.Ne t t e
.Ni.Net t .Ni.Nee t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXIIad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
a a3d
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
41. Match it
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a 1) Arrhenotoky .PaPdadas a a A).Redia a s a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w . w P.aPdadaLarvae w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww 2) Thelytoky wwwww ww ww
wB) Aphids wwwww wwwww
3) Amphitoky C) solenobia
4)lia e t t
Paedogenesis e t t D) honey abees .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa .N i.Ne a s asla .Ni.Ne
alia a s s alia
la a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) 1 – A, 2 w –wB,w3.P
–.PC,a4d – D w.P.Pad b) 1 – B,w2w–w .P.3Pa–dC, 4 – D
A, w.P.Pad
www
ww www ww www www wwwww
c) 1 – D, 2 – A, 3 – C, 4 – B d) 1 – D, 2 – C, 3 – B 4 – A
42. Matcht it
s aslaa1)lia.N i.eNet
Oviparous s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia A) Honey s alia
la
abees .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad 2) Viviparous w.P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww ww
wB) sharks wwwww wwwww
3) Ovoviviparous C) most mammals
4)i.N t
Parthenogenesis t D) reptiles i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alai.eNet
la a s as la .Ni.eNet
alia a s as alai.
la a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a – aC,d 4da– D .wP.aPdada .wP.a3Pda–dC,a 4 – D .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) 1 – A, 2 w – B,w3.P
w.Pa w b) 1 – B, 2 –wA, w
www
ww w
w w
c) 1 – D, 2 – A, 3 – B, 4 – C w w
w w w w
w w
d) 1 – D, 2 – C, 3 – B, 4 – A w w
w w
43. A few statements with regard to sexual reproduction are given below:

t
alsaai)lia Ni.eNtet reproduction does
.Sexual alsa .N
alia not
t t
i.eNealways require stwo alsa .Ni.eNtet
aliindividuals
a alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a d aa s a
d a s
w.P.aPad ii) Sexual reproduction w.P.aPad generally involves w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww ww wwwgametic fusion wwwww wwwww
iii) Meiosis never occurs during sexual reproduction
iv) External fertilization is a rule during sexual reproduction

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s alia
la
asbelow:.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aChoose the correct a dstatements
a a s a from the options
a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) i and iv ww www ww
b) i and wwii www
c) ii andwiiiw d) i and iv ww www

a s asla
i)i.The
a l aNi.Ne
i.
44. Given below are a few statements related to external fertilization. Choose the correct statements:
etmale
t and female gametes
a s asla .Ni.eNtetare formed andsareleased
alia a s alia
la .Ni.eNtetsimultaneouslysalalia
a s a
.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ii) Only a few .Pa ad are released into
gametes
ww.P
w .Pamedium
the
ww.P
w ad .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www ww w
iii) Water is the medium in a majority of organisms exhibit external fertilization
www www
iv) Offspring formed as a result of external fertilization has better chance of survival than those
l a ia.Ni.eNtetinside the organism
formed la .Ni.eNtet
alia alia
la .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a l a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad a) iii and ivwww .P.aPdada ad da
iii.wP.Pa
w
d a
w.P.aPad d) i and iv www .P.aPdada
www
ww www ww
b) i and ww c) ii andwivwwww www
45. Which of the following statements support the view that elaborate sexual reproductive process
s

develops
.Ni.eNtet much later insathe .organic
Ni.eNtet evolution? alalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a lsa alia a s s a a s a laalia
a s a laalia
d a i) Lower groups .of
w.P.aPad aorganisms
d da have simpler .wP.body
aPdadadesign .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas
a

www
ww w w
w
w
w wP.Pa w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w
ii) Asexual reproduction is common in lower groups
iii) Asexual reproduction is common in higher groups of organisms
d

t t .Ni.eNtereproduction .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla iv)lia
a i.eNehigh
.NThe incidence sofalsexual
a s aalia t issinalangiosperms
a s alia
a
and vertebrates.
as aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) i, ii and iii w.P.Pad b) i, iii w.Piv.Pad
and c) i, ii, and iv.P.Pad d) ii, iii andwiv
w w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a4d
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
BOOK BACK QUESTIONS: 2 AND, N 3 MARKS
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d 1.as Name the organisms a as
d where a cell division.is a a
d asa mode of reproduction.
itself a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ➢ Amoeba wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Paramecium
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Euglena and Vorticella. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad where the w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad P.Pad
w.with
wwwww 2. Name the w www
w
phenomenon www gamete directly develops
w
female wwwww into a new organism wwwww an
avian example.
➢i.N.eN t t phenomenon, where
The .Ni.eNtthe
et female gamete .Ni.eNtet develops intosaalanew
adirectly .Ni.eNtorganism
et is called ai.N.eNtet
a s aslaal ai e a s aslaalia a s asla ia
l a a ia
l salalai
w w
d
.wP.aPad a Parthenogenesis.
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a s
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww
➢ Ex: Domesticated turkeys, chickenwand wwdomestic pigeon. w ww w ww
➢ Incomplete parthenogenesis – Honey bees
s a laal .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
3.
d a s What is parthenogenesis?a
d a s Give two examples a
d a from
s animals. .Padadaa s .Padada a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad www.P fertilization is ww.P as
w
wwwww ➢ Development wwwww of an egg intoww wa wcomplete individualww w
without wwwknown
parthenogenesis.

t
➢ N e tetIncomplete parthenogenesis
Ex:
. i.N .Ni.eNtet – Honey bees. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a alia
lsa a s alia
lsa
a a s a alia
lsa as a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa
d a dada d a aPdadafluke. d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Paedogenetic w.P.aPparthenogenesis w.P.aPad and Redia larvae
– Sporocyst .P.Liver
wof w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww wwwww www
ww www
ww
➢ Artificial parthenogenesis - Annelid and sea urchin eggs.

N
4. Which
s aslaalia.Ni.eNtetype
t of reproduction
s .Ni.iseNteffective
alia
asla et - Asexual ori.Nsexual
s alai.eNet
asla
t and why?
s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a a a a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Sexualwreproduction
a d a a d a
.P Pad is an effective methodd a
.P ad of reproduction
a than d a
.P.Pasexual
a ad method. w.P.Pad a d a
www
ww ➢ Because,wthe
wwww.sexual reproduction ww ww.P
w
wintroduces w w
www
variations inworganisms. www
ww

5.
a s a
asla ia
l
The
.Ni.eNtet
unicellular
i.
➢ Variations are essential for adaptation and evolution of their own kind.
organisms
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
aliwhich
a reproduce byas asla
binary
.Ni.eNtet
alia fission are s
considered
a
.Ni.eNtet
alia
asla immortal. Justify. a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww organisms reproduce
➢ Most unicellular wwwww by fission (cell division). wwwww www
ww
➢ The whole parent body acts as reproductive unit.
➢ia .Ni.eNtet parent’s body divides
The .Ni.eNtinto
et two daughteracells. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a
la alia
la alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a s as a s s a s as a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Here, the .P.aPdaparent
whole da .Padada into daughterwcells.
body getswconverted .Padada d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww ww w
www w wwww.P w wwww.P www
ww
➢ Thus, there is no death for unicellular organisms. Hence, they are called immortal.
s

6. a Why tetthe offspring formed

.Ni.eNis eNteasexual
.Ni.by t reproduction tet
referred
.Ni.eN to as a clone? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsalia a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa
d a dada by asexual reproduction.Padada referred to w adadabecause, the offspring .Padaare
w.P.aPad ➢ The offspring .Paformed as a.Pclone da
a

www
ww www ww.P
w ww
w ww.P
w w wwww.P ww
w ww.P
w
genetically and morphologically similar to one another and also similar to their parent.
➢ Thus, the offsprings produced by asexual reproduction are called clones.
d

s a .Ni.eNtet
lia
aslaGive s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da7.a reasons for the
a d a
following.
a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww like honey beesware w
wwcalled wwww www
ww
a

A) Some organisms parthenogenetic animals.

Reason:
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet Honey bees (Drones) .Ni.eNtedevelop
t .Ni.eNteteggs by parthenogenesis. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s aslaa Male s alia

asla from unfertilized
s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ So, thewhoney w.P.aPbees w.P.aPad
ad are called parthenogenetic animals. www .P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwww wwwww www www
ww
B) A male honey bee has 16 chromosomes where as its female has 32 chromosomes.
alaa l aNi.eNtethoney bee has 16
Ai.male
a la l .Ni.eNtet
achromosomes
ia reason: lai.Ni.eNtet
a l a a la .Ni.eNtet
alia a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s s a s s a s s a a s s a s s
w.P.aPad ➢ A male .Padabee
honey da is developed wfrom .Padaunfertilized
da .Padahas
eggswwhich da only 16 chromosomes .Padada
www
ww ww w
www.P www ww.P ww.P
w ww ww
w ww.P
w
(haploid set of chromosomes).
➢ There is no fusion of male and female gametes.
.Ni.eN
ia tet ia tet
.Ni.eN16 .Ni.eNte(n)
ia t number). .Ni.eNtet
ia .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a la➢
al So male honey bees
a s a laa
have
l chromosomes a s aa
(haploid
a l l a s a laal a s a laal
d as d as d as d as d as
w.P.aPad A female honey w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwwbee has 32 chromosomes wwwww reason: wwwww www
ww
➢ Female honey bee formed by fusion of male and female gametes.
➢ NeThe male gamete has 16 chromosomes and a female gamete has 16 chromosomes.
s a l al . i.Ntet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a➢ So, the femalea d a
honey
a s a bees have 32 a
chromosomes
a d a s a (diploid (2n) a
number).
a d a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a5d
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
8. How is juvenile phase different from reproductive phase?
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a alia
lsa .Ni.eNtet s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a S. No a
d a a
d a a
P.aPdada a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Juvenile phase w.P.aPad w.Reproductive phase w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ It is a Time period between birth to ➢ It is an actual Reproductive phase
1
just before reproductive phase
l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
iisa asla .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
lia
aknown
asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a d a s
a a
s a l ➢ This a phase
d a s
a a
s a l also known as
a primary
da sa ➢ This phase
a d a is
sa as secondary
a d a s
a
w.P.Pad 2 w .wP.Pad w.P.Pad P.Pad
w.phase w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwgrowth phase or vegetative wwwwwphase wwwww
growth or sexual maturity www
ww

5 MARKS .Ni.–eNt(BOOK
et BACK) .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d 1.a Write short notes d
on the
a types of Syngamy. d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
S.No Autogamy Exogamy
1 t Male and female gametes are produced by The male and femalet gametes are
l a i . Ni .eNet l a i .Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i.eNtet laaliaNi.eNet
.parents. la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s as a l a the same cell
a
dadas a
ors a l a
same organism. a
d a s as a l a produced by different
a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPgametes w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww 2 ww
Bothwwthe ww
fuse togetherwwwto form a They fuse wwwwtowform a zygote. wwwww
zygote. it is biparental.

t
t
.Ni.3eNet Ex. Actinosphaerium t
.Ni.eNand
et Paramecium. alalia .Ni.eN tetHuman - dioeciousi.or
Ex. tet
Ni.eNunisexual animal. ai.Ni.eNtet
alsa alia alsa alia a l al a al a
. P a
aPdadas
. P a
aPdadas
.P a s
aPdadas a
. P a s
aPdadas a
. P aPdaadsasal

e
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww S.No w ww
w w
Hologamy wwwww wwwww Paedogamy w ww
w w
1 In lower organisms, organisms themselves Union of young individuals produced

N
i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eN tet Ni.eNtet of the adult alalia
.division .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N behave as gametes
a s asla alia a s aslaalia immediately aftera s the
aslaalia a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad parentwcellw.wP.P ad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwby mitosis. wwwww
2 The fusion of such mature individuals is

a s a laalia. Ni.eNtet
i.
known as hologamyetet
a s asla alia.Ni.N
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s 3 Ex. Trichonympha.
d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww S.No ww www Merogamy wwwww wwwww Isogamy wwwww
1 The fusion of small sized and the fusion of morphologically and
t
.Ni.eNet morphologically eNtet
.Ni.different gameteslaia .Ni.eN tet
physiologically identical .Ni.eNtet
gametes .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia laalia laalia
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a l a s as
dadMonocystis.
a a
d a s as
w.P.aPad 2 w.P.aPad
Merogametes. w.P.aPad Isogametes w.P –.aP
Ex: w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Anisogamy – It is the fusion of dissimilar gametes. Ex. higher invertebrate and all vertebrate.
s

2.sala alia.Ni.eNtet
Differentiate the following:
s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad A) Internalwand P.aPdadasfertilization:ww.wP.aPdadas w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad
d as
a

w.external
www
ww www
w w ww wwwww wwwww
S.NO External fertilization Internal fertilization
d

.Ni.Ne e t t The fusion of male e

.Ni.Ne t t
and female gametes e
.Ni.Ne t t
The fusion of male Ni.eNtefemale
.and t gametesalaia et t
a da saaslaalia
a d asaaslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a s a l.Ni.Ne
w.P.Pad 1 takesw.P .Pad outside the wbody
place Padfemale takesww
w.P.of place ad
w.P.Pwithin the body wof
w ww
ad
.Pfemale
ww.P
www
ww wwwww www
w www
a

organisms. (in the water medium). organisms.

2 Ex: Sponges, Fishes and Amphibians Ex: Reptiles, Aves and Mammals
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l ali.
a s a l alia. s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad B) Regeneration w.Pin .aPlizard
ad and Planaria: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
S.NO Regeneration in lizard Regeneration in Planaria
t
.Ni.1eNet Type of generation: t
.Ni.eNEpimorphosis t
.Ni.eNType
et of generation: .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia et
a s aslaalia a s aslaaMorphallaxis
lia
a s aslaalia
d a adadreplacement
a adadaparts In this type, dada adadaa
w.P.aPad In w
this.wPtype
w www .P
ofwlost
w ww
.Pbody
ww.P
.Pathe
ww.P
w whole body grows w .Pfrom
ww.P
www
ww 2
occur.
www
small fragment.
www
In restorative regeneration severed body When the body is cut into several pieces,
a i . Ni 3eNtet
. a ia.Ni.eNtet a ia tet
.Ni.eNeach a .Ni.eNtet
ia a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a la l a parts can develop.
a s a la l a s a la l piece can a s l
regenerate.
a a l a s a la l
d as .PaPdadasloses its tail, itwregenerates.
.Padadas .wP.aPdadas develop into .PaPdadas
w.P.aPad wwa.lizard
w w wwww.P w wwaw.whole
www
ww
4
ww
When
w And w w
the
w wfragments www
new individual.

s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia

asla .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a6d
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
Intext questions:
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d asand three marks.P
Two a a
d as and answer: .PaPdadas
question a a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w . w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww ww www wwwww ww www
1. List out the basic features of reproduction.
➢ Synthesis of RNA and proteins, replication of DNA, cell division and growth, formation of
l a .N
ia i .eNtet l a .Ni.eNtefertilization
ia t l a .Ni.eNteindividuals.
inew t l a ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as a l reproductive units
d aand
s
a as a l
their to
d aform
s
a as a l a d a s
a a
s a l d a s
a asla
a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
www 2. What is repeated
ww www fission?
ww ww www wwwww ww www
➢ The multiple fission produces four or many daughter individuals by equal cell division.
t tet eNtet .Ni.eNtedivision .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa .N
➢lia i.eNet the young ones
And a s aslaado
l .Ni.eN
ia not separate untila s aslthe
a
.Ni.process
alia is complete,
as aslaalithis
a
t is called
a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad repeated .Pa ad
ww.P
w
fission. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
w ww www wwwww ww www
➢ Ex: Vorticella.
3. ala
s l .Ni.eNteist encystment? salalia
What
ia .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a a
d a s a a s
dordadecrease in temperature, a
d a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ During unfavourable w.P.aPad conditions (increase w.P.aPa w.P.aPad scarcity of food) .P.aPdada
wAmoeba
www
ww www
ww ww www wwwww ww www
withdraws its pseudopodia and secretes a three-layered, protective, chitinous cyst wall around
it. t

t
l a i . N
i .eNet l a i .eNtet
.NThis
ia l a ia tet
.Ni.eNencystment. l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a➢l a And it becomes a
d ass a
inactive.a l phenomenon a
d asis
s acalled
a l a s
d as a a l a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 4. Explain thewprocess
ww www of strobilation.ww
w www wwwww ww www
➢ Strobilation: It is a special type of transverse fission is seen in some metazoan animals.

N
tet t tet t t .Ni.eNtet
as asla➢lia
a .N i.eNthis
In process, several
a s alia
asla i.eNet
.Ntransverse fissionsa s asla .Ni.eN
alia
occur simultaneously giving
a s asla .N
alia i.eNeto
rise a numberaof s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad individuals. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Individuals often do not separate immediately from each other.

a s a
s la
➢ Ex:
ai
l .
a
Aurelia.
Ni.eNtet
i.
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa5.
d Write short notes w.P.aPonadplasmotomy. ww.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www w ww wwwww wwwww
➢ Plasmotomy is the division of multinucleated parent into many multinucleate daughter
individuals with the divisiont of nuclei.
a i . N
i .eNtet .Ni.eNeto
alilater t .Ni.eNtet of nuclei. salalia
alinumber .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
l ➢ la la la
a

a
d a s a
s a l a Nuclear division occurs
a
dadas as a maintain normal
a
d as a s a a
d a s a a
d as a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Ex: Opalina w.wP.aPPelomyxa w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwand wwww
(GiantwAmoeba). wwwww wwwww
s

6. What is sporulation?
t .Ni.eNtet Amoeba multiplies Ntesporulation t .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a a .N
➢lia i.eNet unfavourable
During a s a alia
conditions
lsa a s alsa .Ni.eby
alia t without
a s alia
lsa
a i.eNet
.Nencystment.
a s a alia
lsa
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Nucleuswbreaks w.P.aPad w.P.aPador chromatinwblocks. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www into several smallwfragments
w www
w www
w wwwww
➢ Each fragment develops a nuclear membrane, and it is surrounded by cytoplasm and develops a
d

spore - case around it.

a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
asparent asla .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a da sa s a➢ When conditions
a d asbecome
a favourable, adthe
a s
a body a d as
disintegrates
a and the spores
a dare
a s
a
w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww ww www
ww wwwww wwwww
a

liberated,was young amoeba.

7. Whattare gemmules?
.Ni.eNet and peculiar .Ni.eNte t .Ni.eNtoccurs
et Ni.eNtet and in somealalia .Ni.eNtet
P

s asla ➢lia
a Regular s alia
aslmode of asexual reproduction
s aslaalia in freshwaters asla .sponges
alia s
d a a d a a a d a a d a a d a a s a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww marine w www by internal budswcalled
w
sponges wwwgemmules.
w wwwww wwwww
➢ A completely grown gemmule is a hard ball, consisting of an internal mass of food - laden
archaeocytes.
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNet a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s a
s alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ During w
d a .wP.aPdada conditions, w d dadagemmule can withstand .wP.aPdada
unfavourable
w thew .aPada disintegrates
.wPsponge wbut
.wP.aPthe w
www
ww w
w w
adverse conditions. w w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ When conditions become favourable, the gemmules begin to hatch.
s alsaa ia
l .Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
8.
a
d a What is apolysis, froma
d a which animal it occurs? a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
➢ In the tapeworm, www Taenia solium,wthe w
wwgravid (ripe) proglottids wwwware the oldest at the posterior wwwww end
of the strobila.
➢ t t tet Ni.eNtet or in groups from tet et t
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNegravid
The proglottidslaare
a s asalia .Ni.eN
regularly cut off either
a s asla .singly
alia as asla .Ni.eNposterior
alithe
a end by a laia
a sasal.Ni.Ne
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad process called Pad
w.P.apolysis. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a7d
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
9. What is the significance of apolysis in tapeworm? Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Apolysis is very
a a
dadas
.Pasignificant
a in tapeworm. a
d as a a
d as a a
.Padadas
a
w.P.aPad ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww ➢ It helps w inw
wtransferring the developed wwwww embryos from the primary wwwww host (man) to findwaw wsecondary
host (pig).
10.
s aslaalia
Name.Ni.eNtethet
three Phases s la
asof alia Ni.eNtet
.life cycle in Human asla
beings.
s alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Organisms d
w.wP.Pathree w.P.Pad w.wP.Padand senescentwphase. w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwhave www phase, reproductive
w
phases –wJuvenile wwwwphase www
w
Juvenile phase/ vegetative phase:
➢i.N.eN Itt ist the period of growth .Ni.eN tet
between the birth ofathe tet
.Ni.eNindividual up to reproductive .Ni.eNtet maturity. salalia .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a aslaal ai e d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a aslalia d a s
a aslaalia
d a a s a
w.P.aPad Reproductive phase/
w .P.aPadmaturity phase:ww.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The organisms wwwww reproduce and their w wwoffsprings. wwwww wwwww
➢ A) seasonal breeders: breeders which reproduce at particular period of the year.
.Ni.eN tet Ni.eNtet deers etc., .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as ➢lia
a
la Ex: frogs, lizards,amost
s as laalia.birds,
a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a .wP.aPdacontinue
da .wP.aPdada their sexualwmaturity. .Padada
w.P.aPad ➢ B) Continuous w.P.aPad w w w wwww.P
www
ww wwwww breeders: breeders wwww which to breed
ww throughout
ww
➢ Ex: honey bees, poultry, rabbit etc.,
Senescent phase:

t
alsaa ia
l .Ni.eNtet alsa alia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢ It begins at the end
a
d a s of reproductive phase.
.Padada a s a
d as a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ➢ Degeneration wwwww in the structure and ww www.P
wfunctioning of the body. wwwww wwwww
11. Mention tet the types of Natural parthenogenesis is of different types:

N
i .N e i .N e tet i .N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
as a . N
asla➢la Arrhenotoky: Only
i a s a
amales
s i . N
lala are produced byaparthenogenesis.
s a
aslala i . N Ex: honey
a s alia
aslbees.
a a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Thelytoky: d
w.wP.Pafemales w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwOnly www by parthenogenesis.
ww
are produced ww wwSolenobia.
wEx: wwwww

12.
a s a
asla lia.Ni.eNteshort
Write t
i.
➢ Amphitoky: Egg may develop into individuals of any sex. Ex: Aphis.

s alia
notes onaConjugation.
asla .Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Conjugation aPadtemporary union w
w.wP.the .P.aPatwo
d individuals of the w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwis wof
ww wwthe wwwww same species. wwwww
➢ During their union both individuals, (conjugants) exchange their nuclear material (DNA) and
then
eNtet get separated. lai.Ni.eNtet
la i . Ni . la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a➢l a Ex: Paramecium, s a a
Vorticella
a
d a s l a (Ciliates) and s a
bacteria
a
d a s (Prokaryotes). a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
13. Zygote is not formed during the conjugation of paramecia, but we call it as sexual reproduction
s

why?t
s a l a
➢lia.N i .eNet
Conjugation is the l a
temporary
s a ia
l .Ni.eNtetunion of the two s a l a .Ni.eNtet of the same
ia
individuals
l s a l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
species.
l s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ During their P.aPdadas d as
w.wP.aPadthe conjugantswexchange
d as
w.P.aPadcertain amount P.aPdadas
a

w.union w .nuclear
www
ww wwwww both individuals, ww
wwcalled www
w ww ww
wof
material (DNA) and then get separated.
d

➢.N Because
t of union of twoi.N individuals
t of the same ispecies,
.Ni.eNtet it is called sexual .reproduction.
Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia i.eNet a s aslaalai.eNet a s ala
asla as aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad .wP.Pad of reproduction
wmethod w.wP.Padthan asexual reproduction? w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 14. Why is sexual
ww wwww wwbetter
ww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Asexual reproduction: Reproduction by a single parent without the involvement of gamete

formation.
Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a l a ia. aslaalia alia

asla aslaalia alia
asla
d a s
a s a➢l The offspring produced
d a s
a are genetically d a s
identical.
a da sa d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P or mitotic division
w w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w
➢ Asexualwreproduction is usually by ww
wamitotic wwwwof the somatic (body)wcells, www hence
w
is also known as somatogenic or blastogenic reproduction.
➢i.N t .Ni.eNtet in the reproductive eNtet .Ni.eNtetof gametes (ova .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaal a i.eNet two parentsasparticipate
When
aslaalia a s a s alia
la .Ni.process involving two
a s a s alitypes
la a a s as alia
la
d a it.Pisadcalled
ada sexual reproduction. .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad and sperm),
ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w www.P
www
ww www
➢ It leads to genetic variation.
ww
w www www

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a8d
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
5 Marks:Netet
s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d 1.as Write short notes on a as
d budding a and its types. a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww Budding ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ In budding, the parent body produces one or more buds.
.Ni.eN tet bud gets separated .Ni.eNtet grows into a young t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla ➢lia
a Each
a s asla alia and
a s asla alia .eNet
.Nione.
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ In sponges, w.Pthe d constricts andwdetaches
.Pabud .P.Pad from the parent Pad and develops
w.P.body w.P.aPnew
into ad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
sponge.
➢ Types of budding :Exogenous budding and Endogenous budding
a l a ia.Ni.eNtet budding: alalia
Exogenous
l .Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad ➢ In this, .Pa ad
ww.P are formed onww
w .PaPad
ww.outer
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwbuds wthe wwwww wwwww
surface of the parent body.
➢i.NeN t Hydra.
Ex: .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai. et a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ In Hydra
d a .wP.aPda
when da is plenty, the ectoderm
food .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
cells increase and form a small elevation on w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
the body.

t
N e tet tet
.Ni.eNare .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a . i.NEctoderm and endoderm
s alsa alia pushed out to s alsaalia s alsaalia s alsaalia
a
d a .Padada a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww form the
ww ww.P
w
wbud. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The bud contains an interior lumen and
gastrovascular cavity. et t

N
a l alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.Ne
alia aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a s a➢ The bud enlarges,
a d a s
adevelops a mouth and
a d a s
circle
a of tentacles. a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad .P ad
ww.Pthe parent bodyww
w w .P Pad
ww.grows
www
ww ➢ At maturity, wwwww the bud constricts wwwwand finally separatesww from
w wand

a s asla alia e
independently.
.Ni.Ntet
Endogenous
i.
budding: lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ In Noctiluca, ww.P
w a ad
.Phundreds of buds are .Pa adinside the cytoplasm.
formed
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww www www
➢ Many buds remain within the body of the parent. This is called endogenous budding.
www www
Gemmules formation:
.Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet a regular andspeculiar .Ni.eNtemode .Ni.eNtet
l ➢
a ia In freshwater sponges la .N
alia i.eNetin some marine
and alia
la
sponges alia
la t
of asexual alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww occurs by internalwbuds
reproduction wwwcalled gemmules. ww
w www wwwww
➢ A completely grown gemmule is a hard ball, consisting of an internal mass of food-laden
s

archaeocytes.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa alia s alsa alia s alsaalia s alsaalia s alsaalia
d a ➢ During unfavourable
a a
.wP.aPdada conditions,wthe a
.wP.sponge
aPdada disintegrateswbut a
.wP.aPdthe
ada gemmule canwwithstand a
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w
www
ww w w
w w
adverse conditions. w w w w w
w w w w w
➢ When conditions become favourable, the gemmules begin to hatch.
d

s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet

alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a9d
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
2. Write short notes on Regeneration and its types. Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.N s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Regeneration
a a as
isdregrowth a in the injured a
d as
region. a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ It was w w
wwstudied
first in Hydra by Abraham wwwww Trembley in 1740. wwwww wwwww
➢ Regeneration is of two types, morphallaxis and epimorphosis.
s la .Ni.eNtet
aMorphallaxis
alia :
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Morphallaxis: w.P.PThe ad whole body grows .Pada small fragment
w.Pfrom w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Ex: Hydra and Planaria.
➢ When tet Hydra is cut into several pieces, each piece tcan regenerate the lost parts and develop
a l alia.Ni.eN
into a whole new a l a ia
individual.
l .Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a
w.P.aPad ➢ The parts w.wP.aPadretain their original w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwusually wwwww polarity, with oralwends, www by developing tentacles
w wwwwwaboral
ends, by producing basal discs.

s a laalia.Ni.eNtet
Epimorphosis:
s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a s a s a s a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Epimorphosis
d a isdathe
.wP.aP da replacement ofwlost .wP.aPdbody
ada parts. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w w w
www
ww w w
w w
➢ Types: reparative and restorative regeneration. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Reparative regeneration: Only certain damaged tissue can be regenerated,

t
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNteSevered
t tet
.Ni.eNdevelop. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a Restorative regeneration:
s alsa alia body parts s alsa lia
acan s a lsaalia s alsaalia
a
d a a
.P.aPdadofa wall Lizard. ww.wP.aPdada a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Ex: Star w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
w
fish,
wwtail
www
ww www w ww wwwww wwwww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
i.
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

3.sala .Ni.eNteshort
Write
lia
t notes on binary
s aslaalia eNtet and its types.lai.Ni.eNtet
.Ni.fission s asala s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad Binary fission: w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww www
ww
a

➢ In this the parent organism divides into two halves and each half forms a daughter individual.
➢ eThe nucleus divides first amitotically or mitoticallye(karyokinesis),
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet .Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
➢li .
a Followed by the s a l
divisionali.
a of the cytoplasm aslaalia
(cytokinesis).
s s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ The offsprings w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww are genetically identical ww www to the parent. ww www www
ww
➢ Depending on the plane of fission, binary fission is of the following types
alia A)teSimple
.Ni.eN t irregular binaryalia.Ni.eNtfission
et .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s a
s la a s a
s la a s as la a s as la a s as la
d a dada fission .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad B) Transverse
w .Pabinary
ww.P www.P ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww www
C) Longitudinal binary fission
ww w www ww
w
D) Oblique binary fission
e t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a A)lia
a Ni.Net binary fission:
. Simple
a s lsa
a alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a .P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Simplewbinary w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.P.aPad
www
ww www fission is seen in irregular
w ww www shaped organisms. wwwEx:
wwAmoeba www
ww
➢ The plane of division is hard to see.
➢ NeContractile vacuoles stop to function and disappear.
a l alia. i.Ntet a l alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a➢ The nucleoli a d a s
disintegrate
a s a and the nucleus
a d a s
divides
a mitotically. a d asa a d a s
a
w.P.Pad .P Pad
ww.constricts
w w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ The cell wwwthen ww wwwand divides to form
in the middle, www wwdaughter
two cells. www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a10
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
d
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a ada a a da a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
B) Transverse binary fission
➢.NeN t plane of the division
The tet along the transverse
runs
.Ni.eN tet of the organism. i.NeNtet
.Ni.eNaxis .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la i. et a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alai.
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ e.g. Paramecium
d a .wP.aPdadand
a Planaria. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
➢ In Paramecium Macronucleus divides by amitosis w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Micronucleus divides by mitosis.

t
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
P.aPdadafission: a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad C) Longitudinal binary
.w

e
w w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
➢ In this nucleus and the cytoplasm divides in the longitudinal axis of the organism. w w
w w w w
w w
➢ In flagellates, the basal granule divides to form two flagella.

N
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet Vorticella and Euglena. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa E.g.
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla a
i.
s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

D) Oblique .Ni.eNtbinary
et fission .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s a laalia s alia
la
adivision s alia
asla s alia
asla s alia
asla
a da a s ➢ In this the plane
a d a
ofa s is oblique. a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww ww ww www www
ww www
ww
a

➢ It is seen win dinoflagellates.

➢ e.g. Ceratium
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

as aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a11
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
d
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
4. Compare encystment and Sporulation in amoeba. Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia. i.N s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a S.NO a
d a a
d a a
d Sporulation
a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Encystment. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
1 Ex: Amoeba Ex: Amoeba
During unfavourable conditions Amoeba eDuring unfavourable conditions Amoeba
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a 2 multiplies a dby
a a s a
encystment. a d a a s a multiplies a by
d a a s asporulation without
a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
encystment. wwwww
Amoeba withdraws its pseudopodia and Nucleus breaks into several small
e t t
.Ni.3Ne secretes asalathree-layered, .Ni.eNtet protective, tet
.Ni.eNfragments or chromatin .Ni.eN tet
blocks. .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s a lia
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad .Pa a
chitinous
ww.P
w d wall around it wand
cyst .Pabecomes
ww.P
ad .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www
inactive.
www www www
When conditions become favourable, the Each fragment develops a nuclear
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i .Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s as a l a encysted Amoeba
a
d a s as a l a divides by multiple
a s as a l a membrane, becomes
a s as a l a surrounded aby
s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Padada w.P.aPad
d a .Padada
www
ww 4 wwwww and produces ww
fission ww.P minute cytoplasm
w
many
w wwwww and develops aww ww.P
w
wspore-case
amoebae called pseudopodiospore or around it

t
s alsa alia.Ni.eNet amoebulae. salalia
t .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a s a a s a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad The wcyst dadaabsorbs
.wP.aPwall water and Pdada off Whenww
.wP.abreaks .wP.aPdadasbecome favourable,
conditions das
.wP.aPdathe

e
w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
liberating the young pseudopodiospores, parent body disintegrates and the spores w w w w
w w
5
each with fine pseudopodia. are liberated, each hatching into a young

N
i . N e tet i . N e tet i .N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N
a s a
aslala i . N
a s aslala amoeba.
a i . N
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad They P.Padand grow rapidly
w.feed w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww 6 wwwww wwwwwto lead an wwwww wwwww
independent life.

a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
i.
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
as asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a12
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
d
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s ala .Ni.eNtet www.TrbTnpsc.com
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT IN ZOOLOGY - 9944277623
5. Explain the types of Parthenogenesis.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Development
a a
dof aan a
s egg into a complete a a
d as individual without a as a
d fertilization is known a
d asas a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www
parthenogenesis. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It was first discovered by Charles Bonnet in 1745.
s aslaa .Ni.eNteof
Types
lia
t partheneogenesis:
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Natural w.P.Pad
Parthenogenesis Pad
w.P.Parthenogenesis.
and artificial w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ In certain animals, parthenogenesis occurs regularly, constantly and naturally in their life cycle
and is known as natural parthenogenesis.
a l a ia.Ni.eNtet parthenogenesis
Natural
l asla .Ni.eNtbe
ia
amay
l et of two types: alalia .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad ➢ Complete w.wP.aPincomplete.
ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwand wwwww wwwww wwwww
Complete parthenogenesis:
➢.NeN Itt is the only form of reproduction .Ni.eNtet in certain animals. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i. et a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ There w
d a is no P.aPdada sexual reproduction.
biparental
.w .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w w w w
www
ww w
w w w w
w w
➢ These are no male organisms and so, such individuals are represented by female only. w w
w w w w
w w
Incomplete parthenogenesis

t
.Ni.eN t .Ni.eNteint which both sexual t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a It eist found in somesaanimals
a lsa alia a s alsaalia.Ni.eNet
reproduction
a s alsaalia
and parthenogenesis occurs. sala
a a ia
l
d a d a d a d a d as
w.P.aPad ➢ Ex: In honeybees; w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Fertilized eggs (zygotes) develop into queen and workers.
➢ eUnfertilized eggs developeinto drones (male).

N
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aPaedogenetic parthenogenesis:
a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Paedogenesis. ww www The larvae produce wwwawnew generation of larvae wwwwwby parthenogenesis.ww www

a s asla
➢i.Ni.eN
al a e
i.
➢ It occurs in the sporocysts and Redia larvae of liver fluke.
Itt ist also seen in the llarvae
a s asa .Ni.eNteoft some insects.salalia
alia a s a
.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Ex: Gall fly.
w .Pa ad
ww.P w .Pa ad
ww.P w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww w
Artificial parthenogenesis:
www www www
➢ The unfertilized egg (ovum) is induced to develop into a complete individual by physical or
ia.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l a chemical stimuli. laalia alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a s as a s as a s as a sa s
w.P.aPad ➢ Ex: Annelid P.aPdasea
w.and da w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ww www urchin eggs.ww www wwwww wwwww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII a a13
ad– ZOO - CHAPTERw-w1..wPPg.
w ww .P
d
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet

alia s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a =====================================================================================
d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w .P.Pad .P ad
ww.Pand write the correct
w w.P.Pad
www Choose the most
ww wwwappropriate answer out ww wwthe
wof four provided w tow
wyou wwwwwoption
code and also the correct answer against it:
1. la The .Ni.eN tet
mature sperms are stored .Ni.eNtinet the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a saasalia d a s
a aslaalia
d a saasla alia
d a saasla alia
d a saasla alia
w.P.aPad a) Seminiferous ww.P
w Pa ad
.tubules
w ww
.Pa ad
b) Vaswdeferens
ww.P
c) Epididymis .Pa ad d) Seminal vesicle
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 2. The male sex
ww wwwhormone testosterone is secreted from
ww w www
a) Sertoli cells b) Leydig cells c) Epididymis d) Prostate gland
i . N e tet i .N e te t i . N e te t .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet
3.
a s as a
laThe
l a i.N glandular accessory a s as alai.Nwhich producesasthe
lorgan
a as la l a i.N proportion ofassemen
alargest as laalia is a s as laalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) Seminalwvesicle w.P.aPad w.P.aPad gland c) Prostate
b) Bulbourethral w.wP.aPad d) Mucouswgland w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w wwwww ww wwgland www
w
4. The male homologue of the female clitoris is

t
a).N Scrotumt .Ni.eNteb)t Penis .Nic) tUrethra d).NTestis t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia i.eNet a s alsaalia a s alsa alia .eNet a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa alia
d 5.a The site of embryo dimplantation
a is the .PaPdada d a .Padada
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww A) Uterus ww www ww w .
www cavity c) Vagina
b) Peritoneal ww www d) Fallopian www ww.P
w
tube
6. The foetal membrane that forms the basis of the umbilical cord is

N
t .Ni.eNte tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia.N i.eNet
Allantois
a s aslaalia b)t Amnion
a s asla alia .eNChorion
.Nic)
a s asla ad)lia i.eNetsac
.NYolk
a s asla alia
a d a
d The most important a d d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa7. w.P.Pahormone .Padmaintaining lactation
w.Pand
in initiating Pad birth is
w.P.after w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
a) oestrogen b) FSH c) Prolactin d) Oxytocin
8. Mammalian
a s as laa
a)lia. Ni.eNtet
Mesolecithal
egg is
and
i.non
a s alia
a
.Ni.eNtet
aslcleidoic a s asla alia
tet
.eNMicrolecithal
.Nib) and
a s la
asnonalia
t
.eNet
.Nicleidoic
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) Alecithalwand P.aPad
w.non w.P.aPad w.wP.aPcleidoic
ad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w cleidoic wwwww d) Alecithalww wwand wwwww
9. The process which the sperm undergoes before penetrating the ovum is
a)i.N t
Spermiation .Ni.eNteb)t Cortical reactionai.Nc) tSpermiogenesis t .Ni.eNtet
laa i.eNet alia
la lalai.eNet laad)lia
.NCapacitation
i.eNet laalia
a

a s as l a
d da The milk secreted a s
dadthe as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPa10. by
.wP.aP a mammary glands aPdadaafter child birth w
.wP.soon is.P ad da
called .wP.aPdada
www
ww w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w w w
w w w.Pa w w
w
w
w
a) Mucous b) Colostrum c) Lactose d) Sucrose
s

11. Colostrum is rich in

t .Ni.eNte tet tet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .NIgi.eNEet a s alsaalia b)t Ig A a s alsa alia .eNIg
.Nic) D a s alsa ad)lia i.eNM
.NIg
a s alsa alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad Protein (ABP)wiswproduced w.P.aPad by w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www 12. The Androgen

ww wwwwBinding www ww www wwwww
a) Leydig cells b) Hypothalamus c) Sertoli cells d) Pituitary gland
d

13. Findethe wrongly matched pair

s a l a lia.Ni.Ntet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla lia
afall.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a) Bleeding phase a d a a a d a a in oestrogen and
a d a progesterone
a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwphase wwwww ww www wwwww
a

b) Follicular rise in oestrogen

c) Luteal phase rise in FSH level
N e tet N e tet .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s asla i
alad). N
i. Ovulatory phaseasasla i .
alai. N s asla aLH
lia surge s asla alia s asla alia
d a a d a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
Intext questions:
1. Every organ system in the human body works continuously to maintain
s a laa lia.Ni.eNtet s a la a.Ni.eNtet
aligametogenesis s a laalia .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
ad)lia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a) Homeostasis d aa b)
s .PaPdadaa s c) spermatogenesis a
d a s oogenesis a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.survival w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 2. The humanworgan
ww www system essential for
w wwwthe of the species ww wwisw wwwww
a) Endocrine system b) respiratory system
e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)
alia N
. i.N e t
reproductive system
a s alsaalia N
. i.N e t
a s alsa alia N .eNNervous
. id) system alalia
a s a a s a laalia
d da Transfer of sperms dadthe
a male into the female d a d as d as
w.P.aPa3. w.P.aPby w.P.aPad genital tract isww w.P.aPad
called w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www wwwww
a) Gametogenesis b) insemination c) fertilization d) implantation
4. Rapidt mitotic divisions of the tzygote which convert the tet single celled zygote into
tet a multicellular i.NeNtet
a
l la i . Ni .eN e t a i . N
i .e
N e t a i. Ni. eN a i . N
i .eN la i.
daadsaasastructure is called dasaaslala l
daadsaasala
l
daadsaasala daadsaasala
.P
w . aP .
w . P aP a d w .. P aP .
w . P a
P .
w . P aP
www
ww a) Fertilization wwwww b) cleavage ww www ww
c) blastocyst www d) Gastrulaww www
5. Attachment of blastocyst to the uterine wall is called
a).N Parturition
t b) iorganogenesis
.Ni.eNtet .Nic) tplacentation d).Nimplantation
t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia i.eNet a s aslaala a s aslaalia .eNet a s aslaalia i.eNet a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 1 ad
www
ww w ww wwwww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
6. Expulsion of the foetus fromNthe mother’s womb is called
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Micturition .PaPdadab) a a
s parturition .Padadas c) placentationa a a a
d as d) implantation.PaPdadas a a
w.P.aPad ww.reproductive organ
w w .P w.P.aPad w .
www 7. The primary
ww wwwmale wwwisww wwwww wwwww
a) Testis b) ovary c) penis d) epididymis
e t e t e t t t .Ni.eNtet
8. ala
a s s a
The .Ni.N
lia et
hormone secretedaby
a s s laalia.the t
Ni.Nepituitary gland that
a s asla alihelps
a
t
.Ni.Ne in the development
a s asla alia .eNesecondary
.Niof sexualalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad characteristics wis.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) FSH b) Luteinizing hormone c) both a and b d) ADH
9. The accessory reproductive organs help in
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNtet alia
tet
.eNsustaining
.Nib) alia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as aa)l a Transport of gametesd a s
a as a l a d a s
a asla gametes
d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad c) Nurturing w .P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad
www
ww www wwdeveloping
the off spring wwwww d) all thewwabove
w wwwww
10. The scrotum is placed outside the abdominal cavity to provide a temperature of ------------ 0C lower
than tet normal internal body
.Ni.eNthe .Ni.eNttemperature
et .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a .Padadab) 10 - 15℃ ww.wP.aPdada c) 3 - 4℃ w.P.aPdada d) 1℃ d a
w.P.aPad a) 2 - 3℃ ww.P regulator for spermatogenesis
w w.P.aPad
www 11. This acts aswaw
ww wthermo w ww wwwww wwwww
a) Sperm b) scrotum c) Lobules d) sertoli cells

t
ia N e te t
. i.Ntestis is covered sbyalan ia N e te
. outermostt N
. i.N
icallede te t ia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
ia
12.
s alsa Each
a l aal i . N fibrous coats a laal a s a laa l s a laal
a
d a a
d as a a
.P.aPdadas c) lobule ww.wP.aPdadas d) leydig cells a
d as
w.P.aPad a) Tunica albuginea w.P.aPad b) inhibin www w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww www w ww wwwww
13. The sites for sperm production are
a) Sertoli cells b) seminiferous tubules c) inhibin d) leydig cells

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 14.
a a s aThe function of sertoli
a d a acells
s a is a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Production wwww of sperms wwwww ww
b) providingwww nourishment to the w www
w
sperms

15. la
a s
c) Production of androgen
The
asalia
e t t
.Ni.function
Ne
i.
of the hormone,
a s asla alia e te t
.Ni.Ninhibin, is
a s asla alia
d) none of these
.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad a) Negativewfeedback .Pa adcontrol of spermwproduction
ww.P
w w ww
.Pa ad
ww.P
b) Providing
ww.P
w Pa ad
.nourishment .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww w
w
c) To initiate meiosis
ww
d) all thesew www
16. The function of Leydig cells is
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNet
Secreting androgens laalia laalia .eNproducing
.Nib) sperms laalia alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad c) providing .Padada w.P.aPad
d a .wP.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ww ww.P
w
nouristiment
w wwwww d) nonewof w
ww
w
these wwwww
17. The failure of one or both testes to descend down into the scrotal sacs is known as
s

a).N Cryptorchism
t b) iimmunology
.Ni.eNtet .Nic) tspermatogenesis d)i.NHirenya t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa ala a s alsa alia .eNet a s alsa alai.eNet a s alsaalia
d 18.
a The part that stores .wP.aPdaspermatozoa,
da temporarily
.wP.aPdadisa .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww a) Rete testis w w
w w b) Tunica albuginea w w
w w w w
w w
c) Tubules rectus d) Epididymis w w
w w
19. The epididymis is a single highly coiled tubule that
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Temporarily stores spermatozoa
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad b) Helps sperms w.P .Pad physiological
undergo .P.Pad
maturation
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

c) Helps sperms acquire increased mobility d) all these

20. This epart of the male reproductive system is used toeconvey both urine and esemen at different
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a lia
times. s a l ali .
a s a l alia. s a l a i
l .
a s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Epididymis w.P.aPad b) urethra www .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www wwwwwduct d) seminalwvesicle
c) ejaculatory www
w
21. The external opening of the urethra is called
a)i.N t
Prepuce .Ni.eNte b)t urethral meatus ai.Nic) tejaculatory duct d)i.Nvasa t .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet a s as laalia a s as lala .eNet a s as laalai.eNetefferentia asasla alia
d da The seminal plasma .Padacontains
da .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPa22. ww.P
w ww.P
w www.P ww.P
w
www
ww
a) Fructose sugar
www b) ascorbic acid
www www
c) prostaglandins d) all these
www
23. The enzyme from seminal vesicle that enhances sperm motility is
t .Ni.eNtet tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Inhibin a s ab)
lsa alivesiculase
a a s alsa .Nic)
alia .eNsemen a s alsa ad)lia i.eNet plasma asasla
.Nseminal alia
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 24. The seminal
ww wwwfluid wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Acts as a transport medium b) provides nutrients
c) Contains chemicals that protect and activate the sperms d)Nalletthese a, b and c
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l . i.Net sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
25.
a s aThe erection of penis
a d a a a
facilitates
s a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P
.P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww a) Insemination wwwww b) fertilization wwwww c) gamete wwwformation d) motilitywofw wsperm
26. The length of the ovary is about
asla a)lia
a .N2i.eN–te
4tcm long ab)la .Ni–.eN8tecm
ali4a t long
aslaalia.Nic) t
.eN1et– 2 cm long asasla ad)lia.N5i.eN–te6t cm long asla alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a d a s
a s d a s
a d a d asa
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pagew.P|.aP2 ad
www
ww w ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
27. The ovary remains attachedNto the pelvic wall and theNuterus by a ligament called
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a l . i.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Infundibulum.PaPdadab) a a
s fimbriae a a
d as c) mesovarium a a
d as d) tunica albuginea a
d as a
w.P.aPad w w. w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www 28. The finger w
ww w
wwprojections
like which help wwwinwcollection of ovum inwthe w
wwinfundibulum wwwww
are called
a) Fimbrial b) tunica albuginea c) megovarium d) isthmus
29.ala Each e
.Ni.Novaryt t is covered by e t t e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s s a lia e
a s asla aalithin
.Ni.Necuboidal epithelium
a a s asla alicalled
a.Ni.Ne -------------
a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) Ovarian w w.P.Pad
stroma w.P.Pad b) germinal .P.Pad
wepithelium w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
c) tunica albuginea d) mesovarium
30. The proximal part of the fallopian tube bears a funnel shaped part called
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNtet l a i . Nic)
.eNtet ad)lia
t
i.eNet
.Nstroma alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as aa)l a Infundibulum d a s
a ab)
s a l a
fimbriae d a s
a as a l a mesovarium d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.Pin collection of ovum
w P.aPad
w.after w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 31. The part that
ww ww whelps wwwww ovulation is ww www wwwww
a) Infundibulum b) fimbriae c) uterus d) ovary
32. The .Ni.eNet t
last part of the oviduct that
.Ni.eNet t connects the ampulla t
and
.Ni.eNet infundibulum to the eNtet is
.Ni.uterus .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a .Padadab) body d a c) womb w.P.aPdada d) isthmus w.P.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Fundus www ww.P of the uterus superior w.P.aPad
www 33. The rounded
ww wregion wwwww to the body is the ww www wwwww
a) Fundus b) cervical canal c) birth canal d) perimetrium

t
e t t e t t e t t .Ni.eN t .Ni.eNtet
34.
s alsa The
a lia N
. i.N e
layer of the uterine s alsa alia
wall N
. i.that e
N exhibits strong s a alia N
. i.N
contractions
lsa e during parturitim
s alsa alia iset s alsaalia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
.P.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Perimetrium w.P.aPad b) myometrium w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) fundus www

e
www
ww ww www wwwww c) endometrium
wwwww www
35. The Bartholin’s glands of the female are homologous to
a) Bulbourethral glands of theemale b) skene’s glands

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ac) Prostate gland a d a a s a a d a a s a d) seminal vesicle
a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 36. The mammary
ww ww wwglands are modified ww www wwwww wwwww

37. la
a s
a) Sweat glands
This
asalia .Ni.N e t
playst
i.
e the most significant
a s
b) sebaceous glands
asla alia e
.Ni.Nrolet t
e in the processalof
a s s aalia.N
c) areolar glands
e
i.Ne
t t
gametogenesis
a s asla
d) skene’s glands
alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad a) Testis www .Pa ad b) ovary
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w c) meiosisww.wP.aPad d) mitosis ww.wP.aPad
www 38. These glands
ww wreduce www
the cracking of the skin of the nipple
w ww w ww
a) Areolar glands b) skene’s glands
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni
tet
.eNvestibular laalia .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
c) bartholin’s glands d) glands
a

a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a s as
w.P.aPad .wP.aPdadspermatids
a .Padada into maturewspermatozoa .Padada is w.P.aPad
d a
www 39. The process
ww ww wbyw
wwhich ww
are ww.P
w
transformed
w w wwww.P wwwww
a) Spermatogenesis b) spermiation c) spermiogenesis d) gametogenesis
s

40. Spermatogenesis
.Ni.eNet t is initiated due
.Ni.eNet t to the increase in the release
.Ni.eNett of .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a a) GnRH d ab) LH .wP.aPdada c) FSH .wP.aPdada d) ABP .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
a

w w w
www 41. The small cap
ww ww ww w w
w w
like pointed structure present at the head of the sperm is w w
w w w w
w w
a) Acrosome b) head c) neck d) tail
d

42. The eNet t

.Ni.proteolytic enzyme e t t
Ne the sperm penetrate
.Ni.helps e
.Ni.Nthet t
e ovum is .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a asla a lia d a s
a asthat
laalia
d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a aslaalia
a
w.P.Pad a) Hyaluronidase a
w.P.Pad b) acrosomewww a
.P.Pad c) nebenkern a
w.P.Pad d) axoneme w.P.Pada
www
ww ww www www wwwww wwwww
a

43. The smallest human cell is

a) Ovum b) sperm c) egg mother cell d) primary follicle
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

44.
s a l a lia
Human. ovum is s a l a lia. s a l alia. s a l a i
l .
a s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Non – cleidoic w.P.aPad b) alecithal www .P.aPad w.P.aPad d) all thesewww .P.aPad
www
ww ww www www wwwww
c) microscopic www
45. The outer thick coat of ovum is
a)i.N t
Vitelline .Ni.eNtepellucida tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet membrane a s a
b)aizona
s lala t
a s as alia
la .Nic).eNcorona radiata
a s as ad)lia
la .Nantrum
i.eNet a s as alia
la
d da At the end of gametogenesis .Padada Padaprimary
da adadtoa .Padada
w.P.aPa46. ww.P
w in females,w.each
ww.P
oocyte gives .Prise
ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww ww
a) Only one haploid ovumw www www
b) two haploid cells
www
c) four haploid cells d) first polar body
ia N e te t
. i.N ovum is N
. i.N e te t . i.eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
47.
a s alsa Human
a l a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) non – cleidoic, w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwwalecithal wwwww b) Cleidoic,
wwwwmegolecithal wwwww
c) Non – cleidoic, macrolecithal d) Non – cleidoic, micro lecithal
48. Absence of menstruation may be due to
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaad)lia.Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Pregnancy a d a a b)
s a stress a d a a c) Hormonal a d a
disordera any one of these a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 49. Both LH and
ww ww w wwattain
FSH peak level inwthe www
w wwwww wwwww
a) Menstrual phase b) Follicular phase c) ovulatory phase d) Luteal phase
.Ni.Nee t t .Ni.Nee t t .Ni.Ne e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 3 ad
www
ww w ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
50. Women with PCOS may experience
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Irregular menstrual a as a a a
d as b) increased .androgen a a
d as levels a
d as a
w.P.aPad .Padadcycle w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww a) Excessive www ww.P
w
facial growth ww www ww
d) all these www wwwww
51. The follicular cells of ovum are held together by an adhesive cementing substance called
t .Ni.eNtet tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNet
Hyaluronic acid
a s ab)
s laalihyaluronidase
a a s asla alia .eNcorona
.Nic) radiata alad)lia
a s s a i.eNet
.Ntampons
a s asla alia
a d a
d If the fertilizedwovum a d a
.P.Padis implanted outside a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa52. .Pad
w.Pthe uterus, it results inw.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www ww www wwwww
a) Ectopic pregnancy b) entopic pregnancy c) Siamese twins d) fraternal twins
53. Whent a single fertilized egg splits into two during the first cleavage, we call themt
a l a
a)lia.N i .eNet
Identical twins ab)l alia.Ni.eNte
Non
t
identical twins a l alia. .eNtet
Nic) Siamese twins asla ad)lia i.eNet
.Nconjoined twins asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadmembranes protect w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 54. The extra embryonic
ww wwwww ww wwwthe embryo from ww www wwwww
a) Desiccation b) mechanical shock
c)i.help t in the absorption of t
nutrients .Nid) tall these .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as laalia.Ni.eNet
a s as laalia .eNet a s as laalia a s as laalia
d da The function of .Amnion ad da is .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa55. w wP.Pa w w w
www
ww w w
w w
a) To provide buoyant environment w ww w w w
w w
b) To regulate the temperature of foetus w w
w w
a) To provide a medium for foetus to move d) all these

t
ia N
. i.N e te t N e te t
. i.N pregnancy is salalia . i.eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
56.
a s alsa The
a l gestation period of
a s alsa alia
Human
a a a s a laa ia
l a s a laalia
d a
w.P.aPad a) 280 dayswww .P.aPdadab) 270 days ww.wP.aPdadas c) 10 months d as
w.P.aPad d) 12 months w.P.aPad
d as

e
www
ww www w ww ww www wwwww
57. Oxytocin causes the
a) Let Down reflex b) Ferguson reflex c) moulting d) none of these

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 58.
a a s aSelect the incorrecta d a a
statement.
a s a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) LH and FSH wwwwtrigger ovulation in ovary ww www ww www wwwww

a s asla
c)i.LH
a l aNi.Ne
t t
etriggers
i.
b) LH and FSH decrease gradually during the follicular phase
secretion oflaandrogens
a s asalia .Ni.eNtet from the Leydig
a s asla alia
t
.eNet
.Nicells.
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad d) FSH stimulates aPadsertoli cells whichwhelp
w.P.the .P.aPaindspermiogenesisww.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www 59. Identify thewcorrect
ww www statement on ‘inhibin’.
w ww www w ww wwwww
a) is produced by the granulosa cells in the ovary and inhibits the secretion of FSH
tet .Ni.eNtecells eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
l a
b) ia.N i.eN
is produced by the laalia
granulosa
t
in the ovary laalia
and .Ni.inhibits the secretion la .N
aoflia i.eNet
LH alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad c) is produced aPdada
w.wP.the w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwwby nurse cells in testes ww wwwand inhibits the secretion ww wwwof LH wwwww
d) inhibits the secretion of LH, FSH and prolactin.
s

60. Several .Ni.eNtethormones likeshCG, hPL,t oestrogen and progesterone .Ni.eNtet are produced by. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a alsa alia.N i.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a a) ovary d a b) placenta d a c) fallopian tube d a d) pituitary d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www 61. Match column

ww wwwwIwwith column II andwselect wwwwthe correct optionwusing wwwthe codes given below
w wwwww
Column I Column II A B C D
d

.N e te t e
Ni.Net
.1.Embryo t e t
.Ni.Ne a) t 3 sal4alia e
.Ni.Ne2t t 1 .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia A.
i.NMons pubis
a s asla alia formationsala
a s alia a s a a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad B. Antrum w.P.Pad 2. Spermww w.P.Pad b)www .P3.Pad 4 1 www 2 .P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www www www
a

C. Trophectoderm 3. Female external genitalia c) 3 1 4 2

D.eNebenkem
tet 4. Graafian
tet follicle d) 1 4 et 3 2
N Ni.eN Ni.eNtet Ni.Net .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a lia. i . N s a l alia. s a l alia. s a l a i

l .
a s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad .PaPad
ww.following
w .Pa ad
ww.P of placenta? ww
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 62. Which onewofw
ww wthe is not the ww function
w www wwwww
a) To facilitate supply of oxygen and nutrients to the embryo
b)i.N To tet oestrogen ai.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNsecrete a s as lala a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a dada of carbon dioxide .Padaandda waste materialwfrom .Padaembryo
da .Padada
w.P.aPad c) To facilitate w .Paremoval
the
ww.P ww.P
w ww.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
d) To secrete oxytocin during parturition
ww w ww w www
63. Hormones secreted by placenta to maintain pregnancy are
t Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet oxytocin .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNethPL, progesterone,
hCG, a s alsa alia.estrogen
a s alsaalia.Nib).eNhCG, hPL, estrogen,a s alsa ia
arelaxin,
l a s alsaalia
d a .Padada prolactin ww.wP.aPdad) dahCG, progesterone, d a d a
w.P.aPad c) hCG, hPL, ww.P
w
progesterone, w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www w ww ww www estrogen, glucocorticoids wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 4 ad
www
ww w ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
64. Match and select the correct option
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a a a a
d Column
w.P.aPad
a I d aColumn II
w.P.aPad .Padada .wP.aPdadAas B C .Padadas
www A. Proliferativewphase
ww www
w www ww.P
w ww
w
w
w
a) 3 2 w1w w .P
www
1. Breakdown of endometrium lining
b) 2 3 1
B. Secretory t phase 2. Follicular
t phase t
s a alia
la e
.Ni.Ne t
s a3. alia
la e
.Ni.Ne t
s alia
asla
e
.Ni.Ne t c) 1alalia
s .Ni.3eNtet 2
saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
C.a s
Menstruation a d a a s Luteal phase ad a a a d a a s a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad d).P.Pad3
w 1 w2ww.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww wwwww www
ww www
Two and three mark questions:
1. a l a i .
aNi.eNtet the differences
Mention
l asla ia.Ni.eNtet spermiogenesis
abetween
l asla .Ni.eNtspermatogenesis.
aliand
a et asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da sa s a d a s
a d a s
a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w
wwwww wwwww Spermatogenesisww www wwwww Spermiogenesis
www
It is the sequence of events in the formation Spermatids are transformed into mature
tet
.Ni.eNspermatozoa tet
.Ni.eNthe Ni.eNtet
.spermatozoa. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laali1a afrom
s as alia
la seminiferous a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad tubules. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
LH acts on the Leydig cells and stimulates FSH stimulates the production of Androgen

t
2.Nethet synthesis of testosterone .Ni.eNtet which in turn .Binding
Ni.eNtet Protein (ABP) by the
.Ni.eNtet sertoli cells .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa aliai.Net a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a stimulates.P thedprocess
a of spermatogenesis d a and helps in the process
d a of spermiogenesis. d a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
2. At what stage of development are the gametes formed in new born male and female?
Male:

N
a l alia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
aItlia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a➢ Spermatogenesis a d a s
starts
a at the age of puberty.
a d a s
a is initiated by the
a d a s
release
a of Gonadotropin. a d a sa
w.P.Pad ➢ The spermatogonia w.P.Pad begin to undergo w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww wwwwwmitotic division at puberty. wwwww wwwww

asla
Female:
➢i.Ni.eN
al a e
Att puberty
t
i.
secondary
asla a.Ni.eNtet and ovum aresaformed
alioocyte alia
la .Ni.eNtefrom
t primary oocytes
asla .Niby
alia
t t
.eNemeiotic division. lai.Ni.eNtet
a a
d a s
a d a s
a d a a s d a s
a aPdaadsasal
la
w w.wP.aPad ➢ During foetal w w .wP.aP ad
development certain
w w .wP.aPaind the germinal epithelium
cells w w .wP.aPad of the foetal ovary w w .wP.divide
w ww w ww w w w ww w ww
by mitotis and produce millions ofwegg mother cells to Oogonia.
3. Expand .Ni.eNtetthe acronyms:salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

s a
d a ➢ FSH – Follicle
a s a s a
Stimulating
d a a
hormone. .PaPdadas a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w . w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www hormone
ww
➢ LH – Luteinising wwwww www
ww www
ww
s

➢ hCG – Human chorionic Gonadotropin.

.Ni.eNtet – Human Placentali.N t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a salsa➢lia
a hPL
a s lsa
a i.eNet
alaLactogen. a s lsa
a alia a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www 4. How is polyspermy

ww www avoided in humans?
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ Once fertilisation is accomplished, the cortical granules from the cytoplasm of the ovum form
d

atebarrier
.Ni.eN
alia t .Ni.eNtet membranesaround
called the fertilisation
alia alia
tet ovum.
.Ni.eNthe .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
da s
aasla d as aasla d a aasla d asaasla d a s
a asla
w.P.Pad ➢ It prevents
a a
P.Pad penetration ofwother
w.further a ad
.P sperms.
ww.P
w ww
a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww
a

➢ Thus polyspermy (entry of more than one sperm into an egg) is prevented.
5. What .Ni.eNteist Colostrum? Write .its
Ni.eNsignificance.
tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s alia
asla s alia
asla s alia
asla s alia
asla s alia
asla
d a a ➢ Colostrum is ad a
yellowish,
a nutrient rich d a
fluid
a produced by human d a afemale immediately a
after
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww
parturition. wwwww www
ww www
ww
➢ It is a natural antimicrobial agent stimulating the infant’s immune system.
s a ➢lia
a
la Ittehas
.Ni.eN t less lactose. Itlhas
s a
eNtefat.
.Ni.no
alia t It has more proteins,
s a la .Ni.eNtetvitamin A, and sminerals.
alia a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
dada s a a
d da s a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ It is rich .P.aPantibodies.
inwIgA w.P.aPagrowth
It haswimmune, and tissue .P.aPdafactors.
wrepair da d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
w www
ww www
ww
➢ It protects the infant’s digestive tract against bacterial infection.
6. la
s a l .Ni.eNtet the importance
Mention
ia s a l aof
lia .eNteposition
.Nithe t
s a l a i .eNtet
of testeslaini.Nhumans.
s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a a
adadofasovoid bodies lying a a
dasscrotum. a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Testesware a.Ppair adathe
.Pin .Padadas .Padadas
www
ww ww
www.P www ww.P
w ww
w ww.P
w www ww.P
w
➢ The scrotum is a sac of skin that hangs outside the abdominal cavity.
➢ Since viable sperms cannot be produced at normal body temperature.
.Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtetto provide a temperature .Ni.eNtet 2 - 3o C lower .Ni.eNtet
a s asla➢lia
a The scrotum is placed
a sasla .N
alia i.eNet the abdominal
outside a s alicavity
asla a as aslaalia a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad than the w .P ad
ww.P internal body temperature. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwnormal wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ Thus, the scrotum acts as a thermoregulator for spermatogenesis.

s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 5 ad
www
ww w ww wwwww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
7. What is Inhibin? State its functions?
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Sertoli cells.P
a a
aredinathe a
s stratified epithelium a
d aof a
s seminiferous tubules a a
d aofs testes which secretes a
d aas a
w.P.aPad w w.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww hormone wwwwcalled inhibin. wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ It is involved in the negative feedback control of sperm production.
8.s aslaa .Ni.eNteist the composition
lia
What s aslaaof
t
.eNet or seminalafluid?
.Nisemen
lia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Semenwiswaw .wP.Pad .P ad
ww.P and the seminalwplasma.
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwmilky white fluid with wwwsperms www
w www
ww
➢ The seminal plasma is an alkaline fluid with fructose sugar, ascorbic acid, prostaglandins, and
tet
vesiculase.
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as aslaalia a s alia
asla
w.P.aPad ➢ Vesiculase
d a d a d a d a d a
wis
.Pa.aPcoagulating
ad enzyme.wIt.Penhances
.aPad sperm motility.
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
9. Define Gametogenesis.
➢ NeGametogenesis is the process of formation of gametes.
s a a
lal . i.Ntet
ia a alia.Ni.eNtet
lproduced a laalia.Ni.eNtet a alia
la .Ni.eNtet a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢ Sperms and ova
.Padada a s
are s a from primarya
.Padada
s sex
s organs like testis a
and
d as ovary.
s a
d as s
w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Meiosis www
plays a significant role in wwwgametogenesis. wwwww www
ww
10. Explain the role of oxytocin and relaxin in parturition and lactation?

t
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i. N
i .eNtet la ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s
d as a a a
Relaxin:
l a s
dadas a a l a a
d ass a a l a a
d ass a a l a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ It helps w.wP.aPdilatation w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww
in
wwthe ww wwwwith continued powerful
of the cervix wwwwwcontraction. www
ww
➢ It helps in the relaxation of pelvic ligaments at the time of parturition.

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
Oxytocin:
alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a ➢ It causes the d a
actual
a a ejection of milk froma d a
thea alveoli of mammary a d a a
glands. ( Let – Down d
reflex)
a a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w .P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Duringwlactation,www
w
it stimulates w
w
wwcontraction
the ww
of the empty wwwuterus, and it helps ww wwuterus
wthe

a s
11. aslaali
Identify
eN t t
ai. e the given image
. N
i.
return to prepregnancy size.
a s asla ia
aand
l .Ni.eNtet
label its parts s
marked
a aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
as a,b,c and d a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww ww www wwwww www
ww
a) Vitelline Membrane
.Ni.eNett t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a b)
s a Nucleus.
s a
d as a s a
d a s a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww ww www wwwww www
ww
c) Zona Pellucida.
s

s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia d) Corona
s alsa .Ni.eNteradiata.
alia t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
5 - Marks:
d

12. The following

.Ni.eNtet is the illustration
.Ni.eNteof
t the sequence of .ovarian
Ni.eNtet events (a - i) ainlaaliahumant female. .Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla as alia
asla a s alia
asla as s a
.Ni.eNet a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

a) eIdentify
tet the figure thatet illustrates t ovulation eand tet mention the stage eNteof
t oogenesis it lai.Ni.eNtet
a l a ia. N
i .N a l a i.
a Ni . N e a l a i.
a N
i . N a l a ia. N
i. a a
w . P.aPdaadsasal represents. w . P.aPdaadsasal w . P.aPdaadsasal w . P.aPdaadsasal w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ It w www
w
represents ovulatory phase ww ww
wof Oogenesis (F). wwwww wwwww
➢ The stage of oogenesis is secondary oocyte.
b)i.Ni.eN tet
Name the ovarian lahormone ia.Ni.eNtet and the pituitary .Ni.eNte
ia hormone
t that have ia eNtet
.Nicaused the above- lai.Ni.eNtet
a s alsa al a a s a a l a s a laal a s a laal . sa ala
w .wP.aPdada mentioned w P.aPdadas
event
.w w .wP.aPdadas w .wP.aPdadas w .wP.aPdaadas
ww
w w w w w w w w w w w w w w
Ovarianwhormone: w w w
➢ Progesterone, Oestrogen.
i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a i . N
aslala Pituitary hormone: a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ FSH .P ad
ww.P stimulating hormone).
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww w(Follicle wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ LH (Luteinizing Hormone).

s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia

asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPXIIad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 6 ad
www
ww w ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
c) NeExplain the changes that occur in the uterus simultaneously in anticipation.
s lsa
a . i.Ntet
alia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sa l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a ➢ Endometrium a s a
d aregenerates a a
d as paves way for
and .fertilisation a
the s a
d aimplantation a
d as
of fertilised a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww
ovum. ww www www
ww www
ww
➢ Endometrium of the uterus becomes thicker to receive the fertilised ovum.
alia
asla .Ni.N e➢tet Uterine wall secretes alia
asla
tet
.Ni.eNnutritious fluid forathelaalia
t
i.eNet
.Nfoetus. .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a s a da s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad d) Write w w.wP.Pad between Cw-wSecondary w.P.Pad Follicle andwHw-w .wP.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwdifference
the www wwCorpus luteum. ww www
Secondary follicle Corpus luteum
e
.1Ni.Ne t Found
t in follicular phase
.Ni.Nee t t (or) proliferative e
.Ni.Net
Foundt in luteal phasela(or) tet
secretory
.Ni.eN phase. lai.Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s aslaalia a s asalia sa ala
w w
d
.wP.aPad a phase. w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
ww .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w w w ww w w
It is surrounded by many layerswof granulosa It is a transitory endocrine glandwsecreting
2
cells and a new theca layer. progesterone.
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i .Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i
t
.eNet it becomes alia
la Ni.eNtet called corpus alalia
.scar .Ni.eNtet
a s
d a 3 as a l a Later it becomes a
d a s asgraafian
a l a follicle. a
d as as a l a Later a
d a s asa a
d a s s a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www ww www ww
albicans. www ww www
13. Placenta is an endocrine Tissue - Justify?

t
.Ni.eN tet Ni.eNtet acts as a temporary .Ni.eNteendocrine
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s a lsaa➢lia During pregnancy,sathe lsaalia .placenta s alsa alia gland. s alsa alia s alsaalia
a
d a a
P.aPdafollowing
da a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It produces w.the w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww hormones.
wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ hCG - human Chorionic Gonadotropin,
➢ eHuman chorionic somatomammotropin (hCS) (or) human placental Lactogen (hPL) – that

N
s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a support foetal a growth.
d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.Ppelvic ligamentswduring
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Relaxinw-w wRelax www parturition.
w wwwww www
ww

14.
a s asla a .Ni.eNte
ia
Draw
l
t
a labelled sketch
i.
➢ Due to the secretion of these hormones, the placenta acts as an endocrine gland.

a s aof
s la
t
i.eNet
.Nspermatozoan
aliaa anda s aslaalia
explain .Ni.eNtthe
et structure. alalia
a s s a
.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The human w.P.aPad w.wP.aPadgamete. It is composed w.P.aPadof w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwsperm is a flagellated, wwwwmotile wwwww www
ww
head, neck and a tail.
➢.NeN The
t head comprises ofi.N acrosome
t and nucleus. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia i. et laalai.eNet alai.
la alia
la alia
la
a

a s a a s a a s a a s a a s a
w.P.aPad ➢ Acrosome
d a s .P.aaPdsmall s aPdada s aPdad s d a s
wis ada cap like pointed w.P.structure present at thew.P.tip ofa w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww and is formed mainly
the nucleus wwwww from the Golgi body wwwwwof the www
ww
s

spermatid.
s alsa ➢lia
a N e
. i.NIttecontains
t hyaluronidase,
s alsa alia.Ni.eNte
a tproteolytic enzyme,
s alsaalia
t
.eNet
.Nipopularly known as s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
P.aPdadahelps to penetrate a
d da a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad .aPaovum w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

spermwlysin w.which w.Pthe during fertilisation

www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ The neck is very short and it contains the proximal centriole and the
d

distal centriole.
l a .Ni.eNtet
ia laalia.Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a as a➢l The middle piece
a d a s
a aspossesses mitochondria
a d a saasspirally twisted around
a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P called mitochondrial
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
the axial wfilament wwwww spiral or nebenkern. wwwww www
ww
a

➢ It produces energy in the form of ATP molecules for the movement

oftesperms.
.Ni.eN t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Tail is w the .Pa adpart of the sperm
longest
ww.P
w w .Pa a
and
ww.P
isdslender and tapering. w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww w
w www
➢ It is formed of a central axial filament or axoneme and an outer protoplasmic sheath.
www ww
w

15. Describe.Ni.eNtet the structuresaoflathe .Ni.eNhuman

tet ovum with a neat labelled
.Ni.eNte t diagram. .Netet .Ni.eNtet
s a alia
la a lia s a alia
la s a aliai.N
la s a alia
la
d a ➢ Human ovum
a s a s
isd microscopic,
a a
non -.Pcleidoic
d a ands a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
alecithal. www wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ Its cytoplasm is called Ooplasm. Ooplasm contains
t .Ni.eNtetvesicle. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a lsaalia.Ni.eNet nucleus called
large
as agerminal
lsaalia a s alsaalia a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia
d a d P.aPdadfollicular d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Outer coat: .aPada radiata, thick
w.PCorona w.with
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
cells.
➢ Middle layer: Zona pellucida, tetthick.
l a .N
ia i .eNtet l a .Ni.eNmembrane,
ia .Ni.eNtet
aliand .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as a➢l Inner layer: d a aa
vitelline
s s a l dthin
a s
a asla a d asaasla d a s
aasla
a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww
transparent. wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ Perivitelline space: A narrow space between the
t
vitelline membrane and Ni.eNtetpellucida.
.zona .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla .N
alia i.eNet a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 7 ad
www
ww w ww wwwww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
16. Give a schematic representation of spermatogenesisNand Oogenesis in humans?
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a . i.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a ada a a da a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a da a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as asla a i .
ai.N eN e
Fertilisation:
l
t
i.
17. Brieflyt explain the mechanismt of fertilization and implantation
a s asla i .
alai. N eN e t
a s asla i .
alai. N eNtet in human beings.
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ A haploid w .wP.aPadfuses with a haploid w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwsperm ww wwwovum to form a fertilized wwwwwegg or diploid zygote. wwwww
➢ It occurs in ampullary isthmic junction of the fallopian tube.
Capacitation:
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la alia
la laalia laalia laalia
a

a s a a s a a s a a s a a s a
w.P.aPad ➢ The sperms
d a s d
deposited s P.aPdada s dada s ad da s
w.P .aPada in the female w.reproductive tract undergo capacitation.
w.P.aP ww.wP.Pa
www
ww wwwww
➢ It is a biochemical event that enables ww wwwthe sperm to penetrate wwwww and fertilise the egg.w ww
s

Acrosomal reaction:
.Ni.eN tet Ni.eNtet the egg, it must t t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa➢lia Before a sperm scan
a alsaalia.enter
a s alsa alia i.eNet
.Npenetrate the multiple
a s alsa alia .eNet of granulosa
.Nilayers
a s alsa alia
d a .P.aPdawhich
da are around the d dada d a
w.P.aPad .aPadaforming the w w.P.aP w.P.aPad
a

(follicular)
wcells w.Povum corona radiata.
www
ww wwwww ww www www
w wwwww
➢ The follicular cells are held together by an adhesive cementing substance called hyaluronic
d

acid.
l a ia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
aslenzyme, asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a as a➢l The acrosomal a d a s
membrane
a disintegrates
a d a s
areleasing the proteolytic
a d a s
a a hyaluronidase
a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P radiata and zona
w w .P ad
ww.P
.P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www entry through the
w
duringwsperm ww wcorona wwwpellucida. This is called wwwacrosomal
a

reaction.
.Ni.Ntet of fertilisation
Formatione .Ni.eNtet
alimembrane: .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla a a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Once fertilisation w .Pa adis accomplished,
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www ww w
➢ Cortical granules from the cytoplasm of the ovum form a barrier called the fertilisation
www www
membrane around the ovum.
e t t .Ni.eNtet of other sperms. t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la i .
➢lai.N
a N It eprevents furthera s as alia
penetration
la a s as la .N
alia i.eNet polyspermyaissaprevented.
Thus, s laalia a s as laalia
d a .P.aPdada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad Morula: www w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ The first cleavage produces two identical cells called blastomeres.
➢ NeThese produce 4 cells, then 8 and so on.
s alsa alia. i.Ntet s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ After 72 hours
a a as a
dof fertilisation, a loose a a
d as of cells forms.PaaPdberry
collection a a
as shaped cluster .of 16 a
d oras a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w . ad w P.aPad
www
ww ww
more cellswwcalled the morula. ww www wwwww wwwww
Blastocyst:
.Ni.eN tet the influence ofi.N t Ni.eNtetrelaxes and the adividing .Ni.eNteembryo .Ni.eNtet
a s asla ➢lia
a Under
a s asla i.eNet
alaprogesterone, fallopian
a s aslaalia.tube
a s s alia
la t to movealalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad through .Pad tube into w
w.Pfallopian
the the .P.Pad cavity.
wuterine w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Finally gets implanted in the uterine wall.
➢ Now the embryo consists of a fluid filled hollow ballt of about 100 cells, calledt the blastocyst.
a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l ali.
a Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNet aslaalia.Ni.eNet asla alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d asa
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 8 ad
www
ww w ww ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
Implantation:
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The blastocyst
a a as a
dis composed of a single a a
as of large flattened
dlayer a
cells s
d acalleda trophoblast a
d as
and a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwof 20-30 rounded w
small cluster w
wwcalled
cells the inner cell w www
w
mass. wwwww
➢ The inner cell mass of the blastocyst develops into the embryo and becomes embedded in the
.Ni.eNtet
endometrium of the .Ni.eNtetThis process isscalled eNtet .Ni.eNteint pregnancy. salalia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaauterus.
lia a aslaalia.Ni.implantation and itaresults
a s slaalia a s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad Ectopic pregnancy: w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ If the fertilised ovum is implanted outside the uterus it results in ectopic pregnancy.
➢ About tet 95 percent of ectopic pregnancies occur in the fallopian tube.
a l a
➢i
l .
aNi.eN
The growth of the a l a i
embryo
l a.Ni.eNtet may cause internal a l alia. eNtet
Ni.bleeding, infection la
aandalia
t t
.eNesome
.Niin cases even alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d asa s d a s
a
w.P.aPad aPad
w.wP.rupture w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww death w w
due
wwto ww
of the fallopian wwwtube. wwwww wwwww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as asla alia.Ni.eNtet
i.
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa18.
d Explain the various .Pa aphases
ww.P
w d of menstrual w Pa ad
.cycle?
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww
Menstrual cycle:
ww w ww w www www
➢ It occurs in every 28/29 days. It is from puberty to menopause (except during pregnancy).
.Ni.eN
ia tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laThe cycle contains 4 phases. alia
la laalia alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as d aa s as a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad Menstrualwphase. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www (3-5 days)
w ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Progesterone, oestrogen level decreases.
s

➢.NeSo t uterine endometrial .Nlining

t and the blood vessels break.
.Ni.eNte .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa alia i.Net s alsaalia i.eNet s alsa alia t
s alsaalia s alsaalia
d a ➢ It results in .menstrual
a a
ad da flow for 3 - 5wdays. a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww w w w
w wP.Pa w w w w w w
w w w w
w
➢ It occurs only if the ovum is not fertilised.
w w w w
Follicular Phase (5 -14 days)
d

.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Secretion of FSH and eNtet
.Ni.induces .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a a s aslaaLH
lia the following
a s asla achanges.
lia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Primary w.P.Paofd ovary becomes
follicle .Pad graafian follicle.
w.Pmature
the w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Endometrium regenerates. Follicular development is stimulated.

➢ eOestrogen is secreted byethe follicle cells.
Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia.
Ovulatory Phase (about s a l a
14li.
a th day) s asla alia s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ LH andwFSH P.aPad
w.attain w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w peak level. ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ LH induces the rupture of graffianfollicle Ovum (secondary Oocyte) is released from the ovary
tet into peritoneal cavity.
wall
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNteThis
t process is called t
Ovulation. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia.Ni.eNet a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .PadaPhase.
da .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad Luteal or Secretory ww.P
w ww.P
w www.P www.P
www
ww ww w ww w
➢ The remaining part of the graafianfollicle becomes a transitory endocrine gland called corpus
www www
luteum.
e tet t tet eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a N
. i.NCorpus luteum secretes
a s alsa alia .eNet
.Niprogesterone. It isasneeded
alsa alia.Ni.eNfor the maintenance a s alsa .Ni.endometrium.
aliof
a a s alsaalia
d a d a d da .wP.aPdadaovum. d a
w.P.aPad ➢ After fertilisation w.P.aPadthe progesterone w.wP.aPain w w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www ww wwhelps implantationwof wwwfertilised wwwww
➢ Uterine wall secretes nutritive fluid for the foetus. So this phase is called secretory phase.
➢ NeDuring pregnancy all events of menstrual cycle stop and there is no menstruation.
a l alia. i.Ntet a l alia.Ni.eNtet a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a➢ In the absence a d a
ofs
a s a
fertilisation, the a d a s
corpusluteuma s a degenerates a a s
completely
d a and leaves aa d a s
scar
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww tissue w wwwCorpus albicans. ww
w
called www wwwww wwwww
➢ It also initiates the disintegration of the endometrium leading to menstruation, making the
.Ni.eN tet cycle.
next .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 9 ad
www
ww w ww ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
Intext question and answers: Netet
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a a
d asand three marks.P
Two a a
d as and answer: .PaPdadas
question a a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w . w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 1. Write the main
ww wwwww functions of reproductive wwwwwsystem. www
ww www
ww
➢ to produce the gametes namely sperms and ova
aslaa totetransport
.Ni.eN
➢lia t and sustain
aslaalia eNtet gametes
.Ni.these aslaalia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a d a s
a a d a s
a ada sa a da s
a ad a s
a
w.P.Pad ➢ to nurture ad
.P.Pdeveloping
wthe w.P.Pad
offspring w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
➢ to produce hormones
2. a
s aslalia .Ni.eNtthe
State et uses of hormones
s aslaalia.Niof t t
.eNepituitary and gonads
s asla alia.N with t regard to the reproductive
i.eNet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet system. salalia .Ni.eNtet
a a a a a s a
w.P.aPad ➢ Hormones
d a d
secreted a
P.aPad by the pituitary d
.Pgland a
a ad and the gonadsw.help d a
P.aPadin the development d a
w.w ww.P
w w.Pof.aPathe
d
www
ww secondarywwwwsexual characteristics, wwwmaturation ww www
of the reproductive system and regulation wwwww of
normal functioning of the reproductive system.
e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a
3.s as a
la lia
What
. Ni.Neare Sertoli cellsa s a
ands alitheir
la a uses? a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Sertoliwcells wwware elongated and pyramidal
w wwwww cells of seminiferous ww wwwtubules. wwwww
➢ It provides nourishment to the sperms till maturation.

t
➢lia.Ni.eN tet also secrete inhibin
They .Ni.eN tet
hormone. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a aPdadnegative
a .P.aPdadaof sperm production. d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It involves win.P.the feedback wcontrol w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
4. List the functions of the cells of stratified epithelium of the seminiferous tubules.

N
➢.N.eN t stratified epithelium
The .Ni.eNtof et the seminiferous Ni.eNtet is made of two
.tubule .Ni.eNtetof cells namely
types .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia i et a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a sertoli cells ora d a
nurse cells and spermatogonic
a d a cells or male germ a d a
cells. a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Sertoliwcells: wwwElongated and pyramidal
w wwwww and provide nourishment ww www to the sperms tillwmaturation. www
w

a s aslaalia .Ni.eN sperm

i.
➢ They also secrete inhibin, a hormone which is involved in the negative feedback control of
tet
production. a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Spermatogonic w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .wP.aPad spermatozoa. ww.wP.aPad
wproduce
www
ww wwwww cells: Divide meiotically wwwww and differentiatewto w
ww w ww
5. State the roll of hormones in Spermatogenesis.
➢ia .Ni.eN tet eNtet eNtet t t .Ni.eNtet
a
la Gonadotropin Releasing alia
la .Ni.Hormone (GnRH) byalthe alia.Ni.hypothalamus – Initiatelaalia.N i.eNepuberty.
the laalia
a

a
d a s as l a
d a s as a s s a
dtesticular a
dadas as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ Follicleww w.P.aPad Hormone w(FSH)
Stimulating w.P.-aPa da growthwand .Paenhances w.P.aPadof
the production
www
ww www www
w w ww ww.P wwwww
Androgen.
s

➢ Lutenizing Hormone (LH)t – it acts on the Leydig cells and stimulates t the synthesis of
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i. N i. eNet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a testosterone which
a
d ass a ina l turn
a stimulates the aprocess
s a a l a of spermatogenesis. a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas
a

w w w
www 6. Hypothalamus
ww wwwwis w w
w w
the controlling centre of spermatogenesis. How? w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Spermatogenesis starts at the age of puberty and is initiated due to the increase in the release
d

s asla alia.Ni.eN ofteGonadotropin

t alia
Releasing
s asla .Ni.eNteHormone
t (GnRH) s aslby
aalia Ni.eNtehypothalamus.
.the t
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ GnRH w w.wP.Pthe
acts ad anterior pituitary P.Padand stimulates wthe
w.gland w ww
.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwon
w wwwww wwsecretion of two gonadotropins
wwwww
a

namely Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH) and Lutenizing Hormone (LH).

➢ eLH acts on the Leydig ecells and stimulates theet synthesis of testosterone which in turn
Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet Ni.Net Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l alia. s a l alia. s a l alia. s aslaalia

d a a s a stimulates the process
d a a s a of spermatogenesis. d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 7. Write the functions
ww wwwww of accessory glands wwwwof the male reproductive system.
ww w www
➢ The accessory glands of the male reproductive system include the paired seminal vesicles and
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtcalled t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia bulbourethral glands
a s as laalialso
a et Cowper’s a gland
s as alia
la .eNeta single prostate
.Niand
a s as la lia
agland. a s as alia
la
d a .Padada d a .wP.aPdadcontaining
a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Seminal ww.P Secrete an alkaline
w w.P.aPad w w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwvesicles: wwwww fluid called seminal ww wwplasma wwwww sugar,
fructose
ascorbic acid, prostaglandins and a coagulating enzyme called vesiculase which enhances
.Ni.eN sperm
tet motility. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Bulbourethral
d a .wP.aPd
glands:
ada Inferior towthe d
.wPprostate .wP.aPdadalso .wP.aPdada
w w .aPada and their w secretions
w
a help in the lubrication
w
www
ww w w
w
of the penis.w w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Prostate gland: It encircles the urethra and is just below the urinary bladder.
s asla ➢lia
a .Ni.eN Ittesecretes
t a slightly
s asla lia.Ni.eNtefluid
aacidic t that contains s aslaalia Ni.eNtet several enzymes
.citrate, s aslaalia Ni.eNteprostate
.and t specificsasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad antigens. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 10ad
www
ww w ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
8. What is the importance of semen or seminal fluid? Netet
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.N s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The seminal.Pfluid
a a a
as as a transport medium
adadact a a
d asfor semen. a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad ww.P to the sperms.ww
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Provide www
nutrients www wwwww wwwww
➢ Activate the sperms.
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Facilitate the spermalmovement. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s s aalia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 9. Define: Menopause.
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Menopause is the phase in a women’s life when ovulation and menstruation stop.
➢i.N.eN t t average age for menopause
The .Ni.eNtet is 45 - 50 years. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa l ai e a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ It indicates
d a d a d a d a d a
w.the
P.aPapermanent
d cessationw.P of.aPthe
ad primary functions w.ofP.aPthe
ad ovaries. w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
10. What is known as “let – Down” reflex?
➢ NeOxytocin causes the “Let-Down” reflex.
s a a
la l . i.Ntet
ia a la .Ni.eNtet
alia a la a.Ni.eNtet
aliof a alia
la .Ni.eNtet a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢ It is the actual a
d a s
ejection
s of milk from the a s
alveoli
d a s the mammary a s
glands.
d a s a
d a s s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww ➢ Duringwlactation,www
w oxytocin also wstimulateswww
w the recently emptied wwwww uterus to contract, wwwwhelping it
to return to pre - pregnancy size.

t
11.
s alsaa . i.Nteist Ectopic pregnancy?
ia
What
l N e
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a a
d a .Padada a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ If the fertilized w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww ovum is implanted ww www.P the uterus it results
woutside wwwwwin ectopic pregnancy. wwwww
➢ About 95 % of ectopic pregnancies occur in the fallopian tube.

N
➢.N.eN t growth of the embryo
The .Ni.eNtet may cause internal eNtet
.Ni.bleeding, infection andi.Nin tsome cases even i.NeNtet
aslaalia i et asla alia asla alia aslaalai.eNet la i.
. P a
P d
a a
dsa death due to
.P aPdaads
rupturea of the fallopian .Ptube.
aPdaa
d s
a .P aP d
a a
d s
a . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
12. The female reproductive system is far more complex than the male. Why?

a s a
s la
➢ eThe
a
➢lia. Ni.Ntet
Because in
i.
female reproductive esystem
a s
addition as laal
to
ia. Ni.Ntet
gamete
is far more complex
formation, as a it
s laalia
has
. Ni.eNtet
to
than the male.
nurture the s aslaalia
developing
a
.Ni.eNtet
foetus and s
also
a aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww secreteswwwhormones. wwwww wwwww wwwww
13. Namet the three layers of the wall of the uterus.
a i . N
i .eNet a i . N
i .eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
l ➢ l la la la
a

as
d a as a l a The wall of the uterus
d aa s a
s a l a
has three layers of a s a
tissues.
s a s a
s a s a
s
w.P.aPad ➢ Perimetrium: w.P.aPad .Padada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww The outermost thin ww ww.P
w
wmembranous wwwww
serous layer wwwww
➢ Myometrium: The middle thick muscular layer. Myometrium exhibits strong contractions
s

.Ni.eN tet parturition. i.NeNtet

during .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a salsa alia a s lsa
a alai. a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia
w.P.aPad ➢ Endometrium:
d a .wP.aPdaThe
da inner glandularwlayer. .wP.aPdadThe
a endometrium .undergoes ad da cyclic changes d
.aPada
.wPduring
a

www
ww w w
w
w
w w w
w w w w
w
w
w wP.Pa w w
w
w
w
the menstrual cycle.
d

14. Compare spermiogenesis andetspermiation.

a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia asla .Ni.Net
alia la
asthe .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da sa s a➢ Spermiogenesis: a d asaThe process in which
a d a s
a spermatids are
a d a s
transformed
a into mature
a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww (sperms). ww www wwwww ww www
a

spermatozoa
➢ Spermiation: The process in which the Sperms are finally released into the cavity of
.Ni.eNtet
seminiferous tubules. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

as asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 15. Define: Siamese
ww wwwww(United): ww www wwwww ww www
➢ Siamese: Twins are the conjoined twins who are joined during birth.
16.
s a la .Ni.eNtet Monozygoticsaand
ia
Compare
al la
t
i.eNet
.NDizygotic
alia twins. asala .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s s
.wP.aPdada when a singlewfertilised a
.Padada s a
.P.aPdada s
w.P.aPad ➢ Monozygotic w.P.aPad w ww.P egg splits into
w ww w
www
ww wwwww (Identical) twins are ww ww produced ww two
w wwduring
the first cleavage.
➢ eThey are of the same sex,elook alike and share theesame genes.
alsa al .Ni.Ntet
ia alsa .Ni.Ntet
alia alsa .Ni.Ntet
alia alsa .Ni.eNtet
aliare
a a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ Dizygotic a s
(Fraternal) twins are produced a s when two separate s
eggs
a fertilised by two
a s
w.P.aPad .Padada w.P.aPad
d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww separateww ww.P
w
wsperms. ww www wwwww ww www
➢ The twins may be of the same sex or different sex and are non-identical.
tet
.Ni.eNis .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d 17.
a s
a asla alia
How Placenta formed?
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d asaasla alia
ad a saasla alia
w.P.Pad ➢ The trophoblast w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .wP.Pad
www
ww wwwww cells in the blastocyst ww www send out several finger wwwwwlike projections called ww wwchorionic
villi.
➢.NeN The
t chorionic villi and ithe .Ni.eNtuterine tissues form the .Ni.eNdisc
tet shaped placenta.i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia i. et a s aslaala et
a s aslaalia a s asla alai. a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 11ad
www
ww w ww ww www wwwww ww www
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
18. Compare Bartholin’s glandsNand Skene’s glands
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a lsaalia. i.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
.P.aPdada a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadglands (vestibular
Bartholin’s wglands) Pdada glands www
w.P.aSkene’s .P.aPdada
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
Located posterior to the left and right of the Located on the anterior wall of the vagina
1
opening of the vagina.et t and around the lower endeof the urethra.
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.Ne
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a 2 They secretea dmucus
a a s a to lubricate the avagina
d a a s a They secrete a lubricating
a da a s a fluid a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww to the bulbourethral
Homologous wwwwwglands of Homologous wwwto the prostate gland
ww wwwww of the
3
the male males.
e
.Ni.Net t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPa19.
d Explain the structure w .Pa adof fallopian tube.
ww.P w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww www www
➢ Each fallopian tube extends from the periphery of each ovary to the uterus.
ww
w www
➢ The proximal part of the fallopian tube bears a funnel shaped infundibulum.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet have manysfinger eNtetprojections called
.Ni.like .Ni.eNtet which help sinalalia .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢lia
a The s as laalia
edges of theainfundibulum a as alia
la a s as alifimbriae
la a a s a
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad collection w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwofwthe ovum after ovulation. wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ The infundibulum leads to a wider central portion called ampulla.
➢ eThe last part of the oviduct is the isthmus which is short and thick walled connecting the

t
s alsa .Ni.Ntet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a ampulla and infundibulum
a
d a to the uterus. a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
i.
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

alia
la .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

a
d as as a
d a s a
s a
d as a
s a
d a s a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

Intext Five marks:

salsaa ia
l .Ni.eNtet s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
1.
a
d a Write short notes on:a
P.aPdadaParturition a
d a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Parturition w.P.aPad and giving birth .P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
a

w.is w
www
ww wwwww www
w
the completion ofwpregnancy ww wwthe
wto baby. wwwww
➢ The series of events that expels the infant from the uterus is collectively called “labour”.
d

➢i.Ni.eN t t
Throughout pregnancy tet uterus undergoes
.Ni.eNthe .Ni.eNtperiodic
et episodes laof tet
.Ni.eNweak and strong lai.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaala e a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asalia sa ala
w w a d
.wP.Pad a contractions.
w w a d
.wP.These
P a
ad contractions w called
w adad a
.wP.PBraxter-Hick’s w w a d a
.wP.Padlead to false labour.
contractions w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w w w ww w ww w ww
a

➢ As the w pregnancy progresses, increase in the oestrogen concentration promotes uterine

contractions.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtefacilitate
t .Ni.e Ntet foetus and downward .Ni.eNte t .Ni.eNtet
P

d as asla➢lia
a These d a s asla
uterine contractions alia moulding
d a s aslaaliof
a the d a s aslaalia movement ofdthe
a s aslaalia
a a a a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww www
foetus.ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The descent of the foetus causes dilation of cervix of the uterus and vaginal canal resulting in
ateneurohumoral
.Ni.eN reflex.N calledt Foetal ejection reflex .Ni.eNteort Ferguson reflex. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s a alia
la t
s a aliai.eNet
la s a alia
la s a alia
la s a alia
la
d a ➢ This initiates
a s the a s
d secretion
a of oxytocin a
from s
d a the neurohypophysis a
d which
a s in turn brings a
about
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww www contraction of thewuterine
ww
the powerful www muscles.
w wwwww wwwww
➢ It leads to the expulsion of the baby through the birth canal.
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet sequence of events
This .Ni.iseNtcalled
et parturition or Ni.eNtet
.childbirth. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a a a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 12ad
www
ww w ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
2. State the importance of relaxin and oxytocin in parturition and lactation. Netet
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a as a a a a a a a
d a Role of oxytocin.PinaPdparturition:
w.P.aPad w . ad .Padadas .Padadas .Padadas
www
ww ➢ The descent wwwwwof the foetus causes ww ww.P of cervix of the
w
wdilation ww
w ww.Pand vaginal canal
w
uterus www
www.P in
resulting
a neurohumoral reflex called Foetal ejection reflex or Ferguson reflex.
e tet initiates the secretion .Ni.eNteof eNtet tet brings about i.NeNtet
aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N This asla alia t oxytocin from lthe .Ni.neurohypophysis
alia which
asla alia .eNturn
.Niin la i.
. P aPdaadsa the powerful. P a daadsa
contraction
P of the .
uterineP aPdaadsaasa
muscles. . P aPdaadsa . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ It leads to the expulsion of the baby through the birth canal.
➢ This tet sequence of events is called parturition or childbirth
a l a ia
Role
l .Ni.eNof Oxytocin in a l
lactation:alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a sa s a d a sa s a d a s
a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ Oxytocin w .wP.aPad P.aPad
w.reflex. w.wP.aPadejection of milk w.wP.aPathed
www
ww wwww causes the “Let - Down” wwwww This causes wthe w
wwactual wwwwfrom
alveoli of the mammary glands.
➢i.NeN t
During lactation, oxytocin .Ni.eNtealso
t stimulates thelairecently .Ni.eNtet emptied uterus to
.Ni.eN tet
contract, helping it i.NeNtet
a laalai. et a laalia a l a a laalia ala ai.
w. P.
a
aPdadas s to return w to.Ppre
.
a sa s
aPda-dpregnancy size. w.P.aPdada a s s a
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w .P .aPdaadsasal
www
ww Role of Relaxin wwwww in parturition: wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ It is a hormone secreted by the placenta and also found in the corpus luteum.

t
.Ni.eN t t tet
.Ni.eNby eNtet and by dilatation .Ni.eN t .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a It epromotes parturition
s alsa alia relaxing the pelvics alsa .Ni.joints
alia s alsa alia ofetthe cervix with s alsa alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad contractions. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww continued
wwwwpowerful wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ The amnion ruptures and the amniotic fluid flows out through the vagina, followed by the
foetus.

N
a l alia.Ni.eNtet laalia
aswith .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
asumbilical asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a sa s a➢ The placenta aalong
d a sa the remains of
a dthe
a s
a cord calleda d a s
“after
a birth” is expelleda d a s
outa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww
after delivery. wwwww www
ww wwwww

3.saasla
a a ia
Describe
l
i.
➢ Role of Relaxin in lactation: No effect.
.Ni.eNtet the structuresaoflaextra
a s a lia.Ni.eNteembryonic
t
asla
membranes:
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The extra w .wP.aPad membranesware
w ww
.P.aPaamnion,
d .Pa ad
ww.P and chorion. ww
w w.P.aPad
www
ww wwww embryonic wwthe ww
yolk sac,
wallantois www
➢ These protect the embryo from desiccation, mechanical shock and help in the absorption of
nutrients
.Ni.eN tet and exchange .Niof tgases. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia .eNet laalia laalia laalia
a

a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad Amnion: www .P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ➢ Double layered, www translucent membrane wwwww filled with amniotic ww ww.P
w
wfluid. wwwww
s

➢ Give buoyant environment to protect the embryo from injury.

➢lia.Ni.eN tet
Regulate the temperature .Ni.eNtof
et foetus. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a P.aPdada for movement aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Provide w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

aw.medium w.P.of
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww
foetus.
d

YolkeSac:
l alia.Ni.Ntet asla lia
agut.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a saas a➢ Forms a part a of
d a s
the
a and source of
a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a sa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww blood vessels and
the earliest wwwblood www
ww wwwww
a

cells.
.Ni.Ntet
Allantois:
e .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It is atwthe .P
ww.P
w a ad end of yolk sacw.and
caudal Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww w
w
small out pocketing of embryonic
www ww
w www
tissue.
i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet cord and salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢lai.N
a Structural base aof s as aalia
lumbilical a s a a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad links embryow.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww to the placenta. ww www www
ww wwwww
➢ It becomes the part of the urinary
bladder.
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a Chorion: a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Outermost wwwww membrane and it encloses wwwww the embryo and allwother www membranes.
w wwwww
➢ Helps in the formation of placenta.
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 13ad
www
ww w ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
4. Explain the anatomical structure of Human testes. Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l . i.N s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Each testis is
a a a
d as by tunica albuginea.
covered a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ It is divided wwwwwinto 200 - 250 lobules wwwweach containing 2- ww www wwwww
4 highly coiled testicular tubules or seminiferous
.Ni.Ne tet
tubules. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Seminiferous ad
w.P.Ptubules are the .P.Padfor sperm
wsites w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
production.
➢ The tet stratified epithelium of
tet the seminiferous tubule tet
s a l alia.Ni.eN
is made of two s a
types l alia.Ni.eN
of cells namely sertoli
s asla ia
l .Ni.eNor
acells s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .PaPad
ww.or
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwand spermatogonicww
w
nurse wcells cells
w male germ ww www wwwww
cells.
➢i.NeN t
Sertoli cells: are elongated .Ni.eNtet and pyramidal eNtet
.Ni.and .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai. et a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a .wP.aPdada to the sperms
provide nourishment till dada
maturation. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w w .wP.aP w w
www
ww w w
w w
➢ They also secrete inhibin, a hormone which is w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
involved in the negative feedback control of sperm

t
N e
. i.N tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia production.
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Spermatogonic w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww cells divide meiotically wwwww and differentiate w tow ww.P spermatozoa.ww
w
wproduce www
➢ Interstitial cells or Leydig cells are embedded in the soft connective tissue surrounding the
seminiferous tubules. et t

N
a l alia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.Ne asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
atestosterone aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a s a➢ These cells area d a s
endocrine
a in nature and a d a s
secrete
a androgens namelya d a s
the
a hormone
a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww which w www the process of spermatogenesis.
w
initiates wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s asla alia.Ni.eN
Other
i.
➢ These cells are endocrine in nature and are characteristic features of the testes of mammals.
tet immunologicallyi.N
a s asla
t
i.eNet
alacompetent cells are also
a s asla alia
t
i.eNet
present.
.N
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad mechanismwof w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 5. Explain thewpenetration
ww www
w wwwawsperm into an egg. ww www wwwww
➢ Before a sperm can enter the egg, it must penetrate the multiple layers of granulosa
(follicular)
.Ni.eN tet cells which iare .Ni.eNaround
tet the ovum forming .Ni.eNtethe
t corona radiata. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia laala laalia laalia alia
la
a

a s a a s a a s a a s a a s a
w.P.aPad ➢ The follicular
d a s s
d daare held together
acells aPdaan s d da s d a s
ww.wP.Pa w.P.by da adhesive cementing w.P.aPasubstance called hyaluronic
w.P.aPad
www
ww acid. w ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
s

➢ The acrosomal membrane disintegrates releasing the proteolytic enzyme, hyaluronidase

.Ni.eN tet sperm entry through .Ni.eNtet the corona radiata t eNtecalled .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia during
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia .eNet zona pellucida.
.Niand
a s a This
lsa .Ni.is
alia t acrosomal
a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

reaction.
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Once fertilization is accomplished, cortical granules from the cytoplasm of the ovum form a
d

barrier called the fertilization membrane around ethe ovum preventing further penetration of
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a other sperms. a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Thus, polyspermy w.P.Pad is prevented.www .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www wwwww wwwww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 14ad
www
ww w ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwBHARATHIRAJA A PGT
ww ww
wwZOOLOGY
6. Explain the anatomical structure of Human ovary. Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.N s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Ovaries are.the
a a a
as female sex organs
dprimary a a
as produce the female
d that a as
d gamete,a ovum. .Padadas a a
w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .P
www
ww ➢ The ovaries wwwwware located one on w www
w
each side of the lower abdomen. wwwww wwwww
➢ The ovary is an elliptical structure about 2 - 4 cm long.
.Ni.eN tet ovary is coveredi.Nby t .Ni.eNtet called the germinal .Ni.eNtepithelium .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa➢lia Each
a s aslaalai.eNeat thin cuboidal a s aepithelium
slaalia a s alia
asla et whichalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad encloses .Pad stroma. www
w.Povarian
the .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www wwwww wwwww
➢ The stroma is differentiated as the outer cortex and inner medulla.
➢ Below tet the germinal epithelium is a dense connective tettissue, the tunica albuginea.
a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
The cortex appears a l alia.
denseNi.eNteand
t
granular duea l a i
to
l a. Ni.e
N
the presence of alia
asla
ovarian
tet
.Ni.eNfollicles in various alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww stageswofw
wdevelopment. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The medulla is a loose connective tissue with abundant blood vessels, lymphatic vessels and
tet fibres.
nerve
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s aslaalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The ovary
d a .wP.aPdada attached to the
remains P.aPdadawall and the uterus
pelvic
.w dadan
by
.wP.aP a ovarian ligament aPdada
.wP.called
w w w w
www
ww w w
w
mesovarium.w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
i.
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet

alia
a
d 7.a Explain the structure a
.wP.aPdadof
a Uterus. a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww w w w w w w
➢ The uterus or womb is a hollow, thick-walled, muscular, highly vascular and inverted pear
w w w w
w w w w
w w
shaped structure lying in the pelvic cavity between the urinary bladder and rectum.
d

e tet major portion ofi.the t t .Ni.eNtethe t .Ni.eNtet

a s aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N The
a s aslaalaNi.eNeuterus is the body
a s asla aliand
a
t rounded region
a s asla alia.N i.eNet
superior to it, is the
a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad fundus. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ The uterus opens into the vagina through a narrow cervix.

➢ eThe cavity of the cervix e called the cervical canal ecommunicates with the evagina through the
Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. external orifice ands a l al

withi.
a the uterus through s a l
the alia. internal orifice. s a l alia. s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ The cervical w.P.aPad w.wP.aPadthe birth canal. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwcanal along with vagina wwwwforms wwwww wwwww
Layers of uterus:
➢i.Ni.eN
a
tet wall of the uterusihas
The ala .Ni.eNtthree
et layers of tissues. alia.Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s a
s la l a a s as la a s as la a s as la a s as la
d a dada .Padada serous layer .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad ➢ Perimetrium: w .PaThe
ww.P
outermost thin membranouswww.P www.P www.P
www
ww www www
➢ Myometrium: The middle thick muscular layer. Myometrium exhibits strong contractions
www www
during parturition.
N
. i.Ne tet tet
.Ni.eNglandular .Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet changes duringalalia
.cyclic .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a ➢lia
a Endometrium: The
a s alsa alia
inner layer.aThes a lsaaliendometrium
a undergoes
a s alsaalia a s a
d a d a d a d a d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
the menstrual w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww cycle. wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOO – CHAP -w2w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P|.aP
Page 15ad
www
ww w ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet

alia
a d a
ad a a
.P ad d a a .P ada d a a .P ada d a a a
.P ad d a a
w.P.P===========================================================================================
ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
wwwww Choose the most wwwappropriate www ww w
answer out of the four provided to you and write the correct option
www
code and also the correct answer against it:
1.saaslaa .Ni.eNteof
ia
Which
l
t
the following s aissla l .Ni.eNtetregarding HIV,shepatitis
ia
acorrect asla alia.Ni.eNteB,t
gonorrhoea asla
and
s ia
l .Ni.eNtet
atrichomoniasis? s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Gonorrhoea w.P.aPad .wP.aP
ware ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwwiswa STD whereas others wwww not. ww www wwwww
b) Trichomoniasis is a viral disease whereas others are bacterial.
c).HIVNi.eNteist a pathogen whereas .Ni.eNothers
tet are diseases. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la a s a s alia
la a s as laalai. a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d) Hepatitis B is .eradicated PaPdada completely whereas d aothers are not. .PaPdada d a
w.P.aPad ww.following
w w.P.aPad w w. w.P.aPad
wwwww 2. Which onewofw wthe ww
groups includeswww sexually transmitted ww wwdiseases caused by bacteria wwwww only?
a) Syphilis, gonorrhoea and candidiasis b) Syphilis, chlamydiasis and gonorrhoea

t
e t e t tet tet pediculosis .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaac)lia N i.N e
.Syphilis, t gonorrhoeasaand
a lsaalia N i.N e t
. trichomoniasis
a s alsa alia N
. id).eNSyphilis, trichomoniasis
a s alsaalia.Ni.eN
and
a s alsaalia
d da Identify the correct dstatement
da .P.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPa3. w.P.aPa w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
fromwthe wfollowing
wwwww wwwww www
w ww www wwwww
a) Chlamydiasis is a viral disease.
b) Gonorrhoea is caused by a espirochaete bacterium, Treponema palladium. et

N
a l a l Ni.eNtet
.The
ia a l alia . Ntet is is 2 to 14sdays
.Nisyphilis a la lia.Nin
i .eNtet alia
la
adays .Ni.in t
Nefemales. asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a sa s ac) incubation period
a d a s
a s for
a a d a a s a males and 7 to
a d 21
a s
a s a d a sa
w.P.Pad d) Both syphilis P.Pad
w.and w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww gonorrhoea areweasily wwwcured with antibiotics.
w ww www wwwww

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
blocking
ai.Ne
i.
4. A contraceptive pill prevents ovulation by
et t fallopian tubelai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s aslaalia .Nib) tet
.eNinhibiting release ofaFSH
a s aslalia .Ni.eNtand
et LH
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) stimulating .Pa adof FSH and LH ww.wP.aPad
release
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
wwwww www
d) causing immediate degeneration of released ovum.
w ww ww w www
5. The approach which does not give the defined action of contraceptive is
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNteand
t fertilization lai.Ni.eNtet
laalia.N i.eNet Hormonal contraceptive
(a) laalia Preventsaentry alia
la .N i.eNsperms,
of preventasovulation alia
la
a

a a a a a a
w. P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P .aPdada s s
w . P .aPdada s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
wwwww (b) wwwww
Vasectomy ww ww
Prevents
w spermatogenesis ww www wwwww
s

(c) Barrier method Prevents fertilization

N(d)
. i.N e te t Intra uterine device N
. i.Ne te t Increases phagocytosis .Ni.eNtet of sperms, asuppresses .Ni.eNtet sperm motility .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s a lsa alia a s alsaalia a s lsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .aPada capacity of w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

w.Pfertilizing
and sperms
wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
6. Read the given statements and select the correct option.
d

Statement 1: Diaphragms, cervical caps and vaults are tmade of rubber and aret inserted into the
s a l a l .Ni.eNtetreproductive tract
ia
female s a l alia
to
eNtet
.Ni.cover the cervix asla
before
s alia Ni.eNet
.coitus. s aslaalia.Ni.eNet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad Statementw2:wThey w.P.Pad Pad
w.wP.conception .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
wwwww www are chemical barriers wwwwof and areww wreusable. wwwww
a

a) Both statements 1 and 2 are correct and statement 2 is the correct explanation of statement 1.
b)i.N et tstatements 1 andl2aiare
Both tet
.Ni.eNcorrect but statement .2Niis tet the correct explanation
.eNnot .Ni.eNteof
t statement 1. lai.Ni.eNtet
ai.Ne
P

a s asla a l a s asala a s aslaalia a s aslaalia sa ala

w w
d a
.wP.aPad c) Statementw1wis.wPcorrect .
d a
aPad but statementw2.P
w w
d a
is.aPincorrect.
ad w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w ww w ww w ww
d) Both statements 1 and 2 are incorrect.
7. Match column I with column II and select the correct option from the codes given below.
t .Ni.eNteCOLUMN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia.N i.eNet
COLUMN I a s a s laalia t II asasla alia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .Padada d a d da d a
w.P.aPad ww.P IUD
w w.P.aPad a) A-(iv), w.wP.aPaC-(i), w.P.aPad
wwwww A. Copper wwwreleasing (i) LNG-20
wwwww ww wwB-(ii), D-(iii) wwwww
B. Hormone releasing (ii) Lippes loop IUD b) A-(iv), B-(i), C-(iii), D-(ii)
C.eNon
t medicated IUD i.NeNte(iii) Saheli c) A-(i), B-(iv), C-(ii), D-(iii)
s alsa alia.N i.Net s a lsa alai. t s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsa lia.Ni.eNtet
aD-(iii) s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a D. Mini pillsw.P.aPdada a (iv) Multiload-375 a
d a d) A-(iv), B-(i), C-(ii),
a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
8. Select the incorrect action of hormonal contraceptive pills from the following
a)ia et t
Inhibition of spermatogenesis. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a saasla a l.Ni.Ne a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a saaslaalia
w.P.Pad b) Inhibition .P.Pad
ofwovulation. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
c) Changes in cervical mucus impairing its ability to allow passage and transport of sperms.
d) Alteration
tet in uterine endometrium tet to make it unsuitable tet for implantation i.NeNtet
s asla i
alai.. N eN s asla i.
alai.N eN s asla i
alai.. N eN s aslaalai. s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPXIIad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P1.aPad
Page
wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
9. Which of the following is a hormone releasing Intrauterine Device (IUD)?
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Multiload 375.PaPdadas a a a a
b) LNG-20.Padadas c) Cervical cap a
d as a d) Vault.Padadas a a
w.P.aPad w . ww.P the transfer ofww
w w.P.aPad w .P
www 10. Assisted reproductive
ww wwwww technology, IVF ww winvolves www wwwww
a) sperms into the fallopian tube b) Zygote into the fallopian tube
c)lia
.Zygotee t t
Ni.Ne into the uterus .Ni.Nee t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad d) Embryo w with Pad
w.8P.blastomeres into the .P.Pad
uterus
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w ww www wwwww wwwww
11. In the context of amniocentesis, which of the following statements is incorrect?
a) It ist usually done when a woman is between 14-16 weeks pregnant
l a i .N i .eNet l a i . .eNtet
Nidetermination l a i . Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as ab)l a It is used for prenatal
d a s
a assex
a l a d a saas a l a d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad c) It can bewused w.P.aPad .wP.aPad
wsyndrome w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwfor detection of Down
w ww ww wwwww wwwww
d) It can be used for detection of Cleft palate
12. Which
s a laalia .Ni.eNteof t the following approach
s a laalia.Ni.eNtet does not give sthe a la .Ni.eNtet action of contraceptive?
defined
alia s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
d a a) Barrier methods .Padada a s a s
.Padafertilization
Prevent da .Padadaa s .Padada a s
w.P.aPad ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww www
b) Intra uterine devices
ww w www
Increase phagocytosis of sperms, suppresse sperm motility
www
and fertilizing capacity of sperms

t
l ac)i . Ni .eNtet
Hormonal contraceptives l a i . N
i .eNtet Prevent retard
l a ia.Ni.eN tet
entry of sperms, l a ia.Ni.eNtet ovulation and
prevent l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a a
d ass a a l a a s a a l a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Padadas d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d as

e
www
ww wwwww ww w ww.P
w
fertilization wwwww wwwww
d) Vasectomy Prevents spermatogenesis

N
s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a
Intext
a questions: a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 1. Human reproductive
ww wwwww system is controlled ww wwwby wwwww wwwww

2.sala
a s
a) Nervous system
i
alai.. N
Assertion eN
i.
tet A: A statutory ban
a s asla i .
alai. N eis
N
b) Endocrine system c) Both ‘a’ and ‘b’
teimposed
t on amniocentesis.
a s asla i .
alai. N eNtet
a s asla
d) Testosterone
alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad Reason R: w Itwisw .P.aPamisused
being d to determine w.P.aPthead sex of the foetus. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation for ‘A’.
b) Both eNtet‘A’ and ‘R’ are true but eNteRtis not the correct explanation eNtet for ‘A’
l a i . Ni . l a i . N
i . l a i . Ni . la ia.Ni.eNtet
afalse la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as ac)l a A is true but ‘R’ is false
a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a d) both ‘A’ and ‘R’a
d aare
s as l a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 3. Syphilis is caused
ww wwwww by ww www wwwww wwwww
a) Treponema palladium b) Neisseria gonorrhoea
s

c)i.Chlamydia
Ni.eNett trachomatislai.Ni.eNet t ia.Nid) eNtHerpes
et virus ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s alsa a l a a s as a l a a s a laal . a s a laa l a s a laal
d da Enlarged lymph.nodes,
w.P.aPa4. Padadaprolonged Padadas diarrhoea, wweight das
.Padareduction .Padadas
a

fever, .prolonged are thewsymptoms

www
ww www ww.P
w ww w ww.P
w w ww ww.P w wwww.P
of
a) Genital Warts b) AIDS c) Hepatitis – B d) Genital herpes
d

i . N e tet i . N e tet i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

d
5.
a s
a
a
This
aslala i . N
is the surgical procedure
d a s
a
a
aslala i . N
for male sterilization
d a sa
a
aslala i . N
d a s
a aslalia
a
d a s
a aslaalia
a
w.P.Pad a) Tubectomy a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad d) IUDS www a
.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww b) Vasectomy
ww www c) Saheliww www www
a

6. Assertion (A): Health is a community issue.

Reason Ni.eNtet(R): Healthy people areeNteable
t to care for their family
eNtet and contribute lmore Ni.eNto
tet society.
N N .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a lia. s a l alia. i . s a l alia. i . s a a i

l .
a s aslaalia
d a a s aa) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are
d a a s
true a and ‘R’ is the correct
d a a s a
explanation for ‘A’ d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww b) Both ‘A’wand w
ww‘R’ are true but ‘R’ iswnot wwwthe correct explanation wwww of ‘A’ wwwww
c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false d) both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are false
t
.Ni.eNeplanning t Ni.eNteyear .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
7. ala
a s s a
Family
lia t programme
a s aslaalia .eNetinitiated in India
.Niwas
a s aslin
aalia.the t
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a .P.aPdada d a .P.aPdada d) 1950 d a
w.P.aPad a) 2000 www b) 1951 w.P.aPad c) 1947www w.P.aPad
www
ww www ww www www wwwww
8. Reproductive system is controlled by
a) Neuroendocrine system b) hormones c) tcerebellum d) cerebrum
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNet l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
9.
a
d ass a aThe
l a popular programme a
d ass a a a
“RCH”
l aims at a
d ass a a l a a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPad a) Creatingwawareness w.P.aPad and providingwmedical w.P.aPad w .P.aPdadas w.P.aPad
d as
www
ww www
w wwww assistance to build wwww awhealthy society wwwww
b) Introducing sex education c) Educating couples d) all these
10. RMNCH
s asla alia .Ni.eNtet + A approach sstands aslaalia.Ni.e Ntet
for
s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a) An integrated d a
approach
a a for reproductive a d a a
maternal, new born, child
a d a
anda adolescent health a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww b) Massivewchild wwwimmunization
w ww www wwwww wwwww
c) Supply of nutritional food to the pregnant women d) none of these
i . N e tet i . N e tet i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alai. N
a s aslaalai. N
a s alai.
asla N
a s alia
asla as aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P2.aPad
Page
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
11. Amniocentesis is a prenatalNtechnique used to
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a a a a a a
d a a) Detect any chromosomal
w.P.aPad .Padadas abnormalities w.P.aPad
d as b) Determine.Pthe
w .aPad
d sexasof foetus
w.P.aPad
d as
www
ww c) Immunize ww www.P
wchildren wwwww ww
d) all thesewww wwwww
12. The sex ratio is
t t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNeratio
The of males toathe
a s s laalia.N i.eNet in a population
females
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad b) The ratiowof .P.Padto the females inwawfamily
wmales .P ad
w www.P w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww
c) The number of males in a population d) none of these
13. Gender discrimination is shownt or manifested as
l a i .N i .eNtet alia.Ni.eNe t alia
tet
.eNmale
.Nic) t
i.eNet mortality rate
.NInfant
ad)lia alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as aa)l a Female foeticide d a s
a asla b) infanticide d a s
a asla foeticide d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.Psteps like
w w.P.aPad
www 14. To preventwfemale
ww www foeticide, and infanticide
w wwwww Govt. of India has wwtaken
w wwwww
a) PCPNDT Act b) Ensuring survival of girls
c)i.Providingt better nutrition, t
education of girls .Nid) tall these .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as laalia.Ni.eNet
a s as laalia .eNet a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d da Enhanced longevity .wP.aPdaisddue
a to .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa15. w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
a) Increased health facilities w w
w w w w
w w
b) Better living conditions w w
w w
c) Increased medical facilities d) All the above

t
ia N e te
. i.problemt N e te
.explosion t . i.eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
16.
a s alsa The
a l N of population
a s alsa alia i.N is overcome
a s alsa ia
aby
l a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) Birth control w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww wwwww b) increasing
wwwwwthe marriageable age wwwww
c) Postponing the birth of the first baby d) all these.
17. An ideal contraceptive method should be

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alileast
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) User friendly a d a a s a a d a a b) easily availablea d awith
a side effects a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww c) Not interfering wwwww with sexual drive ww www ww
d) all thesewww wwwww

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
et t
Natural
ai.Ne
i.
18. The temporary method of birth control is

a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Nib) tet
.eNchemical a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) mechanical w .wP.aPhormone
and ad barrier ww.wP.aPad d) all these a,.Pbaand
ww.P
w ad c .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 19. Assertion (A)
ww www:wcontinuous w ww www
abstinence is the simplest and most reliable way to avoid pregnancy
www
Reasoning (R) : This avoids coitus for a defined period that facilitates conception
t Ni.eNte‘R’ .Ni.eNtet for ‘A’ .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l a
a) ia.N i.eNet‘A’ and ‘R’ areastrue
Both laalia.and t
is the correct laalia
explanation laalia alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l dada as a
dadas as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad b) Both ‘A’wand w.wP.aPare w.wP.aPcorrect w aPdada
.wP.‘A’ w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww w
ww‘R’ true but ‘R’ iswnot w
wwthe explanation wwwwfor wwwww
c) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are false d) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
s

20. Identify .Ni.eNett the correctly matched t

.Ni.eNetanswer .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a 1) Periodic abstinence .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdaA)
dacondoms .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww w w
w
2) Lactational amenorrhea w w w
w w B) Jellies creams w w
w w w w
w w
3) Chemical barrier C) High prolactin prevent menstrual cycle
d

e t t e t t .Ni.eNtemethod
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla 4)lia
a .N i.Ne
Mechanical barriersalalia
a s a
.Ni.Ne D)
a s asrhythm
laalia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) 1 – A, 2 w –wB,w3.P –.PC,a4d – D w.P.Pad b) 1 – D,w2w–w P.P
.C, 3 a–dB, 4 – A w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww www wwwww
a

c) 1 – B, 2 – A, 3 – D, 4 – C d) 1 – D, 2 – A, 3 – C, 4 – B
21. Identify the wrong statementet
Ni.eNtet Ni.Net .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Condoms safeguard s asla
the alia.user from STDS s asla alia s asla alia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad b) Hormonal w .Pa ad
ww.P prevent the ovaries w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwbarriers wwwwwfrom releasing ova.ww www wwwww
c) Pills are used to prevent ovulation d) IUDS are not the ideal contraceptives
22. a The .Ni.eNett
ideal contraceptives for t
females
.Ni.eNet who want to .Ni.eNtpregnancy
delay et are .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as lalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) MTP w.P.aPad b) IUDS w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
c) Oral contraceptives w.P.aPad
d) vasectomy
www 23. Permanentwbirth
ww wwwcontrol methods are
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Vasectomy b) Tubectomy c) both ‘a’ and ‘b’ d) IODS
ia N e te t
. i.Nmedical termination N e te t
. iextremely N e
. i.N te t N e
. i.N te t .Ni.eNtet
24.
a s alsa Early
a l a s alsa aliisa .N safe upto a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a .P.aPdada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad a) 12 weeks w.P.aPad b) 16 weekswww c) afterwIIw ww.P
w
trimester d) 18 ww.P
w
www
ww wwwww www w wwwweeks
25. Sexually transmitted infections include
a) N STDS b) VD c) RTI d)Nalletthese a,b,c
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l . i.Net sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
26.
a s aSTDS can be prevented
a d a a by
s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Avoidingwsex w
wwwith multiple partners wwwww wwww
b) Usingwcondoms wwwww
c) Consulting a doctor for diagnosis d) All these a, b, c
.Ni.Nee t t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP 3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P3.aPad
Page
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
27. Match the following: Identify the correct Matched pairs.
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a 1) Chlamydiasis.PaPdadas a a A) HPV .Padadas a a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w . w .P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww 2) Syphilis ww www ww www gonorrhoea
B) Neisseria ww www ww www
3) Gonorrhoea C) Treponema palladium
4)lia e
Genitalt t e tD)t Chlamydia trachomatis .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa .N i.Ne warts a s asla alia.Ni.Ne
a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) 1 – A, 2 w –wB,w3.P–.PC,a4d – D w.P.Pad b) 1 – B,w2w–w .P.3Pa–dC, 4 – D
A, w.P.Pad
www
ww www ww www www ww www
c) 1 – D, 2 – C, 3 – B, 4 – A d) 1 – D, 2 – A, 3 – B, 4 – C
28. Cervical cancer is caused by t
l a i .N i .eNtet la .Ni.eNet
aliHIV alia
tet
.eNTrichomoniasis
.Nic) alia.Ni.eNtetd) HBV alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as aa)l a HPV d a s
a ab)
s a d a s
a asla d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadthe risk of cervical w.wP.aPadis w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 29. The way towminimize
ww wwww ww wwcancer ww www ww www
a) Healthy diet b) preventing early marriage
c)i.Regular t exercise t .Nid) tall these a, b and c i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as laalia.Ni.eNet
a s as laalia .eNet a s as alai.
la a s as alia
la
d da Inability to conceive .wP.aPdaor
daproduce children P.aPdadafter
a unprotected sexual .wP.aPdadcohabitation
a .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa30. w w even
.w w is called
w
www
ww a) Infertility w w
w w b) Tumour w w
w w w
c) dysplasia
ww w w ww
d) STDS w
31. All women are born with ovaries, but some do not have functional uterus. This condition is called

t
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet – Rokitansky
Mayer
a s a alia
syndrome
lsa a s alsa alia .eNinfertility
.Nib)
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a .P.aPdada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad c) dysplasiawww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www ww www d) cohabitation
ww www ww www
32. Intra uterine insemination is a procedure done to treat
a) Infertile men with low sperm count b) infertile women

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ac) anorexia a d a a s a a d a a s a d) all these a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
www 33. The transfer
ww wwofwembryo
w with more than ww ww8wblastomeres stage into ww wwuterus is called ww www

a s asla
a) Embryo transfer technique
c)i.IVF
a l aNi.Ne
e t t
i. a s asla alia.Ni.Nee t t
a s asla alia
b) cryopreservation
tet
.eNZIFT
.Nid)
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa34.
d GIFT stands forw.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www
a) Intra uterine transfer
ww ww w ww w
b) Intra cytoplasmic sperm injection
ww w
c) Micro testicular sperm extraction d) Gamete intra – fallopian transfer
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i
t
.eNet liquid to diagnose alia
la .Ni.eNtfor
et chromosomalalalia .Ni.eNtet
35. The process of taking a small sample of the amniotic
a

a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a s s a
w.P.aPad abnormalities ad da w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwwis.wP.Pa
w ww www ww www ww www
a) Amniocentesis b) chorionic villus sampling
s

c)i.Foetoscopet t .Nid) tultrasound & canningi.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s alsa alaNi.eNet a s alsa alia.Ni.eNet
a s alsa alia .eNet a s alsaalai. a s alsaalia
d 36.
a The vitamin known .wP.aPdas
adanti
a – sterility vitamin .wP.aPdis
ada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww a) Vitamin ‘K’ w w
w w b) vitamin ‘E’ w w
w w w ww
c) vitamin ‘B6” w w ww w
d) vitamin ‘C’
37. World population day is observed on ------------- of every year
d

t t tet tet th Dec .Ni.eNtetd) 1st Jan .Ni.eNtet

i.eNeJuly
th e
a s asla a)lia
a .N11 th
a s ab)
s la .N
ali6a i.N Oct
a s asla alia .eN24
.Nic)
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a
d AIDS day is observed a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa38. w.P.Padon w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www ww www www
wstw
a

a) 1 Dec st b) 11 July th nd
c) 2 Oct d) 1 Jan
39. NACO stands for
Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet tet
.eNNational
.Nib) .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. National AIDS control s alia
aslorganization s asla alia HIV asla
control
s aliorganization
a s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad c) NationalwAthletic w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P for STDS
w w.P.aPad
www
ww www company
w ww www d) Control ww wboard ww www
40. The diseases known as International diseases are
a)i.N t
Syphilis .Ni.eNtet tet leprosy .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet and Gonorrhea a s as laalia a s as la .Nib)
alia .eNTB, a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .Padada .Padada .Padacervical
da cancer w.P.aPdada
w.P.aPad c) AIDs, HPV ww.P
w www.P
d) Breast cancer,
ww.P
w
www 41. Which of the
ww wwwfollowing ww w
is a hormone releasing Intrauterine Device (IUD)?
ww w ww www
a) Multiload 375 b) LNG-20 c) Cervical cap d) Vault
ia N e te t
. i.N reproductive stechnology, N e te t
. i.N ZIFT involvessthe N
. i.N e te t N e
. i.N te t .Ni.eNtet
42.
a s alsa Assisted
a l a alsa alia a alsa alitransfer
a of a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a .P.aPdada tube d a .PaPdadfallopian
a d a
w.P.aPad a) Ovum into w w.P.aPad ww.the
w w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwthe
wwfallopian ww www b) Zygote ww winto tubeww www
c) Zygote into the uterus d) gametes into the fallopian tube
43. In N the context of amniocentesis, which of the following statements is incorrect?
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) It is usually done a d a
when
a s a a woman is between a d a 14-16
a s a weeks pregnant a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww b) It is usedwfor w
wwprenatal sex determination ww www ww www ww www
c) It can be used for detection of Down syndrome
d)lia.NIti.eN tet be used for detection
can .Ni.eNtofet Cleft palate alalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a a s asla alia a s s a a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P4.aPad
Page
www
ww wwwww ww www ww www ww www
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
44. Which of the following approach does not give the defined action of contraceptive?
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a) Barrier methods a
.wP.aPdada Prevent fertilization a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w w
b) Intra uterine devices Increases phagocytosis of sperms, suppresses sperm motility and
w
w w w w
w w
fertilizing capacity of sperms
e t Ni.eNtet retard entry aoflasperms, .Ni.eNtet prevent ovulation t t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaac).Ni.Ne
lia
t Hormonal a s asla .Prevent
alia a s s a lia a s asla .N
alia i.eNefertilization
and a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad contraceptives w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www
d) Vasectomy Prevents spermatogenesis

s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a s d a a s d a a s d a a s d a a s
w.P.aPBook
ad back questions: w.P Two
.aPadand Three mark w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www
1. Select the correct term from the brackets and complete the given branching tree.

s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s a
asla .Ni.eNtet
lia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a (Barriers, Lactational
a d aamenorrhoea,
a CuT, Tubectomy)
a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad A. Barrierswww .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad D. CuT w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwB. Lactational amenorrhoea www
ww www
ww
C. Tubectomy www
ww
2. Correct the following statements.
as aslaa .N
a)lia
t
i.eNet of an ovum
Transfer a s
i.
sla .Ni.eNtetfrom a donor into
alia
acollected a s asla ia
athe
l
tet
.Ni.eNfallopian s asla
tube disacalled .N
alia
t
i.eNet
ZIFT. a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Ans: Transfer w.P.aPad .Paa adonor
ww.P
w d w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www an ovum collected
ww ww
wfrom wwwww Tube – GIFT ww
into the fallopian www
b) Transferring of an embryo with more than 8 blastomeres into uterus is called GIFT.
➢.NeAns t :- Transfer of the iembryo
.Ni.eNtet with more than 8.Nblastomeres
t into the uterus .Ni.eNte-t IUT .Ni.eNtet
alia
la i.Net ala
la alia
la i.eNet alia
la alia
la
a

a s a
s a
d a c) Multiload 375.PisaPadahormone s
a as releasing IUD. a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d as a s
w.P.aPad w . d w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Ans :- w www
w
Multiload www
w
375 is a copperwreleasing IUD. wwwww wwwww
s

3. Expand the following.

sa a
lsal .Ni.eNtet
ia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a) ZIFT - Zygote Intraa- Fallopian Transfer. b)
a ICSI - Intra Cytoplasmica Sperm Injection. a
w.P.aPad .Padada .Padada .Padada .Padada
a

www 4. Differentiate
ww ww ww.P
w
wfoeticide www ww.P
w www
www.P www ww.P
w
and infanticide.
d

S.NO
.Ni.eNtet Foeticide
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNInfanticide
tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a 1 Aborting a d
the a
female in the mother'sa d a
womb Killing the d
female
a achild after her birth a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
a

5. How are STDs transmitted?

➢ NeNormallytet STI are transmitted Ni.eNtet from person atolalperson Ni.eNtet during intimate sexualNi.eNtetcontact with analalia .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. i . N s a l ali.
a s i .
a s a l alia. s
d a a s a infected partner d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Hepatitis wwww- B and HIV are transmitted www by sexually, by wsharing
ww www of infusion needles,
w wwwww surgical
instruments. And also transmitted with infected people, blood transfusion or from infected
.Ni.eN tet
mother to baby. alalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s s a a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadmeasures of STDs. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 6. Write the preventive
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ Avoid sex with unknown partner or Multiple partner
➢i.N.eN t condoms.
Use .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa al a i et a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ In casewof
d a .P.aPdadconsult
a d dada d a
doubt,
w a doctor for .aPada and get complete
w.Pdiagnosis w.P.aPtreatment. w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w www
ww wwwww wwwww
7. Amniocentesis, the foetal sex determination test, is banned in our country, is it necessary?
Comment.
a l alia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet
asprenatal alia
aslto .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a➢ Amniocentesis a d a
is s
a
a technique a d a
used s
a a detect any a
chromosomal
a d s
a abnormalities in
a d a
thes
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww foetus.ww www www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ The ban of amniocentesis is necessary in our country. Because,
asla ➢lia
a .Ni.eNItteist misused to detect asla alia Ni.eNtsex
.the et of the foetus.aItlacreates
ia
l .Ni.eNtet chance for female aslaalia Ni.eNtet
.foeticide. asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a d a s
a d a s
a s a d a s
a d asa
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P5.aPad
Page
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
8. The procedure of GIFT involves the transfer of female gametes into theNfallopian tube. Can Netet
alsaalia.Ni.eNtet a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l a lia.Ni.eNtet a l al . i.eNtet
ia alaia . i.N
w. P.
a s
aPdada gametes be transferred w . P .
a s a
aPdadasto the uterus to w . achieve
P .
a s a
aPdadasthe same result? w . P.
a s
aPdadas
Explain. a
w . P.aPdaadsasal
wwwww ➢ Yes, Male ww www gametes can be transferred ww www under IUI or by ww ww
wartificial inseminationww www
for achieve
fertilization as GIFT.
IUI e tet Uterine Insemination:
.Ni–.NIntra .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a aslaa lia a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a saaslaalia
w.P.Pad ➢ This method w.Pto d infertile men w
.Patreat .P.Plow
with ad sperm count. ww.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww www ww www w ww ww www
➢ The semen is collected either from the husband or from a healthy donor.
➢ And tet it is introduced into the uterus through the vagina by a catheter.
a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
After stimulating thea l a ia.Ni.eNtet to produce more
ovaries
l a l a ia
ova.
l . Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ The sperms w.P.aPad w .Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www swim towards the ww wfallopian tubes to fertilize wwwww the egg, resulting ww winwwnormal
pregnancy.
➢i.NeN t female gametes or
But .Niovumt cannot be transferred .Ni.eNtetto the uterus to .Ni.eNtetthe same result.
achieve .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai. et a s as laalia .eNet a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d .wP.aPdideal Pdadovum. .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad Because the w .aPada environment
.wPuterine iswnot ada for the survival w of the
.wP.a a
w
wwwww w w
w w w w
w w
➢ If the ovum is directly transferred to the uterus, ovum will undergo degeneration or could be w w
w w w ww w
phagocytosis by uterus.

t
N e tet Ni.eNtet environmentafor Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a . i.NAnd the uterus has s a no
lsa alia.suitable s lsa alia .fertilization. s alsaalia s alsaalia
a
d a .Padada a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ So viable w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww ww ww.P would not be formed.
w
wzygote ww www wwwww ww www
9. Which method do you suggest to a couple to have a baby, if the male partner fails to inseminate

N
the eNtet or due to very
.Ni.female .Ni.eNtsperm
alilow et count in the .Ni.eNtet
aejaculate? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a asla alia a d a s
a asla a
a d a s
a asla lia a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a saaslaalia
w.P.Pad ➢ Suggested .P.Pad are: IUI, ICSI w
wmethods and.wP
w ww w .P
TESE.ad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww www wwwww ww www
Intra Uterine Insemination (IUI).

a s asla
➢ This
a i . N eN
➢lai. Semen is collected
i.
tet is a procedure to itreat
a s la
afrom
s
. N eNteinfertile
t
men with low sperm
alai.the husband or aahealthy s asla i . N eN
alai. donor.
tet count.
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Semenwiswintroduced w.P.aPad into the uterus P.aPad
w.through w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww www ww www vagina by awcatheter. www
w ww www
➢ Ovaries are stimulated to produce more ova.
➢.NeSperms t swim towardsi.the tfallopian tubes and fertilize .Ni.eNtet the egg, resulting in
.Ni.normal
eNtet pregnancy. lai.Ni.eNtet
laalia i.Net laalaNi.eNet laalia alia
la
a

a a a a a a
w . P.
a s s
aPdada Micro-testicular w . P .
a s s
aPdada extraction (TESE):
sperm w . P .
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
wwwww ➢ Microsurgical ww www sperm retrieval wfrom www the testicle involves
w wwwwaw small midline incision ww wwwin the
s

scrotum, through which one or both testicles can be seen.

e tet the microscope, eNtetseminiferous tubules tet dilated and smalli.N
.Ni.eNare t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a N
. i.NUnder
a s alsa alia.Ni.the
a s alsa alia a s alsa i.eNet of testicular
alaamount a s alsaalia
d a .P.aPdadofa active spermww .wP.aPdada are removed d a dada
w.P.aPad .aPadimproved w.P.aPyield
a

tissue winww areas production w.P and for wsperm

wwwww www w ww wwwww wwww
compared to traditional biopsy techniques.
d

Intra-cytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI)

l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet asla athe.Ni.eNtet
lia asla .Ni.eNtet
alito asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a as a➢l In this method a d a s
only
a asone
a l sperm is injected a d a s
into
a focal point of athe
d a s
egg
a a fertilize. a d a sa
w.P.Pad ➢ The sperm Pad
w.wP.carefully ad
w.wP.Pcytoplasm w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww wwis injected into ww wwthe www
w
of thewegg. ww www
a

➢ Fertilization occurs in 75 - 85% of eggs injected with the sperms.

➢i.Ni.eN t t zygote is allowedi.to
The tet
alaNi.eNdivide to form an 8laicelled .Ni.eNtet blastomere and then tet
.Ni.eNtransferred to the lai.Ni.eNtet
a e
P

a s asla al a s asla a s asala a s aslaalia sa ala

w w
d
.wP.aPad a uterus to w develop
w
d a
.wP.aPad a protective pregnancy. w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w ww w ww w ww
10. Open Book Assessment: Healthy reproduction, legally checked birth control measures and
proper
.Ni.eNtetfamily planning programmes
.Ni.eNtet are essential for .Ni.eN the
tet survival of mankind' Justify.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s a laalia s a laalia s a laalia s a alia
la s a alia
la
d a ➢ Reproductive
a s a
health s
d a and proper family a s
d planning
a programmes a s
darea highly essential .P a
fordthe a s
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad
wwwww survivalww ofwmankind.
w ww www wwwww ww www
➢ Reproductive health refers to the state of physical, psychological, and social well-being merely
alsa alia intetabsence of illness
.Ni.eN alsa alia
t
i.eNeallt matters related
.Nin alsa alia.N tet reproductive system
i.eNthe
to alsaalia.Ni.eNtet and its proper alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad functioning. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www ww www wwwww ww www
Family planning has the following health and social benefits.
➢ Protecting
tet the health of women by reducing frequent pregnancies.
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
Reducing abortions. s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Providing w .wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww ww stable population growth. ww www wwwww ww www
➢ Assuming the infants’ wellbeing by providing adequate time lapse between successive
tet
pregnancies.
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXIIad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP 3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pagew.|P6.aPad
wwwww ww www ww www wwwww ww www
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
11. Explain various barriers methods to control human population.
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Barrier methods:
a a
d in a
asthese methods, .the a a
as and sperm are.P
dovum a a
d as from meeting.PsoaPdthat
prevented a as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad w .aPad w . ad
www
ww wwwwwdoes not occur. ww
fertilization www wwwww ww www
I) Chemical barrier:
➢lia.Ni.eN tet
Foaming tablets, melting .Ni.eN tet
suppositories, jellies tet
.Ni.eNcreams. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s asla alia a s asla aand
lia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ These w d
w.P.Paagents
chemical that inactivate w.P.thePadsperms in the w w.P.Pad
vagina. w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w ww www www
w ww www
II) Mechanical barrier:
a) Condoms: tet tet tet t
s a l a
➢ l .Ni.eN
ia It is a thin sheath asla
used
s .N
alia i.eNcover
to the penis in
s laalia
asmale .Ni.eNwhereas in female s asitlaaislia i.eNet to cover vagina
.Nused s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
and cervix. www ww www wwwww ww www
➢ It prevents the entry of ejaculated semen into the female reproductive tract.
➢.NeN t can prevent conception.
This .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i. et a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Condoms
d a .wP.aPdadbe
should a discarded after a.Psingle ad dause. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
www
ww w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w w.Pa w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w
➢ Condom also safeguards the user from AIDS and STDs.
➢ Condoms are made of polyurethane, latex and lambskin.

t
t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a .N
b)lia i.eNet
Diaphragms, cervical
a s a caps
lsa .Ni.eN
alia and vaults:
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ they are w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww ww.Pof rubber
w
wmade ww www wwwww ww www
➢ And inserted into the female reproductive tract to cover the cervix before coitus.
➢ eItt prevents the sperms from entering the uterus. et t

N
s a l a l .Ni.Net
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla alia .Ni.Ne s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aIII) Hormonal barriera d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad .P ad
ww.P the
w
www
ww ➢ It prevents wwwww the ovaries from releasing ww www the ova and thickens wwwwthe cervical fluid which ww wkeeps

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
Oral
ai.Ne
e
i.
sperm away from ovum.
t tcontraceptives: i.NeNtet
a s asla alai. a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Pills are used.Patoaprevent
ww.P
w d ovulation
w .P
w a ad
by.wPinhibiting the secretion w .of
ww.P
PaFSHad and LH hormones. .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www ww w
➢ A combined pill is the most commonly used birth control pill. It contains synthetic
www ww w
progesterone and oestrogen hormones.
l a i . Ni .eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia laalia .Ni.eNtet laalia .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
b) Saheli:
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ A contraceptive w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Padada
www
ww wwwww pill prepared bywCentral www Drug Research Institute
w wwwww (CDRI) in Lucknow, ww ww.P
w
wIndia
➢ A non-steroidal preparation called Centchroman.
s

IV).NIntrauterine
t Devices (IUDs): .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa alia i.eNet s alsa alia s alsa alia s alsa alia s alsaalia
d a ➢ Intrauterine.Pdevices
a a
ad da are inserted bywmedical a
.wP.aPdada experts in thewuterus a
.wP.aPdathrough
da the vagina. .PaPdada a
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww w w
w
w
w w.Pa w w
w w w w
ww ww w .
www
Types of IUDs:
➢ Copper releasing IUDs, hormone releasing IUDs and non-medicated IUDs.
d

s asla a .Ni.eNtet
Advantages
lia of IUDs: salalia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ IUDs increase ad
w.P.Pphagocytosis of sperm w.P .Pad the uterus. www
within .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www www ww www
a

➢ IUDs are the ideal contraceptives for females who want to delay pregnancy.
➢ eItt is one of the popular methods of contraception e in India and has a successerate of 95 to 99%.
Ni.Net Ni.eNtet Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Copper releasing IUDs:
s a l ali.
a s a l a lia. s a l a i
l .
a s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ It differs .Pa ad
ww.Peach other by thewamount
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwfrom www of copper.
w wwwww ww www
➢ Copper IUDs such as Cu T-380 A, Nova T, Cu 7, Cu T 380 Ag, Multiload 375, etc.
➢i.Ni.eN tet
Release free copper and alia eNtet
.Ni.copper salts into the auterus .Ni.eNteand
t suppress sperm .N t
motility.
i.eNet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a a s as la a s as lalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .Padadina the uterus forwfive adaten .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad ➢ They can remain
ww.P
w w ww
.Pto
ww.P
da years. www.P ww.P
w
www
ww www
b) Hormone-releasing IUDs:
www ww w
➢ Progestasert and LNG – 20 - often called intrauterine systems (IUS).
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtetof the cervicalsmucus tet
.Ni.eNand .Ni.eNtet from entering .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a They increase the a s a alia
viscosity
lsa a alsaalia thereby preventa s alsa alisperms
a a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad the cervix. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww ww www
c) Non-medicated IUDs:
➢ NeMade of plastic or stainless steel.
a l a lia. i.Ntet a l alia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia .Ni.eNtet asla alia .Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a s a➢ Lippes loop is a
a d a s
double
a s a S-shaped plastic a a s
device.
d a a d asa a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww ww www

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P7.aPad
Page
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
12. What are the strategies to be implemented in India N to attain total reproductive health?
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Creating awareness
a a a
d asand providing medical a as a
d assistance a a
d as society.
to build.aPhealthy a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Introducing wwwwwsex education in schools wwwwwto provide information ww
ww about adolescence. ww www
➢ Educating couples and those in the marriageable age groups about the available birth control
.Ni.eNtet
methods. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Awareness w.P .Pad care for pregnant
about ad
w.P.Pwomen, post natal P.Padof mother andwchild
w.care w ww
.P ad
ww.P and
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww
importance of breast feeding.
➢ Encouraging
tet the government and non-governmental agencies to identify tnew birth control
a l ai
l .
aNi.eN
methods. a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a da sa s a d a sa d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 13. Describe major
ww wwwww STD and their symptoms. wwwww www
ww wwwww

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet Bacterial .STD t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as laaliaNi.eNet a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a Disease .P.aPdaCausative
da agent .P.aPdada .Padada
Symptom d a
w.P.aPad w ww ww.P and throat andww
w w.wP.aPad
www
ww ww www wwww✓ Affects the urethra, ww wrectum wwfemales
in
Gonorrhoea Neisseria the cervix also get affected.

t
N e tet
. i.2Nto 5 days N
. i.N e te t ✓ Painsaland .Ni.eN tet discharge in the Ntet
.Ni.egenital .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
gonorrhoeae
a aalia pus
a s a laa ia
l tract andsala
a a ia
l
d a d a dadas dadas d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPburning w.P.aPurination. w.P.aPad

e
sensationwduring
www
ww ww www wwwww www
w www
ww
Chlamydia ✓ Trachoma, affects the cells of the columnar
Chlamydiasis trachomatis epitheliumein the urinogenital tract,etrespiratory tract

N
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.Net s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a a d a (2
a s a
to 3 weeks) a and
d a a s a
conjunctiva. a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwww✓ Cutaneous or mucosal ww wwwgenital damage, urithritis www and
ww
Lymphogranuloma Chlamydia

a s asla .Ni.Ne
alia e
venereum
t t
i.
a s
trachomatis
asla .Ni.Ne
alia e t t
endocervicitis.
✓ Locally
a s asla lia.Ni.eNtet ulcerations and
aharmful a s asla ia
l .Ni.eNtetelephantiasis. salalia
agenital a s a
.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Treponema www .✓P.aPPrimary
ad stage Formationw.P.aPadof painless ulcer .P.aPthe
won ad
www
ww ww www www ww www www
ww
palladium external genitalia.
(Incubation ✓ Secondary stage Skin lesions, rashes, swollen joints
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet la i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as a l a aperiod
s as a l a 10 to 90 anda sfever
as a l a and hair loss. a s as a l a a s as
w.P.aPad Syphilisww.wP.aPdada dada
w.wP.aPTertiary
d a
w.P.aPadof chronic ulcers w .P.aPdada
www
ww w ww days) ww ww✓ ww www
stage Appearance ww
wonwwnose,
lower legs and palate. Loss of movement, mental
s

t
.Ni.eNet t
.Ni.eNet disorder, .Nivisual
t impairment, heart .Niproblems,
t gummas i.NeNtet
alsa alia alsa alia alsaalia .eNet alsaalia .eNet ala ai.
a
aPdadas a
aPdadas a s
dadanon-cancerous growths)
aP(soft a s
aPdadaetc aPdaadsasal
a

w.P. w .P. w . P. w . P. w . P.
www
ww ww www wwwww ww www www
ww
Viral STD
d

e
.Ni.Ne t t
Disease Causative e
.Ni.Ne t t
agent .Ni.eNtet Symptom laia et t .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a asla alia
d a saasla alia
d a s
a aslaalia
d asaasal.Ni.Ne d a sa
alia
asla
a
w.P.Pad a
.P ad Human .✓ a ad
P Enlarged lymph nodes, a
.Pad
w.Pprolonged a
w.P.Pad
fever, prolonged
www
ww www ww.P wwwww.P ww www www
ww
a

AIDS w immunodeficiencyw diarrhoea, weight reduction, night sweating.

virus (HIV)
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtBetvirus ✓ Fatigue, t
i.eNet
.N .N t
i.eNetstomach pain. .Ni.eNtet
P

as asla alia a s aslaalia

Hepatitis
a s asla alia jaundice, fever, rashes
a s aslaalia and
a s aslaalia
d a Hepatitis-B d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad (HBV) ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www Liver cirrhosis andww liver
wwwfailure occur in thewlater wwwstage.
w
Human papilloma ✓ Hard outgrowths (Tumour) on the external genitalia,
Genital warts
eNtet virus (HPV) eNtet cervix and eperianal tet region.
s a l alia. N
i . s a l ali.
a Ni . s a l ali.
a N
i . N s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a a
d a s a a
d a s a a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww Fungal STI wwwww wwwww
Disease Causative agent Symptom
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet ✓ Attacksi.Nmouth, t throat, intestinal .Ntract
t and vagina. .Ni.eNtet
s alsa alia s alsa alia s alsaalai.eNet s alsaalia i.eNet s alsaalia
a
d a a
Candidiasis .PaPdaCandida
a albicans .✓ a
dVaginal
a itching or.PaP a
soreness,
d a a
abnormal .Pvaginal
ad da
w.P.aPad w . d w P.aPad w w. ad w w.Pa
www
ww wwwww wwwww discharge and pain wwwwduring urination. w w
w w
Protozoan STI
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
Trichomonas Vaginitis s asl,a .Ni.eNtet yellow vaginal
lia
agreenish s .Ni.eNtet itching and salalia
alia
asdischarge,
la .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a s a
w.P.Pad Trichomoniasis w.P.Pad vaginalis www .wP.Pad sensation, urethritis, w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwburning wwwww epididymitis andwprostatitis. www
w
(Incubation period 4-28 days).

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P8.aPad
Page
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
Intext questions:
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d asand three marks.P
Two a a
d as and answer: .PaPdadas
question a a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w . w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
1. What is amniocentesis? Why a statutory ban is imposed on this technique?
➢ Amniocentesis
tet is a prenatal technique used to detect any chromosomal abnormalities in the
s a l al .Ni.eN
ia foetus. s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ It is being d
w.wP.Pamisused w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww wwoften wwwww the sex of the foetus.
to determine wwwww wwwww
➢ Once the sex of the foetus is known, there may be a chance of female foeticide.
➢i.N.eN t t
Hence, a statutory ban on tamniocentesis is imposed. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaal ai e a s asla .N
alia i.eNet a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad of POCSO Act. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww 2. Write the importance ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ POCSO Act (Prevention of children from sexual offences).
➢ NeSexual harassment at workplace (Prevention, prohibition and redressal). Netet
s a la . i.Ntet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a laalia. i.N s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
d da Explain Permanent a s
d da control methods. a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPa3. w.P.aPabirth w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Surgical sterilisation methods are the permanent contraception methods.
➢ Itt is advised for male and female partners to prevent any more pregnancies. t

t
l a i . N
i .eNet l a i. Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a➢l a It blocks the transport
a
d ass a a l aof the gametes and a
d ass a
prevents
a l a conception. a
d ass a a l a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad Tubectomy: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ This is the surgical sterilisation done in women.

N
➢.N.eN At small portion of both .Ni.eN tet
fallopian tubes are cut eNtet tied up throughlaai.Nsmall
.Ni.and et t incision in the lai.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia i et a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s asalai.Ne sa ala
w w a d
.wP.Pad a abdomen
w
or
w
d
through
a
.wP.Pad a vagina.
w w a d
.wP.Pad a
w w a d
.wP.Pad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww ➢ This prevents w ww fertilization as well wwaswthe entry of the egg w wwthe uterus.
into w ww

a s asla
Vasectomy:
➢lia
a .Ni.eN tet
This
i.
is the surgical a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet for male sterilisation.
procedure a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Both vas w .wP.aPad are cut and tied
deferens w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww ww wwwwwthrough a small incision wwwwwon the scrotum towprevent www the
w
entry of sperm into the urethra.
➢ eVasectomytet prevents sperm eNtefrom heading off to penis eNtetas the discharge lhas no
eNtesperms in it.
l a i . N
i . N l a i . N
i . t l a i . N
i . a i . N
i . t la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a s as a l a
d da Give examples.Pa a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as
w.P.aPa4. w .for PdadaSexually transmitted d a
w.P.aPaddiseases (STD)
dada
.P.aPVenereal
wor .Padador
diseasesww(VD)
w www.P
a
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
Reproductive tract infections (RTI) or sexually transmitted infections (STI).
s

➢ Normally STI are transmitted from person to person during intimate sexual contact with an
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i. eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i .Ni .eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a infected partner. a
d ass a a l a a
d ass a a l a a s a a l a a s a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ Hepatitis w.P.aPad w.P.aPad das
.P.aPdasharing P.aPdadas
a

w w.infusion
wwwww ww ww- wB and HIV are transmitted wwwww sexually as well ww wwby
was ww
of infectedwww
needles, and surgical instruments, and infected blood transfusion or from infected mother to
d

.Ni.eNbaby.
tet People in the age .Niof t15 to 24 years are prone .Ni.eNttoet these infections. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia .eNet a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a
w.P.Pad
d a ➢ The bacterial a
.P Padd
STI: a
Gonorrhoea, syphilis, a
w.P.Pad
d a
chlamydiasis and d
lymphogranuloma
a
.P ad a venereum. a
w.P.Pad
d a
wwwww ww ww.Genital
w wwwww ww ww.P
w wwwww
a

➢ The viral wSTI: herpes, genital warts, Hepatitis-B and wAIDS.

➢ Protozoan STI: Trichomoniasis
➢lia.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s aslaa Fungal STI: Candidiasis.

s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.Pidea of a contraceptive
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww 5. What is the ww wmain wwwww device? Mentionwthe wwwqualities of ideal contraceptive
w wwwww
devices.
➢i.Ni.eN tet voluntary use of contraceptive
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eN tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaal a
The
a s aslaalia procedures
a s aslaalito
a
prevent fertilization lor
a s as a
.N
alia i.eNet implantation
prevent
a s aslaalia
d a dadina the uterus is termed .Padaas dabirth control. w.P.aPdada .Padada
w.P.aPad of a fertilized
w .Paegg
ww.P ww.P
w ww.P
w
wwwww ww w www
➢ An ideal contraceptive should be user friendly, easily available, with least side effects and
www ww www
should not interfere with sexual drive.
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a a l a
d das How can we Prevent a s a a
asSTDsl a s a a l a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPa6. w .wP.aPdadof w .wP.aPdadas w .wP.aPdadas w .wP.aPdadas
wwwww w ww w
➢ Avoid sex with unknown partner/ multiple partners. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ use condoms.
s asla➢lia
a .Ni.eNIntecase
t of doubt, consult
s aslaalia.Ni.eNatedoctor
t for diagnosiss asla .Ni.eNtget
aliand
a et complete treatment.
s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww 7. Write short ww www on: Mayer-Rokitansky
notes wwwwwsyndrome. wwwww wwwww
➢ All women are born with ovaries, but some do not have functional uterus.
➢i.Ni.eN t t condition is calledi.N t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaal a e
This
a s asla i.eNet
alaMayer-Rokitansky a
syndrome.
s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.|P9.aPad
Page
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
8. Write short notes on: Intra-uterine insemination (IUI)
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ This is a procedure
a a
d ato a
s treat infertile men a a
as low sperm count.
dwith a
.Padadas
a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad ww.P donor.
w w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The semen wwwwwis collected either from wwww the husband or from w aw
w
healthy www
ww
➢ And introduced into the uterus through the vagina by a catheter.
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet stimulating the ovaries
After .Ni.eNtet to produce more .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
asla a s aslaalia a s aslaaova.
lia a s aslaalia a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The sperms Pad towards the
w.P.swim w.P.Pad tubes to fertilize
fallopian Pad egg, resulting
w.P.the w.P
in .Pad
normal
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
pregnancy.
9. a
s .Ni.eNteshort
Write
aslalia
t notes on: Zygote
s aslaalia
tet
.Ni.eNintra-fallopian transfer
s aslaalia eNtet
.Ni.(ZIFT) s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ As in wIVF,
d a the d a d a d a d a
w.P .aPazygote
d upto 8 blastomere
w.P.aPad stage is transferred w.P.aPadto the fallopian wtube
.P.aPadby
www
ww www
w
laparoscopy. wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ The zygote continues its natural divisions and migrates towards the uterus where it gets
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la implanted. a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 10. Write short
ww wwwww on: Intra uterine w
notes www (IUT)
w
transfer wwwww www
ww
➢ Embryo with more than 8 blastomeres is inserted into uterus to complete its further

t
.Ni.eNtet
development .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a P.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.sperm w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 11. Write short
ww wwwww on: Intra-cytoplasmic
notes wwwww injection (ICSI) wwwww www
ww
➢ In this method only one sperm is injected into the focal point of the egg to fertilize.

N
➢.N.eN t sperm is carefullyiinjected
The .Ni.eNtet into the cytoplasm .Ni.eNoftethe
t egg. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia i et a s aslaala a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d
w.P.Pad
a ➢ Fertilization a
w.P.Pad
d
occurs a in 75 - 85% of eggs a d a
injected
w.wP.Pad with the sperms. ad
w.P.Pad
a a d
w.P.Pad
a
www
ww ➢ The zygote wwwwwis allowed to divideww wwform
to an 8 celled blastomere wwwww and then transferred wwwto the
ww

s
12.
a aslaa i
l .
Write
N eNt t
ai. eshort notes on: a
i.
uterus to develop a protective pregnancy.
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
Surrogacy. a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Surrogacy wwwwiswa method of assisted wwwreproduction ww
or an agreement.www www
ww
➢ A woman agrees to carry a pregnancy for another person, who will become the newborn
.Ni.eNtet parent after birth.
child's .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la alia
la alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Through in P.aPdafertilization
w.vitro da .Padadaare created in w
(IVF),wembryos .Padada
a lab. d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww w ww ww.P w wwww.P www
ww
➢ And the embryo transferred into the surrogate mother's uterus.
s

13. Write
s alsaalia.Ni.eNteshort
t notes on Ultrasound
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet scanning. salalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a
dasfirst trimester for a
d s a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Ultrasonography
d a .wP.aPdadisausually performed aPdathe
.wP.in .aPada
.wPdating. .wP.aPdadas
a

w w w w
www
ww Uses: w w
w w w ww w w ww w w w
w w
➢ Determination of the number of foetuses,
d

.Ni.eN
➢lia tet .Ni.eNtet complications. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa Assessment of early
a s alia
aslpregnancy
a a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Ultrasound w.P.Pad w.wP.Padthan mild discomfort w.P.Pad w d
.wP.Pathe
www
ww wwwwwhas no known risks ww wwother ww www due to pressure wwwwfrom
a

transducer on the abdomen or vagina.

➢ eNo radiation is used during this procedure.
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l ali.
a s asla alia s asla alia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPa14.
d Write short notes .Paon:
ww.P
w adFoetoscope. ww.wP.aPad w .Pa ad
ww.P w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww www w ww
➢ Foetoscope is used to monitor the foetal heart rate and other functions during late pregnancy
ww w www
and labour.
i . N eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet eNtet
.Ni.160
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia alia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a
s la➢
al a i . The average foetal
a
d a s as la
heart rate is between d a120
a s as land
a beats per minute.
a
dadas as la a s as la
w.P.aPad ➢ An abnormal w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad may mean that w.wP.aPfoetus P.aPdada
w.enough
www
ww wwwww foetal heart ratewor wwwpattern ww wwthe ww
is not getting www
oxygen and it indicates other problems.
15.
s lsa
a alia.Ni.eNteshort
Write t
alsa alia.Ni.eNtet
notes on:sMicro-testicular sperm extraction
s alsa .Ni.eNte(TESE)
alia t
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a a
d a d aa a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Microsurgical w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww sperm retrieval wfrom wwww the testicle involves ww wwaw small midline incision wwwwwin the
scrotum, through which one or both testicles can be seen.
➢ eUnder the microscope, the seminiferous tubuleseare dilated and small amount of testicular
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a tissue in areas a d aofa s active
a sperm production
a d a a s a are removed anda d aimproved
a s a for sperm a yield
d a a
w.P.Pad Pad
w.wP.traditional w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww comparedwwwwto biopsy w wwww
techniques. ww www wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .aPad
w.|P10
Page
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
16. Write short notes on: Chorionic villus sampling (CVS)Netet
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ CVS is a prenatal
a a a
d astest that involves a a
d as a sample of the
taking a as a
dplacental tissue to .test a as
d for a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad
www
ww wwwww abnormalities. ww
chromosomal www www
ww wwwww
17. How does tet Amniocentesis help teint diagnosing for chromosomal abnormalities in ta foetus?
s a l a
➢l .Ni.eN
ia Amniocentesis s a l
involves al .Ni.eNtaking
ia a small a l
sample
s al .Ni.eNtof
ia et
the amniotic s asfluid.Ni.eNand
alia
la et
diagnose for
s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www abnormalities. ww
chromosomal www wwwww wwwww
➢ Amniocentesis is generally performed in a pregnant woman between the 15 th and 20th weeks
.Ni.eN
alia oftepregnancy.
t .Ni.eNtet
alia alia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s asla a s asla a s asla a s asla a s asla
w.P.aPad ➢ By inserting
d a d a d a d a d a
w.Pa.aPlong,
ad thin needle through w.P.aPadthe abdomenwinto w.the
P.aPaamniotic
d sac to withdraw
w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www of amniotic fluid. ww
small sample www www
w wwwww
➢ The amniotic fluid contains cells shed from the foetus.
.Ni.eN tet t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢lia
a These cells are studied
a s as la .N
alia i.eNe
for chromosomal abnormalities.
a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a .Padada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 18. Write the tertiary
ww ww www stage symptoms w ofw
wsyphilis. wwwww wwwww
➢ Appearance of chronic ulcers on nose, lower legs and palate.

t
tet of movement, mental .Ni.eNtet disorder, visual .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ali➢
.Ni.eNLoss
a a s alsa alia a s alsimpairment,
alia
a
heart problems,
a s alsa .Ni.eN
alia gummas (soft non-alalia
a s a
d a P.aPdada etc. d a d a d as
w.P.aPad cancerous w.growths) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
19. Differentiate ZIFT from GIFT.

N
tet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia i.eNNo
.NS.
a s asla .Ni.eNZIFT
alia a s aslaalia a s alia
asGIFT
la a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad wAsw .Padthe zygote upto
in.wPIVF,
w w.P.Pad d
P.Pacollected
w.are w.wP.Pad
www
ww ww wwww8wblastomere The eggs wwwww from wthe
wwovaries
w

a s asla alia
1
.Ni.eNtet by laparoscopy
i.
stage is transferred to the fallopian tube and placed with the sperms in one of the

a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia as asla alia.Ni.eNfallopian
tet tubes.
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asltoward
a a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a The zygoted acontinues its natural divisions
d a The zygote travels
d a the uterus and
d a
la
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.Pand gets gets w
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww 2
wwwmigrates
wand towards the www
uterus www
w
implanted in the inner lining wwwwwof the
implanted. uterus.
e t t e t t e t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laa i . N e
i.Nis amniocentesis la i .
alai.NN e alai.Net
la i . N alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s
20. as l
Howa a
d a s a
done?
s a s a s a s a s a sa s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Padada w.P.aPad
d a .P.aPdada
www
ww ww
➢ Amniocentesis www involves takingwaw ww.Psample of the amniotic
w
wsmall wwwww fluid that surrounds ww w
wwfoetus
wthe
s

to diagnose for chromosomal abnormalities.

tet .Ni.eNtetperformed in aspregnant .Ni.eNtetwoman between eNtetht and 20th weeks lai.Ni.eNtet
a sa ali➢
lsa .Ni.eNAmniocentesis
a
is generally
a s a alia
lsa a a alia
lsa a s a athe
lsa ia
l .Ni.15 saasala
.wP.aPdada dadinserting
.wP.aPby a dada through the abdomen
.wP.aPneedle .wP.aPdada into the amniotic aPdaadto
a

w of pregnancy
w a long, thin
w w w .wP.sac
ww
w w w w w
w a small sample of amniotic w w w
w fluid. w w
w w w w
w w
withdraw
d

INTEXTi.FIVE t MARKS: .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a saslaalaNi.eNet as aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a
d Write short notes a d a
adLactational amenorrhoea. a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa1. w.P.Pon: w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Menstrual cycles resume as early as 6 to 8 weeks from parturition.

➢ eHowever, the reappearance of normal ovarian cycles may be delayed foresix months during
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l ai
l .
a s a l ali.
a s a l alia. s a l alia. s aslaalia
d a a s a breast-feeding. d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ This delay w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwinwovarian cycles is called wwwwLactational ww
amenorrhoea.www wwwww
➢ It serves as a natural, but an unreliable form of birth control.
la➢i.Ni.eN
a
tet
Suckling by the baby laalia
t
i.eNet breast-feeding
.Nduring la .Ni.eNtet
alistimulates the pituitary la Ni.eNtsecrete
.to
alia et increased lai.Ni.eNtet
a l a a a a a a a
w . P.
a
aPdadas s prolactin hormone
w . P.
a s s
aPdadain order to increase w .P.
a s s
dadaproduction.
aPmilk w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww
➢ This high
ww w
wwprolactin concentration
wwwwinw the mother’s blood ww w
wwmay prevent menstrual
ww w
wwcycle by
suppressing the release of GnRH (Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone) from hypothalamus and
a i . N
i .eNtet a ia .eNtet
.Nifrom a .Ni.eNtet
ia a .Ni.eNtet
ia a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a la l a gonadotropin secretion
a s a la l the pituitary.a s a la l a s a la l a s a la l
d as d as d as d as d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .aPad
w.|P11
Page
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
2. Define infertility: Enumerate the causes of male infertility.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a Infertility a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww ➢ Inability ww wtowwconceive or produceww www even after unprotected
children wwwww sexual cohabitation wwwwis called
infertility.
e tet is, the inability ofi.aNman t tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N That
a s asla alai.eNet to produce a sufficient
s aslaalia.Ni.eNnumbers or quality
a s aslaaoflia i.eNet to impregnate
sperm
.N
a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a woman w .Pad of a woman
or.Pinability .P.Pad pregnant or maintain
towbecome w.P.Paad pregnancy. www .P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww www
Causes:
➢ Tumours tet formed in the pituitary or reproductive organs.
a i .Ni.eN a i .N i.eNtet alia
t
.eNet
.Nibiosynthesis alia .Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as la➢l a Inherited mutations
d a s
a as lof
a l a genes responsible d for
a s
a aslthe
a of sex
d a s
a asla
hormones. d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad ➢ Malformation w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www of the cervix or fallopian wwwww tubes. wwwww wwwww
➢ Inadequate nutrition before adulthood.
➢.NeN t term stress damages
Long .Ni.eNtethe
t menstrual cycle. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i. et a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Ingestion
d a ad da(heavy metal cadmium),
of.Ptoxins .wP.aPdadaheavy use of alcohol, .wP.aPdtobacco
ada and marijuana,.wP.aPdada
www
ww w w
w
ww w.Pa w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w
➢ Injuries to the gonads.
➢ Aging.

t
s alsa lia.Ni.eNtecauses:
Other
a t
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a a
d a a
dada a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Undescended w.P.aPad .Pa(varicocoele) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww www testes and swollen www ww.P
w
veins in scrotum.
wwwww wwwww
➢ Tight clothing in men may raise the temperature in the scrotum and affect sperm production.
➢ eUnder developed ovarieseor testes.

N
a l alia.Ni.Ntet a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
apartner's asla alia .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a s a➢ Female may develop
a d a s
a s a antibodies against a her
d a s
a s sperm. a d asa a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Maleswmay www
w develop an autoimmune wwwww response to their own wwwsperm. wwwww
3. Describe
as asla a i . N eN
i.
tet Natural methodsi.of
➢lai. Natural methoddaissaused asla N
alaito eN
contraception.
tet
. prevent meeting a s of
as la ia.Ni.eNtetwith ovum. salalia
asperm
l a s a
.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad A. Periodicwabstinence/rhythm w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w wwwww
method: wwwww wwwww
➢ Ovulation occurs at about the 14th day of the menstrual cycle.
➢.NeOvum t survives for about .Ni.eNtwo
tet days and sperm iremains .Ni.eNtet alive for about 72.Ni.hours
eNtet in the female lai.Ni.eNtet
alia
la i.Net alia
la laala laalia
a

a a a a a a
w. P.
a
aPdadas s reproductive w . P.
a
aPdada
tract.s s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ Coituswiswto
w ww
be avoided during this ww ww
wtime. wwwww wwwww
s

B. Continuous abstinence:
s alsaa➢lia Itteist the simplest and
.Ni.eN s alsa l .Ni.eNtereliable
amost
ia t way to avoids alsa alia.N t
i.eNet
pregnancy. s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a d a a
dada a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Not towhave .aPadafor a definedwperiod w.P.aPthat w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

w.Pcoitus facilitates conception.

www
ww www
w www
w wwwww wwwww
C. Coitus interrupts:
➢ eThe
d

oldest family planning method.

l a ia.Ni.Ntet la .Ni.eNtet
ia asla alia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a as a➢l The male partner
a d a s
a as a l
withdraws his penis a d a s
before
a ejaculation, thereby
a d a s
a apreventing
s deposition a d a s
of
a
w.P.Pad P.Pad
w.the w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww semenwinto www
w vagina. wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

D. Lactational amenorrhea:
➢i.Ni.eNMenstrual
t t cycles resume tetearly as 6 to 8 weeks
.Ni.eNas tet parturition.
from
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a e
P

a s asla al a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The reappearance .Pa ad of normal wovarian
ww.P
w w ww
.Pa adcycles may bewwdelayed
ww.P
.Pa ad for six months
w www.P www.P
a ad
.Pduring
www
ww www
breastfeeding. This delay in ovarian cycles is called lactational amenorrhoea.
www
➢ It serves as a natural, but an unreliable form of birth control.
.Ni.eN tet t .Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtsecrete .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢lia
a Suckling by theasbaby as laalia i.eNet breast-feeding
.Nduring
a s as laalistimulates
a the pituitary
a s as la .to
alia et increased a s as laalia
d a .Padadain order to increase d a d a d a
w.P.aPad prolactin ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwhormone wwwww milk production. ww www wwwww
➢ This high prolactin concentration in the mother’s blood may prevent menstrual cycle by
suppressing the releaseNof GnRH (GonadotropinNReleasing Hormone) from hypothalamus and
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a gonadotropin a a
d as from the pituitary.
secretion a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .aPad
w.|P12
Page
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
4. What is IUD’s? Explain theirNtypes.
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Intrauterine.PDevices
a a a
d s (IUDs) Intrauterine a a
as are inserted .by
ddevices a a
d as experts in the.Puterus
medical a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .aPada w.P.aPad w P.aPad w .aPad
www
ww through ww wwvagina.
wthe wwwww wwwww wwwww
Types of IUDs:
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Copper releasing IUDs, .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Hormone .P.Pad IUDs and n ww.wP.Pad
releasing
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww w ww wwwww wwwww
➢ on-medicated IUDs.
Advantagestet of IUDs:
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
IUDs increase asla
phagocytosis
s alia.Ni.eNteof
t
sperm within s la
athe aliaNi.eNtet
.uterus. s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a s a d a a d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ IUDs are w .P.aPad w .P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.Ppregnancy.
w w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwideal
wthe contraceptives ww wwfemales
wfor who want to wwwdelay wwwww
➢ It is one of the popular methods of contraception in India and has a success rate of 95 to 99%.
A).N t
Copper releasing IUDs: i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalai. a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
w.P.aPad ➢ It differs
d a from dada other by the amount
.wP.aPeach .wP.aPdaof
dacopper. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Copper IUDs such as Cu T-380 A, Nova T, Cu 7, Cu T 380 Ag, Multiload 375, etc. w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Release free copper and copper salts into the uterus and suppress sperm motility.

t
.Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a They can remain in
a s athe
lsa alia.Ni.eNet for five to ten
uterus
a s a alia
years.
lsa a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad B) Hormone-releasing w.P.aPad IUDs: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Progestasert and LNG – 20 - often called intrauterine systems (IUS).
➢ eThey increase the viscosity of the cervical mucuseand thereby prevent sperms from entering

N
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a the cervix. a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww C) Non-medicated wwwww IUDs: wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s asla
➢i.Ni.eN
al a e
Lippes
i.
➢ Made of plastic or stainless steel.
t t loop is a doublei.N
a s asla
t
i.eNet
alaS-shaped plastic device.
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P the foetal disorders
w w.wP.aPad the early stages .aPad
wof.wPpregnancy? w.P.aPad
www 5. How can we
ww wwwdetect wwwwduring wwww wwwww
a) Ultrasound scanning:
➢.NeUltrasound
t has no known .Ni.eNtet risks other than .mild
Ni.eNtet discomfort duealato .Ni.pressure
eNtet from the i.Netet
laalia i.Net laalia laalia ia ala ai.N
a

a a a l
w. P.
a
aPdadas s transducer w .on
P.aPthea s s
dadaabdomen or vagina.
w . P.
a
aPdada s s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s a
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ No radiation wwwwwis used during thiswprocedure. www
w wwwww wwwww
s

➢ Ultrasonography is usually performed in the first trimester for dating, determination of the
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtetassessment of early t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia number of foetuses,
a s alsa aand
ia
l for
a s alsa alia .eNet
.Nipregnancy complications
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad b) Amniocentesis: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Amniocentesis involves taking a small sample of the amniotic fluid that surrounds the foetus
d

to diagnose for chromosomal abnormalities.

l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla a .Ni.eNtetht
lia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a as a➢l Amniocentesis a dis
a s
a a
generally
s a l performed aind a s
apregnant woman between
a d a s
a the 15 and 20 th weeks
a d a sa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P
.P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww by inserting a long,
of pregnancy wwwthin needle through the wwwabdomen into the amniotic wwwww sac to
a

withdraw a small sample of amniotic fluid.

➢ e
.Ni.N tet amniotic fluid contains
The .Ni.eNtecells
t shed from the .Ni.eNtet
alifoetus. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla a a s asla alia a s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ These w cells
ww.P
w Pa studied
.are ad for chromosomalw .Pa aabnormalities.
ww.P
d .Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww
c) CVS:
w
w www www www
➢ It is a prenatal test that involves taking a sample of the placental tissue to test for
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia chromosomal a s as laalia
abnormalities. a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad d) Foetoscope: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It is used to monitor the foetal heart rate and other functions during late pregnancy and
labour.
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The average.Pfoetal
a a s
d aheart a rate is between a
d120 a
asand 160 beats per a
d as
minute. a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ An abnormal wwwww foetal heart ratewor w
wwpattern may mean that wwwwthe foetus is not getting wwwww enough
oxygen and it indicates other problems.
s asla alia.Ni.Ntet
e
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .aPad
w.|P13
Page
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww
w
BHARATHIRAJA A - PGT ZOOLOGY
6. What is cervical cancer? Name the risk factors. HowNcan we prevent?
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Cervical cancer
a a a
dis aassexually transmitted a a
as disease.
dvirus a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Causative wwwwagent: Human Papilloma wwwwvirus (HPV). wwwww wwwww
➢ HPV may cause abnormal growth of cervical cells or cervical dysplasia.
s aslaa .Ni.eNtet and signs: salalia
Symptoms
lia .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Pelvic w P.Pad
w.increased
pain, vaginal dischargew.P.Pand ad abnormal vaginal P.Pad
w.bleeding. w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
The risk factors:
➢ Having tet multiple sexual partners.
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
Prolonged use of asla .Ni.eNtet pills.
alia
contraceptive
s s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad Diagnose methods: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Papanicolaou smear (PAP smear) combined with an HPV test.
➢.NeN t
X-Ray, .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i. et a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s aslaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ CT scan,
d a .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w w w w
www
ww w w
w
➢ MRI and a PET scan.w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Modern screening techniques can detect precancerous changes in the cervix. Therefore

t
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtefor
t women abovela30 eNtet once in a year. lai.Ni.eNtet
.Nyears .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia screening is recommended
a s alsa alia a s a a ia
l i . a s a a l a a s a laalia
d a .P.aPdada d as d as d as
w.P.aPad Treatment:www w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Radiation therapy, surgery and chemotherapy.
Prevention:

N
a l alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
aprevention alia
aslHPV .Ni.eNtet alia
la
aaged .Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a s a➢ Vaccination: Primary
a d a sa begins a d a s
with
a a vaccination ofa d a s
girls
a s 9 – 13 years, before
a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww sexually active. ww
they become www wwwww wwwww

a s asla
➢i.Ni.eN
al a e
t t
Healthy diet,
i.
➢ Modification in lifestyle can also help in preventing cervical cancer.

a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Avoiding w .Pa adusage,
tobacco
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww www
➢ Preventing early marriages,
www www www
➢ Practicing monogamy and
ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l ➢
a Regular exercise. laalia alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a sa s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad – ZOOLOGY – CHAP w.P–.aP
3.ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .aPad
w.|P14
Page
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a ada a a da a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www =========================================
ww www
ww ww www
ww
ww=============================================== www
ww
Choose the most appropriate answer out of the four provided to you and write the correct option
alia eNtet
.Ni.also alia
t
.eNet it:
.Niagainst alia.Ni.eNtet alia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
code
da saasland
a the correctdanswer a s
a asla d a s
a asla d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPadcommon in males .wP.aPad it is a
wbecause w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 1. Haemophilia
ww ww wiswmore wwww wwwww ww www
a) Recessive character carried by Y-chromosome
b).N Dominant
t character carried .Ni.eNtby
et Y-chromosomealalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la i.eNet a s as alia
la a s s a a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a c) Dominant trait carried
d a by X-chromosome .Padada d) Recessive .trait d carried
a by X-chromosome d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w w P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 2. ABO bloodwgroup
ww www in man is controlled
w wwwby wwwww ww www
a) Multiple alleles b) Lethal genes b) Sex linked genes d) Y-linked genes

t
3.sala Three N e tet
. i.N children of a family
ia N
have
ia e te t
. i.N blood groups A,sa AB, ia N eNtet O. What could be
.Bi.and ithe tet
.Ni.eNgenotypes of their .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a l a s a laa l a laal a s a laa l a a s a laal
d as .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas
w.P.aPad parents? www

e
w w w
www
ww w w w w
w w w w
w w w ww w
a) IA IB and IA IA b) IA Io and IBIo c) IB IB and IA IA d) IA IA and IA IA
4. Which eNteof the following is not ecorrect?

N
t t tet
.Ni.eNcalled .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa
a)l .N
ia i .
Three or more alleles
a s la
asofalia .Net in the population
.Nitrait
a s asla lia
aare multiple asla
alleles.
a s alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad b) A normal w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www undergoes mutations
gene wwwwtowform many alleles ww www ww www

a s asla
d)i.N
a l
t t
A ediploid
ai.Ne
i.
c) Multiple alleles map at different loci of a chromosome
organism hasaonly
a s aslalia .Ni.eNttwo
et alleles out of amany
a s slaalia intethe
.Ni.eN t population lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa5.
d Which of the following .Pa ad phenotypes inwthe
ww.P
w w ww ww.P
a ad
.Pprogeny are possible from .Pa the
ww.P
w ad parental combination .Pa aAd x
ww.P
w
www
ww
B?
ww w www ww w
a) A and B only b) A,B and AB only c) AB only d) A,B,AB and O
i . N e te t i . N e te t i . N e te t .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet
6.sasla Which
a i.N of the following la i.N
aphenotypes is not a possible
laalai.Nin the progenyaof alia
lthe parental genotypic laalia
a

a
d a l a a
d a s as l a d a s as d a s as a a
d a s as
w.P.aPad combination wO.P.aPAaBd
A w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wI wI wX I I ? wwwww wwwww ww www
a) AB b) O c) A d) B
s

7. Which of the following is true about Rh factor in theNoffspring of a parental combination Dd X Dd

s alsa a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a (both Rh positive)? a a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad .Padadas w.P.aPad
d as d as
w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
d as
a

www
ww a) All will be ww w ww.P
w
Rh-positive wwwww b) Half will wwwwbe Rh positive ww www
c) About ¾ will be Rh negative d) about one fourth will be Rh negative
d

e t e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
8. ala
a s s a
What
lia.Ni.Ne t
can be the blood agroup
a s slaalia t
.Ni.Nofeoffspring whensboth
a asla .eNet have AB blood
.Niparents
alia a s aslaaligroup?
a a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) AB only www .P.Pad b) A, Bwand
w ww
.PABad
ww.P
c) A, B, AB .P.P
and
w Oad d) A and B only w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww ww www
a

9. If the child’s blood group is ‘O’ and fathers blood group is ‘A’ and mother’s blood group is ‘B’ the
genotype t t ofBthe parents will bet t
NA.e Aeand .Ni.eNe t .eNIeA tIo and Io Io asasla
.Nic) .NIio.eNIoteand
t .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Ii N
I I Io
s aslaalia b) IA Io and IB d Ioasaasla alia ad)lia IB IB s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a d a d a a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 10. XO type ofwsex
ww w
wwdetermination wwwof sex determination
w
and XYwtype ww wwexamples
ware of ww www
a) Male heterogamety b) Female heterogamety
c)i.Male t homogamety t .Nic) tBoth (b) and (c) .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalaNi.eNet a s aslaalia.Ni.eNet
a s aslaalia .eNet a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d da In an accident there .wP.aPdad
isagreat loss of blood Pdadathere is no time ad da the blood group aPdada
w.P.aPa11. w w .wP.aand to.Panalyse
w w.Pa w .wP.which
www
ww w w
w w
blood can be safely transferred? w w
w w w w
w w w ww w
a) ‘O’ and Rh negative b) ‘O’ and Rh positive
ia
c)’B’ N e te t
. i.Nand Rh negative salalia N e
. i.N te t N
. id)
ia eNt‘AB’
et and Rh positive ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s alsa a l a a a s a laal . a s a laa l a s a laal
d a d as .Padadas P.aPdadas the probability d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P is carrier for colour w.blindness, w.P.aPad
www 12. Father of awchild www is colour blind andww mother wwwof the
w
ww w w wwwww ww
child being colour blind is
a) 25% b) 50% c) 100% d) 75%
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 13.
a a s aA marriage between a d a
a acolour
s a blind man and a a
d normal
a a s a woman produces a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad a) All carrier .P ad
ww.P and normal sons
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww wdaughters wwwww wwwww ww www
b) 50% carrier daughters, 50% normal daughters
c)i.50% et colour
t blind sons,la50% tet
.Ni.eNnormal sons tet carrier offspring i.NeNtet
.eNall
.Nid) .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a asla a l aNi.Ne d a s
a asalia d a s
a
alia
asla d a s
a
alai.
asla d asaaslaalia
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad - 4. ZOOLOGY. .aPa1d
w.PPg.
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww ww www
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
14. Mangolism is a genetic disorder which is caused by the presence of an extra chromosome number
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad
d a a) 20 .Padadas b) 21 d as c) 4
w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
d as d) 23
w.P.aPad
d as
www 15. Klinefelters’
ww www
www.P is characterized
syndrome wwww by a karyotype of wwwww wwwww
a) XYY b) XO c) XXX d) XXY
16.ala Females e t t
.Ni.Ne with Turners’ssyndrome e t t
.Ni.Ne have .Ni.Nee t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a s a lia a d a a asla alia
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a saaslaalia
w.P.Pad a) Small uterus w.P.Pad b) Rudimentary .P.Pad
wovaries w.P.Pad breasts d) All
c) Underdeveloped of P.Pad
w.these
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
17. Pataus’ syndrome is also referred to as
a) 13-Trisomytet b) 18-Trisormy c) 21-Trisormy d) None of these
18. a l a
Who
lia.Ni.eNis the founder of a l
Modern ali .
aNi.eNte t
Eugenics movement? a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l ali .
a Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa
w.P.aPad a) Mendel www .P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad
www
ww www b) Darwin ww www c) Fransis wwwGalton d) Karl pearson wwwww
19. Improvement of human race by encouraging the healthy persons to marry early and produce large

s a laalia .Ni.eNtet of children is called

number
s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a
d a s a
.wP.aPdada s a s
.wP.aPdada d) Positive euphenics a
.wP.aPdada s
w.P.aPad a) Positive eugenics w.P.aPad b) Negative w eugenics
w c) Positive w euthenics w
www 20. The ---------wdeals
ww www with the control of
w w
w w w w
w w
several inherited human diseases especially inborn errors of w w
w w
metabolism

t
t .Ni.eNtet tet t t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Euphenics
a s ab)
lsa aliEugenics
a a s alsa alia.Nic).eNEuthenics a s alsaad)lia i.eNe
.NAll of these
a s alsaalia
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 21. “Universal w
ww Donor”
www and “Universal Recipients”
w wwwww blood group are www ww.P and ----------- respectively
w
----------- wwwww
a) AB, O b) O, AB c) A, B d) B, A
22. ZW-ZZ system of sex determination occurs in

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
ad)lia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Fishes a d a a b)
s a Reptiles a d a a c) Birds a d a a All of these a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P group is w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 23. Co-dominant
ww wwwblood wwwww wwwww wwwww

24. la
a s
a) A
Which
asalia
e t t
i. a
b) AB
.Ni.Neof the followingsaislaincorrect
s a lia e t t
.Ni.Ne regarding ZW-ZZ
a s asla alia
c) B
.type e t t
Ni.Neof sex determination?
a s asla
d) O
alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad a) It occurswinww .Pa and
birds
ww.P
ad some reptilesww.wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww w
b) Females are homogametic and males are heterogametic
w ww www www
c) Male produces two types of gametes d) it occurs in gypsy moth
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet la i . Ni
t
.eNet alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www Intext questions:ww
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
1. The branch of biology that deals with the study of heredity and variations is
s

a).N Genomet b) iGenetic

.Ni.eNtet code .Nic) tgenetics d).Ncell t biology .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa ala a s alsaalia .eNet a s alsaalia i.eNet a s alsaalia
d 2.a The unit of heredity .wP.aPdaisda .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww a) Gene w w
w w b) chromosome w w
w w c) nucleus w w
w w d) DNA w w
w w
3. The degree by which the progeny differs from their parents is called
d

t .Ni.eNtet tet t .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Heredity
a s ab)
s laaliimprovement
a a s aslaalia .Nic).eNvariations a s aslaad)lia i.eNet
.NEvolution
a s aslaalia
a d a
d The betterment a dad a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa4. w.P of.Phuman race can be w.P.Pad by methods like
achieved w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) Eugenics b) Euthenics c) Euphenics d) all these

5. The edominant allele is called et
Ni.Ntet .Ni.Net .Nic) tet
.eNBoth
t
i.eNet allele
.Nmutant .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Normal allele b) milds laalia
asallele s aslaalia ‘a’ and ‘b’ s aslaad)lia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad orw
.wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P a particular traitwand
w w.P.aPad w.wP.aPaare d
www 6. When three
ww www wmore allele of a gene wwcontrol
w wwwoccupy the same locus,
w wwwwthey
called
a)i.N t
Multiple .Ni.eNtet tet t allele ai.Ni.eNtet
a laa l a i.eNet alleles asab) laalipolymorphism
a a alia
la .Nic).eNchromosome a ad)lia
la .NHomologous
i.eNet al a
w . P.
a
aPda7.s s
da This differs chemically w . P.
s
aPdadafrom person to person w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww
a) Saliva
wwwww b) blood
wwwww c) insulin w
ww ww
d) pepsin w
ww ww
8. The three autosomal alleles located on the chromosome ___ are concerned with the
s alsa lia.Ni.eNtet
determination
a of blood s alsa alia
groups .Ni.eNtet s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad a) 9 w.P.aPad b) 12 w.P.aPad c) 13 ww w.P.aPad d) 23 w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www wwwww
9. The alleles called null alleles are
a) N IAIeOtet b) IBN IOetet c)etIeA tIB d)NIOeItOet
s a i . i . N
aslaIAlaallele produces the s a
aslala i . i . N s a
aslala i. Ni. N s aslalia
a . i.N s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
10.
a a d aenzyme
a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P transferase ww w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) N – acetyl wwwgalactose www ww
b) N – acetyl wwwgalactosamine wwwww
b) Pepsin d) salivary amylase
.Ni.Nee t t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY. .aPa2d
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
11. A,B,AB type antigens are found in
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a
s gibbons a a a a a a
d a a) Chimpanzees.PaPdadab)
w.P.aPad .Padadas c) Orangutans w.P.aPad
d as d) Lemurs
w.P.aPad
d as
www 12. The Rh –factor
ww ww w w.
wwwas discovered in 1940 ww ww.P
w
wby wwwww wwwww
a) Kurl lansteiner and A.wiener b) Von de Castelle
e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaac)lia
.Sturli
Ni.Ne t
a s asla .Ni.Ne
alia t
a s asla alia .eNHenry
.Nid) bastian alalia
a s s a a s asla alia
a d a
d According to Fisher a d a
d race hypothesis, a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa13. w.P.Paand .Pad of the following
w.Pwhich P.Pad
w.genotypes produce wRh’ .P.Pad
wnegative
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww www
w
phenotype
a) CDEt / cde, b) CdE t/ cDe c) cde / cde d) CDe / CdE
14.a l a
The
lia.Ni.etype
N et of antibodies produced a l alia.Ni.eNet by a sensitized aRh- l alia. Ni.eNtet after recognising
mother a l a li .
a Ni
the.eNtet
Rh antigens are asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a sa
w.P.aPad a) Ig G typewww .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) Ig M www .P.aPad
www
ww www b) Ig A type ww www c) Ig E ww www www
15. Haemolytic disease of the new born is also called
a).N t
Erythroblastosis foetalisi.NeNtet .Nib) tagglutination .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalai. a s as laalia .eNet a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad c) Haemophilia w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) colour blindness
w w
www 16. The type ofwgametes
ww www produced by homomorphic
w ww www sex chromosomes are w w
w w w w
w w
a) Homogametic b) heterogametic c) Heteromorphic d) none of these

t
ia N
. i.N e te t ia N
. i.Ne te t N
. i.N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a
17.
s alsa The
a l ‘Y’ chromosome has
a s alsa _________
al functional sgenes
a alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) 60 w.P.aPad b) 165 w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) 23 w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww ww www c) 1000ww www wwwww
18. The XX – XO type of sex determination is seem in
a) Bugs, cockroaches, grasshoppers b) man c) Drosophila d) Gypsymoth

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a19.
a s aZW – ZZ type of sex
a d a s a
determination
a is seen in
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Fishes, reptiles, wwwww birds ww www
b) mammals wwwww
c) Drosophila d) Man ww www

a
20. Haplo – diploidy is seen in
s asla
a)i.N
a l
et t
Honeybees
ai.Ne
i. a s
b)aiants
asla l a.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Nic)
alia
tet
.eNwasps a s asla ad)lia
t
i.eNet
.NCockroaches
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa21.
d Kin selection iswexhibited .Pa ad by
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww
a) Drones
www b) female workers
ww w c) Queen
www d) Nymph
www
22. Haemophilia is caused by a
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNet
Recessive x linked gene laalia la .Nib)
alia .eNrecessive Y linked la
genealia laalia
a

a
d a s as l a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad c) Dominant .wP.aPdagene
wlinked da w.P.aPad
d a aPdada
w.YP.linked w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwx w ww www ww
d) dominant www gene wwwww
23. The person affected by colour blindness has the genotype
s

a)i.N Female C C C
l a i .eNtet X X b) ifemale
l a . Ni.eNtet X X l a .Nic)
ia .eNtmale
et XY l a
d)i.NNone
i .eNtet of these l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a a l a
as In a marriage between a s as a l a a s a a l a s a a l a a s a a l
d 24.
w.P.aPad .wP.aPdadanormal visioned man adasa colour blindwwoman,
.wP.aPdand .wP.aPdadinasthe F1 generation .wP.aPdadas
a

w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
a) All F1 sons will be colour blind w w
w w w w w
b) All the daughters will be colourblind w w
w w
c) All the sons are carriers d) none of these
d

e t t e t t Ni.eNteist transmited directly .Ni.eN tet father to son i.NeNtet

a
25.
s asla Inlia
a .N i.Ne
humans, Y linked genes
a s asla alia i.Ne
.Nproduce hypertrichosis
a s asla .and
alia a s aslaalia from
adsaaslaalai.
. PaPda da because www . P aPda d a . P aPdad a . P aPda da . P aPda
w . . w . w . w .
www
ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
a

a) Males inherit the ‘y’ chromosome from the father

b) Males inherit the X chromosome from the mother et
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Nid) et .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
c)lia.Both ‘a’ and ‘b’ s a l alia. s asla alia .Nnone of these s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 26. The diagrammatic
ww wwwww representation ofwchromosomes www
w is called ww www wwwww
a) Karyotype b) ideogram
c) t
pedigree chart t .Nid) tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia .Ni.eNet
a s as laalia.Ni.eNet
a s as laalia .eNchromosome banding
a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d da The substance that .Padis a adada during mitosiswin.Pthe adapreparation
da .Padadisa
w.P.aPa27. ww.P
w adadded to arrest cell .P
ww.P
w division
ww.P
of karyotype
ww.P
w
www
ww
a) Colchicine
www b) formaline
ww w c) Ethanol
www d) none of these
www
28. This symbol stands for
t .Ni.eNtet tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet individualasab)
affected lsa aliconsanguineous
a marriage
a s alsa .Nic)
alia .eNdeath a s alsaad)lia i.eNet
.Npropositus
a s alsaalia
d a .wP.aPdadafor d a d a d a
w.P.aPad isw w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 29. Karyotyping
ww www wapplied ww www wwwww wwwww
a) Gender identification b) detecting chromosomal aberrations
c) Identifying abnormalities N of chromosomes d) all these
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
ad a30.
a s aHuman chromosomes a d a are
a s a classified on the a d a
basisa of
s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P of two arms ww
w w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Positionwofw wcentromere ww www ww
b) relative wlength www
c) Both a and b d) photograph
.Ni.Nee t t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad - 4. ZOOLOGY. .aPa3d
w.PPg.
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
31. A disease or syndrome caused by an abnormality in an individual DNA is calledNetet
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.N s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Genetic disorder a
d ab) a a
s karyotyping .Padadas c) Pedigree analysis a a a
d as d) viral disease .PaPdadas a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .P w.P.aPad w .
wwwww 32. This is an autosomal wwwww recessive disorder wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Thalassemia b) Huntington’s chorea c) Down’s syndrome d) Patau’s syndrome
33.ala This e t t
iseinherited as an autosomal e t t
.Ni.Ne dominant lethal .Ni.eNintetman .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a
.Ni.N
lia d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a aslgene
aalia
d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a aslaalia
a
w.P.Pad a) Thalassemia a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pada a
w.P.Pad
b) Phenylketonuria a
w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
c) Albinism d) Huntington’s chorea.
34. Groupt of signs and symptomst that occur together and characterise a particular abnormality is
a l a ia.
called
l Ni.eNet a l alia.Ni.eNet a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l ali .
a Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a
w.P.aPad a) Syndrome w.P.aPad b) aberration w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) abnormality w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww c) Mutation wwwww wwwww
35. Down’s syndrome is also called
a).N t
Trisomy – 21 .Ni.eNtet .Nib) tTrisomy – 13 .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia a s as laalia .eNet a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .Padada d a .P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad c) Klinefelter’s wsyndrome
ww.P neck, underdeveloped w.P.aPad d) Turner’swsyndrome w.P.aPad
wwwww 36. Low stature, wwwwebbed wwwww breasts are the symptoms wwwww of wwwww
a) Down’s syndrome b) Patau’s syndrome

t
e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)lia
a N
.Kline e t
i.N felter’s syndrome a s alsa alia N
. i.N e t
a s alsa N
. id)
alia .eNTurner’s syndrome
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a P.aPdadatall, obese, with .wP.aPdlimbs
ada and high pitched d a d a
w.P.aPad w.males, w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wlong
wwwww 37. They are sterile wwwww wwww wwwwwvoice. This is connected wwwwwwith
a) Down’s syndrome b) Patau’s syndrome
c) Klinefelter’s syndrome d) Turner’s syndrome

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 38.
a a s aWhich of the following
a d a a s a
phenotype in the progeny
a d a a s aare possible from athe
d a parental
a combination a dof
a A
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww x B blood groups. wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

39. la
a s
a) A and B only
Three
asalia
e t t
i.
.Ni.Nechildren of a family
a s
b) A, B and AB only
asla alia.havee t t
Ni.Ne blood group A,aB,
a s la .and
alia
c) AB only
e t t
Ni.NeAB what could be
a s asla
d) A, B, AB and Only
athe
lia tet
.Ni.eNgenotypes of their lai.Ni.eNtet
sa ala
d a d a d a s d a .wP.aPdaadas
la
w w .wP.aPad parents? ww.wP.aPad w w .wP.aPad w w .wP.aPad w w
w ww w Ow w Ow w w w w
a) IA IB and IOw I b) IA IO and IB Iw c) IB IB andwIA IA d) In In and IOwIO
40. Kline felter’s syndrome is characterized by a karyotype
t .Ni.eNtet tet t .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNet
XYY b)laaliXO la .Nic)
alia .eNXXX la i.eNet
.NXXY
ad)lia alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a s as a a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad .Padada melanogasterwwas dada
.Pafound w.P.aPad
d a .Padada
wwwww 41. The fruit fly www
www.P
Drosophila w ww ww.P to be verywsuitable www for experimental
w ww ww.P
w
verification
w
of chromosomal theory of inheritance by Morgan and his colleagues because
s

a).N It ereproduces
t parthenogenetically
.Ni.eNtet .Nib) tA single mating produces .Ni.eNtetwo
t young flies lai.Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.Net a s alsa alia a s alsa alia .eNet a s alsaalia sa ala
.wP.aPdada c) Smaller female .wP.is
aPdaeasily
da recognizable w from
.wP.aPdlarge
ada male .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdaadas
a

ww ww w w ww w w w w w w
w w w w
w
w d) It completes w the life cycle in about w two weeks w w
42. Which one of the following cannot be explained on the basis of Mendel’s Law of Dominance?
d

t t .Ni.eNteatparticular character tet a factor .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNediscrete
The unit controlling
a s asla alia a s asla .Niis.eNcalled
alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad b) Out of one w.P.P
pair ad one is dominant
factors w.P.and Padthe other is recessive w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

c) Alleles do not show any blending and both the characters recover as such in F2 generation
d) Factors occur in pairs
Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtare
et .N t
i.eNet I. It has three .Ni.eN–teItA, IB and I. Since .Ni.eNtet
P

43.
s a l a l
ABOia. blood groups in asla
humans
s alia controlled bys la
athe alia gene s aslaalia
alleles s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad there are three w.P.aPad w.P.aPadgenotypes arewpossible. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwwwdifferent alleles, sixwdifferent www
w www How many phenotypes
w wwwww can
occur?
a)i.N Threet .Ni.eNteb)t One .Nic) tet .Ni.eNtetd) Two .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet a s as laalia a s as laalia .eNFour a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d da Which one of the dada itsdad a .Paindahuman
da .Padadis a
w.P.aPa44. w .Pafollowing
ww.P
symbols and .Pa
ww.P
w representation, used
www.P
pedigree analysis
ww.P
w
wwwww correct?
www www www www
a) Mating between relatives b) unaffected male
N e te t
. i.N Unaffected female N
. i.Ne te t N
. id) e te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)lia
a a s alsa alia a s alsa alia .N Male affected a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a dada d a .wP.aPdadaof determiningwthe .PaPdadin a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPfollowing w.wP.aPad describes the w w wwww.sex
wwwww 45. Which onewof wwthe
w conditionswwwwcorrectly wwwwmanner
the given example?
a) N XO type of sex chromosomes determine male sex in grasshopper
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ab) XO condition ina d a
humans
a s a as found in Turner’sa d a a s a
syndrome, determines a d a
female
a sex a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P male in Drosophila
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww c) Homozygous wwwww sex chromosomes (XX) wwwproduce wwwww wwwww
d) Homozygous sex chromosomes (ZZ) determine female sex in birds
s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad - 4. ZOOLOGY. .aPa4d
w.PPg.
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
46. A normal-visioned man, whose father was blind, marries a woman whose father was also colour
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a blind. They have a
their a
s child as a daughter.
d afirst a a
d as What are the chances a a
d asthat this child would a
d beas a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww colour blind? ww www ww www www
ww wwwww
a) 100% b) 0% c) 25% d) 50%
47.ala Which e t t
.Ni.Neof the following e t t e t t e t t .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a lia d a saasstatements
la .Ni.Ne is not true sofaltwo
alia
d a a s alia
a
.Ni.Ngenes
e that show 50alper
d a s
a s alia
a
.Ni.cent
Ne recombination
d a s
a aslaalia
a
w.P.Pad frequency www a
.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
www
ww www ww www www
ww wwwww
a) The genes may be on different chromosomes b) The genes are tightly linked
c) Thet genes show independentt assortment
s a l a
d)l .N
ia i.eNegenes
the
t
are present s asla a
on
l i.eNesame
.Nthe
ia t
chromosome s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 48. A pleiotropic
ww ww wgene. ww www www
ww wwwww
a) Is a gene evolved during Pliocene.
b).N t
Controls .Ni.eNtet
a trait only in combination with anotheri.gene t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia a s as alaNi.eNet
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d da in an individual.PaPdada dadain primitive plants.PaPdada
w.P.aPad c) Controlswmultiple w.P.aPatraits w . d) is expressed
w.P.aPonly w .
www 49. A gene showing
ww wwwcodominance has: ww
w www www
ww wwwww
a) Alleles tightly linked on the same chromosome b) Alleles that are recessive to each other

t
N e
.Both tet N e te t
. i.N expressed in the . i.eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa c)lia
a i.N alleles are independently
s alsa alia s alsa ia
aheterozygote
l s alsaalia s alsaalia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad d) one allele w.wP.aPad on the other w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww wiswdominant ww www www
ww wwwww
50. Pick out the correct statements:
A) Haemophilia is a sex-linkederecessive disease

N
s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aB) Down’s syndrome a d aisadue
s a to aneuploidy a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
C) Phenylketonuriawww is an autosomal w wwww gene disorder ww
recessive www wwwww

a s asla
a)i.N
a l ai.Ne
t t D are correct
A eand
i.
D) Sickle cell anaemia is an X-linked recessive gene disorder

a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia as asla alia
t
.eNBetand D are correct
.Nib)
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) A,C and w Dw are
w.P .aPad
correct w.P.aPad d) A,B and P.aPa
C .are
w d
correct w.P.aPad
www
ww www ww www www
ww wwwww
TWO AND THREE MARK
la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

a s a
s
d da What is Lyonisation? a
d as a
s a
d a s a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s
w.P.aPa1. w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Mary Lyon wwwwsuggested that Barr w www represented an inactive
w
bodies wwwchromosome, which
ww winww
ww females
s

becomes tightly coiled into a heterochromatin, a condensed and visible form of chromatin
N e
. i.N tet
(Lyon’s hypothesis). .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia
d a d a .PaPdada d da d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPathe w.P.aPad
a

www 2. In the XY wchromosomal

ww www
w system of ww ww.determination,
w
wsex ww
wwdoes
how www
w
organism wcompensate
dosage differences between the male and sexes in human being?
d

➢i.Ni.eN Int the

t XY chromosomal .Ni.eNtet
system of sex determination, .Ni.eNtet males havesonly t
i.eNetX chromosome,
.None .Ni.eNtet
a da sa
a
asla la e a d asaasla alia
a d a s
a
alia
asla
a d a a
alia
asla
a d a s
a
alia
asla
w.P.Pad w ww
.P adhave two X chromosomes.
whereaswfemales
ww.P w .P ad
ww.P
.P ad
ww.P
w .P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww ww ww
a

w w
➢ In mammals the necessary dosage compensation is accomplished by the inactivation of one of w
the X chromosome in females.
e t t .Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtecell. .Ni.eNtet
➢lai. Soetthat both males
N i.eNet have onlyaone
.Nfemales t
P

s a
asla i . N s alia
la
asand s asla ia
afunctional
l X chromosome
s asla .per
alia s aslaalia
d a a d a a d a da a da a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad a d
ww.wP.Pa w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 3. What is criss
ww www–wcross inheritance? w ww www
ww www
ww
➢ X- Linked traits are inherited from the male parent to his grandson through carrier daughter.
➢lia.Ni.eN tet is called criss - cross
This .Ni.eNtet
pattern of inheritance. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
s a
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s a s alia
la
d a .Padada P.aPdada .Padada d a
w.P.aPad www.P recessive characters w.more ww.Phuman beings? ww
w w.P.aPad
www 4. Why are sex
ww wwwlinked wwwww common in the ww
wmale www
➢ Sex linked inherited traits are more common in males than females because, males are
.Ni.eNtet
hemizygous and therefore .Ni.eNteexpress
t the trait when eNtet inherit one mutant
.Ni.they eNtet
.Ni.allele. .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsa
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 5. What are holandric
ww wwwww genes? www
ww www
ww www
ww
➢ The genes present in the differential region of Y chromosome are called Y- linked or holandric
genes.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s a laalia s alia
asla s alia
asla s alia
asla s alia
asla
a d a a s ➢ Y linked genesa d a
are ainherited along withaYd-achromosome
a and a d a
phenotypically
a express only ain
d a
the
a
w.P.Pad ww.wP.Pa
d w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww male. w ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad .aPa5d
w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
6. Mention the symptoms of Phenyl ketonuria.
s a alia
lsa .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Severe mental
a a as a
dRetardation. a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww
➢ Light pigmentation of skin and hair wwwww www
ww www
ww
➢ Phenylpyruvic acid is excreted in urine.
7.s a
asla .Ni.eNtet the symptoms
lia
Mention s alia
aslof Ni.eNtet
.Downs’s syndrome /
s alia
la .Ni.eNtet
as(21-Trisomy). s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Trisomic .P ad
ww.P of chromosome
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad (mangolism).www .P.Pad
www
ww wwwcondition wwww–w21 results in Down’sww www
syndrome www
➢ It is characterized by severe mental retardation, defective development of the central nervous
tet
system.
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla a s aslaalia a s asla alia as aslaalia a s alia
asla
w.P.aPad ➢ Increased
d a d
separationa
.Pa ad between the eyes, d a
flattened
.P.aPa nose. d a d a
ww.P
w w d w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Ears are wwwmalformed, wwwww open and the tongue
mouth is constantly wwwprotrudes.
ww www
ww

8. Explain male heterogamety.

s a a
la l .Ni.eNtet
ia a a
la ia
l .Ni.eNtet a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet
amales a la .Ni.eNtet
alia a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ In this method a
d a s
of s sex determination, a s
the
d a s are heterogametica
d a s s producing dissimilara
d a s s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww gametes.ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ XX - XO type and XX - XY types.

t
➢lia
.Ni.eN tet bugs, some insectsi.such t Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa EX:
a s alsaalaNi.eNetas cockroaches a s
and
alsaalia.grasshoppers.
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a daddetermination
a .P.aPdin a dada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ XX-XY w typew.of P.aP
sex is w
seen adhuman beings and w.inP.aP
Drosophila. w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
w ww www wwwww wwwww
9. Give an account of genetic control of Rh factor (or) Fisher and Race hypothesis.

N
➢.N.eN Rht factor involves 3 idifferent .Ni.eNtet pairs of alleles Ni.eNtet on 3 different
.located .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia i et a s aslaala a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a closely linked a d
loci a
on the chromosome a d
pair.a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ This system ww www is more commonly ww ww in use today, and uses wwwww the 'Cde' wwwww

a s asla ➢ i . N
alai. The e
nomenclature.
N tet
i.
three pairs of a sRh
asla ia.Ni.eNtet(Cc, Dd and Ee)
aalleles
l a s alia
asoccur
la
tet
.Ni.eNat 3 different loci a son
asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad homologous w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwwchromosome pair w - 1.
www
w wwwww wwwww
➢ The possible genotypes will be one C or c, one D or d, one E or e from
each
tet chromosome. i.NeNtet
la i . Ni .eN alai. cde/cde; CDe/CdE
la ia.Ni.eNtet
aetc.,
la la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a➢l a For e.g. CDE/cde; a
d a s a
CdE/cDe;
s a s as l a s as a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ➢ All genotypes ww www carrying a dominant ww ww.P
w
w„D‟ allele will producewRh+ wwwpositive phenotype.ww
w www
➢ The double recessive genotype „dd‟ will give rise to Rh-negative phenotype.
s

10.
s alsa a ia
What
l .Ni.eNtearet
the applications s alsaalia Ni.eN
.of tet
Karyotyping? s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
P.aPdada a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It helps w.wP.aPad(male and female) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

w.identification.
www
ww ww in
wwgender ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ It is used to detect the chromosomal aberrations like deletion, duplication, translocation,
d

.Ni.eN nondisjunction
tet of chromosomes.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s a alia
la a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d
w.P.Pad
a ➢ It helps to a
.P ad d
identify a s
the abnormalities ofa
w.P.Pad
d a
chromosomes like d
aneuploidy.
a
w.P.Pad
a a
w.P.Pad
d a
www
ww ww ww.P
w ww www relationshipswbetween www
w wwwww
a

➢ It is also wused in predicting the evolutionary species.

➢ Genetic diseases in human beings can be detected by this technique.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

5 s
mark
a asla aliaquestions: a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 1. Explain thewgenetic
ww www basis of ABO blood
w ww wwgrouping man.
www www
➢ The basis of these chemical differences is due to the
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet antigens) onsathe t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia presence of antigens
a s as ali(surface
la a a s alia
la .Ni.eNet
membrane a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a P.aPdada .Padada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.epithelial ww.P are classified. ww
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww of RBCwand www
w cells, blood ww wgroups www wwwww
➢ Karl Landsteiner discovered two kinds of antigens called
.Ni.eN antigen
tet ‘A’ and antigen .Ni.eNt‘B’
et on the surface of
.Ni.eNRBC’s
tet of .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a human blood. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
➢ Based on the presence or absence of these antigens threew w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
kinds of blood groups, type ‘A’, type ‘B’, and type ‘O’
e tet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.N (universal donor) swere
a aslaalia.Ni.eNet
recognized.
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a sasla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The blood .P.Pad‘AB’ (universal wrecipient)
wgroup w ww
.P ad
ww.P was discovered w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww
in 1902 by two of Landsteiner’s students Von De Castelle
and Sturli.
a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d a s
a d asa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY. .aPa6d
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NeBernstein in 1925 discovered that the inheritance of different blood groups in human beings is
s alsaalia. i.Ntet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a
determined.Pbyadaadnumber s a of multiple.P allelica s
d aseries.a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad ww.of
w P a w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww The genetic www
basis ABO blood grouping wwwwwin man: wwwww wwwww
➢ Three autosomal alleles are on chromosome 9.
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet alleles determine
These eNtetblood group.
.Ni.the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The gene for
w Pad group is labelled
.P.blood w.as ad(I - Isoagglutinogen
P.P‘’I’’ w.P-.P ad
antigen) w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ I gene has 3 allelic forms I I I A B O

➢ IAt specifies A antigen, IB fort B antigen and IO allele specifies no antigen.

a l a
➢lia.Ni.eNTheet phenotypic combinations
a l alia.Ni.eNet is –A, B, AB, and a l alia
O.. Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ The genotypes w.P.aPad A A A O B B IBw .OP.aPA aBd w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww are I I , I I , I Iw,w wwIw, I I , and I I . wwwww wwwww
O O

Chemical basis of ABO blood grouping:

➢i.NeN tet allele (IA and IB) produces
Each .Ni.eNtet a transferase enzyme..Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laal a i . a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ I allele
d a A
w .wP.aPdadN-acetyl
produces a galactosew
d
.aPada
transferase
.wP and can add w P.aPdada galactosamine
N-acetyl
.w w .wP.aPdadto
(NAG) a
www
ww w w
w w
the precursor. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ IB allele encodes for the enzyme galactose transferase that adds galactose to the precursor

t
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia (i.e., H substances).
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ In thewcase w.P.aPaOd O w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwof I /I allele no terminal
w wwwww transferase enzyme wwwwiswproduced and therefore wwwww called
“null” allele and hence cannot add NAG or galactose to the precursor.
➢ eTheir tet dominance hierarchy tecan be given as (IA=IB> eIOt).t

N
s a i . N
i . N
asla➢la A child receivesdone s aslofa i . N
i .eN t
lathree alleles from s asla .Ni.Ne
lia
aparent, s asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
apossible s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a a a a a d each
a a giving rise a to
d a six
a genotypes a dand
a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww blood types (phenotypes).
four possible wwwww wwwww wwwww

2.saasla
a a ia
Explain
l
i.
➢ The genotypes are IAIA, IA IO, IBIB, IB IO, IAIB and IO IO.
.Ni.eNtetmode of sex determination
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet in honey bees.
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
ali(Haplodiploidy
a a s asla
indHoneybees).alia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d d a d a a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ In hymenopteran w.P.aPad insects such Pa ad
as.w.P
w w .PaPad a mechanism
ww.wasps w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwww honeybees, antsww and
w wwwwwof sex
determination called haplodiploidy mechanism of sex determination is common.
➢.NeIntethis system, the sexi.of the
t offspring is determined .Ni.eNtetby the numbersof sets
.Ni.eNof
tetchromosomes it i.NeNtet
laalia i.N t laalaNi.eNet laalia laalia ala ai.
a

a a a a
w. P.
a
aPdadas s receives. w.P.aPdada a s s
w . P.
a
aPdada s s
w . P.
a
aPdada s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ Fertilized wwww w
eggs develop into females ww w
ww(Queen or Worker). w ww
w w wwwww
s

➢ The unfertilized eggs develop into males (drones) by parthenogenesis.

s alsa ➢lia
a .Ni.eNIttemeans
t that the smalesalsa alia.Nihavet
.eNet half the number s alsa aof
l
t
.eNet
.Nichromosomes
ia (haploid).
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a d a a
aPdada hence the name a
d a a
aPdasex
w.P.aPad ➢ The females .aPadadouble the number w.P.aPisadhaplodiplody system da
a

w.Phave w.P.(diploid), w.P.of

www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
determination.
➢ eThis
d

mode of sex determination, only one diploidefemale becomes a queen and lays the eggs
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a for the colony. a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ All other .P ad
ww.P are diploid and
w itw
.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwfemales ww iswdeveloped
w wwwwweggs.
from fertilized wwwww
a

w
➢ They help to raise the queen’s eggs and contribute to the queen’s reproductive success. This
tet
phenomenon knownlaas .NiKin t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
.Ni.eN .eNeSelection.
P

a s asla alia a s asalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The queen ww.P
w a ad
.Pconstructs their social w .P
ww.P
a ad
environment by releasing
w .Pa aadhormone that wsuppresses
ww.P w ww
.Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww www
fertility of the workers.
www www

3. What .Ni.eNteist haplodiploidy? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

s a alia
la sa alia
la s a laalia s a laalia s a alia
la
d a ➢ The sex of the
a s a
off s
d spring
a is determined by a
d the s
a number of sets .of a s
chromosomes
d a a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Ex : Honey ww
wwbee, wasp,Ants wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Fertilized egg develops into females. (Queen / worker honeybee).
.Ni.eNtet tet males (drones) by
.Ni.eNinto t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa➢lia Unfertilised eggs develop
a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia .eNet
.Niparthenogenesis.
a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia
d a .P.aPdahalf
da the number ofwchromosomes .P.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The males whave (haploid).w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The Females have double the number (diploid)
➢ Hence the sex determination is called haplodiploidy.t It is seen in hymenopteran insects.
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad .aPa7d
w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
4. Distinguish between heterogametic and homogametic sex determination systems.
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a S.no a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
Homogametic w.P.aPad
sex determinations w.P.aPad sex determinations
Heterogametic w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
Homomorphic sex chromosomes are similar Heteromorphic sex chromosomes are
in any one of the sexes. dissimilar in any one of the sexes.
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a Homomorphica d a a s a
individuals producea dasimilar
a s a Heteromorphic a da a s a
individuals produce atwo
d a a
w.P.Pad 1 w .P.Pad w.P.Pad w .wP.Pad w .P.Pad
www
ww wwww
types ofwgametes (XX) www
ww wwww
different types of gametes. (XYworw wwtype)
wXO
Heterogametic
tet Males
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
In this method asla
ofassex l .Ni.eNtet
ia
adetermination, thedmales
s asla alia Ni.eNtheterogametic
.are et asla
producing
s .Ni.eNtedissimilar
alia t
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a s a d a a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww gametes ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ And females are homogametic producing similar gametes.
➢.NeN XXt - XO type: Bugs, cockroaches .Ni.eNtet and grasshoppers. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i. et a s as alia
la a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
w.P.aPad ➢ XX - XYwtype:
d a aPdada beings and Drosophila. d a d a d a
w.wP.Human w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww Heterogametic
w
wwFemales wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ In this method of sex determination, the females are heterogametic producing dissimilar

t
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia gametes.
a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a .P.aPdada .P.aPdadgametes.
a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Malesware w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
whomogametic producing wsimilar
wwwww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ ZO - ZZ type: Moths, butterflies and domestic chickens
➢ eZW - ZZ type: Gypsy moth, fishes, reptiles and birds.

N
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a
d Explain the inheritance a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pa5. .P ad of sex linked w .P ad in human being.
characters .P ad .P ad
wwwww ww w ww.P
w w wwww.P www ww.P
w www ww.P
w
➢ Inheritance of traits by genes located in sex chromosomes is called sex linked Inheritance.

a s asla ➢lia
a .Ni.eN tet
Genes
i.
➢ Genes in the differential region of X chromosome are called X linked genes.
a s asla
in the differential .Ni.eNtregion
alia et of Y chromosome
a s asla .Ni.eNtetare called Y linked
alia a s asla .N
aliagenes
t
i.eNet (or) Holandric a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww genes.ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The Examples for X - linked inheritance are Colour blindness, Haemophila.
a).N Haemophilia:
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia i.eNet laalia laalia laalia laalia
a

s a
d a ➢ It is commonly
a s a s
dknownas
a as bleeder’s disease; a s as
d ait is more common.Pin a
men s as a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ada da than women. w.P.aPdada
wwwww ➢ This hereditary ww www disease was firstwreported wwww by John Cotto w
wwww.P
inw1803. wwwww
s

➢ Haemophilia is caused by a recessive X-linked gene.

s alsa ➢lia
a Atetperson with saalarecessive
.Ni.eN l .Ni.eNtet gene for shaemophilia
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet lacks a normal
ia s a l al .Ni.eN
ia tet
clotting substance s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadin blood. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

(thromboplastin)
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Even in a minor injury cause continuous bleeding, leading to death.
➢ eThe
d

ia.Ni.N tet females are carriers ia

oft the disease and wouldettransmit the disease toe50
.Niis.eNnormal.
et .Ni.Net
ia .Ni.Ntet
ia
% of their sons
.Ni.eNtet
a s as laal even if the male a a
parent
s s laal a s as laal a s as laal a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Haemophilia w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww www follows the characteristic wwwww criss - cross pattern ww ww
wof inheritance wwwww
a

b) Colour blindness:
➢i.Ni.eN Int human
t beings a dominant .Ni.eNtet X – linked gene is Ni.eNtet
.necessary for the formation tet colour sensitive i.NeNtet
.Ni.eNof
a e
P

a s asla al a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia sala alai.

w w
d
.wP.aPad a cells, the cones.
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w w w ww w w
➢ The recessive form of this gene iswincapable of producing colour sensitive cone cells.w
➢ Homozygous recessive females (XC XC) and hemizygous recessive males (XC Y) are unable to
.Ni.eN tet tet
.Ni.eNcolour. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia distinguish red anda s as laalia
green a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a .Padada - Hypertrichosis: d a d a d a
w.P.aPad c) Y - linked ww.P
w
inheritance w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww w wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Genes in the non-homologous region of the Y-chromosome are inherited directly from male
to male.
alsa alia.Ni.eNtet a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ In humans,.P
a s the a s
adaY-linked
das a or holandric.Pgenes a s a
d ascauses hypertrichosis a s a
d - aexcessive
s development a
d ofs
as a
w.P.aPad ww.Pof the ear)
w w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww hairs on ww wpinna wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It is transmitted directly from father to son, because males inherit the Y chromosome from
.Ni.eN tet father.
the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia as asla alia a sasla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Femaleww w.P.Paonly
inherits d X chromosome P.Pad
w.from the father and are ad
.P.Paffected.
wnot w.P.Pad
wwwww www wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad .aPa8d
w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
6. How is Sex determined in human beings?
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Genes determining
a a a
d assex in human beings a
.Padaare s a
dacalled a
allosomes..Padadas a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w w .P w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ In mammals, wwwww sex determinationwisw wassociated with XX females www
ww and XY males. www
ww
➢ 23 pairs of human chromosomes include 22 pairs of autosomes (44A) and one pair of sex
.Ni.eNtet
chromosomes (XX or .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaaXY).
lia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Females are .Pad
w.Phomogametic Pad one type of gametes
w.P.only
producing ad
w.P.P(egg), each containing PadX
w.P.one
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
chromosome.
➢ The tet males are heterogametic producing two types of sperms with X and Y chromosomes.
a l a
➢i
l .
aNi.eN
An independently a l a
evolved
lia.Ni.eNtet
XX: XY system of a l
sex alia. Ni.eNtet
chromosomes also asla
exists alia Ni.eN
.in tet
Drosophila. alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d asa d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P a
www 7. What is criss-cross
ww www inheritance? Explain
ww ww www the inheritance when wwwa colour blind man
ww wwwmarries

a s aslaa
normal visioned woman.
l .Ni.eNtet inheritance:
ia
Criss-cross
i. a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The type .aPad
of.wPinheritance
w of recessive w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.Pfather to daughter
w .wP.aPthen
wand ad
www
ww ww
ww ww wwwsex linked character wfrom
ww wwww
from the daughter to her sons is known as criss cross inheritance.
Sex linked
eNtet inheritance. lai.Ni.eNtet
la i . N
i . la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

a
d a s as a➢l a The inheritance a
d a s
of as a l atraid that is a
d a s a
determineds by a gene located
a
d a s as on any one of the s
sex
a
d a as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www is called sex linkedwinheritance.
ww
chromosome www
w www
ww wwwww
➢ A marriage between a colour blind man and a normal visioned woman.
s

lsa ➢ia
a .Ni.eNIttewill
t produce normal alia
lsa .N t
i.eNet male andafemale
visioned lsaalia eNtet
.Ni.individuals in F1 generation
lsa .Ni.eNtetbut the females
alia lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a l a s a s a a s a a s a
w.P.aPad .Padada .Padada .Padada .Padada
a

are carriers.
www
ww ww
w ww.P
w ww w ww.P
w ww
w ww.P
w www
www.P
➢ The marriage between a F1 normal visioned carrier woman and a normal visioned male will
produce:
d

i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet one carrier sfemale, .Ni.eNtone

et normal visioned Ni.eNtet and one colouralalia
.male .Ni.eNtet
a s asla➢la One
a i . N normal visioneda s alifemale,
asla a a aslaalia as asla alia a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww
blind male. ww www www
ww wwwww
a

➢ Colour blind trait is inherited from the male parent to his grandson through carrier daughter.
➢.NeThis t is an example of criss .Ni.eNt-ecross pattern of inheritance.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
i.Net t
P

a s asla alia a s alia

asla a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww ww www www
ww wwwww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad .aPa9d
w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
Intext two and three marks question and answer:
s lsa
a alia.Ni.eNtet s lsa
a alia.Ni.eNtet s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d da What are multiple a
dada a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPa1. w.P.aPalleles? w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ A gene can mutate several times producing several alternative forms.
➢ Three tet or more allelesi.of a gene that control a particular trait occupy the same locus on the
a l al .Ni.eN
ia a l al aNi.eNtet a l al .Ni.eNtemultiple
ia t
a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a homologous chromosome
a d a s
a s a of an organism
ad aare
s
a s acalled alleles.
a da sa s a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad ➢ Their inheritance w.P.Padis called multiple w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww wwwwallelism. wwwww wwwww
2. Describe: Wiener Hypothesis.
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet of eight alleles .Ni.eNtR2,
et R0, Rz, r, r1, r11, tet
.Ni.eNat .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa➢lia Wiener proposed a the
s aliexistence
asla a a s aslaali(R1,
a a s aslaaliry)
a a single locus.asasla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ All genotypes w.P.aPad w .P.aPad (R1, R2 ,R0 ,RZ) will P.aPad Rh+ve phenotype
w.produce w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww carrying a dominant www‘R
wwallele’ www
ww www
ww
➢ Double recessive genotypes (rr, rr1, rr11, rrY) will give rise to Rh-negative phenotype.
3. ala
s l .Ni.eNteshort
Write
ia t
s a la .Ni.eNtet
notes on: Erythoblastosis
alia foetalis oralHaemolytic
s alia.Ni.eNtet disease of sthe a la .Ni.eNteborn
alinew
a
t (HDN).
s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a a s
aPdada and the foetus a s a
dadpositive.
a a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Mother .P.negative
iswRh w.Pis.aPRh w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
➢ Usually, no effects are associated with exposure of the mother to Rh positive antigen during
the first child birth.

t
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a ia eNtet
.Ni.children l a ia i .eNtet
.Nsame la .Ni.eNtet to antibodies
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a➢l a Subsequent Rh a
d ass a
positive
a l carried by
a
d ass athe
a l mother, may a
d ass a
be a exposed
l a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww
produced wwbywthe mother againstwRh w
wwantigen. www
ww www
ww
➢ They are carried across the placenta into the foetal blood circulation.

N
➢.N.eN t causes haemolysisi.N
This t
of foetal RBCs resulting iin eNtet
.Ni.haemolytic jaundice and eNtet
.Ni.anaemia. .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia i et a s aslaalai.eNet a s ala
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d
w.P.Pad
a ➢ This condition a disd a
known as Erythoblastosis
w.P.Pada d a foetalis or Haemolytic
a
w.P.Pad
d adisease of the new a d
born
w.P.Pad
a
www
ww ww.wP.Pa wwwww www
ww www
ww
(HDN).w ww
4. Write
as a s laali
sexa. Ni.eNtet
determination.
i.
the examples for XX - eXO
a s a s laalia. Ni.Ntet
Type, XX-XY type (Lygaeus
a s as laai
l .
a Ni.eNtet
Type), ZO - ZZ Type,
a s as laalia. Ni.eNtet
ZW - ZZ type of
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w .Pa ad
ww.-Pseen in bugs, some w .Pa ad
ww.P such as cockroaches w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ XX - XO wwwType wwwinsects ww wwwand grasshoppers. ww www
➢ XX - XY type (Lygaeus Type) - human beings and in Drosophila.
➢ia .Ni.eN tet- ZZ Type - certain imoths,
ZO .Ni.eNtet butterflies and .Ni.eNtet chickens.
domestic .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laa laala alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a s a s
dada moth and in vertebrates a
d a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ ZW - ZZ w.P.-aPgypsy
type w.P.aPad such as fishes, .P.aPdadaand birds.
wreptiles w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
5. How is hypertrichosis transmitted? Why are females not affected by hypertrichosis?
s

➢.NeN t
Genes in the non-homologous .Ni.eNtet region of the .Ni.eNtet
Y-chromosome are inherited tet
.Ni.eNdirectly from male i.NeNtet
alsa alia i. et a lsa alia alsaalia alsaalia ala ai.
a
aPdadas to male. w.P.aPdada a s a
aPdadas a
aPdadas aPdaadsasal
a

w.P. w . P. w . P. w . P.
www
ww ➢ In humans, wwwww the Y-linked or holandric wwwwwgenes for hypertrichosis ww www(excessive development wwwww of hairs
on pinna of the ear) are transmitted directly from father to son, because males inherit the Y
d

.Ni.eN tet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla alia chromosome fromsathe
a s laalia.N i.eNet
father.
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Femaleww w.P.Pad
inherits w.wP.Pad ad
w.wP.Paffected. w.P.Pad
www
ww www only X chromosome wwwwfrom the father andware wwwnot wwwww
a

6. Compare karyotyping and ideogram?

➢ia .Ni.eN tet
Karyotyping: Karyotyping .Ni.eNteist a technique through .Ni.eNtwhich
et a complete laset .Ni.ofeNtechromosomes
t is laia et t
asal.Ni.Ne
P

a s asla al a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s asalia a s

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad separated w .Pa aadcell and the chromosomes
from
ww.P w .Pa ad are arranged w
ww.P w ww
.Pa ad
in pairs.
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www www
➢ Ideogram: Ideogram refers to a diagrammatic representation of chromosomes.
www

7. What .Ni.eNtearet the types of human .Ni.eNtchromosomes?

et .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a s alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s a
s alia
la a s a
s alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Depending
d a P.aPdada dada .wP.aPdlength
ada of two arms, d
w .wupon the position of w the centromere
.wP.aP and relative
w w .aPada
.wPhuman
www
ww w w
w w
chromosomes are of three types: w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Metacentric, sub metacentric and acrocentric.
a lsaa ia
l .Ni.eNtet alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a8.
d as What is aneuploidy? a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Failurewof w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad cell division resulting w.P.aPad w .P.aPdada
www
ww w
wwchromatids ww
to segregate wwduring wwwww in the gain or loss wwwwofwone or
more chromosomes is called aneuploidy.
➢i.Ni.eN Itt ist caused by non-disjunction .Ni.eNtet of chromosomes. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a aslaa la e a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d asaaslaalia
a d a s
aaslaalia
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad .aPa10
w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY. d
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
9. Define: Pedigree analysis. Netet
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Pedigree is.P
a a a
d s tree”, drawn .with
a a“family a as a
d standard genetic symbols, a a
d asshowing the inheritance a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .Pada w P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww pathway ww wwspecific
wfor wwww
phenotypicwcharacters. wwwww wwwww
➢ Pedigree analysis is the study of traits as they have appeared in a given family line for several
.Ni.eN tet generations.
past .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad chorea. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww 10. Describe Huntington’s wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It is inherited as an autosomal dominant lethal gene in man.
➢.NeN Itt is characterized byi.involuntary t jerking of the body
tet and progressivei.Ndegeneration t of the i.NeNtet
a s alia
asla i. et a s a laalaNi.eNet a s a alia
la .Ni.eN
as a alai.eNet
la sala alai.
w w
d
.wP.aPad a nervous system,
w w
d s
.wP.aPadaccompanied bywgradual
a
w
d
.wP.aPad s
mental and physical
a
w w .wP.
d
aPad a s
deterioration.
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww ➢ The patients w ww with this disease usually w ww die between the age w wofw35 and 40. w ww

INTEXT - FIVE eNtet MARKS:

s a l alia. N
i . s a alia .Ni.eNtet
lrelated s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a1.
d a s aHow is ‘Y’ chromosome a s a to Male Development?
a s a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Current .Padada d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww ww ww.P of Y chromosomes
w
wanalysis wwwwwhas revealed numerous wwwww genes www
ww
and regions with potential genetic function; some genes are with or

t
.Ni.eN tet
without .Ni.eNtet
homologouslacounterparts on the X. lai.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a lsa alia a s a a ia
l a s a a l a a s a la
a lia
a s a laalia
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Present das of the Y chromosome
.Padaends
atwboth .Padadaare s the pseudoautosomal .Padadas .Padadas

e
www
ww www ww.P www ww.P
w www
www.P ww
w ww.P
w
regions (PARs) that are similar with regions on the X chromosome
which synapse and recombine during meiosis.

N
e tet t .Ni.eNtet as the Nonsa .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
as i .
asla➢la The
a N
i . N remainingd95% a s aslaaoflia .eNetY chromosome
.Nithe
a s alireferred
asisla a a alia
-sla a s alia
asla
a d a a a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad of the Y (NRY). w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww combining
wwwwRegion wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ The NRY is divided equally into functional genes (euchromatic) and

s asla alia.Ni.eNnon-functional
tet
i.genes (heterochromatic).
s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a a ➢ Within the d a
euchromatin
a regions, is a d a
genea called Sex determining
d a a d a a
la
w.P.aPad ww .Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww regionwYw(SRY). wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ In humans, absence of Y chromosome inevitably leads to female development and this SRY
.Ni.eN tet is absent in X chromosome.
gene .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia laalia alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a s as a s a s a s as a sa s
w.P.aPad ➢ The gene .P.aPdada of SRY is thewtestes
wproduct .Padada .P.aPdadpresent
a dada
w.P.aPmale
www
ww wwwww w wwww.P determining factor ww w(TDF)
www
in theww
adult
www
testis.
s

2. la
s a l .Ni.eNtet Dosage compensation
Describe:
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet - Barr body (Lyon’s
ia s a l al .N
ia i .eNtet
hypothesis).
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a s a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ In 1949,
dadaBertram
.Paand .Padadaascondensed body inad s
adanerve das
.Padacat
a

Barr first observed .P the cells ofwfemale

www
ww ww
w ww.P
w www ww.P
w www
www.P w ww ww.P
which was absent in the male.
➢ This condensed body was called sex chromatin by them and was later referred as Barr body.
d

.Ni.eN t t eNtet .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet females have .Ni.eNtet

a s asla➢lia
a Inethe XY chromosomal
a s asla .Ni.system,
alia males havea s alia
aslonly
a one X chromosome,a s asla lia
awhereas a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad two. ww w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ In mammals, the necessary dosage compensation is accomplished by the inactivation of one

oftethe
t X chromosome.
Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s la
asandalia s alia
asla s alia
asla s aslaalia
d a a s a➢ So that both males
d a a females have only
d aone
a functional X a
chromosome
d a per cell. da a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Mary Lyon ww
wwsuggested that Barr w www represented an inactive
w
bodies wwwwwchromosome, which wwwinww
females
becomes tightly coiled into a heterochromatin, a condensed and visible form of chromatin
.Ni.eN tet
(Lyon’s hypothesis).alalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
slaalia a s s a a s as alia
la as a s alia
la a s a s alia
la
d a dada bodies observed.P dadawas one less than .the d da d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The number .aPBarr
w.Pof w in.aPcell w P.aPanumber w.P.aPad
of X-Chromosome.
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ XO females have no Barr body, whereas XXY males have one Barr body.
3. a
s alsalia .Ni.eNtet Thalassemia.salalia
Describe .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a as a a
dadas a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Thalassemia
d a
w.wPis dadautosomal
.aPan recessive
w disorder.
.wP.aP w .wP.aPdadas w .wP.aPdadas
wwwww w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ It is caused by gene mutation resulting in excessive destruction of RBC due to the formation of w w
w w
abnormal haemoglobin molecules resulting in anaemia.
e tet tet .Ni.eNtet chains, twosalpha eNtettwo beta globin lai.Ni.eNtet
a s a➢i . N
aslala Normally
i . N haemoglobin
a sasla .N
alia isi.eNcomposed of foura s a alia
polypeptide
la a alia
asla .Ni.and sa ala
w w ad
.wP.Pad a
chains. w w a d
.wP.Pad a
w w a d
.wP.Pad a s
w w a
.wP.Padd a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w ww w ww w ww
➢ Patients have defects in either the alpha or beta globin chains causing the production of
abnormal haemoglobin. et t
a l ai
l .
a Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.Ne
alia alia
asla .Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
da sa s a d a s
a d a s
a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY. .aPa11d
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NeThalassemia is classifiedNinto alpha and beta based on which chain of haemoglobin molecule is
s a lsa . i.Ntet
alia s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a affected. .Padadas a a a
d as a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad w .P w.wP.aPad w .P.aPdadas w.P.aPad
d as
wwwww ➢ It is controlledwwwww by two closely linked wwwwgenes HBA1 and HBA2 ww wwchromosome
won 16. ww www
➢ Mutation or deletion of one or more of the four alpha gene alleles causes Alpha Thalassemia.
aslaa InteBeta
.Ni.eN
➢lia t Thalassemiaal(Cooleys’s.Ni.eNtet anaemia) production
alia aslaalia.Ni.eNtetof beta globin chain aslaalia isi.eN
.N tet
affected. aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a a d a s
a s a a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad ➢ It is controlled w.P.Pby ada single gene (HBB) w.Pon d
.Pachromosome 11. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
4. Describe Phenylketonuria.
➢i.N.eN Itt ist an inborn error of Ni.eNtet
.Phenylalanine metabolism tet
caused
.Ni.eN due to a pairaof t
.Niautosomal
.eNet recessive ai.N.eNtet
a s aslaal ai e a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslalia salalai
w w
d
.wP.aPad a genes. w.P.aPad
w w
d a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww ➢ It is caused w ww due to mutation inwthe ww gene PAH (Phenyl w ww hydroxylase) gene
alanine w
w wlocated on
chromosome 12.
N e tet eNtethe
.Ni.for t conversion oflaphenylalanine.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as ➢lai.N
a
la i . This enzyme is essential
a s as laalia a s a s a ia
l to tyrosine.
a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a .Padada .Padada and gets converted d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The affected w.P.aPad ww.P so phenylalanine
w www.P w.P.aPadto
wwwww wwwwwindividuals lack this wwenzyme,
w wwwaccumulates wwwww
phenylpyruvic acid.
➢ eItt is characterized by e severe mental retardation, light pigmentation eof skin and hair.

t
s alsaalia.Ni.Net s alsa l .Ni.Ntet
ia
aexcreted s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a lsaalia.Ni.Ntet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a Phenylpyruvic acid
a
d a is in the urine.
a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
5. Differentiate Trisomy-13 and 21-Trisomy.

N
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet- 13
Trisomy
alia s asla alia.Ni.eNtet Trisomy
s asla alia.Ni.–eNt21
et
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a ✓ Patau’s a d a a a d a a ✓ Downs’s a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad 1 www.P
ad
.P Syndrome .P ad
ww.P
w w .P
ww.P
ad
syndrome .P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww w www
✓ Meiotic non disjunction causes this ✓ Caused by abnormal cell division during
www www

a s asla i
alai..
2
N eNtet
i.
chromosomal abnormality.
a s asla i
alai.. N eNtet
a s asla i . N eN
the development of the sperm cell or the
tet
alai. egg cell. a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
✓ wCharacterized w.wP.aPasevere
d
✓ Earsww w .P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww www
w by multiple wwwwand wwmalformed,
ware mouthwisw
wwconstantly
3 body malformations and profound open and the tongue protrudes

alia
la .Ni.eNtet mental deficiency. alia
la .Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad w .wP.aPdada Symptoms ww.wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdadSymptoms
a
w .wP.aPdada
www
ww 4 w w
w w
✓ Small head with small eyes w w w ✓ w w
w w
Increased separation between w w
w
the w
eyes
s

5 ✓ Cleft palate ✓ Flattened nose.

N e te t
. i.N ✓ Malformation N
. i.Ne te t N e
. i.N✓ tet .Ni.eNtet of the central .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsaaliof
a the brain and internal
a s alsa alia Defective development
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a 6 d a d a P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

worgans. nervousw.system,
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
6. Differentiate XXY Males and XO Females.
d

s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla lia

aXXY .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s alia.Ni.eNtet
aslFemales s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a Males a d a a a d XO
a a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Padsyndrome w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww ww wwwww
a

1 Klinefelter’s Turner’swSyndrome
✓ This genetic disorder is due to the ✓ This genetic disorder is due to the loss of
e t t et tX chromosome lai.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
.N2i.Ne t presence of lan .Ni.eNet
additional copy of thelaiXa
asal.Ni.Ne
P

a s aslaalia a s asa alia a s a s asala a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
chromosome. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
✓ Persons with this syndrome have 47 ✓ Persons with this syndrome have 45
3 t chromosomes (44AA+XXY). chromosomes (44 autosomes and one X
l a i . Ni .eNet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i. Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i. eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a chromosome) a (44AA+XO).
s as a l a a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Symptomswww .P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPadSymptoms www .P.aPdada
www
ww ww www www wwwww www
✓ Sterile males, tall, obese, with long ✓ Sterile females, Low stature, webbed
4
t
.Ni.eNet limbs, highspitched .Ni.eNtevoice
t .Ni.eNtet neck .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a ✓ Under dada genitalia w.wP.aPdada .Padada
✓ Under wdeveloped .Padada
w.P.aPad w.P.aP developed
ww.P
breast, rudimentary
www.P
www
ww 5 ww www wwww www
gonads
www
✓ Have feeble breast (gynaecomastia) ✓ lack of menstrual cycle during puberty
i . 6eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . development a s asla alia a s aslaalia as asla alia a sasla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad .aPa12
w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY. d
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
7. Describe Albinism.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ It is an inborn
a a a
dadasof metabolism, caused
.Paerror a
.P.aPdada
a
s to an autosomal
due a a
d as gene.
recessive a
d as a
w.P.aPad ww.P is responsible
w w w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww ➢ Melanin wwwpigment ww wwskin
wfor colour. Absence ww wwof melanin results inwaw wwcondition
called albinism.
aslaa➢lia
.Ni.NeAteperson
t la .Ni.eNtet allele lacks the
with the arecessive
alia laalia.Ni.eNtet enzyme system,
astyrosinase aslaalia Ni.eNtet is required foralalia
.which .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a a d a s
a s a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a s a
w.P.Pad w.P.Padof dihydroxyphenyl
the conversion ad
w.P.Palanine (DOPA)ww Pad
w.P.melanin
into w.P.Pathe
pigmentwwinside d
www
ww wwwww wwwww www www
melanocytes.
➢ Int albino, melanocytes aret present in their skin, hair, iris, etc, but lack of melanin pigments.
a l alia.Ni.eNet a l alia.Ni.eNet a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d asa s a d a s
a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 8. Differentiate
ww wwwHaemophilia and Thalassemia.
wwwww ww www wwwww
S.NO Haemophilia Thalassemia.
i . N
1 e tet It is caused by a .N
recessive
i e te t X linked gene. i . N e t
Ite t
is an autosomal .Ni.eNtetdisorder.
recessive .Ni.eNtet
a s a s alai.N
la as a s alai.N
la a s as alai.N
la a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a P.aPadarecessive
da d a d a d a
w.P.aPad 2 Caused w.by geneww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
It is caused w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www www wwwwwby gene mutation ww www
In Haemophilia lacks a normal clotting Causes excessive destruction of RBC’s due

t
t
.N3i.eNet substance (thromboplastin) .Ni.eNtet in blood. salalia tetthe formation of abnormal
.Ni.eNto .Ni.eNtet haemoglobin .Ni.eNtet
a s a lsaalia a s alsaalia a a a s a la
a lia
a s a laalia
d a d a d as d as d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww ww www ww www molecules.
wwwww wwwww
If a minor injuries cause continuous Thalassemia patients have defects in either

N
s asla alia.N4i.eNtet bleeding, leading s aslaato
lia
eNtet
.Ni.death. s alia
asla
tet alpha or beta globin
.Ni.eNthe s alia
asla .Ni.eNte
chain
t causing the lai.Ni.eNtet
sa ala
a
.wP.Padd a a a
.wP.Padd a a a d
.wP.Pad a a a d a a
.wP.Pofad abnormal haemoglobin .wP.aPdaadas
w w
w ww w
w ww w w
w ww w production
w
w www w w
w ww
molecules resulting in anaemia.

a s aslaalia
i.
.Ni.eNtet Haemophilia saislalia
a a
.Ncommonly
t
i.eNet
known as
as asla .Ni.eNBeta
alia
tet Thalassemia is the
a s alia
asla
most
.Ni.eNtet common type i.NeNtet
alai.
saasla
d a d a s d a d a .wP.aPdaadas
la
w w .wP.aPad 5 bleeder’s
w w .wP.aP ad
disease, which is more w w .wP.aPad in of Thalassemia
common w w .wP.aPad and is also wknown w
w ww w ww w ww w ww w ww
men than women. Cooley’s anaemia

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.a-PCHAPTER
wXII ad .aPa13
w.PPg.
- 4. ZOOLOGY. d
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www =========================================
ww wwwww ww ww www
ww=============================================== wwwww
Choose the most appropriate answer out of the four provided to you and write the correct option and
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
also the
a s aslaalia .N i.eNet answer against
correct
a s aslaaliit:
a a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPa1.
d Hershey and Chase’s .Pa adexperiment withwbacteriophage
ww.P
w w ww
.Pa ad
ww.P
showed that .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www
a) Protein gets into the bacterial cells
ww w
b) DNA is the genetic material
www
c) DNA contains radioactive sulphur d) Viruses undergo transformation
e t e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
2.
a s as a
laDNA
lia. N e t
i.Nand RNA are similar a s as li
awith
la a.N e t
i.Nrespect to a s as laalai.eNet
i . N
a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a P.aPdada base d a d a .P.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Thyminewas wa.wnitrogen w.P.aPad w.P.aPad helix shape www
b) A single-stranded
www
ww www ww www ww www www
c) Nucleotide containing sugars, nitrogen bases and phosphates

t
d).N The t same sequence of nucleotides .Ni.eNtet for the amino acid .Ni.eNtephenyl alanine .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia i.eNet a s alsaalia a s alsa alia t
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d 3.a A mRNA molecule isd produced
a by d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww a) Replication wwwww ww www
b) Transcription ww www
c) Duplication d) Translation wwwww
4. The total number of nitrogenous bases in human genome is estimated to be about

N
t t .Ni.eNte tet million t t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia.N i.eNemillion
3.5
a s aslaalia b)t 35000
a s asla alia .eN35
.Nic)
a s asla ad)lia i.eNebillion
.N3.1
a s aslaalia
a d a
d E. coli cell grown a d a
onad15N medium w a
.P.Padd a a d a
ad allowed to grow a d d a
w.P.Pa5. w.P.P are wtransferred to 14N medium w.P.Pand P.Pa
w.for two
www
ww wwwww wwww ww www wwwww
generations. DNA extracted from these cells is ultra-centrifuged in a caesium chloride density

a s as la
gradient.
a
a)lia. Ni.eNtet
One high and one
i.
What density distribution
low
a s as laalia.
density
Ni.eNtet
of DNA would you expect
band. a s as laalia. Ni.eNtet
b) One
in this experiment?t
intermediate a s laalia
asdensity .Ni.eNeband.
t
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) One highwand P.aPad
w.one w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwww intermediate density ww wwwband. ww www wwwww
d) One low and one intermediate density band.
6. a What
lalia .Ni.eNteist the basis forsthe laalia Ni.eNtet
.difference in the synthesis
laalia.Ni.eNtof
et the leading and la .Ni.eNtet strand of DNA
alagging
ia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

a
d a s as a as a s as a s as l a s as
w.P.aPad molecules?www .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada
www
ww w w w ww w
a) Origin of replication occurs only at the 5' end of the molecules. w w
w w w w
w w
s

b) DNA ligase works only in the 3' → 5' direction.

alsa c)lia
a Ni.eNtetpolymerase canajoin
.DNA lsa alia.Nnew t
i.eNetnucleotides only alstoalia.Nthe
t
i.eNe3't end of the growing alsa alia
t
.eNet
.Nistand. alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a s a s a a s a s
w.P.aPad d) Helicases .P.aPdada .Padada P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
a

.end.
www
ww www
w
and
wwsingle-strand binding
ww ww.P that work at the
w
wproteins ww w
w5'
ww wwwww
7. Which of the following is the correct sequence of event with reference to the central dogma?
d

a) Transcription, Translation, e Replication b) Transcription, Replication, Translation

s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s ac) Duplication, Translation,
a d a a s a Transcription a d a a s a d) Replication, a d a s a
Transcription,
a Translation a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P statements about
w w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www 8. Which of the
ww ww ww wwwDNA replication is not ww wwwww
a

wfollowing wcorrect?
a) Unwinding of DNA molecule occurs as hydrogen bonds break.
t tet is paired with another .Ni.eNteexactly et t .Ni.eNtet
b)ia .N i.eNet
Replication occurs as each .Ni.eNbase t like it. laia
asal.Ni.Ne
P

a s asla a l a s asla alia a s asla alia a s a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad c) Process wiswknown .Pa aas
ww.P
w d semi conservative .Pa
ww.P
w ad
replication becausewone
w ww
.Paold
ww.P
adstrand is conserved w .Pin
ww.P
a athe
d
www
ww
new molecule. w ww w www
d) Complementary base pairs are held together with hydrogen bonds.
9.s a l a ia
Which
l .Ni.eNteoft
the following s laalia.Ni.eNtet is not true about
statements
a s a laalia Ni.eNtetreplication in eukaryotes?
.DNA s a laalia .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a a s a s a s a s
w.P.aPad a) Replication w .wP.aPdadata a single originwof .wP.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwwbegins w ww wreplication. ww www wwwww
B) Replication is bidirectional from the origins.
c).Replication
Ni.eNtet occurs at about .Ni.eN1temillion
t base pairs per .Ni.minute.
eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a .wP.aPdada different bacterial aPdada .wP.aPdada occurring in w aPdathe
w.P.aPad d) There are numerous
w w .wP.chromosomes, with replication
w each
w .wP.at da
www
ww same time. w w
w w w ww w w w
w w w w w
10. The first codon to be deciphered was ----------------- which codes for ---------------.
t .Ni.eNte tet Phenylalanine i.NeNtetd) TTT, arginine i.NeNtet
asla a)lia
a .N i.eNetproline
AAA, asla alia b)t GGG, alaninesala alia .eNUUU,
.Nic) la i. la i.
.P aPd
a a
d s
a . P aP d
a adsa . P aPdaad a s . P aPdaadsaasala . P aPdaadsaasala
w . 11. Meselson and wStahl’s
. experiment proved w . w . w .
www
ww wwwww ww www ww www wwwww
a)Transduction b) Transformation
c) DNA is the genetic materialet t d) Semi-conservative nature of DNA replication
a l a lia. Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.Ne a l alia. Ni.eNtet a la i
l .
a Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a sa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg. ad 1
www
ww wwwww ww www ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
12. Ribosomes are composed ofNtwo subunits; the smaller subunit of a ribosome N has a binding site for
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a ------------- and the a a
d assubunit has two.P
larger a a
d assites for two -----------------.
binding a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 13. An operonwisw
ww wa:ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Protein that suppresses gene expression b) Protein that accelerates gene expression
e t e t tet that switched other .Ni.eNtegenes .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaac)lia
.Cluster t
Ni.Ne of structural genes
a s asla .Ni.with
alia t
Ne related function
a s asla alia.Nid).eNGene a s asla alia t on or off alalia
a s s a
a d a
d When lactose w a d a
P.Pad in the culturewmedium: a
.P ad d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa14. is.present w ww ww.P w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Transcription of lac y, lac z, lac a genes occurs.
b) Repressor is unable to bind to the operator.
a l a
c)lia.Ni.eNtet
Repressor is able to a
bindl alia.N i
to .eNtet
the operator. asla alia.Nid) tet
.eNBoth (a) and (b) asla
are lia.Ni.eNtet
acorrect. aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Intext questions:
1. The .Ni.eN tet
patterns of heredity and .Ni.eN tet
reflection of the transmission .Ni.eNtet of evolved information .Ni.eNtetfrom parents to .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a .wP.aPdgiven
ada by the workswof .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad offspring were w first w w w
www
ww a) Gregor Mendel w w
w w b) Charles Darwin w w w c) Sutton w w
w w w w
w w
d) Wilhelm Hofmeister
2. Unique characteristics of organisms are encoded within the molecules of

t
t .Ni.eNtet tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Genes
a s ab)
lsa aliDNA
a a s alsa alia.Nic).eNCell a s alsa ad)lia i.eNet
.NGenome
a s alsaalia
d a .P.aPdada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
w
www 3. This directs
ww wwwthe
wwconstruction of proteins
wwwww which determineswthe wwwshapes of cells andww
w the
wwwrate of
chemical reactions.
a) RNA b) DNA c) genes d) genome

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 4.
a a s aIdentify the incorrect a d a a a
statement
s a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) The hereditary wwwww nature of every living wwww organism is defined by wwitswgenome.
w wwwww

a s asla
c)i.The
a l aNi.Ne
et genome
t
i.
b) The genome contains the complete set of hereditary information for any organism.’
may be divided
a s asla alia.Ni.eNteinto
t a number of different
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtetnucleic acid molecules.
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad d) Each of w the w .P.aPadacid molecules w
nucleic may .aPad large number
w.Pcontain w .aPad
of.Pgenomes. w.P.aPad
www 5. This is a sequence
ww www within the nucleicwacid
w wwwthat represents a single wwwww wwwww
a) Character b) Protein c) DNA d) RNA
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
6. The process of making RNA from DNA is called
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a
d a s as
w.P.aPad a) Translation w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
b) transcription wwwww
c) genome sequencing d) replication
s

7. This is
.Ni.eNett a basic physical and functional
.Ni.eNett unit of Heredity .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a a) DNA .Padadab) RNA .wP.aPdada c) gene .wP.aPdada d) genome ww.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www 8. The biologist

ww ww ww.P
w
wwho coined the term ‘gene’ was w w
w
w
w w w
w
ww w ww
a) Gregor Mendel b) Whilhelm Johannsen c) Sutton d) F.Miescher
d

9.sala The .Ni.N e te t

classical concept of .Ni.N e t t
e introduced in 1902, .Ni.bye t
Ne t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a a s a lia d a s
a asgene
laalia was
d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a aslaalia
a
w.P.Pad a) G.mendel a
w.P.Pad b) W.Johannsen a
w.P.Pad c) Sutton a
w.P.Pad d) F.Miescher a
w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

10. Genes may exist in several alternate forms called

a) Loci b) Locus c) alleles d) mutations
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

11.
s a l a lia.
Identify the wrongly a
matched
s l alia. pair s a l alia. s a l a lia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Classicalwconcept w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www of Gene - ww
w wSutton wwwww wwwww
b) G.Mendel - Factors
c) t
F.Miescher
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNett- Nuclein .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a .P.aPdada d a .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad d) Altman ww - w.wP.aPad
Gene www.P ww.P
w
www 12. One gene –wone
ww wwwenzyme hypothesiswwas w
wwgiven by
www www
a) G.Beadle and E-Tatunm b) O-Avery, C-macleod
e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)lia
a N e
.M.Mccarty,
i.N t Suttonasasla alia N
. i.N e t
a s alsa N
. id)
alia .eNW.Johannsen a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.Pintroduced into w w.P.aPad
www 13. The phenomenon,
ww wwwww by which DNA isolated wwwwwfrom one type of cell wwwwhen another
wwww type
is able to retain some of the properties of the first and is referred to as
a) N Replication b) Translation c) Transformation d)NTranscription
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a lia. i.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
14.
a s aThe fact that the a d a
chromosomes
a s a are linear a d a
arrays a of
s a genes was discovereda d a a in
s a the year a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) 1913 ww www b) 1931 wwwww c) 1903 wwwww d) 1927 ww www

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY.
w.P.aPPg.
ad 2
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
15. In N 1952 the convincing evidence that DNA is the genetic material was given Nbyetethe results of the
s a lsaalia . i.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a lia. i.N t s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a experiment done a
byd as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww a) Hersheywand w
wwchase wwwww b) O.Avery andwM.mc www Carty
w ww www
c) W.Hofmeister d) E.Miescher
16.ala These e t t
.Ni.Neare a long chainsor e t t .Ni.eNtecalled
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s s a lia a asla apolymer
.Ni.Ne of repeating ssubunits
lia a asla alia nucleotides.
a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) Nucleic acid w.P.Pad b) Proteins www .P.Pac) d Carbohydrates w.P.Pad d) Fatty acidsw.P.Pad
www
ww ww www www wwwww ww www
17. The only difference between Deoxyribose and ribose sugars is
a) There is one oxygen atom less in deoxyribose
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i . eNtet
Ni.more alia.Ni.eNtet alia .Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as ab)l a There is one oxygen d a s
a a
atom
s a l a in deoxyribosed a s
a asla d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad c) DNA is found w.in P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www the nucleus of Eukaryotes wwwww wwwww ww www
d) DNA is found in the nucleoid of prokaryotes
18. The
s a laalia Ntet
.Ni.ephosphate functional group
s a laalia .Ni.eNtetPO4 gives DNAsand a laalia Ni.eNtetthe property of alalia
.RNA, s a
.Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a s
.wP.aPdadab) a base a
.wP.aPdac) s
danucleoside a s
.wP.aPdada d) sugar a
.wP.aPdada s
w.P.aPad a) An acid ww w w w
www 19. The bondswthat
ww wware w w
w w
formed from phosphates in the nucleic acids are w w
w w w w
w w
a) Aldehydes b) esters c) organic acids d) ketones

t
e t e t e t t .Ni.eNtet
20.
a s alsa Inlia
a N N et
.ai.nucleic acid, the nitrogenous
a s alsa alia N e t
. i.N base is chemically
a s alsa alia N
.linked e t
i.N to one molecule a s alsa .N
aoflia i.eNet forming a asasla
sugar alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) Nucleoside w.P.aPad b) Nucleotide w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) None ofwthese w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww www wwwww c) Protein wwwww www
w
21. The symbols’ refers to carbon in the sugar to which the functional group attached is
a) PO b) OHet t c) COOHet t d) CO

N
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
4
s a l a lia s a l a lia.Ni.Ne s a l a ia
l .Ni.Ne s a l a lia s aslaalia
a d 22.
a a s aIdentify the incorrecta d a a a
statement
s a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Adeninewpairs wwwwith thymine with w
w w
wwhydrogen
two bonds wwwww ww www

a s asla
c)i.The
a l aNi.Ne
et ratio
t
i.
b) Guanine pairs with cytosine with three hydrogen bonds
between Adenine
a s asla alia
tet Guanine are constant
.Ni.eNand
a s asla alia.Ni.eNteandt equal.
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad d) The basewpairing w.wP.aPconfers
ad a unique property .Pa ato
ww.P
w d the polynucleotide .Pachain.
ww.P
w ad .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 23. The scientists
ww w
ww www
who demonstrated that RNA is the genetic material in RNA containing viruses are
www ww w
a) Fraenkel – conrat and singer b) M.Wilhins and R.Franklin
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet laalia.Ni.eN tet
laalia .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
c) J.watson and F.crick d) Leslie orgel, F. Brick
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d das as a l a a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPawas w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 24. The term RNA
ww ww wwworld first used by wwwww wwwww ww www
a) Walter Gilbert b) Leslie orgel c) F.Brick d) Carl woese
s

25. Catalytic .Ni.eNett RNA is known as .Ni.eNett .Ni.eNett .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a a) Ribozyme .PaPdadab) ribosome d c)aRNA world d a d) None of these d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

w .
www 26. A moleculewthat
ww wwwcan act as a geneticwmaterial
w www should have thewproperty
w www of
w ww www
a) Self replication b) stability c) Information storage d) all these
d

e te t e t t e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
27.
a s asla The
a lia.Ni.N substance that confers
a s asla alia .N i.Ne
additional stability to
a s asDNA
laalia.Ni.N is e
a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) Thyminewww .P.Pad b) Uracil w.P.Pac) d Ademine w.P.Pad d) Graninewww .P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww wwwww www
a

28. Identify the incorrect statement

a) RNA is known to be catalytic and reactive
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet t
.eNet
.NiDNA .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
b)lia. Presence of thymine s a l a l
confersia. additional stability
s asla ia
ato
l s asla alia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .PaPad
wwa.faster
w .Pa ad
wisw.P
itw w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 29. RNA mutates
ww ww wat rate because www wwwww ww www
a) Stable b) Unstable
c) a
.Ni.eNett
site of information storage .Ni.eNett d) none eNtethese
.Ni.of t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d da The distance between .Padadatwo concecutive .Padpairs
ada is .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPa30. ww.P
w wbase
ww.P ww.P
w www.P -9
www
ww
a) 0.34 m
ww w b) 0.34nm
www c) 0.43nm
www w
-9
w
w
d) 6.6 x 10 x 0.34x10
31. If the length of E.coli DNA is 1.36 mm the number of base pairs in E.Coli is
t .Ni.eNtet 3 .Ni.eNte-9t t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNe6t
4x10 a s ab)
lsa ali1.36x10
a a alia
c)sa0.34x10
lsa a s alsa ad)lia i.eNet of these
.Nnone
a s alsaalia
d a d a .P.aPdadchromatin
a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.P.aPadand hence termed w.P.aPad
www 32. DNA of prokaryotes
ww ww www is almost circular wwand
w wwlacks organization
wwwww ww www
a) Nucleosomes b) Genophore c) Uninemed d) Octamere
33. The negatively charged DNA is wrapped around byNthe positively charged N histone octamere to
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a la ia
l . i.eNtet s a l a lia. i.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aform a structure a d a
called.a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Nucleosome ww www b) Octamereww www c) Genophore ww www d) Unineme ww www

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY.
w.P.aPPg.
ad 3
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
34. In N a typical nucleus, some Nregions of chromatin are loosely packed and lightly stained and are
s a lsaalia . i.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a referred to as .PaPdadas a a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w . w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww a) Euchromatin wwwww b) Heterochromatin wwwww c) Nucleosomeww www d) Genophore wwwww
35. The original molecule is broken into fragments and each fragment serves as a template for the
s aslaa .Ni.eNtet of complementary
synthesis
lia s aslaalia eNtet
.Ni.fragments. This typealof
s alia Ni.eNtetreplication is alalia
.DNA s .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad a) Conservative w.P.Pad b) Dispersivewww .P.Pac) d Semi-conservative w.P.Pad d) None ofwthese w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www ww www www
w
36. Semi conservative replication was proposed in 1953 by
a) Watson and Crick b) Meselson and Stahl
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNtet l a i . Ni.eNtetlonvat and singer alia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as ac)l a M.Wilkins and d a a a
R.Franklin
s s a l a d ad)sa a s a a
Fraenkel
l d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P genetic information
w w.P.aPad w.wP.aPcentral
ad .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 37. Identify the
ww wwwcorrect wwwww flow as proposedww in
wwthe dogma w inw
wmolecular
biology

s a laa)lia
a .Ni.eNte𝐷𝑁𝐴t 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
s a laalia.Ni.eNte𝑅𝑁𝐴
t ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 s a laalia
tet
.Ni.eNProteins s a laalia .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s 𝑅𝑒𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑖𝑡𝑜𝑛 a
d a s .Padada a s .Padada a s .Padada a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.P ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww 𝑅𝑁𝐴ww www www
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
ww w www
b) 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐷𝑁𝐴 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 Proteins
𝑅𝑒𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑖𝑡𝑜𝑛

t
s alsa c)lia
a .Ni.eNte𝐷𝑁𝐴t 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
s a l alia.Ni.eNte𝐷𝑁𝐴
t ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 s a l alia.Ni.eN tet
Proteins s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a 𝑅𝑒𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑖𝑡𝑜𝑛 .PaPdadas a a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas

e
w . w w w
www
ww 𝑅𝑁𝐴ww www www w
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ Proteins w w
w w w w
w w
d) 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑅𝑁𝐴 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑅𝑒𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑖𝑡𝑜𝑛

N
38. The .Ni.eN RNA
tet that carries genetic .Ni.information
eNtet encoding ai.N protein
t from genes intoi.the tcell is known as .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s sla
ab) alia a s sla
arRNAalai.eNet a s aslaalaNi.eNet a s aslaalia
a d a a) mRNA a d a tRNA a d c) a a d a d) none of these a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 39. The DNA strand
ww wwwwwwhich has the polarity wwww 5’ →3’ has a sequencewsame www as RNA and is displaced
w wwwwwduring

a s asla a)lia
a .NCodingt
i.eNet strand
i.
transcription. This strand is called
a s ab)
sla .Ni.eNtet strand c)saPribnow
alitemplate
a a slaalia.Ni.eNteboxt
a s asla .NTata
ad)lia
t
i.eNetbox a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPadthe genetic code w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 40. This type ofwRNA
ww wwwbrings amino acidswand
w wwreads
w ww www wwwww
a) mRNA b) tRNA c) rRNA d) None of these
41. Bothethe strands of DNA are not copied during transcription because
laa ia.Ni.Ntet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a)l They would code for
a
d a s aRNA
s with different sequences
a s a s a s as a s as
w.P.aPad b) Double stranded w.P.aPad w.to P.aPdada w.wP.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww RNA complementary wwwww each other wouldwbe w
wwformed wwwww
s

c) Both a and b d) none of these

42. la Theia.Ni.eDNAt
Net sequence that provides
ia t
.Ni.eNet binding site for RNA ia eNtet
.Ni.polymerase during transcription
ia .Ni.eNtet is called salalia .Ni.eNtet
a s a a l a s a laal a s a laal a s a laa l a a
d as d as .Padac) daasterminator w.P.aPdadas d) none of these .Padadas
w.P.aPad a) A promoter w.wP.aPad b) the structural
a

gene
www 43. The structural
ww wwww www
www.P ww w ww www ww.P
w
gene may be monocistronic in
a) Eukaryotes b) Prokaryotes c) Monera d) none of these
d

i . N e tet i . N e tet i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

d 44.
a s a
aslaThe i . N
la RNA that playsadthe a s a
lala i
astructural
s . N and catalytic d a role
s a
aslalduring
a i . N translationdisasaslalia a
d a s aslaalia
a a a a a a a a a
w.P.Pad a) mRNA www .P.Pad b) tRNA w.P.Pad w.P.Pad d) all thesewww .P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww c) rRNA ww www www
a

45. The introns are removed by a process called

a).N Copping
t b) tailing
.Ni.eNtet c) splicing .Ni.eNtet d).Nnone t of these .Ni.eNtet
i.eNet i.eNet
P

a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d 46.
a This is the sequence d relationship
a between nucleotides
d a in genes or mRNA
d a and amino acids indthea
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww proteins they wwwencode. wwwww ww www wwwww
a) Codon b) Genetic code c) transcription d) exons
47. N
Assertion:
i . e te t (A) – The genetic i . N e
codetet is universal i . N e te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai.N a s aslaalai.N a s a slaalai.N a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a P.aPdadaliving systemswuse .P.aPdada acid and thewsame .Padada d da
w.P.aPad Reason: (R)ww Allw.known w ww wwnucleic w ww ww.Pthree base codons w.P.aPathe
direct
www
ww www wwwww
synthesis of proteins.
a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true andt ‘R’ is the correct explanation for ‘A’
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNet l a i. N i .eNtet l a ia .Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a ab)l a Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ area s
dadas a
true a l a
but ‘R’ is not the correct
a
d as s a a l aexplanation for ‘A’ a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPad c) Both ‘A’ w w.wP.aP w.P.aPad .wP.aPdadas w.P.aPad
d as
www
ww w
ww‘R’
and are false wwwww d) ‘A’ is true but ww ‘R’w
w wis false wwwww
48. The mRNA (UUU) codon codes for phenyl alanine in all cells of all organisms except in
a)i.N et t
Prokaryotes .Ni.eNtet
b)aiMitochondria .Ni.eNtet
c) Chloroplast ad)lia.Nall tthese
i.eNet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a asla a lai.Ne a d a s
a asla la a d a sa aslaalia
a d asaasla
a d a s
aaslaalia
w.P.Pa49.
d Identify the stop w.Pcodon
.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww
a) AUG
wwwww b) UAA
wwwww c) UUU ww www d) UUC
wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY.
w.P.aPPg.
ad 4
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
50. The insertion or deletion N of one or two bases changes the reading frame from the point of
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a insertions or deletions. a
d aSuchs a mutations are a
d as to as
referred a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww a) Frame shift wwwwinsertion wwwww b) deletion mutations wwwww wwwww
c) Wobble hypothesis d) Mutagens
e t e t .Ni.eNtet are defined by t .Ni.eNtet
51.ala
a s s a
The .Ni.N
lia
t
order
e and sequence
a s asla oflia
a .Namino t
i.Ne acids duringastranslation
asla alia a s asthe
laalia .Ni.eNet
sequence of bases inalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad the w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) mRNA b) rRNA c) tRNA d) ribosomes
52. The structural gene in an operon, codes for
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet ad)lia
tet
i.eNthese
.Nall .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as aa)l a Proteins d a s
a ab)
s a l a
tRNA d c)
a s
a arRNA
s d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P nucleotide bases,
w w.wP.aPDNAad w.P.aPad
www 53. Although human
ww wwwww genome containsw3w wbillion wwwwthe sequences wthat wwwencode
w
proteins make up only about
a).N 10% t of the genome b) i5% tetthe genome c) 50%i.NofeNtthe
.Ni.eNof genome d).N24% t of the genome .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laala a s a s laalai. et a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia
d da Repetitive sequences .wP.aPdadin
a Human genome .shed ad d a on .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa54. w w wP.Pa
light w w
www
ww w w
w
a) Chromosome structure w w w
w w b) chromosome dynamics w w
w w w w
w w
c) Evolution d) all these

t
ia N
. i.N e tet N
. i.Ne te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
55.
a s alsa The
a l mapping of human
a s alsa alia
chromosomes is done sala
a a ia
l a s a laa ia
l a s a laalia
d a d a d as d as d as
w.P.aPad a) To examine w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwwawperson’s DNA wwwww b) to identify genetic wwwwwabnormalities wwwww
c) Both a and b d) none of these
56. Pharmacogenomics is the study of

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s ahowlaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Healthcare and aagriculture
d a a s a a d b)
a a s genes affect a person’s
a d a a response to drugs a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www
ww c) Energy productionwwwww wwwww d) environmental wwwremediation wwwww
57. Identify the incorrect statement

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
Each
ai.Ne
i.
et tof us has the same
a s asla alia Ni.eNtet structure ofaDNA
.chemical
a s s laalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad b) There are .Pa ad
millions
ww.P
w of differences inwthe
w ww
a adsequence of basewpairs
.PDNA
ww.P
.Pa aind human beings ww.wP.aPad
ww.P
www
ww www
c) There is uniqueness among us so that each of us is different from each other genetically.
www w ww
d) The DNA of a person and finger prints are unique.
t eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
58. l a
In ia.N i.eNetfinger printing,
DNA la
these alia.Ni.are specific for a person laalia laalia alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as a
d a s a s a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad a) Short repetitive w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww nucleotide sequences wwwww b) intervening sequences wwwww wwwww
c) Segments of DNA d) none of these
s

59. The satellite

.Ni.eNet t DNA is classified depending
t
.Ni.eNet on .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s a lsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a a) Base composition d ab) length of segment d c)anumber of repetitive dunits
a d) all these d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www 60. DNA fingerwprinting

ww www is applied in ww
w www wwwww wwwww
a) Forensic analysis b) Pedigree analysis c) Anthropological studies d) all these
d

61. e t t
.Ni.Ne and chase experiment
Hershey .Ni.eNtewith
t Bacteriophage .Ni.eNtet that .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a lia a s asla alia a s asla alishowed
a a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) Protein gets .P.Pthe
winto ad bacterial cellsww.wP.Pab) d DNA is the genetic .Pad
w.Pmaterial w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww w ww wwwww wwwww
a

c) DNA contains radioactive sulphur d) Viruses undergo transformation

62. DNAeand RNA are similar witherespect to
Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtestranded
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Thymine as nitrogen s a l
baseali .
a b)s aAsla ia
asingle
l helix asla
shape
s alia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad c) Nucleotide .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwcontaining sugars, nitrogen wwwwwbases and phosphates wwwww wwwww
d) The same sequence of nucleotides for phenyl alanine
63. a
a
A .mRNA
lalia Ni.eNtet molecule is produced a laalia.Ni.eNtby
et a laalia.Ni.eNtet a laalia .Ni.eNtet a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s s a
d a s s a s s
d daDuplication a s s a s s
w.P.aPad a) Replication w.P.aPad b) Transcription w.wP.aPac) .Padada d) Translation .Padada
www 64. The total number
ww wwwww of nitrogenous bases wwww www ww.P
w www ww.P
w
in human genome is estimated to be about
a) 3.5 billion b) 35000 c) 35 million d) 3.1 million
ia N e
. i.firstte t N e te t
. i.N was --------------- N e te t
. i.Ncodes for --------------- .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
65.
a s alsa The
a l N codon to be deciphered
a s alsa alia a s a aalia
lswhich a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) AAA, proline w.P.aPad b) GGG, Alanine w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) TTT, Arginine w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww c) UUU phenylalanine wwwww wwwww
66. UAA, UAG and UGA codons are designated as
a) N Stop codons b) Non sense codons c) BothN(a) and (b) d)NInitiator codons
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la ia
l . i.eNtet s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
67.
a s aMeselson and Stahl’s
a d a a a
experiment
s proved a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Transduction wwwww wwwww b) transformation wwwww wwwww
c) DNA is the genetic material d) Semiconservative nature of DNA replication
.Ni.Nee t t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.ad 5
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
68. What is the basis for the difference in the synthesis of the leading and lagging strand of DNA
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a molecules? a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww a) Origin ofwreplicationwww
w only at the 5’wend www
w of the nucleotide ww www wwwww
b) DNA ligase works only in the 3’ →5’ direction
aslaac)lia Ni.eNtetpolymerase canajoin
.DNA laalia.Nnew t
i.eNetnucleotides only asltoalia .Nthe t
i.eNe3’t end of the growing asla alia
t
.eNet
.Nistrand aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a a d a s
a s a d a s
a a a d a s
a a d a sa
w.P.Pad d) Helicases and .Pad strand binding
w.Psingle w.P.Padthat works at w
proteins the .Pad
w5’.Pend w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww www
w wwwww
69. Identify the incorrect statement about DNA replication
a) Unwinding of DNA moleculet occurs as Hydrogen bonds break
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eN et is paired withaanother l a i . Ni.eNteexactly
t alia .Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as ab)l a Replication occurs d aas
s
a aseach
a l a base d a s
a s a l a like it
d a s
a asla d a saasla
w.P.aPad c) Process w .Pa ad
ww.P as semi conservative
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww is w
known
w wwwww ww www wwwww
d) Complementary base pairs are held together with hydrogen bonds
70. The .Ni.eN tet
smaller subunit of a ribosome .Ni.eNtet has a binding site tet ---------- and the larger
.Ni.eNfor .Ni.eNtesubunit
t has two i.NeNtet
a laalia a laalia a laalia a laalia ala ai.
w. P.
a s s
aPdada binding sites for w . P.
a s s
aPda------------------.
two da w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdada s s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww a) mRNA, tRNA ww www b) rRNA, tRNA wwwww c) mRNA, rRNAww www d) none ofwthese www
w
71. An operon is a

t
t .Ni.eNteexpression .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet that suppresses
Protein
a s alsa aligene
a
t
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad b) Protein w w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww that
wwaccelerates
w gene expressionwwwww ww www wwwww
c) cluster of structural genes with related functions
d) gene that switched other genes on

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
aaslia s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 72.
a a s aBefore coming out a of
d a a s a
nucleus, in RNA is addeda d a(A)
a capping and (B) a as
d atailing
a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) A = ATP ww www wwwww B = ADP ww www wwwww

a s asla
c)i.A
a l aNi.Ne
e t t
i.
b) A = methyl guanosine phosphate,
= Diadenylate guanosine
a s asla alia.Ni.N e t t
diphosphate,
e
B = adenylate residues
B = lquanosine
a s asa alia .Ni.eNtet residues salalia
a s a
.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad d) A = ethylwmethane w.wP.aPadtrisphosphate,www .Pa aBd = Mehtyl guanosine
ww.P
.Paresidues.
ww.P
w ad .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 73. The term gene
ww w
wwwas coined by w ww w www
a) G.J. Mendel b) Lyon c) Johannsen d) Hershey
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a ia .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
74. The classical concept of a gene was given by
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a l a s as
w.P.aPad a) G.J. Mendel w.P.aPad b) Sutton www .P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad d) Hof Meister w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ww www www c) Johannsen ww www wwwww
75. One gene one enzyme hypothesis was proposed by Beadle and Tatum based on studies on
s

a).N Yeast t b) iDrosphila

.Ni.eNtet c) E.coli .Ni.eNtet d).NNeurospora
t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa ala a s alsa alia a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsaalia
d 76.
a Human genome.P was
ad sequenced
da in the year
.wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww w w
w
w
w w.Pa w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w
a) 1979 b) 2015 c) 1989 d) 2001
77. --------------- is unique for DNA
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Adenine
a s ab)
s laaliUracil
a c)saGuanine
a s laalia a s asla ad)lia i.eNet
.NThymine
a s aslaalia
a d a
d ----------------- demonstrated a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa78. w.P.Pad that RNA iswthe ad
.P.Pgenetic material in Pad
w.P.containing
RNA viruses.www .P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww ww www www
a

a) Avery b) Conrat and singer c) Griffith d) Watson and crick

79. The econcept of RNA world was independently proposed by
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Orgel, Brick, Carlwoese s a l ali .
a b)s a l a i
l
Griffith .
a and crick s asla alia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad c) Wilkin and .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wFranklin wwwww d) Walter Gilbern ww www wwwww
80. The distance between two consecutive base pairs in DNA is
a)i.N 3.4nm t .Ni.eNtet
b)ai0.34nm c) 34.0nm .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet a s as lala a s as laalia a s as laad)lia
.N3.4x10-9m
i.eNet a s as alia
la
d da Meselson and stable .Padad a .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPa81. ww.P
w proved
ww.P
w ww.P
w www.P
www
ww ww w
a) That RNA is the genetic material
www ww w
b) Protein synthesis is dependent on DNA
www
c) The semi conservative mode of DNA replication d) none of these
ia N e te
. i.okazagit N e
. i.N byte t N
. i.N e te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
82.
a s alsa The
a l N segments a sare
alsa alijoined
a a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) DNA polymerase w.P.aPad b) RNA polymerase w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) endonuclease w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww c) DNA ligase ww www wwwww
83. DNA finger printing technique was developed by
a) N Frederick snager b) Alec feffrey c) Hershey d)NRosaline franklin
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
84.
a s aWhich of the following
a d a a hold
s a true for E.Coli? a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) It has roughly ww www40 minutes of doubling wwwwtime ww www wwwww
b) It is a parasite in human digestive tract
Ni.eN tet 4.6x109 bp long genetic .Ni.eNtetmaterial .Ni.eN tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla c)lia
a .It has
a s asla alia d) aitlahas
a s s a ia
l 4.6x106bp long genetic
a s aslaalia .eNet
.Nimaterial
a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg. ad 6
www
ww ww www wwwww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
85. In N the process of transcription, the strand of DNA with polarity ----- acts as a ------------- strand
s a lsaalia . i.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) 5’ → 5’ coding.Pstrand a
d as a a a
d b)as3’ → 5’ template.strand a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww c) 3’ → 3’ coding ww wwwstrand ww www d) 5’ → 3’ template wwwwwstand wwwww
86. A segment of DNA coding for a polypeptide is termed as
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNet
Intron
a s ab)
s laaliExon
a c) aCistron
a s s laalia a s asla ad)lia i.eNet
.NDistron
a s aslaalia
a d a
d The codon AUG a d a
d function as it codes a d a
d _________ and w a d a
ad as a ________wcodon a
.P ad d a
w.P.Pa87. P.Padual
w.has w.P.Pafor .P.Pacts
also w wwww.P
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww
a) Phenylalamine, initiator b) Methionine, terminator
c) Methionine, regulator d) Methionine, initiator
88. a l a ia.
Sickle
l Ni.eNtecell
t
anaemia is a a l a i
classical
l .
aNi.eNteexample
t
for a l alia. Ni.eNtet asla alia .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad a) Frame shift w .wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwmutation ww www b) Point mutation wwwww wwwww
c) Deletion mutation d) Duplication mutation
89. Variations.Ni.eNet t at genetic level in t
nucleotides
.Ni.eNet in termed as .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a d a .wP.aPdac)
daIsomerism .wP.aPdada d) Tantomerism .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Allotropy w.wP.aPad b) Polymorphism w w w
www 90. A well-known
ww ww ww w ww w
technique to amplify a small portion of DNA is termed as w w
w w w w
w w
a) PCR b) VNTR c) UTR d) EST

t
ia N
. iDNAe tet N e te
. material t N
. i.N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
91.
a s alsa (A)
a l .N acts as the genetic a s alsa alia i.N in most of sthe
a alsa lia
aorganisms. a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a .Padada d a .P.aPdada
w.P.aPad (R) DNA is w w.P.aPadand structurally w.wP.aPadof replicationwww

e
www
ww chemically
www
w ww ww.Pmolecule havingwthe
w
wstable wwpower
w www
a) Both A and R are true b) Both A and R are False
c) A eist true R is incorrect d) R is true but A is incorrect

N
s a l a lia.Ni.Net s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 92.
a a s aAssertion: (A) Chargaff
a d a arule
s a is applicable to aRNA
d a a s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww Reason: (R)wRNA wwwis a double stranded
w ww molecule
w wwwww wwwww

a s asla
b)i.N
a l
Both
ai.Ne
i.
a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation for ‘A’
et t‘A’ and ‘R’ are true
a s asla alia Ni.eNte
.but t is not the correct
‘R’
a s asla alia Ni.eNtet
.explanation for ‘A’
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) Both ‘A’ w and .Paare
‘R’
ww.P
w adfalse .Pa ad
ww.P
w d) ‘A’ is true w Pa a‘R’
.but
ww.P
d is false .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 93. In eukaryotic
ww w
wcell ww w
transcription, RNA splicing and RNA capping taken place inside the
www www
a) Ribosomes b) Nuclem c) Dictyosome d) Endoplasmic Reticulum
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet laalia eNtet
.Ni.is alia
la .Ni.eNtet
94. Removal of introns and joining of exons in a defined order during transcription called
a

a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a s as
w.P.aPad a) Loopingwww .P.aPdadab) Inducing ww.wP.aPdac) da d a
w.P.aPad d) splicingwww .P.aPdada
www
ww www w ww Sticking wwwww www
95. The association of histone H1 with a nucleosome indicates
s

a).N Transcription
t is occurring .Ni.eNtet b) DNA .Nireplication
t is occurringi.Netet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsa alia .eNet a s alsa alai.N a s alsaalia
d a c) The DNA is condensed .Padada into chromatin fibre
.wP.aPdad)
daThe DNA doublewhelix .wP.aPdaisdaexposed .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www 96. Which of the

ww ww ww.P
w
wfollowing w ww
w
w w w
w w
is not required for any of the techniques of DNA fingerprinting available at w w
w
w
w
present?
d

t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet enzymes salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNefinger
Zinc analysis salalia
a s a
b)saRestriction
a s laalia a s a a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad c) DNA-DNA w.P.Pad
hybridization w.P.Pad) d polymerase chain w.P .Pad
reaction w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
a

97. Satellite DNA is important because it

a) Codes for proteins needed eint cell cycle
Ni.eNtet .Ni.Net .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNteoft polymorphism .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
b)lia. Shows high degree s asla
of ia
apolymorphism
l in asla
population
s alia and also the same s laalia
asdegree s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad in an individual, w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad to children www .P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwwwhich is heritable from ww wwparents www wwwww
c) Does not code for protein and is same in all members of the population.
d)i.N Codes t tet DNA replication. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet for enzymesasneeded as laalia.Ni.eNfor
a s as laalai. a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d da Which one of .the Padfollowing
ada .Padaisdacorrectly matched adadtheir
a function or the dada
w.P.aPa98. ww.P
w pairs of codons
ww.P
w w .P
ww.P
with .Pa
ww.P
w single
www
ww ww w
the particular amino acid?
ww w www www
a) GUU, GCU – Alanine b) UAG, UGA – Stop codon
N
.AUG, e te t N
. i.N e te t .Ni.e Ntet – Lucien .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)lia
a i.N ACG - start/methionine a s alsa alia d)saUUA,
a lsa alia UCA a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a .Padada d a d a .Padada
w.P.aPad ww.P an important concept
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.PA to
w
www 99. The diagram
ww ww wshows ww www in the genetic implication wwwww of DNA. Fill in the wwblanks
w
C.
DNA -------------- (A) -------- mRNA -------- (B) ----------- protein -------- proposed by -------(C).
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) A- transcription, a d a a s a B- replication a d a a s a C-James Watson a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww b) A- transcription,ww www ww www
B- transcription, C-Erwinww www wwwww
c) A- transcription, B- translation, C-Francis Crick
e t e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla d)lia
a .NA- e t
i.Ntranscription, a s asla alia.Ni.Ne t
B- extension,
a s aslaalia .eNet
.NiC-Rosalind Frankin alalia
a s s a as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.ad 7
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
100. Select the two statements out of the four (I –IV) given below about lac operon.
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a i) Glucose or galactose a
d amay a
s bind with the.Prepressor a a
d as and inactive it..PaPdadas a a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w . w.P.aPad
www
ww ii) In the absence wwwww of lactose, the repressor wwwwwbinds with the operator wwwwwregion wwwww
iii) The z-gene codes for permease.
t .Ni.eNtet Jacob and Jacques eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaiv)lia i.eNetwas elucidated
.NThis
a s
by
asla aFrancois
lia a s asla .Ni.Monod.
alia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad The correctwstatements w.P.Pad are w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) i and ii b) i and iii c) ii and iv d) i and ii
101. The Okazaki fragments in DNA tchain growth
l a i .N i .eNtet .Ni.eNet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia alia.Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as aa)l a Result in transcription
d a s
a asla d a s
a asla d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad b) Polymerise w .P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwinwthe 3’ to 5’ direction ww wwforms
and
w replication fork wwwww wwwww
c) Prove semi- conservative nature of DNA replication
d).N t
Polymerises .Ni.eNtet
in the 5’ to i3’direction and explain 3’i.to t DNA replication i.NeNtet
5’ .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laala a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as alai.
la a s as alia
la
dada During translation dada .wP.aPadaGTP
da molecules is needed .wP.aPdain
da .wP.aPdada
w.P.aP102. w .wP.aPinitiation in prokaryotes,
w w w
www
ww w w
w w
a) association of 30s, mRNA with formyl met tRNA w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
b) association of 50s subunit of ribosome with initiation complex

t
alsa c)lia
a Ni.eNtet
.formation of formylsmet alsa Ni.eNtet
.tRNA
alia d)sabinding
lsa .Ni.eNteoft 30s subunit of
alia a alia.Ni.eNtet with mRNA. salalia
ribosome
lsa .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a
d a a
d a a
d a s a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadis w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 103. Reverse transcriptase
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) RNA dependent RNA polymerase b) DNA dependent RNA polymerase
c) DNA dependent DNA polymerase d) RNA dependent DNA polymerase

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alimolecules
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a 104.
d a a s aEscherichia coli fully
a d a a s a
labelled with N14 medium.
a d a a s aThe two strands aof
d DNA
a a of the a dfirst
a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww generationwbacteria www have
w wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s asla
b)i.N
a l
Different
ai.Ne
i.
a) Different density and do not resemble parent DNA
et t density but resemble
a s asla .Ni.eNtet parent DNA salalia
alia a s a
.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) Same density P.aParesemble
w.and d parent w .Pa ad)
DNA
w wwww.P
d same density but w.do P.aPnot
ad resemble parents P.aPad
w.DNA
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
TWO AND THREE MARK (BOOK BACK QUESTIONS: )
la .Ni.eNtet
alia alia
la .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

a s a
s
d da Give reasons: Genetic a
d a s a
s a
d a s a
s a
d a s a
s a
d as a
s
w.P.aPa1. w.P.aPad code is “universal”. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The genetic wwwwwcode is universal. ww www wwwww www
ww
s

➢ It means that all known living systems use nucleic acids and the same three base codons
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a alia (triplet codon) direct
a s lsa
a athe
ia
l protein synthesis sfrom
a alsa .N
alia i.eNet acids.
amino
a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia
d a PdadmRNA
a d dada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ For example, w.P.a .aPadafor phenylalanine w.Pin.aPall w.P.aPad
a

the (UUU) codonw.Pcodes cells of all organisms.

www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
2. Name the parts marked “A” and “B” in the given transcription unit.
d

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

➢ A - Promoter B - Coding strand. (Or) B – Structural gene.

N e tet N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s asla i .
alai. N s la i
alai.
astand . N s alia
asla s alia
asla s alia
asla
d a
3.a Differentiate - d a
Leading a s and lagging a
strand.
d a da a da a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww ww www
S.NO Leading strand Lagging strand
1 Template strand Coding strand
s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a .Ni.eNtet
a3'lia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s DNA strand a
with
d a s 5' polarity. a
d a s DNA strand witha5'
d a s 3' polarity a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww 2 www is continuous ww
ww
Replication www wwwwwis discontinuous ww
Replication www
4. Differentiate eNtet - Template strand eNtetand Coding strand.
s a l alia. Ni . s a l alia. N
i . s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as S.NOa a
d as a a
d as a a a
dadas strand a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadTemplate strand w.P.aPad w.P.aPCoding w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
The strand that hasthe polarity 3' 5' The strand that hasthe polarity 3' 5' act
1
act as template as coding strand
s aslaalia.N2i.eNtet Transcribed into sasla lia.Ni.eNtet
amRNA s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
Not transcribeddainto
s .Ni.eNtet
lia
amRNA
asla saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad as Contains d
w.wP.Pacomplementary .P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww wwwww the same nucleotide
Contains wwwwsequence ww
wwthe ww
wnucleotide
3 the rRNA sequence as the tRNA except Thymine

s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia

tet
instead
.Ni.eN of Uracil.
s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY.
w.P.aPPg.
ad 8
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
5. Mention any two ways inNwhich single nucleotideNepolymorphism (SNPs) N identified in human
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.Ntet
ia s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a genome can bring a
d as a
revolutionary change .in a
d as
biologicala a
d as
and medical.Pscience? a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w wP.aPad w w.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Scientists wwwwhave identified aboutw1.4 w
wwmillion locations where ww
wwsingle base DNA differences ww www (SNPs
– Single nucleotide polymorphism – pronounced as ‘snips’) occur in humans.
➢lia e tet
Identification of ‘SNIPS’ .Ni.eNistethelpful in finding .Ni.eNtet tet
.Ni.eNdisease .Ni.eNtet
a s a
asla .Ni.N
a s aslaalia a s achromosomal
asla lia locations
a s aslaafor
lia associatedalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad sequences.w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww ww www
➢ It is used in tracing human history.
6. a
s .Ni.eNtany
State
aslalia et three goals ofalthe
s alia eNtet genome project.
.Ni.human s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a a s a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Identify
d a allwthe d a
.wP.aPgenes
ad (approximately d
30000) a d a d a
w.P .aPad in human DNA. w .Pa ad
ww.Pthat makeup thewhuman w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Determine wwwwthe sequence of thewthree
wwwwbillion chemical base wwwpairs www DNA.
w
➢ To store this information in databases and Improve tools for data analysis.
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as a
la➢lia Transfer the related a s as alia
ltechnologies
a to otherasectors
s as laalia such as industries.a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a .P.aPdada Legal and Social P.aPdada(ELSI) that maywarise dada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Address w w.issues w ww
.Pafrom
ww.P w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwthe
wwEthical, ww www this project.ww www
7. A low level of expression of lac operon occurs at all the time in E-coli. Justify the statement.

t
➢lia
.Ni.eN tet
Enzyme permease aislainvolved .Ni.eNtet in the transport
ia ofia eNtet from the medium
.Nilactose eNtet the cells.
.Ni.into
ia .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s alsaa a s a l a s a laal . a s a la
a l a s a laal
d a d as d as aPdadaslactose cannot wenter das
.P.aPdathe
w.P.aPad ➢ If the lac w.P.aPadgets inactivated,
operon w.P.aPad is not synthesized
permease w.P.hence

e
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
cell.
➢ Due tet to the failure of transport tet of lactose into the cell,
tet it will not act as inducer.

N
s a i .N .e
N
asla➢la Here, lactose acts
i s a
aslaan
as i .N i .eN
la inducer, binding a i . N
i .eN
lalarepressor protein aand
tosaasthe s asla .Ni.eNteton the operator
lia
aswitch s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.Pad d
w.wP.Paexpression. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
to initiate
wwgene ww www wwwww wwwww

a s asla
➢.NeN
alia
The
i. et
i.
➢ Although the lactose induces the expression of lac operon, the level of expression is low.
t reason for this isi.that
a s as alaNi.eNet
la
t the lac operon is subjected
a s as laalia.Ni.eNtet to catabolicsarepression
a s alia
la .Ni.eNtet or the reduce
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad expressionw.of genes
P.aP ad in the presence w.of glucose.
P.aP ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
8. Why is the human genome project called a mega project?
➢ eThe tet international human genome
tet project was launched eNtet in the year 1990.
la i . N
i . N l a i . Ni .eN la i . N
i . alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as a➢l a It was a mega s
project
a
d a as a l a
and took 13 years to
a
d a s a a l
complete.
s a a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The human wwwww genome is about 25wtimes wwww larger than the genome wwwwwof any organism. ww www
➢ It is the first vertebrate genome to be completed.
s

➢ia .Ni.eN tet tet approximately 3×10 .Ni.eNt9ebp. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s alsa al
Human genome is said
a s alsa alia.N i.eNhave
to
a s alsaalia t
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a .Padadaassociated with .Padrapid
ada development .Paadanew
da area in biology adada
w.P.aPad ➢ HGP was
a

closely the of .Pcalled

www
ww www ww.P
w ww w
www.P www
www.P www
www.P
bioinformatics.
d

tet is called an adapter

.Ni.eNtRNA .Ni.eNtemolecule?
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a da
9.sala
a s a lia
Why
a d asaaslaalia
a d a s
a
alia
asla
a d asa
alia
asla
a d a s
a
alia
asla
w.P.Pad ➢ The transfer w.P.Pad d acts as a vehicle
P.Paacell
w.of w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www RNA, (tRNA) molecule
ww wwwww www that picks up thewamino
ww www acids
w
a

scattered through the cytoplasm.

➢ eItt reads specific codes of emRNA molecules. Hence eitt ist called an adapter molecule.
Ni.Net Ni.Ntet .Ni.Ne .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a l a ia. a l a i.
a alia
asla alia
asla aslaalia
d asa s a➢l This term was d a s
postulated
a s a l by Francis Crick.
d a s
a da sa da sa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww wwwww www
ww www
ww
10. If the coding sequence in a transcription unit is written as follows: The Sequence of DNA : 5' TGC
tet
.Ni.eNCAT t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as a
la lia
ATG GCA TGC ATG
a sa s alia
la
CAT .eNet TGC 3'
.NiGCA
a s as alia
la a s a
s alia
la a s a
s alia
la
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The sequence w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.PGCA UGC 3’
w w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www of mRNA: 5’UGCwAUG wwwCAU GCA UGA AUG
w wwwCAU www
ww
11. How is the two stage process of protein synthesis advantageous?
.Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNteinformation Ntet of DNA into .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa➢lia Transcription: It is
a s athe
lsaalia .eNet of copying
.Niprocess
a s alsaalia
genetic t from
a s lsone
a a
.Ni.estrand
alia a s lsa
a alia
d a .wP.aPdadatakes place in the d a d a d a
w.P.aPad RNA. This wprocess w.wP.aPad in presencewofwDNA w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww ww wwnucleus
ww www dependent RNA polymerase. www
ww
➢ Translation: transcribed mRNA can be translated into Proteins. It takes place in cytoplasm of
the cell.
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www www
ww wwwww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPaXIId - CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY.
w.P.aPPg.
ad 9
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
Five-mark questions: Book Back Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia. i.N s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d da Why did Hershey a
dadaChase use radioactively a
d a a
d a d a
w.P.aPa12. w.P.aPand w.P.aPad labelled phosphorous w.P.aPadand sulphur w only? .aPada
w.PWould
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
w
they have got the same result if they use radiolabelled carbon and nitrogen?
➢ All tetnucleic acids contain phosphorus, but not protein.
s a l a
➢l .Ni.eN
ia All protein contains s a l al .Ni.eNtetbut not nucleicsacids.
ia
sulphur .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a a da a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ So they .P ad
ww.P an experiment
w .P ad
ww.Pradioactive isotopes
w w.wP.P ad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwdesigned wwwusing wwwwof www
w
Sulphur (35S) andwphosphorus
(32P) to keep separate track of the viral protein and nucleic acids during the infection process.
➢i.N.eN t t would not have got
They tet same result if theyi.N
the
.Ni.eN alaused
t radio labelled carbon tet nitrogen.
and .Ni.eNtet
a s asla al ai e a s asla alia a s asla i.eNet a s asla .Ni.eN
alia a s alia
asla
w.P.aPad ➢ Because:
d a Carbon d a
.P.aPadis an organic molecules d a d a d a
w w.P.aPafound
d in all cells. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Nitrogen ww ww
wis structural moleculeswfound www in proteins, cell membrane
w wwwww and DNA. ww www

t tet .Ni.eNteand Ni.eNteproduced .Ni.eNtet

a
13.ala
s s a i.eNet three enzymes
.NE.coli,
Inlia
a s asla .Ni.-eNgalactosidase,
aliβa permease
a s aslaalia t transacetylase
a s asla .are
alia t in thealalia
a s s a
d a d da d a aPdathe
da absence of lactose. d a
w.P.aPad presence of w.P.aPaExplain
lactose. why the w.P.aPadare not synthesized
enzymes w.P.in w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ The metabolism of lactose in E.coli requires three enzymes, permease, β - galactosidase (β-
gal) and transacetylase. t

t
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a .N
ia i .eNet l a ia .Ni.eNteinto
t l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a➢ l a The enzyme permease
a
d ass a a l is needed for entry a
d asof
s a lactose
a l the cell. a
d as s a a l a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ Β - galactosidase w.P.aPadbrings about hydrolysis w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww ww www of lactose to glucose wwwwwand galactose. wwwww
➢ Transacetylase transfers acetyl group from acetyl Co A to β - galactosidase.

N
➢.N.eN Ift lactose is available as .Nienergyt
.eNet source forasthe .Ni.eNtet then lactosesaenters
bacteria, tet cell as a result i.NeNtet
.Ni.eNthe
asla alia i et aslaalia aslaalia laalia la i.
. P a
P d
a a
dsa of permease . P Pdaa
enzyme.
a dsa .P a
P d
a d a .P aPda a
d a s . P a
P daadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww ➢ Lactose www wwas
acts an inducer and interacts ww www with the repressor ww ww
wto inactivate it. wwwww

a s aslaalia .Ni.eN tet

produce
i.
➢ This allows RNA polymerase to bind to the promotor site and transcribe the operon to
lac mRNA a s la .Ni.eNte
alia
aswhich
t
enables formation
a s asla .Niall
aoflia
t t
.eNethe required enzymes
a s asla .Ni.eN
alia
tet
needed for lactosea s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad metabolism. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ In the absence of Lactose, the repressor protein binds to the operator region of the operon
and
tet prevents transcription; eNteas
t a result, β - galactosidase eNtet is not produced.
l a i . N
i .eN l a i . Ni . l a i . N
i . la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a s as a l a
d da Distinguish between a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
dada s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPa14. w.P.aPadstructural gene, w.P.aPad gene and operator
regulatory w.P.aPgene. w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
Structural genes:
s

➢ Code for proteins, rRNA and tRNA required by the cell.

l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a ia .Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a aRegulatory
l a gene (i): a s a a l a a s a a l a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ This gene das
.wP.aPdato d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad
d as
a

wrefers
www
ww wwww inhibitor gene. ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ The ‘I’ gene transcribes a repressor mRNA and after its translation, a repressor protein is
d

.Ni.eNproduced.
tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asland
a a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a
w.P.Pad
d a ➢ It binds to the
w.P.Pada d a
operator region of the d
operon
a
w.P.Pad
a prevents d
translation.
a
w.P.Pad
a a
w.P.Pad
d a
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
a

Promoter (p):
➢ The signal sequence in DNA that initiate the RNA synthesis.
➢lia .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet (Prior to the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s aslaa Binding site of RNA s aspolymerase

laalia s astranscription).
laalia s alia
asla s alia
asla
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad Operator gene .P.aPad
w(O): w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Present between the promotor and structural gene.
➢ eThe tet repressor protein ibinds eNtetto the operator oflathe eNoperon
tet and prevents transcribtion.
l a ia. N
i . N l a a. Ni . i .
a N
i . alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s as a➢ l This allows RNA a s as a l
polymerase to bind toa s a
thes a l
promotor site and as a
transcribes
s the operon a s
toas
w.P.aPad w .P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d a d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww produce ww wwmRNA.
wlac ww www wwwww wwwww
15. From their examination of the structure of DNA, What did Watson and Crick infer about the
s a lsaa .Ni.eNtet mechanism sofalDNA
ia
probable
l a l
tet
.Ni.eNreplication,
ia coding s a l a .Ni.eNtet and mutation?
ia
capability
l s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d as a a a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Semi-conservative w.P.aPad replication was .Padadasby Watson and d as
w.wP.aPaind1953.
d as
w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww ww.P
w
wproposed wwwwCrick www
ww
➢ They inferred that DNA replication was semi conservative.
➢.NeDNA Replication takes .place during S phase. .Netet
s a laaliai.Ntet sa laaliaNi.eNtet s aliai.N
asla s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s Semi- conservativea d a a s
replication. a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
➢ This mechanismwww of replication iswbased www on the DNA model.
w wwwww www
ww
➢ They suggested that the two polynucleotide strands of DNA molecule unwind and start
.Ni.eNtet
separating at onesend. Ni.eNtet this process, covalent
.During .Ni.eNtehydrogen
t bondssaare Ni.eNtet
.broken. .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
la as aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.
ad10
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
➢ NeThe separated single strand then acts as template for the synthesis of a new strand.
s lsa
a . i.Ntet
alia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sa l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Subsequently,
a a
each
d a
asdaughter double.Phelix a s a
d acarries a a
.Padadas strand fromwthe
one polynucleotide a
adadas
.Pparent
a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w .aPad ww.P is newly synthesised
w ww.P and
w ww
www
ww ww
moleculewwthat acts as a template www and the otherww
ww w
strand
complementary to the parent strand.
s a
asla .Ni.Ntetcapability: salalia
Coding
lia
e .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a d a a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Duringww w.P.Pad
transcription, the genetic .P.Pad
winformation in the wDNA .Pad is coded
w.Pstrand toww .P.Padas
mRNA
www
ww www www
ww www
w w www
complementary bases. (Except for uracil in the place of thymine in RNA).
Inference tet on mutation: i.NeNtet
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
Any error in asla
replication
s i.
alaleads to Mutation. s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a s a d a a da a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ It leadswto w.wP.aPad of in aminowacid w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww w
wwalteration wwwsequences in of specific
w ww
wwprotein. www
ww
16. Name the anticodon required to recognize the following codons

s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

t
t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a lsaa .N
a)lia i.eNet the figureagiven
Identify s alsaalia.Ni.eNet
below
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Figurewiswreplication w.P.aPad fork w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
c) Write the source of energy for this replication and name the enzyme involved in this process.
➢ eDeoxy nucleotide triphosphate acts as an energy source for replication. et t

N
a l a l .Ni.Ntet
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a la lia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.Ne asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d asa s a➢ DNA helicase, a DNA
d a sa s a
ligase, DNA polymerase a d a s
a– s a
these enzymes are a d a s
involved
a in this process. a d a sa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad
wwwww d) Mentionwthe wwww differences in the synthesis wwwww of protein, based wwwonwthe polarity of the two wwww template

a s asla
strands.
➢i.Ni.eN
a l a e
Ift both
i.
t the strands act
a s asla Ni.eN
.as
alia atetemplate,
t they would
a s aslaalia
t
.eNet for RNA withasdifferent
.Nicode aslaalia.Ni.eNtesequences.
t
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ This inwturn w Pa ad code for proteins
.would
ww.P ww.P
w Pa adifferent
.with d amino acid w .P
ww.P
a ad
sequences. .Pa ad
ww.P
w
wwwww ww www
➢ This would result in one segment of DNA coding for two different proteins, hence complicate
www www
the genetic information transfer machinery.
i . N eNtet .Ni.eNteproduced
aliwere t alia .Ni.eNtet double stranded ia tet
.Ni.eNcomplementary .Ni.eNtet
alia
l ➢
a i . If two RNA molecules la la
simultaneously, aRNA
la to la
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a a s as a s as l a s as
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad be formed. www .P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
wwwww each otherww wwwould www wwwww wwwww
➢ This would prevent RNA from being translated into proteins.
s

s alsa a lia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet

alia s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
17.
a
d a What are the three structural
a
d a differences between
a
d a RNA and DNA? a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww

S.NO DNA RNA
d

1 t Sugar is deoxyribose sugar Sugar is ribose sugar

asla alia .Ni.eNet Nitrogen bases asla aliaNi.eNtet
.are aslaalia .Ni.eN tet
alia
la
aare
eNtet
.Ni.Adenine, asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a a d a sa Adenine, aguanine,
d a s
a Nitrogen bases
a d a s
a s guanine,
a d a sa
w.P.Pad 2 w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww wwwand thyamine
cytosine wwwww cytosinewww& ww Uracil wwwww
a

3 It is double stranded It is single stranded

.Ni.Nee t t Chemically more stable
e
.Ni.Ne t t and less reactive .Ni.Ne tet
Chemically less stable .Ni.eNtliable
et and easily lai.Ni.eNtet
P

asla alia asla alia aslaalia aslaalia

d
.wP.aPada s
a 4 because .wP.aPd a sa
ofadpresence of only .wPone d a s
a
aPad“OH” degradable. d
aPad a
.wPbecause
s
a of presenceww two daadsaasala
.wP.aP“OH”
w w
w ww w
w www w
w www . w
w w w . w ww
group. group w
Self-Replication: It should be able to RNA has the ability to direct duplication.
i . N5.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai replicate. a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .wP.aPdada on RNA forwwsynthesis .Padada of RNA canww .wP.aPdadcode
a .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w w www.P w
wwwww 6
ww
DNA, w wdepends w ww directly for proteinwww wsynthesis
proteins and can easily express the characters.
7
.Ni.eNet t DNA act as a genetic material
t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNRNA
tet also can act as a igenetic .Ni.eNtet material .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaala a s alsaalia
d a DNA w .wP.aPdamore
being da stable storesw.the adgenetic
da RNA transfers dadagenetic information
.wP.aPthe .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad 8 wP.Pa w w
wwwww w ww w
information. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
DNA is able to mutate RNA mutates at a faster rate. Thus viruses
i . N e tet i. N e tet i. N e tet .Ni.eNteshorter
t .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala 9
i . N
a s a
aslala i .N
a s aslala having
a i. N RNA genome as asla aliwith
a life span a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad can mutate w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwwwand evolve faster. ww www

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad11
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
18. Explain the formation of a nucleosome.
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The DNA double
a a a
as length of 2.2 m.Pis
d helix a
dmuch a
as morecomplex. .P.aPdadas a a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w .aPad w w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Chromatin wwwwconsists of repeatingwunits wwwcalled nucleosomes.
w wwwww wwwww
➢ Two molecules of the 4 histone proteins H2A, H2B, H3 and H4 are organized to form a unit of
aslaalia.Ni.eN8temolecules
t called ahistone
laalia .Ni.eNteoctamere.
t
asla alia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a sa a d a s
a s a d a sa a d a s
a a d a sa
w.P.Pad ➢ The negatively d
w.P.Pacharged DNA iswwrapped w.P.Pad around, the positively ad
w.P.Pcharged w.P.Padto
histonewoctamere
www
ww wwwww www
w wwwww www
w
form a structure called nucleosome.
➢ Nucleosome
tet contains 200 tbp of DNA helix and it is coiled on the outside of nucleosome.
a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
Adjacent nucleosomes a l a i
l .
aN i.
are
eNet
connected by a
linker l alia.
DNA Ni.eNte(H1)
t
that is exposedaslaalia Ni.eN
.to tet
enzymes. aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ The DNA .Pa ad
ww.P 2 complete turns
w .Pa ad
ww.P the histone octameres
w w.P.aPad w .P.aPad
www
ww wwwmakes ww waround wwwww and the two turns ww wwsealed
ware
off by an H1 molecule.
➢i.NeN t
Chromatin without H1i.Nhas t a beads-on-a-stringi.Nappearance t in which DNA .Ni.eNtenters and leaves i.NeNtet
a laalai. et a laalai.eNet a alai.eNet
la a alia
la et ala ai.
w. P.
a
aPdadas s the nucleosomes
w . P .
a s
aPdadat s
a random places. .P.aPdada
w
a s s
w . P .
a
aPdadas s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ Further www ww is due to interaction
folding ww w
wwbetween ww
H1 of one nucleosome.www wwwww
➢ DNA is a solenoid and packed about 40 folds.

t
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia .Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 19. It is established
ww wwwwwthat RNA is the firstwgenetic www material. Justifywgiving
w www reasons.
w wwwww
➢ A typical cell contains about 10 times as much RNA as DNA.
➢ eThe high RNA plays a variety of roles in the cell. et t

N
a l alia.Ni.Ntet a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.Ne alia.Ni.eNtet
aslgenetic aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a sa s a➢ Fraenkel-Conrat a d a s
and
a s a Singer (1957) first a d a s
demonstrated
a that RNA ais
d a s
the
a a material ina TMV
d a sa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww virus. ww www ww www wwwww wwwww

a s asla alia.Ni.eN
proposed
i.
➢ In the early 1980’s (Leslie Orgel, Francis Brick and Carl Woese-3 molecular biologists)
tet the “RNA world”
a s asla alia .Ni.eNteas t the first stage inlathe
a s asalia
tet
.Ni.eNevolution of life. lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ RNA catalysed .Paall
ww.P
w admolecules necessary .Pafor
ww.P
w adsurvival and replication. .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www ww
➢ The term “RNA world” was first used by Walter Gilbert in 1986.w www www
➢ There is now enough evidence to suggest that essential life processes (such as metabolism,
ia.Ni.eNtet tet
.Ni.eNevolved .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l a translation, splicing laalia
etc.,) around RNA. alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ RNA has .P.aPdada to act as bothwgenetic .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ww w
wwability
wthe w ww ww.P material and catalyst. wwwww wwwww
➢ He reveals that RNA as the first genetic material on earth.
s

➢.NeAndrewt Fire and Craig .NiMellow

t (recipients of Nobel .Ni.eNtetPrize in 2006)swere .Ni.of
eNtethe
t opinion that lai.Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.Net a s alsa alia .eNet a s alsaalia a alsaalia sa ala
.wP.aPdada RNA is an active
.wP.aPdaingredient
da in the chemistry
.wP.aPdadaof life. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdaadas
a

ww w
w w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w
w w w w w
Intext Two mark questions and answer:
d

1. What are the four major components of a nucleic acid?

a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
acalled aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a sa s a➢ Generally nucleic a d a s
acids
a s a are a long chain or
a d a s
polymer
a of repeating subunits
a d a s
a nucleotides. a d a sa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Each nucleotidewwwww subunit is composed ww wwwof three parts: a nitrogenous wwwww wwwww sugar
a

base, a five carbon

(pentose) and a phosphate group.
.Ni.eNteare
t .N t
i.eNetand RNA? (Or) .Ni.eN tet .N t
i.eNet .Ni.eNtet
P

2.saasla alia
What the four bases s asla aoflia DNA s alia
la
aWhat are called purines s and
a alia
la pyrimidines? s aslaalia
d a d a a d a a s d a a s d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ DNA and w .P.aPad have four basesw(two
w ww
.Pa ad
ww.Ppurines and two w w.P.aPad in their nucleotide w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwboth
RNA
w www
w
pyrimidines) wwwww chain.
➢ Two of the bases, Adenine (A) and Guanine (G) have double carbon–nitrogen ring structures
and t are called purines. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia.Ni.eNet a s as laalai. a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The bases,
d a .wP.aPdada (T), Cytosine w(C)
Thymine .wPand d a .wP.aPdring
ada structure andww .wP.aPdaare
da
w w .aPadUracil (U) have single w these
www
ww w w
w w
called pyrimidines. w w w w w
w w w w w
➢ Thymine is unique for DNA, while Uracil is unique for RNA.
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa ia
l .Ni.eNtet
anucleotide. s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
3.
a
d a Compare nucleoside a
d aand a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPastd w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Nucleoside: wwwwThe nitrogenous base ww +w
w one molecule of sugarw(at w
wwthe 1 carbon of thewsugar). www
w
➢ Nucleotide: Phosphate group is attached to the 5th carbon of the same sugar with nitrogenous
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNet
base.
a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 4. Define: TATA
ww wwwbox ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ In eukaryotes the promoter has AT rich regions called TATA box (Goldberg- Hogness box) and
ineNprokaryotes
t this region .Ni.is
eNtecalled Pribnow box. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni. et a s asla alia t
a s aslaalai. a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.ad12
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
5. Explain Chargaff rule.
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ This proposition
a a s
dofabase a pairing between a a
as two strands of
d the thea s a
d apolynucleotide chain a
dwasas a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww observed wwbywErwin
w Chargaff. wwwww www
ww www
ww
➢ Adenine pairs with Thymine (A = T) with two hydrogen bonds and
t .Ni.eNte(G .Ni.eNtet bonds. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s
➢lia
a
asla .Ni.eNet
Guanine pairs with Cytosine
a s aslaalia t ≡ C) with three lhydrogen
a s asa alia a s aslaalia a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The ratios w.P.Pad Adenine withwThymine
between d Guanine with w
w.P.Paand .P.Pad are constant and
Cytosine P.Pad
w.equal.
www
ww wwwww www
w www
ww www
ww
➢ They are said to be complementary to each other.
6. a
s .Ni.eNtet genophore and
Compare
aslalia s asla l .Ni.eNtet
anucleosomes.
ia s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ DNA ofww
d a d
prokaryotes a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad is almostwcircular w.P.aPaandd lacks chromatin w.P.aPorganization,
ad hencew.Ptermed
.aPad
www
ww genophore. www www
w wwwww wwwww
➢ In eukaryotes, chromatin organization is much more complex.
t eNtet of repeating units t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as a
la .N
➢lia i.eNet
Chromatin is formed a s asbyalia
la .aNi.series
a s as laalia .eNet nucleosomes.
.Nicalled
a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 7. What are Okazaki
ww www fragments?
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ During replication two strands are formed. In one strand (template strand with polarity 3' 5')

t
t t .Ni.eNteand Ni.eNtet strand .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia.N i.eNereplication
the is continuous
a s alsaalia t is known as the
a s alsa alia.leading
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a P.aPdadstrand
a dada polarity 5' 3') replication d a d
w.P.aPad ➢ While inwthe w.other w.P.aPwith
(coding strand w.P.aPad is discontinuous, .aPada
w.Pknown

e
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
as the lagging strand.
➢ Thet discontinuously synthesized fragments of thet lagging strand are called tet the Okazaki i.NeNtet

N
i .N e
N e t i . N eNtet i .N eN e t i. N eN
l a i . l a i . la i . l a i . la i.
. P a
P daadsaasalafragments. .PaPdaadsaasala .P a
P daadsaasala .P a
Pdaadsaasala . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www 8. What you w
ww wwwby replication fork?
w
mean wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s asla alia.Npull
t t
i.eNeapart
i.
➢ At the point of origin of replication, the helicases and topoisomerases (DNA gyrase) unwind and
the strands,
a s asla ia.Ni.eNtet a Y-Shaped structure
aforming
l a s aslaalia
tet
.Ni.eNcalled the replication
a s aslaalia Ni.eNtet
.fork.
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ There are .PaPad
ww.replication
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wtwo
ww forks atweach
wwworigin.
w wwwww wwwww
9. What is transcription?
➢ia t eNtet .Ni.eNteone t .Ni.eNtet
laa .Ni.eNetprocess of copying
The laalia.Ni.genetic informationalafrom ia t strand of DNA alia
la i.eNet RNA is termed
.Ninto alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a
d a s as d aa s s a l a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
transcription. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ This process takes place in the presence of DNA dependent RNA polymerase.
s

s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
10. Differentiate
alia
monocistronic
s alsa eNtet
.Ni.(eukaryotes)
alia
and polycistronic
s alsa .Ni.eNtet (prokaryotes),
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet genes
structural
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ In eukaryotes,
d a PdadamRNA carries
each
.wP.a only.wP.aaPdsingle
ada gene and encodes .wP.aPdainformation
da for only Pdada
aP.a
single
a

w w w w .w
wwwww w w
w w
protein and is called monocistronic mRNA. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ In prokaryotes, clusters of related genes, known as operon, often found next to each other on
d

t t .Ni.eNtet together tosagive tet mRNA and hence eNtetpolycistronic. lai.Ni.eNtet

a s asla .N
alia i.eNechromosome
the are
a s alia
astranscribed
la a la .N
alia ai.eN
single
a s asla .Ni.are
alia sa ala
w w a d
.wP.Pad a
w w a d
.wP.Pad a
w w a
.wP.Padd a s
ww a
.wP.Padd a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww (expressed sequences) w wwand introns (intervening w wwsequences). w ww
a

11. Compare exons

➢ In eukaryotes, the monocistronic structural genes have interrupted coding sequences known as
t .Ni.eNtetand .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
.N i.eNet (expressed asequences)
exons
P

as asla alia s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Non- coding P.aPad
w.sequences called introns P.aPad
w.(intervening sequences). w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
12. What are capping and tailing in transcription process?
➢.NIn tcapping, an unusual inucleotide,
.Ni.eNtet methyl guanosine .Ni.eNtetriphosphate is added .Ni.at
eNtethe
t 5' end, .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la i.eNet a s as ala
la a s as alia
la t
a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Adenylate
d a residues d a P.aPdaadded
da at the 3' end.wThis .P.aPdaprocess
da d a
w.P.aPad (200-300) (Poly A)
w.are is called tailing.
w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
13. What is called reading frame?
➢ One of the alternative ways of dividing up a sequence of bases in DNA or eRNA into codons is
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.Ntet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a called reading frame.
a
d a a
d a d aa a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
14. What is meant by Open Reading Frame (ORF) in translation?
➢ Any tetsequence of DNA or RNA,tet beginning with a istart tecodon and which can bet translated into a
s a i . N
i .eN
aslalaprotein is knowndas san a i.
aslaOpen
la N
i .eN Reading Frame s a
aslala
(ORF). . Ni. e
N t
s asla .Ni.eNet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad13
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
15. What is Untranslated Regions (UTR) in translation? Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ A translational
a a
unit
d ain a
s mRNA is the sequence a a
d asof RNA that is flanked a
d aby a
s the start codon a
d as
(AUG) a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww and thewstop www
w www
w
codon and codes forwpolypeptides. wwwww wwwww
➢ mRNA also have some additional sequences that are not translated and are referred to as
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNet
Untranslated Regions
a s aslaa(UTR).
lia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ UTRs are w.P.Paat
present d both 5' end (before Pad codon) and at
w.P.start ad stop codon).ww.wP.Pad
.P.P(after
3'wend
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww w ww
16. Who proposed one gene – One enzyme hypothesis? Define it.
➢i.N.eN t t
George Beadle and Edward .Ni.eNtetTatum proposed one Ntet – One enzyme
gene
.Ni.e .Ni.eNtet which states
hypothesis .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a aslaa l ai e d a s
a aslaalia
da saasla alia
d a saaslaalia
d a s
a aslaalia
w.P.aPad that one gene
w.P.aPcontrols
ad the production w.P.aof
Paone
d enzyme. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
17. What makes the DNA and RNA as acidic molecules?
➢ NeThe phosphate functional group (PO4) gives NDNA and RNA the property of an acid at
s a alia
la . i.Ntet s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la . i.eNtet
alia s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s physiological pH, a
d ahence
s the name nucleic aacid.
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
18. Which type of bond is formed between a purine and pyrimidine base and between the pentose
sugartand adjacent nucleotide?

t
l a .Ni.eN
ia et l a Ni.eNtet
.bases
ia l a .Ni.eNtebonds.
ia t l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a➢l Purine and pyrimidine
a s a a l are linked bya s a
hydrogen
a l a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ Pentose .Padadas d as
w.wP.aPad by phosphodiester
d as
w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww ww.Pis linked to adjacent
w
wsugar wwwwnucleotide wwwww bonds. wwwww
19. DNA acts as genetic material for majority of living organisms and not the RNA. Give reasons to

N
s asla a .Ni.eNtet the statement.
lia
support s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ RNA being w.wP.Pad and mutates atw .P.Pad rate. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwunstable ww
w wawfaster wwwww wwwww
➢ Thus viruses having RNA genome with shorter life span can mutate and evolve faster.

a s as la
➢ eRNA
a
➢lia. Ni.Ntet
DNA is
i.
is more reactive andehence
chemically a s a
more
s laalia. Ni.Ntet
stable
highly unstable. etet
and chemically
a s asla l .Ni.N
ia
aless reactive when s asla
compared
a
.Ni.eNtet
alia to RNA. Presencea s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww of thyminewwwww instead of uracil in DNA ww
wwconfers additional stability wwwwwto DNA. wwwww
➢ Uracil of RNA is less stable than thymine of DNA.
laa ia.Ni.eNteany
t laalia
tet
.Ni.eNgenetic .Ni.eNtet
alia
lRNA. la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

20.
a
d a s as Name
l two virusesa s a
whose
s material a s a
iss a a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ Tobacco .Padada d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww ww ww.P Virus (TMV) ww
w
wMosaic www wwwww wwwww
➢ Bacteriophage.
s

21.
s alsa lia
What
a .Ni.eNteist a genophore?salalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad ➢ In prokaryotes w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad nucleus, thewDNA w.P.aPad
a

www
ww wwwww such as E. coliwthough www they do not have
w wwwwdefined www is not
w
scattered throughout the cell.
d

➢ eDNA (being negatively charged) is held with some proteins (that have positive charges) in a
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a region called the
a d a a s a
nucleoid. a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ The DNA wwww wwwinto large loops held
ww ww wwprotein. wwwww
a

as a nucleoid is organized wby DNA of prokaryotes is

almost circular and lacks chromatin organization, hence termed genophore.
.Ni.Nteist nucleosome?sHow
e .N t
i.eNet base pairs are .Ni.eNt t
inea typical nucleosome? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

22.
s asla a ia
What
l asla alia many s alia
la
athere s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a d a a d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ The negatively w.P.aPad w.P.aPadaround the positively w.P.aPad w.P.aPadto
www
ww wwwww charged DNA iswwrapped www
w wwwww charged histone woctamere www
w
form a structure called nucleosome.
➢i.NeN At typical nucleosome contains .Ni.eNtet 200 bp of DNA helix.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai. et a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ww.PNHC
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 23. Expand and
ww wwdefine
w www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ NHC: Non-histone Chromosomal protein.
➢ eInt eukaryotes, apart fromethistone proteins, additional set of proteins are required for packing
s alsa alia.Ni.Net s alsa alia.Ni.Net s a alia
lsas .Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a of chromatin at higher
a
d a level and are referred
a
d a a non – histone chromosomal
a
d a proteins. a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
24. Differentiate between Heterochromatin and Euchromatin.
Euechromatin:
tet
s asla➢lia
a .Ni.eN
Region of nucleus s alia
aslwhere .Ni.eNtetthe chromatins s alia
aslare
eNtet
.Ni.loosely packeddaands asla .Ni.eNtetlight are called
lia
astains sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a a d a a a a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww
Heterochromatin. www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ Transcriptionally inactive.

s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet

d a a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.
ad14
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
Heterochromatin:
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Region of .nucleus
a a a
d aswhere the chromatins a a
d asare tightly packed a
dand a
as stains dark are.P.a a
d as
called a
w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w Pad
www
ww ww www
Euchromatin. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Transcriptionally active.
25.
s aslaa .Ni.eNtethe
lia
Name
t
chemical aslaalia
substance
s .Ni.eNtet which is called s asla lia
aby eNtet
.Ni.the name: Kornberg
s asla a.Ni.eNtet and Ochoa’s
aliEnzyme s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad enzyme www .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ DNA polymerase I is also known as Kornberg enzyme.
➢i.N.eN t t
Polynucleotide phosphorylase.Ni.eNtet is also known .Ni.eNtet enzyme. salalia
asaiOchoa’s .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a aslaa l ai e d a saaslaalia
d a s
a asla l a d a a s a d a s
a aslaalia
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPapolymerase.
d .Pa ad
ww.Prole in replication
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 26. Name the w
ww various
wwww types of prokaryotic wwwwDNA State
wwwtheir wwwprocess.
➢ DNA Polymerase I involves in DNA repair mechanism
➢ NeDNA Polymerase II involves in DNA repair mechanism
s a a
la l . i.Ntet
ia a alia.Ni.eNtet
linvolves a laalia .Ni.eNtet a laalia.Ni.eNtet a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ DNA Polymerase a
d a s
IIIs a in DNA a s
replication
d a s a
d a s s a
d a s s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
27. Given below are some events of eukaryotic replication. Name the enzymes involved in the
process. I) Unwinding of DNA. II) Joining of Okazaki tfragments. III) Addition tof nucleotides to

t
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNet l a ia.Ni.eNet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a anew
l a strand. IV) Correcting
a s
dadas a a l athe repair a
d ass a a l a
d ass a a l a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ Unwinding w.wP.aP w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww wwof DNA – Helicase ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Joining of Okazaki fragments – DNA ligase

N
➢.N.eN t
Addition of nucleotides .Nito tet strand – DNA polymerase
.eNnew .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia i et a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d
w.P.Pad
a ➢ Correcting the a
w.P.Pad
d a
repair – Nuclease a
w.P.Pad
d a a d
w.P.Pad
a a d
w.P.Pad
a
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
28. What are Okazaki fragments?

a s as la
➢ eThe
alia. Ni.Ntet
fragments are
i.
discontinuously synthesized
s
joined
a asl a
a i
l
by
.
a Ni.eNtet
the enzyme
fragments of the
DNA s a l
ligase.
a s aa lia. Ni.eNtet
lagging strand are e
a s aslaalia.
called the Okazaki
Ni.Ntet
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
29. What is a replication fork?
➢ Att the point of origin of replication, the helicases tand topoisomerases (DNA gyrase) unwind
l a i . Ni .eNet l a i . Ni .eNtet la i . Ni .eNet l a i . Ni .eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as a l a and pull apart thea
dadas a
strands,
s a l a forming a Y-Shaped
a s a s a l a
structure called thea s as a l a
replication fork. a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ There w w.wP.aPreplication .Padada d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww w
arewwtwo forks watw ww.Porigin.
w
weach wwwww wwwww
s

30. Apart from DNA polymerase, name any other four enzymes which were involved in DNA
sa l .Ni.eNtet of eukaryotic
ia
replication
a
lsa s a ia
l .Ni.eNtet
acell.
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
.Padada a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ DNA ligase, w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww wwwwwTopoisomerase (DNA ww ww.P Helicase and Nuclease.
w
wgyrase), wwwww www
ww
31. Who proposed the central dogma? Write its concept.
d

➢lia
.Ni.eNtet t t .Ni.eNtet biology. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
asla Francis Crick proposed
as alia
asla i.eNeCentral
the
.N dogma inamolecular
a s s alia
la as alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a ad a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
32. Structural gene of eukaryotes differs from prokaryotes. How?
.Ni.eNt t .Ni.eNtet gene is monocistronic
.Ni.eNtet coding for only Ntet
.Ni.eprotein .Ni.eNtet
a s a ➢lia
a
la Ineeukaryotes, the
a sa alia
structural
la a s a alia
la as a alia
lone
a alia
whereasasinala
d a s d a s s
.Padada coding for w .Padada s d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
prokaryotes www.P ww.Pproteins.
w w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwthe structural genewisw
ww wpolycistronic wwmany wwwww
33. What are the two major components of prokaryotic RNA polymerase? How do they act?
➢ia.Ni.eN tet t eNtetwo .Ni.eNtethe
t core enzyme lai.Ni.eNtet
as a a
lsa l
Bacterial (prokaryotic)
as a alia
lsa i.eNetpolymerase consists
RNA
.N
a s a .Ni.of
alia
lsa t major components,
a s a alia
lsa sa ala
w .wP.aPdada and the w
sigma
w
dada
.wP.aPsubunit. w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdaadas
ww
w w w w w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ The core enzyme (β1, β, and α) is responsible for RNA synthesis whereas a sigma subunit is
responsible
tet for recognitiont of the promoter.
s a i
la. N
i
aslaMention.eN sasla .Ni.eNet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a
34. the dual a d a a
functions of AUG. a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ AUG has wwwdual functions. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It acts as a initiator codon and also codes for the amino acid methionine.
s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg. ad15
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
35. How many codons are involved in termination of translation? Name them. Netet
lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia . i.N
alaia alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
w. P.
a s
aPdada ➢ Three codons w .P.aP a s
dadas
terminate a
w . P.
a s
aPdadas
translation process. a
w . P.aPdaadsasal a
d a
w.P.aPad
s
www
ww ➢ They are ww ww UAG and UGA. ww
wUAA, www www
ww www
ww

36. Degeneracy tet of codon – comment.

s a l a
➢l .Ni.eN
ia A degenerate codes .Ni.eNtethat
alia
aslmeans
t
more than s la
aone .N
alia
t
i.eNet codon could
triplet s asla
code .Nifor
alia
t
.eNeat specific amino s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a a a d a a s a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww acid. wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ For example, codons GUU, GUC, GUA and GUG code for valine.
37.
s asla .Ni.eNtethe
ia
Name
al
t triplet codonslathat
s asalia
tet
.Ni.eNcode for Tyrosine s aand
la .N
alia
t
i.eNet
Histidine. s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Tyrosine w.wP.aPaUAC
d w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww w–wUAU,
ww ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Histidine – CAU, CAC
38.ala
s l .Ni.eNtethe
Name
ia t four codons that
s a la
t
i.eNet valine.
.Ncodes
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a
d a s a a s a s a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ GUU, GUC, P.aPdaand
w.GUA da GUG. d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww
39. What do you mean by charging of tRNA? Name the enzyme involved in this process.

t
➢i.Ni.eN tet process of addition
The .Niof
alia
tamino
.eNe t acid to tRNAais t
.Niknown
.eNet as aminoacylation eNtecharging
.Ni.or t and the ai.Ni.eNtet
alsa al a alsa alsalia a lsaalia al a
. P a
aPdadas resultant w
product
. P a
aPdadas
is called aminoacyl- .PtRNA a s
aPdada(charged tRNA).w.P.aPdada a s
. P aPdaadsasal

e
w . . w . w .
www
ww www is catalyzed by w
ww
➢ Aminoacylation
w ww
anwenzyme aminoacyl – tRNA
ww w
wwsynthetase. wwwww

N
40. What are UTR’s?
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a➢ mRNA also have
a d a some
a additional sequences
a d a a that are not translated
a d a a and are referred ato
d aas
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
Untranslatedwww Regions (UTR). ww www wwwww wwwww

41.
a s aslaal .Ni.eNteist S – D sequence
ia
What
i.
➢ UTRs are present at both 5’ end (before start codon) and at 3’ end (after stop codon).
a s asin .Ni.eNtet
alitranslation
la a process? a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The 5’wend w.wP.aP ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.PAUG
w
www
ww wwwof the mRNA of prokaryotes ww www has a special sequence wwwww which precedes the wwwinitial
start codon of mRNA.
➢ tet ribosome bindingi.site
This
.Ni.eN alaNi.eNe
tist called the Shine – iDalgarno
.Ni.eNtet sequence or S-D t
sequence. .Ni.eNtet
laalia la ala
la la .N
alia i.eNet alia
la
a

a s as a s as a s a s a s as a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ These wsequences
d a .wP.aPdadabase-pairs withww a .P ad da of the 16Sr RNA
region .wPof d da small ribosomal .subunit ad da
w w.Pa w .aPathe w wP.Pa
www
ww ww w
facilitating initiation. w w w w w
w w w w
w w
s

42. What is a primer?

s a lsaa l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ A primer is .aPshort
a a a
d astretch
s a
of RNA. It .initiates a
Padadasthe formationww of.Pnew a
d strand.
s a a
.PaPdadas
a
w.P.aPad w .aPad .aPada
a

www
ww ➢ The primer wwwww produces 3’-OHww ww.Pon the sequence
w
wend w www of ribonucleotides,ww ww.which
w
wto
deoxyribonucleotides are added to form a new strand.
d

43.
s asla aName.Ni.Ntetthe factors that
lia
e
s asla .Ni.eNteresponsible
aliare
a
t
fors laalia.Ni.eNtet and termination
asinitiation s asla .Niof
alia
t t
.eNetranscription in
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad prokaryotes. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Sigma factor is responsible for initiation of transcription.

➢.N.eN t factor is responsible
Rho .Ni.eN tettermination of transcription
for .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
i et
P

as asla alia a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.PORF.
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 44. Expand and
ww wwdefine
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Any sequence of DNA or RNA, beginning with a start codon and which can be translated into a
protein is known as an Open Reading Frame (ORF).etet
s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a laalia.Ni.N s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
d da Mention the inhibitory a
d a s a s
dadastreptomycin in bacterial a
d a s a
.P.aPdada s
w.P.aPa45. w.P.aPad role of tetracycline w.P.aPand w.P.aPad translation.www
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
➢ Tetracycline inhibits binding between aminoacyl tRNA and mRNA.
➢ Streptomycin inhibits initiation of translation and causes misreading.
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i. Ni .eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a a l a
d das What is an operon? a s a a l a a s a a l a a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPa46. w das example.
.wP.aPdaGive w .wP.aPdadas w .wP.aPdadas w .wP.aPdadas
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
➢ The cluster of genes with related functions is called an operon. w w
w w w w
w w
➢ E.g: lac operon in E.coli.
s a lia.Ni.eNtet
aslaConsidering s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia
la
asgenes..Ni.eNtet saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
47.
a the lac
a d a
operon
a of E.coli, name athe
d a aproducts of the following
a d a a i gene, lac Z a a
gene,
d a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww lac Y gene w w
wwlac
and a gene. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ i gene – repressor protein, lac Z gene – β – galactosidase, Lac Y gene – Permease, lac A gene –
.Ni.eN tet
transacetylase .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.ad16
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
48. Name the human chromosome that has most number of genes and least number of genes.
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sa l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Chromosome
a a a
asmaximum number
1dhas a a
as (2968 genes) .P.aPdadas
ofd genes a a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Chromosome www Y has least genes w
ww www
w
(231 genes) www
ww wwwww
49. Mention tet any four areas where DNA fingerprinting can tbe used.
s al a
➢l .Ni.eN
ia Forensic analysis, s a l al
Pedigree .Ni.eNteanalysis,
ia t
Conservation
s .Ni.eN
alia
asla of
et
wild life and .Ni.eNtet studies salalia
alia
asla
Anthropological
s .Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a a d a a s a ada a a da a ad a as a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www INTEXT THREE MARK
ww wwwww QUESTIONS
wwwww ww www www
ww

1. Classify.Ni.eNtet nucleic acid based .on

Ni.eNsugar
tet molecules. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia s alia
asla
da a ➢ There are two d a
types
a of nucleic acids da
depending
a on the type of a
pentose
d a sugar. d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P Acid (DNA) and
w .Pa ad
ww.Pwith
w
www
ww www
w
➢ Those wcontaining deoxyribose sugar wwwwware called Deoxyribo ww
wNucleic wwwthose
ribose sugar are known as Ribonucleic Acid (RNA).
➢ i . N e tet only difference between
The .Ni.eNtet these two ssugars .Ni.eNistetthat there is sone Ni.eNtet atom less inalalia
.oxygen .Ni.eNtet
a s a
s alai.N
la a s as alia
la a a s alia
la a a s alia
la a s s a
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
deoxyribose. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww
2. Both purines and pyrimidines are nitrogen bases yet they differ. How?

t
➢i.Ni.eN
a
tet purines and pyrimidines
Both .Ni.eNtet are nitrogen sbases.
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s lsa
a l a a s alsa a a lsa as a lsa a s a lsa
w.P.aPad ➢ The purine
d a PadadAdenine
.bases a .Padhave
and Guanine ada double carbon adada ring, whereaswcytosine
–.Pnitrogen .Padada

e
www
ww www ww.P
w www ww.P
w ww
w ww.P
w www ww.P
and thymine bases have single carbon nitrogen ring.

N
3. Chemically DNA is more stable than RNA – Justify. Netet
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla . i.N
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a➢ In DNA, the two
a d a a s a
strands being a d a
complementary,
a if separated a
(denatured)
ad a by heating can come
a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
togetherw(renaturation) wwwww
when appropriate wwwww
condition is provided. wwwww

as asla .Ni.eN
alia liable
a s
i.
➢ Further 2’ OH group present at every nucleotide in RNA is a reactive group that makes RNA
tet and easily degradable.
asla .Ni.eNtet RNA is also known
alia as alia
asla Ni.eN
.to tetcatalytic and reactive.
be
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Hence,wDNA w.Pis.aPchemically
ad aPadchemically less reactive
w.P.and
morewstable w.P.aPawhen
d compared .P.aPad
towRNA.
www
ww www
w www
w wwwww www
ww
➢ Presence of thymine instead of uracil in DNA confers additional stability to DNA.

a
la ia.Ni.eNteint simple aboutssemi-conservative
alia
la .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtereplication.
ia
aDNA t la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

4.
a
d as a s Write
l a
d a as mode a s a
of
s l a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ Semi-conservative w.P.aPad replication was .Padada d a
w.wP.aPaind1953. w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww ww ww.P
w
wproposed by Watson and ww wwCrick www
ww
➢ This mechanism of replication is based on the DNA model.
s

➢.NeN t
They suggested that i.the t two polynucleotidei.N t
strands of DNA molecule tet
.Ni.eNunwind and start i.NeNtet
a lsaalia i. et alsaalaNi.eNet alsa alai.eNet alsa alia ala ai.
a
aPdadas separatingwat a s
dadend.
aone a a
aPdadas a
aPdadas aPdaadsasal
a

w.P. . P. P w . P. w . P. w . P.
www
ww ➢ Duringwthis www
w
process, covalent hydrogen wwwww bonds are broken. ww www www
ww
➢ The separated single strand then acts as template for the synthesis of a new strand.
d

➢lia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet double helixscarries tet polynucleotide strand

.Ni.eNone .Ni.eNtetfrom the parent .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa Subsequently, each
a s alia
asldaughter
a a asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad molecule w.wP.Padacts as a template w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P is newly synthesised
w w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwthat wwwww and the otherww strand www and
ww
a

w
complementary to the parent strand.
5. la eNtet stranded DNA
If .aNi.double tet of cytosine, calculate
.Ni.eN20%
alihas .Ni.eNtethe
t percentage oflaadenine .Ni.eNtet in DNA. .Ni.eNtet
P

d a s
a asalia d a s
a asla a d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a asalia d a saaslaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Cytdsine .Pahence
=w20,
ww.P
ad Guanine = 20 .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www
➢ As per Chargaff’s rule (A+T) = (G+C) =100
www ww w ww
w
➢ Percent of Thymine + Adenine = 20 + 20 = 100
ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢
a l (T + A) = (20 + 20)
a s=100
as alia
la a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ (T + A)=100-(20 w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww + 20) wwwww ww www www
ww
➢ T +A = 100 – 40
➢.NeTte+tA = 60 .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.N a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Therefore
d a dada of Adenine will aPda60/2 d a d a
wthe
.P.aPpercent w.P.be da = 30%. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www www
ww
6. What are called operons? Describe the Structure of the operon.
➢ eThe clusters of genes with related functions are called operons. They usually transcribe single
s a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a mRNA molecules.a d a aIns aE.coli, nearly 260 genes
a d a a are
s a grouped into 75 a different
d a a s a operons. a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Structure .Padoperon: Each operon
wof.wPthe w.P.Pad w.P.Padand regulationwand P.Pad
w.consists
www
ww wwww wwwww is a unit of gene expression ww www www
w
of one or more structural genes and an adjacent operator gene that controls transcriptional
e
.Ni.N tet
activity of the structural eNtet
.Ni.gene. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXIIad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.ad17
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
➢ NeThe structural gene codes for proteins, rRNA andNtRNA required by the cell.
s lsa
a . i.Ntet
alia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sa l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Promoters .are
a a s a
dtheasignal sequences .in a
DNA a
s initiate RNA .synthesis.
d athat a a
d as RNA polymerase a
d as
binds a
w.P.aPad w P.aPad w P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www prior to the initiation
w
to thewpromoter www of transcription. ww
ww www www
ww
➢ The operators are present between the promoters and structural genes. The repressor
.Ni.eNtet
protein binds to thealoperator .Ni.eNtet region of thesoperon. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s s alia
a a aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 7. What are the
ww wwww Application of DNA finger
wwwwprinting? www
ww wwwww
➢ Forensic analysis - It can be used in the identification of a person involved in criminal
.Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet
.paternity .Ni.eNtet and in determining .Ni.eNterelationships
t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia activities, for settling
a s aslaalia or maternity
a s asla ia
adisputes,
l as asla alia for
a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad immigration w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwpurposes. wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ Pedigree analysis – inheritance pattern of genes through generations and for detecting
inherited diseases.
s a a
lal .Ni.eNtet
ia a la .Ni.eNtet
ia
allife a alia
la .Ni.eNtet a la .Ni.eNtet
alia a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ Conservation of a
d a s
wilds – protection of a s
endangered
d a s species. By a s
maintaining
d a s DNA records a s
for
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww of tissues of the dead
identification wwwwendangered organisms. www
ww wwwww
➢ Anthropological studies–It is useful in determining the origin and migration of human

t
.Ni.eNtet
populations and genetic eNtet
.Ni.diversities. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s a lsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 8. Name the w
ww wwwRNA types of prokaryotes
w
major wwwww and mention their ww ww.P
w
wrole. wwwww
➢ In prokaryotes, there are three major types of RNAs: mRNA, tRNA, and rRNA. All three \ RNAs

N
tet needed to synthesize
are
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNateprotein
t in a cell. i.N.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalai a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d
w.P.Pad
a ➢ The mRNA a
w.P.Pad
d
provides a the template, tRNA
a d
w.wP.Pad
a
brings amino acids andad
w.P.Pad
a
reads the genetic code,
a d
w.P.Padanda
www
ww www
w
rRNAswplay structural and catalytic wwww role during translation. www
ww wwwww

9. Explain
as a slaa
➢lia. Ni.eNtet
Wobble
i.
Wobble hypothesis. etet
Hypothesisa s asla .Ni.N
aislia proposed by Crick a s asla
(1966)alia.Ni.eNtet
which states that
a s laalia
astRNA .Ni.eNtet
anticodon has the
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P at its 5’ end bywpairing
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad
www
ww abilitywtow
wwobble www with even non-complementary
w wwwww base of mRNA wwwwcodon.’
➢ According to this hypothesis, in codon-anticodon pairing the third base may not be
.Ni.eN tet
complementary. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia alia
la laalia laalia laalia
a

a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ The third .P.aPdof
base
w adathe codon is called d
.aPada base and this
w.Pwobble w .P.aPdadais called wobble
position .P.aPdada
wposition.
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
The actual base pairing occurs at first two positions only.
s

➢ The importance of Wobbling hypothesis is that it reduces the number of tRNAs required for
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i. N i.eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a polypeptide synthesis
a
d ass a a l and
a it overcomes the
a
d ass effect
a a l a of code degeneracy.a
d ass a a l a a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www 10. Explain thewnature

ww www of eukaryotic ribosome.
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The ribosomes of eukaryotes (80 S) are larger, consisting of 60 S and 40 S sub units. ‘S’
d

.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNteefficient

t .Ni.eNtet as Svedbergsunit Ni.eNtet
.(S). .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia denotes the sedimentation
a s aslaalia a s alia
which sisaexpressed
la a asla alia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The larger w.P.Pad P.Pad of a 23 S RNA
w.consist P.Pad
w.and w.P.Pad
www
ww ww wwwsubunits in eukaryotes wwwww wwwww 5Sr RNA molecule wwwwwand 31
a

ribosomal proteins.
➢ eThe smaller eukaryotic subunits consist of 18Sr RNA component and about e33 proteins.
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l a lia. s a l alia. s a l alia. s alia

asla
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a da a s a d a a
w.P.aPa11.
d What are the w .Pa ad
components
ww.P
of initiation w .Pa ad of prokaryoticww
complex
ww.P
.Pa ad
translation?
w www.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww w www
➢ Initiation of translation in E. coli begins with the formation of an initiation complex, consisting
www
of the 30S subunits of the ribosome, a messenger RNA and the charged N-formyl methionine
l a i . Ni .eNtet laalia .Ni.eNtthree
et alia
la Ni.eNtet
.initiation la ia
aIF2,
tet
.Ni.eNIF3), alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s as a l a tRNA (fmet -t RNA
a
d a s afmet),
s proteinaceous
a
d as a s factors (IF
a
d as 1,
a s l GTP (Guaninea
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www and Mg 2+.
Tri Phosphate) wwwww wwwww wwwww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad18
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
INTEXT FIVE MARK QUESTIONS Netet
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia. i.N s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d da Describe Hershey a
dadaChase experiment..PWhat a
d a a
.P.aPdaexperiment?
da a
d a
w.P.aPa1. w.P.aP and w .aPad is concludedwby wtheir w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww www
w wwwww
➢ Alfred Hershey and Martha Chase (1952) conducted experiments on bacteriophages that
infect
tet bacteria. Phage iT2 ist a virus that infects the bacterium tet Escherichia coli.t
s a l a
➢l .Ni.eN
ia When phages s a
(virus) l al .Ni.eNadded
a
are
et
to bacteria, s a l al
theyia.Ni.eN
adsorb to the outer
s asla .Ni.eNet some material
lia
asurface, s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.Peach bacteriumwlyses w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P of
w
wwwww wwwwbacterium, and then
enterswthe wwwlater www to release a largeww
w wnumber
progeny phage.
➢i.N.eN t t
Hershey and Chase awanted .Ni.eNtet to observe whether .Ni.eNteitt was DNA or sprotein .Ni.eNte t entered the lai.Ni.eNtet
that
a s asla al ai e a s aslalia a s aslaalia a aslaalia sa ala
w w
d
.wP.aPad a bacteria. All
w w .
d
.wPnucleica
aPad acids contain phosphorus,
w w
d
.wP.aPad a and contain sulphur
w w
d a
.wP.aPad(in the amino acid w w .wP.aPdaadas
cysteine
w ww w ww
and methionine). w ww w ww w ww
➢ Hershey and Chase designed an experiment using radioactive isotopes of Sulphur (35S) and
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtetseparate tracksaoflathe .Ni.eNtviral
et protein and anucleic .Ni.eNteacids
t .Ni.eNtet
a s a s laalia phosphorus (32P)a s ato
s laalikeep
a a s a lia
a s s alia
la during the a s as alia
la
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad infection www.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwprocess. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The phages were allowed to infect bacteria in culture medium which containing the
radioactive isotopes 35S e or 32P.

t
a lsa al .Ni.eNtet
ia alsa .Ni.Ntet
alia alsa .Ni.eNtet
aoflia alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ The bacteriophage
.PaPdadaa s that grew in the presence
.Padada a s 35S had labelled s
proteins
a
d a and bacteriophages a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww grownwinw
www.presence
wthe of 32P had ww www.P DNA.
wlabelled wwwww wwwww
➢ The differential labelling thus enabled them to identity DNA and proteins of the phage.

N
.Ni.eN tet t .Ni.eNtet with unlabeled tet and allowed i.NeNtet
asla alia Hershey and Chase asla .N
alia i.eNet the labelled
mixed aslaaphages
lia asla .Ni.eNcoli
aliE.
a la i.
. P a
P d
a a
dsa bacteriophages
. P aPdaad
to
sa
attack and inject P
their
. aPdaadsa
genetic material. . P aPd
a a
d s
a . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Soon after infection (before lysis of bacteria), the bacterial cells were gently agitated in a

a s asla a i . N e
blender
Ntet
➢lai. It was observed
i.
to loosen the adhering
a s asla
that i .
alonlyN eN tet phase particles.i.NeNtet
ai. 32P was found a s aslaalai.
associated with bacterial a s alia
la
ascells
eNtet
.Ni.and 35S was indthe a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad cells. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwwwmedium and not inwthe
surrounding w
wwbacterial wwwww wwwww
➢ When phage progeny was studied for radioactivity, it was found that it carried only 32P and
not
.Ni.eNtet 35 S. These results .Ni.eNclearly
tet indicate that i.only t DNA and not protein .Ni.eNtcoat
et entered thealalia .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia alaNi.eNet
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a s as a s as a s a s a s s a
w.P.aPad .PaPdada
bacterial cells. w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a .Padada
wwwww ➢ Hershey ww www.Chase
wand thus conclusively wwwww proved that it wasww www not protein, which
DNA, ww ww.P the
w
wcarries
s

hereditary information from virus to bacteria.

s alsa alia. i.Ntet
N e
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad19
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
2. Explain the properties of DNA that makes it an idealNgenetic material.
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a Self-Replication:.PaPdadas a a a
d as a a a a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Padadas w.P.aPad
d as
www
ww ➢ It should ww w
wbe
.
wwable to replicate. According wwwww to the rule of base ww ww.P and complementarity,
w
wpairing ww www both
nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) have the ability to direct duplications.
➢lia e tet
Proteins fail to fulfill .Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa .Ni.N
a s asla athis
lia criterion.
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad Stability: www .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww ww www ww www
➢ It should be stable structurally and chemically. The genetic material should be stable enough
not
tet to change with different stages of life cycle,t age or with change in tphysiology of the
a l alia.Ni.eNorganism. a l a lia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNet asla alia.Ni.eNet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ Stability w .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPaclearly
d w.wP.aPad
www
ww ww wwone
was of the properties wwwww of genetic material ww wwwas evident win w
wwGriffith’s
transforming principle.
➢i.NeN t
Heat which killed the ibacteria .Ni.eNtet did not destroy Ni.eNtet of the properties
.some of eNtet
.Ni.genetic material. In i.NeNtet
a laalai. et a laala a laalia a laalia ala ai.
w. P.
a
aPdadas s DNA the two w . P.
a s s
aPdada being complementary.
strands w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ If separated wwwww (denatured) by heating wwwww can come together ww w
ww(renaturation) www
w
whenwappropriate
condition is provided. Further 2’ OH group present at every nucleotide in RNA is a reactive

t
N
. i.Ne tet eNtet and easily degradable.
.Ni.liable .Ni.eNtet RNA is also known Ntebe
.Ni.eto t catalytic and lai.Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia group that makessaRNA
a lsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia sa ala
.wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdaadas

e
ww w
w reactive.
w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w
w w w w w
➢ Hence, DNA is chemically more stable and chemically less reactive when compared to RNA.
➢ ePresence of thymine instead of uracil in DNA confers additional stability to DNA.

N
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aInformation storage:
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ It should ww wwable
wbe to express itself wwwinwthe form of ‘Mendelian ww wwcharacters’. RNA can w www code
w
directly

a s asla
➢i.Ni.N
al a e
eDNA,
i.
for protein synthesis and can easily express the characters.
t t however depends
a s asla alia
t t for synthesis ofi.proteins.
.eNeRNA
.Nion
a s asla alaNi.eNet
t
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Both DNA w Pa aRNA
.and
ww.P
d can act as awgenetic .Pa ad material, but w
ww.P
DNA
w ww
.Pabeing
ww.P
ad more stablewstores
w ww
.Pa athe
ww.P
d
www
ww www www
genetic information and RNA transfers the genetic information.
Variation through mutation:
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet Both DNA and .Ni.eNteare t .Ni.eNtet
l ➢
a ia It should be able to laalimutate. laaliRNA t
able to mutate. laalia .eNet being unstable
.NiRNA laalia
a

a
d a s as a l a s as a a s as a a s as a s as
w.P.aPad aPdada
w.aP.faster w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww mutates wwwatww rate. wwwww ww www ww www
➢ Thus viruses having RNA genome with shorter life span can mutate and evolve faster. The
s

.Ni.eNabove
tet discussion indicates .Ni.eNtethat
t both RNA andlaDNA .Ni.eNtcan
et function as a genetic .Ni.eNtmaterial.
et .Ni.eNtet
s alsa alia s alsa alia s a a ia
l s a laalia s a laalia
d a ➢ DNA is more
a a
stable,
d a and is preferred.for a as of genetic information.
dstorage a
d as a
d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www ww www
3. How is the DNA packed in a eukaryotic cell?
➢ eInt teukaryotes, organization
d

of DNA is more complex. Chromatin is formed by a series of

s a l alia.Ni.Ne s a l a l a.Ni.eNtet
inucleosomes. s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a repeating unitsa dcalled
a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Komberg w .wP.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad P.Pad
w.histone
www
ww wwww proposed a model for ww wwnucleosome,
wthe ww
in whichww2w molecules of the wfour www
w
a

proteins H2A, H2B, H3 and H4 are organized to form a unit of eight molecules called histone
.Ni.Ne tet
octamere. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The negatively .Pa acharged
ww.P
w d DNA is wrapped .Pa adaround the positively
ww.P
w .Pacharged
ww.P
w ad .Pa adto
histone octamere
www.P
www
ww www www
form a structure called a nucleosome. A typical nucleosome contains 200 bp of DNA helix.
ww w ww w
➢ The histone octameres are in close contact and DNA is coiled on the outside of the
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtenucleosomes
t .Ni.eNtet by linker DNA tet
.Ni.eNthat .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia nucleosome. Neighbouring
a s as laalia aare
s as la ia
aconnected
l a s as la lia
a(HI) is exposedato s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad enzymes. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www ww www
➢ The DNA makes two complete turns around the histone octameres and the two turns are
sealed off by an HI molecule.
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Chromatin lacking
a a
d aHI a
s has a beads-on-a-string a a
d as appearance in which a a
as enters and leaves
d DNA a
dthe as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww at random places.ww
nucleosomes www ww www ww www
➢ HI of one nucleosome can interact with H1 of the neighbouring nucleosomes resulting in the
.Ni.eN tet
further folding of the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla afibre.
lia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The chromatin d
w.P.Pafibers in interphase w.P .Pad and mitoticwchromosomes
nuclei w.P.Pad have a diameter w.P.Pthat ad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
w ww www
varies between 200-300 nm and represents inactive chromatin. 30 nm fibre arises from the
folding of nucfeosbme, chains into a solenoid structure having six nucleosomes per turn.
a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l a lia. Ni.eNtet a l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet a la li.
a Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg. ad20
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www ww www
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
➢ NeThis structure is stabilized by interaction between different HI molecules. DNA is a solenoid
s a lsaalia. i.Ntet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a and packed.P a
about,
d a40 a
s folds. The hierarchical a a
d asnature of chromosome a s a a
d as a
d a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad .Padadastructure is illustrated.
w.wP.aPad
www
ww ➢ Additional wwwww set of proteins arewrequired wwww for packing ofww w
www.P
chromatin at higher level wwwwand are
referred to as non-histone chromosomal proteins (NHC).
aslaa➢lia
.Ni.NeInteat typical nucleus, asla .Ni.eNteregions
asome
lia
t of chromatin
aslaalia.Ni.eN tet loosely packed (lightly
are aslaalia.Ni.eNtestained)
t and arealalia .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a a d a s
a ad a s
a a da sa a d a s
a s a
w.P.Pad referred ad
P.Peuchromatin.
w.as
to w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The chromatin that is,-tightly packed (stained darkly) is called heterochromatin.
➢ Euchromatin is transcriptionally active and heterochromatin is transcriptionally inactive.
a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l a lia.Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

t
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
P.aPdada experiment w .Padada a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.Stahl’s w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 4. Meselson wand
ww www
w ww ww.P the semi-conservation
w
proved wwwww mode of DNAwreplication. www
w
Explain.
➢ eThe mode of DNA replication was determined in e1958 by Meselson and Stahl. They designed

N
s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a an experiment a d ato
a s adistinguish between a d a a s a
semi-conservative, a d a s a
conservative
a and dispersive
a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww
replications. wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s asla .Ni.eN
alia The
i.
➢ In their experiment, they grew two cultures of E.coli for many generations in separate media.
tet ‘heavy’ culture was
a s a15
s laalia.Ni.eN tet in a medium ini.N
grown
a s asla
t
i.eNet the nitrogen
alawhich a s
source
asla alia.Ni.eNt(NH
et 4CI) containedalalia
a s s a
.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad the heavy .Pa ad N and the ‘light’
isotope
ww.P
w .Pa
ww.P
w ad was grown winwa.wP.medium
culture
w ww P
a ad in which the .Pa ad
nitrogen
ww.P
w
www
ww www ww
14 w
source contained light isotope N for many generations.
www
➢ At the end of growth, they observed that the bacterial DNA in the heavy culture contained
.Ni.eN tet 15 t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l a ia only N and in the laalia
light .eNet only 14N. asasla
.Niculture alia laalia alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d das as d a a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ The heavy w.wP.aPacould w.P.aPad .P.aPda14dN)
15Nwfrom
a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwwDNA wwwww from light DNA (ww
be distinguished www with a technique wwwww called
Cesium Chloride (CsCl) density gradient centrifugation. In this process, heavy and light DNA
s

.Ni.eN extracted
tet from cells ini.Nthtytwo t cultures settledi.Ninto t two distinct and separate .Ni.eNtet bands (hybrid .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alai.eNet a s alsa alai.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a DNA). .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww w w
w w 15 w w w
➢ The heavy culture ( N) was then transferred into a medium that had only NH4CI, and took
w w w
w w w w
w w
samples at various definite time intervals (20 minutes duration).
d

e tet the first replication, .Ni.eNtet they extracted Ni.eNtetand subjectedalitalia t t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla ➢lia
a .Ni.N After
a s asla alia a s asla alia.DNA
a s s a
.N i.eNedensity
to gradient
a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
centrifugation. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ The DNA settled into a band that was intermediate in position between the previously
determined heavy and light bands. After the second replication (40 minutes duration), they
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. again extracted DNA

s a l a i
l .
a
samples,and this time s a l
foundalia. the DNA settling a
into
s l alia.
two bands, one at thes aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad and one at intermediate w.P.aPad position. www .P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
light bandwwposition wwwww www wwwww
➢ These results confirm Watson and Crick’s semi-conservative replication hypothesis.
s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad21
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
5. Give a detailed account of aNtranscription unit.
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ A transcriptional
a a a
as in DNA is defined
d unit a s a
dby athree a a
.P.aPdadas the structural
regions, a promoter, genedand a as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.wP.aPad
www
ww wwwww The promoter is located
a terminator. ww www towards the 5’ end. ww ww
wIt is a DNA sequence that ww
wwprovides
binding site for RNA polymerase.
e tet presence of promoter .Ni.eNtetin a transcription .Ni.eNtedefines t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N The
a s asla alia a s aslaaunit,
lia
t the template
a s aslaalia .eNet coding strands.
.Niand
a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Padregion locatedww
The terminator w.P.Padthe 3’ end ofww
towards .Pad strand contains
w.Pcoding
the ad
w.Pa.PDNA
www
ww wwwww www www www
ww
sequence that causes the RNA polymerase to stop transcribing.
➢ Int eukaryotes the promoter has AT rich regions called TATA box (Goldberg- Hogness box) ‘and
a l alia.Ni.eN
in
t
eprokaryotes this a l a
region
lia.Ni.eNtisetcalled Pribnow box. a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ Besides .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.wP.aPad an enhancer. w .P.aPad .PaPad
ww.in
w
www
ww wwwpromoter, eukaryotes w w
also
wwrequire ww wwtwo
wThe strands of theww DNA
w the
structural gene of a transcription unit have opposite polarity.
➢i.NeN t
DNA dependent RNAi.N t
polymerase catalyses the tet
.Ni.eNpolymerization in only tet direction, the i.NeNtet
one
a laalai. et a laalai.eNet a laalia a la .Ni.eN
alia ala ai.
w. P.
a
aPdadas s strand thatw .has
P.
a
aPdathes s
da polarity 3’→ 5’ w acts
. P.aPasa s s
dadaatemplate, and is called
w . P.
a s
aPdadthe s
a template strand.
w .P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ The other ww w
wwstrand which has thewpolarity
wwww 5’→ 3’ has a sequence wwwww same as RNA (except ww w
wwthymine
instead of uracil) and is displaced during transcription. This strand is called coding strand

t
N e tet .Ni.eNtebet monocistronicla(eukaryotes).Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNte(prokaryotes).
t .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a . i.NThe structural gene s alsa lia
amay s a a lia or polycistronic
s a laalia In
s a laalia
a
d a d aa a
d as a
d as a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.aP.aPdada

e
www
ww eukaryotes,
wwwwweach mRNA carrieswonly wwwwa single gene and w encodes
www information for wonly
w www
w single
protein and is called monocistronic mRNA.
➢ eInt prokaryotes, clusters of related genes, known asetoperon, often found next to each other on

N
s a l alia.Ni.Net s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.Net
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a the chromosome a d a are
a s a transcribed together
a d a to
a s a
give a single mRNA a and
d a a s a
hence are polycistronic.
a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
i.
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet

alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d 6.a Explain the transcription a
.wP.aPdada process in prokaryotes a
.wP.aPdada with the needed a
diagram.
d a
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad .aPada
a

w w w .wP w
www
ww w w w
➢ In prokaryotes, there are three major types of RNAs:
w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ mRNA, tRNA, and rRNA.
d

.Ni.eN
➢lia tetthree RNAs are needed
All .Ni.eNtetot synthesize a protein inteat cell.
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The mRNA P.Pad the template,
w.provides wtRNA d
.P.Pabrings amino acids w.and d
P.Pareads the genetic w.P.Paand
code, d
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

rRNAs play a structural and catalytic role during translation.

Initiation:
tet
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtthat
et .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a laa
➢lia There is a single aslaalia
DNA-dependent
s RNA asla
polymerase
s alia catalyses thes laalia
astranscription of all typess aslaalia
d a a s d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad Itw
.wP.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad
www
ww of RNA.www wbinds to the promoterww wwwinitiates transcription
and www(Initiation). wwwww
➢ The polymerase binding sites are called promoters. It uses nucleoside triphosphate as
tet
substrate
.Ni.eN and polymerases .Ni.eNtet in a template t
.Ndependent fashion following .Ni.eNtet the rule of .Ni.eNtet
a s a
s laalia a s as alia
la a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a .Padada .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad complementarity.
ww.P
w www.P ww.P
w www.P
www
ww
Elongation:
www www www www
➢ After the initiation of transcription, the polymerase continues to elongate the RNA, adding
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet to the growing eNtet
.Ni.chain. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a alia one nucleotide after a s alsa ia
aanother
l a s aRNA
lsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad Termination: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Only a short stretch of RNA remains bound to the enzyme, when the polymerase reaches a
terminator at the end of a gene, the, nascent RNA falls off, so also the RNA polymerase.
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad22
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
➢ NeThe RNA polymerase isNonly capable of catalyzing
s lsa
a . i.Ntet
alia s a l aia
l . i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a the process.Pof a as a
delongation. a
d as
The RNA.Ppolymerase a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w w.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwtransiently
associates wwwfactor sigma
ww
with initiation www
ww www
ww
and termination factor rho to initiate and
.Ni.N e tet
terminate the transcription, .Ni.eNtetrespectively. salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s a a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Association w.Pof d with these factors
.PaRNA d
w.P.Painstructs w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
the RNA polymerase either to initiate or
terminate
tet the process of transcription.
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eNIn bacteria, both s alia
la .Ni.eNtet
astranscription and asla
translation
s alia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww w
take wplacewww simultaneously ww winww the same wwwww wwwww
compartment.
➢i.NeN Int many times the translation .Ni.eNtet can begin much .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai. et a s as alia
la a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a before thewmRNA.wP.aPdadis
a fully transcribed..P.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w w w
www
ww w w
w w
➢ This is because the genetic material is not w w
w w w w w
w w w w
w w
separated from other cell organelles by a nuclear

t
e tet .Ni.eNttranscription .Ni.eNtet can be coupled t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia N
. i.N membrane consequently;
a s alsaalia et
a lsa alia
andsatranslation
a s alsa ainlia.Ni.eNet
bacteria.
a s alsaalia
d a d a .Padada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 7. Write the salient
ww wwwww features of genetic www ww.P
w
code. wwwww wwwww
➢ The salient features of genetic code are as follows:

N
➢ia t t genetic codon is ai.N
eThe t .Ni.eNtcode t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla al.Ni.Ne a s asla i.eNet code and 61
alatriplet a s
codons
asla alia et for amino acids
a s asla alia .Ni.eNe3t codons do not
and
a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad code forwany
w ww
.Pamino
ww.P
ad acid and function w.Pas.Padstop codon (Termination). w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The genetic code is universal. It means that all known living systems use nucleic acids and the

a s asla a i . N e
same
N
➢lai. For example, the
i.
tet three base codons
a asla
mRNA
s i . N
(triplet
eNtet codon) direct the
alai.(UUU) codon codes a s la
afor
s
i . N
i.e
synthesis
Ntet
alaphenylalanine
of protein from amino
in alla s asla
cells ala i . N eNtet acids.
ofi. all organisms. dasaasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ It is comma w.P.aPad P.aPad
w.the .wP.aPdirectly
wread ad .PaPathe
ww.to
w d
www
ww wwwwwless, which means wthat www
w message wouldwbe w
ww from one wwwend
other i.e., no punctuation are needed between two codes.
➢.NeAtedegenerate code means .Ni.eNtethat more than onei.N triplet
t codon could code .Nifor t a specific amino i.NeNtet
laalia i.N t alia
la t laalai.eNet laalia .eNet ala ai.
a

a a a a
w. P.
a
aPdadas s acid. For example,
w . P.
a s s
aPdadacodons GUU, GUC, w . P.
a s s
aPdadaand GUG code for
GUA, w . P.
a
aPdada
valine. s s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ Non-ambiguous wwwww code means that ww wwcodon will code forwone
wone wwwamino acid.
w wwwww
s

➢ The code is always read in a fixed direction i.e. from 5’→3’ direction called polarity.
➢lia.Ni.eN tet has dual functions.
AUG .Ni.eNteItt acts as an initiator .Ni.eNtet
codon and also codes eNtetthe amino acid lai.Ni.eNtet
.Ni.for
a s alsa a a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia sa ala
.wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdaadas
a

ww w
w methionine.
w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w
w w w w w
➢ UAA, UAG (tyrosine) and UGA (tryptophan) codons are designated as termination (stop)
d

codons and also are known as “non-sense” codons.

s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la lia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a
d Mutations in genetic a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pa8. .P adcode affect the w .P ad Describe with
phenotype. an ad
.Pexample. .P ad
www
ww ww ww.P
w w ww ww.P ww ww.P
w ww ww.P
w
a

w
➢ The simplest type of mutation at the molecular level is a change in nucleotide that substitutes w w
one base for another.
N e tet tet
.Ni.eNas Ni.eNtet may occur spontaneously .Ni.eNtet or due to the .Ni.eNtet
P

s asla i .
➢lai. Such
a N changes are s asla
known alia base substitutions s asla alia .which s asla alia s aslaalia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww actionwofw wmutagens. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ A well-studied example is sickle cell anaemia in humans which results from a point mutation
.Ni.eNoftean
t allele of β-hemoglobin .Ni.eNtetgene (βHb). salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s a laalia s a laalia a s a laalia s a alia
la
d a ➢ A haemoglobin
a s a s
dmolecule
a consists of.Pfour a s
d polypeptide
a chains.PofaPdtwoa s
a types, two α chains .Padaandada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w w. ad ww.P in
w
www
ww www Each chain has awheme
w
two β wchains. www group on its surface.
w wwwwThe heme groups are www
involved
the binding of oxygen.
➢lia N e tet human blood disease,
The .Ni.eNte t
sickle cell anaemia Ni.eNteto
t abnormal haemoglobin. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a . i.N
a s alsa alia a s alsa aislia.due
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a dadaa single base substitution d a aPdathe
da
w.P.aPad ➢ This abnormality w.P.aPadin hemoglobinww is w .P.aPto
due w.P.aPad at the sixth w w.P.of
codon
www
ww wwwww www wwwww www
w
beta globingene from GAG to GTG in β chain of haemoglobin.
➢ Itt results in a change of amino tet acid glufeniic acid to th
tetvaline at the 6 position of the β chain.
s a l alia. N
i .eN e
This
t
is the classical
s a l alia. N
i
example .eN of point a
mutation
s la li.
a Ni.eN
that results in the
s a l a l .Ni.eNtet of amino acids
ia
change s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P acid to valine. ww
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww residue wwglutamic
w www wwwww wwwww
➢ The mutant haemoglobin undergoes polymerisation under oxygen tension causing the change
alia.Ni.eNintethe
t shape of the RBC alia.Nifromt
.eNet biconcave toasaasickle alia .Ni.eN tet
shaped structure. ai.N.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a asla d a s
a asla d a s la
d a s
a aslalai d a saasla
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXIIad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg.ad23
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a ada a a da a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a da a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
9. Explain the mechanism of Lac orperon of the E-coli.
➢.NeThe

t
t Lac (Lactose) operon: .Ni.eNtetThe metabolism of.Nlactose
t in E.coli requires three
.Ni.eNte enzymes – .Netet
alsaalia i.Net alsaalia alsaalia i.eNet alsaalia t
alaiai.N
. P a
aPdadas a
aPdadas
permease, β.P-galactosidase (β -gat) and
. P a
dadas
aPtransacetylase. . P a
aPdadas
. P aPdaadsasal

e
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww ➢ The enzyme wwwwwpermease is needed www ww
for entry of lactose intowthe w w Pjgglactosidasewbrings
wwcell, www about
w
hydrolysis of lactose to glucose and galactose, while transacety transfers acetyl group from

N
.Ni.N e tet Co A to β -galactosidase.
acetyl .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The lacww operon d
w.P.Paconsists w.P.Padgene ( i gene refers
of one-regulator w.Pto.Pa d
inhibitor) promoter .P.Pa(p),
wsites d
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
and operator site (o).

a s as la
➢ Besides
alia. Ni.eNtet
β
i.
these, it has threet structural genes namely tlac z, y and lac a. The lact‘z’ gene codes for
-galactosidase, alac
s aslaa ia
l
‘y’ .Ni.eNet codes for permease
gene a s aslaalia .eNet‘a’ gene codes
.Niand
a s asla
for ia
l .Ni.eNet
atransacetylase. a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Jacob w w.wP.aPad proposed thewclassical w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww w
and
wwMonod www model of Lac operon
w wwwwwto explain gene expression wwwww and
regulation in E.coli.
➢
alia.Ni.eN Intetlac operon a polycistronicalia .Ni.eNtet structural gene alia eNteregulated
.Ni.is t by a common alia.Ni.eNtet promoter and .Ni.eNtet
alia
la la la la la
a

a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad regulatoryw.genfc ad dWhen
a the cell isw.using ad dits
a normal energy .P ad da as glucose, thew.‘i’
source d da
agene
www
ww w w
w w wP.Pa w w
w w wP.Pa w w
w
w
w w.Pa w w
w w wP.Pa
transcribes a repressor mRNA and after its translation, a repressor protein is produced.
s

➢ It binds to the operator region of the operon and prevents translation, as a result, β -
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet In the absence tet
Ni.eNpreferred
.of tet
.Ni.eNsuch .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia galactosidase. isanot
s alsa ia
aproduced.
l a s alsaalia carbon a s alsaalia
source as glucose,asifasla alia
d a .wP.aPdadaas an energy source d a P.aPdadaenters the cellwas Pdada
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .aP.a
a

lactosewis wavailable w.lactose w ww

www
ww w
ww wwwww for the bacteria w then
www
w ww result
of permease enzyme.
d

➢ eLactose acts as an einducer and

s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a la ia
l .Ni.Ntet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a interacts with
a d a athe
s a repressor toa d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwit.w wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

inactivate
➢ The repressor protein binds to the
.Ni.eN tet
operator of the operon tet prevents
.Ni.eNand .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad RNA polymerase
w .Pa adfrom transcribing
ww.P
.Pa ad
the
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www
operon. In the presence of inducer,
www www www
such as lactose or allolactose, the
l a i . Ni .eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la alia
la .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a
d a s as a l a repressor is inactivated
a s as by interaction a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww with theww www.P
winducer. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ This allows RNA polymerase to bind to
.Ni.eN the
tet promotor site and transcribe
.Ni.eNtet the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a operon tow.P ad da lac mRNA which
produce .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w.Pa w w w
www
ww w w
w w
enables formation of all the required w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
enzymes needed for lactose
.Ni.N e te t
metabolism. e
.Ni.Net t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ This regulation w.P.Pad of lac operonwby .P.Pad
wthe w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
w wwwww wwwww
repressor is an example of negative
control of transcription initiation.
a l alia. Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a sa d a s
a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXIIad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. w.P.aPPg. ad24
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
10. Write the salient features of Human Genome Project.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Although human
a a as
.Padadgenome
a contains 3.P billiona s a
d anucleotide bases,.P a
thedDNA a
as sequences that.P a
d as
encode a
w.P.aPad ww.Pup only about 5%ww
w w w.aPad w .aPad w .aPad
www
ww proteinsww wmake wwthe
of genome. wwwww wwwww
➢ An average gene consists of 3000 bases, the largest known human gene being dystrophin with
.Ni.eN tetmillion bases.
2.4 .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The function w.P.of d of the genome
Pa50% w.P ad
is.Pderived w.P.Padelements suchwas
from transposable .P.Paand
wLINE d
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww www
w
ALU sequence.
➢ Genes tet are distributedi.over 24 chromosomes. Chromosome 19 has the highest gene density.
l a i .Ni.eN l a N i.eNtet l a i . eNtet
Ni.gene l a i . Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as a l a Chromosome 13
d aand
s
a as a Y
l a chromosome have d a a a
lowest
s s a l a densities. d a s
a as a l a d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad ➢ The chromosomal w.P.aPad organization w .Pa ad
ww.P genes shows diversity.
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www ofw
whuman wwwww wwwww
➢ There may be 35000-40000 genes in the genome and almost 99.9 nucleotide bases are exactly
tet same in all people.i.NeNtet
the
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalai. a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Functions
d a for Pdada50 percent ofwthe
.wP.aover P.aPdada genes are w
discovered
.w .wP.aPdada
unknown. .wP.aPdada
w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
➢ Less than 2 percent of the genome codes for proteins.
ww w w w w w w
w w
➢ Repeated sequences make up very large portion of the human genome. Repetitive sequences

t
.Ni.eN tet Ni.eNtet
.functions Ni.eNteon
.light t chromosome structure, .Ni.eNtet dynamics and .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia have no direct coding
a s alsa alia but they shed
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a .wP.aPdadadiversity). d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
evolution w(genetic
www
ww ww ww ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Chromosome 1 has 2968 genes, whereas chromosome ’Y’ has 231 genes.
➢ eScientists have identifiedeabout 1.4 million locations, where single-base DNA differences (SNPs

N
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a – Single nucleotide
a d a a s a
polymorphism – pronounce
a d a a s a as ‘snips’) occura d in
a a s a
humans. Identification
a d aof
a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www
ww ‘SNIPS’ww iswhelpful
w ww
in finding chromosomal www locations for wwwdisease-associated wwwww and
sequences

11.
a s asla a ia
Describe
l
e
i.
tracing human history.
.Ni.Ntet the principlesinvolved
a asla .Ni.eNtein
alia t
DNA fingerprinting
a s asla alia.Ni.eN tet
technique. a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The DNA w .wP.aPad w .wP.aPfirst
ad .PaPad
ww.Jeffreys
w .wP.aPa
wDNA d
www
ww ww wwfingerprinting ww
technique wwwas developed by wwwAlec in 1985. The wwww of a
person and finger prints are unique.
➢.NeThere t are 23 pairs of ihuman .Ni.eNtet chromosomes with .Ni.1.5
eNtetmillion pairs of genes. .Ni.eNtIt
etis a well-knownalalia .Ni.eNtet
laalia i.Net laala laalia laalia
a

a
d a s as fact that genes a
dares as a s as
d differ a
d a s as a
d a s s a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPa dasegments of DNA w.wPthat
.aPad a in the sequence
w.P.aPofadtheir nucleotides. w.wP.aPad
www
ww ➢ Not allwsegments www
w
of DNA code w
wwwproteins,
for some DNA w www have a regulatory
w
segments wwwwfunction,
s

while others are intervening sequences (introns) and still others are repeated DNA sequences.
s alsa alia. i.Ntet number tandem
N
Variablee
s alsa l .Ni.eNtet (VNTR):
arepeats
ia s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
aPdada a
dada a
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ In DNAwfingerprinting, w.P.aPad .P.aPspecific w.P.aPad
a

short repetitive w.P.nucleotide sequences ware for a person.

www
ww www
w ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ These nucleotide sequences are called as variable number tandem repeats (VNTR).
➢ eThe
d

VNTRs of two persons generally show variations and are useful as genetic markers.
l a ia.Ni.Ntet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a as a➢l DNA fingerprinting
a d a s
a as a l
involves identifying a d a s
a as a l
differences in some a d a s
a a
specific
s a l regions in the a DNA
d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Padrepetitive DNA w .wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww sequenceww wwcalled ww wwbecause in these sequences, wwwww a small stretch wwwofwwDNA is
a

repeated many times.

➢ e
.Ni.N tet repetitive DNA iare
These tet
.Ni.eNseparated from bulk .Ni.eNtet DNA as different
aligenomic .Npeakst
i.eNet during density .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla ala a s asla a a s asla alia a s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w ww
.Pa ad
gradientwcentrifugation.
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww w
➢ The bulk DNA forms a major peak and the other small peaks are referred to as satellite DNA.
www www
Depending on base composition (A: T rich or G : C rich), length of segment and number of
i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet DNA is classified tet
.Ni.eNmany .Ni.eNtas
et micro-satellitesalalia .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai.N repetitive units, athes as aalia
lsatellite a s as la ia
ainto
l subcategoriesa s as la ia
asuch
l a s s a
d a .Padadaetc. d a d a d a
w.P.aPad and mini ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wsatellites, ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ These sequences do not code for any proteins, but they form a large portion of human
genome.
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ These sequences
a a a
d asshow high degree a a
d ofas polymorphism .P a a
as the basis of
andd form a
DNA
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www
fingerprinting. ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ DNA isolated from blood, hair, skin cells, or other genetic evidences left at the scene of a
.Ni.eN tet can be compared .Ni.eNtthrough .Ni.eNtewith t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia crime
a s asla alia et VNTR patterns,
a s aslaalia t the DNA of
a s aslaaalia .eNet
.Nicriminal suspect toalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad determine P.Paor
w.guilt d innocence. VNTR .Pad are also useful
w.Ppatterns ad
w.Pin.Pestablishing w.P.Pof
thewidentity ad a
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww www
w
homicide victim, either from DNA found as evidence or from the body itself.

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad25
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A – PGT IN BIOLOGY
12. What are the Steps involved in DNA Fingerprinting technique?
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a Extraction of DNA: a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The process ww wwwof obtaining a sample wwwwof DNA from blood, semen, wwwwwvaginal fluids, hairwroots, www teeth,
w
bones, etc.,
s aslaa .Ni.Ntet
e
Polymerase
lia chain reaction
s asla .N
alia
t
i.eNet
(PCR):
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Many w w.P.of
copies d DNA can be produced
Pathe w.P.Padby PCR (DNA amplification). w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Fragmenting DNA:
➢ DNA tet is treated with restriction enzymes which cut tthe DNA into smaller fragments at specific
a l alia.Ni.eN
sites. a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a s
a
w.P.aPad Separationwof w .wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwDNA by electrophoresis: wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ During electrophoresis in an agarose gel, the DNA fragments are separated into bands of
tet
different
.Ni.eN sizes. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The bands
d a of dada
separated
.wP.aP .wP.aPdaout
DNA are sieved da of the gel usingwa.Pnylon ad damembrane (treated .wP.aPdada
with
www
ww w ww
ww w w
w
w
w w w
w w w.Pa w w
w
w
w
chemicals that allow for it to break the hydrogen bonds of DNA so there are single strands).
Denaturing DNA:

t
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet by using alkaline .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a The alia
DNA on gels issadenatured
lsa s alsaalichemicals
a or by heating. s alsaalia s alsaalia
a
d a a
.P.aPdada a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad Blotting: www w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The DNA band pattern in the gel is transferred to a thin nylon membrane placed over the ‘size
fractionated DNA strand’eby Southern blotting. et t

N
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s aslaalia.Ni.Ne s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aUsing probes to identify
a d a a s aspecific DNA: a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ➢ A radioactive ww www probe (DNA labeled wwwwith a radioactive substance) wwwww is added to the DNA wwwbands.

a s asla alia.Ni.eN
its t
i.
➢ The probe attaches by base pairing to those restriction fragments that are complementary to
tesequence.
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The probes www.P
a adalso be prepared
.Pcan w .P
ww.P
bya ausing
d either ‘fluorescent .Pa adsubstance’ or ‘radioactive
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww
isotopes’.w www www www
Hybridization with probe:
ia.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNteand
t eNtet
.Ni.washed .Ni.eNtefilm
t .Ni.eNtet
l ➢
a After the probe laalia
hybridizes the excess probe alia
la off, a alia
la
photographic is placed on alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a sa s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www containing ‘DNAwhybrids’.
the membrane www
w wwwww wwwww
Exposure on film to make a genetic/ DNA Fingerprint:
s

➢.NeThe t radioactive label iexposes .Ni.eNtet the film to sform an t image (image of bands) .Ni.eNtecorresponding to i.Netet
alsa alia i.Net alsa ala alsaalia.N i.eNet alsaalia t
ala ai.N
a
aPdadas specific DNA a
bands.
aPdadas a
aPdada a
aPdadas aPdadsasal
a
a

w.P. w . P. w . P. w . P. w . P.
www
ww ➢ The thick ww ww w
and thin dark bands form wwwwawpattern of bars which ww ww
wconstitutes wwwww
a genetic fingerprint.
d

13. List the Application of DNA finger printing.

s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a s aForensic analysis: a d a a s a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ It can be .P ad
ww.Pin the identification
w w .P ad
wwa.P w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwused wwwof person involved inww www activities
criminal wwwww
a

➢ Identification for settling paternity or maternity disputes,

➢i.Ni.eN t t
Determining relationships .Ni.eNtfor
et immigration purposes. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a e
P

as asla al a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad Pedigree analysis: w .Pa ad
ww.P w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww www www www
➢ Inheritance pattern of genes through generations and for detecting inherited diseases.
www
Conservation of wild life:
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNte t tet
.Ni.eNDNA .Ni.eNtet of tissues of .Ni.eNtet
a s a
s la➢lia
a Protection of endangered
a s aslaalia species. By maintaining
a s a slaalia as alia
records forasidentification
la a s a slaalia
d a .Padada organisms.ww.wP.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad the dead ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwendangered w ww wwwww wwwww
Anthropological studies:
➢ NeItteis useful in determining the origin and migration of human populations and genetic
s lsa
a . i.N t
alia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a
diversities. .Padadas a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPXII w.P.aPPg.
ad- CHAPTER - 5. ZOOLOGY. ad26
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www =========================================
ww wwwww ww wwwww
ww=============================================== wwwww
Choose the most appropriate answer out of the four provided to you and write the correct option and
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
also the
a s aslaalia .N i.eNet answer against
correct
a s aslaaliit:
a a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPa1.
d The first life onwearth .Pa adoriginated
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww
a) in air
www b) on land
www c) in water
www d) on mountain
www
2. Who published the book “Origin of species by Natural Selection” in 1859?
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s as a
laa)l .N
ia i.eNet Darwin asab)
Charles s aliLamarck
la a c)
a s as laalia
Weismann a s as laad)lia i.eNet de Vries asasla
.NHugo alia
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ww.P was the contribution
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 3. Which of the
ww wwwfollowing wwwww of Hugo de Vries? wwwww wwwww
a) Theory of mutation b) Theory of natural Selection

t
c).Theory
Ni.eNtet of inheritanceaof .acquired
Ni.eNtet characters alalia .Ni.eNtet d).NGermplasm theory
s alsaalia s lsaalia s a s a laa iai.eNtet
l s a laal .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d 4.a The wings of birds a
and
d abutterflies is an example a
.Padadaof s a
d as a
d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
w
a) Adaptivewradiation b) convergent ww ww.P c) divergent w
w
wevolution www
w
evolution d) variation wwwww
5. The phenomenon of “Industrial Melanism” demonstrates

N
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtemutation .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa .N
a)lia i.eNet selection asasla
Natural alia b) ainduced
a s s laalia t
a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad c) reproductive P.Pad
w.isolation w.P.Pad) d geographical isolation w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
6. Darwin’s finches are an excellent example of

7.
a s as la
a) connecting
a l
Whoia. Ni.eNtet
proposed
links
the
i.a a
b) seasonal
l
Germplasm
s s aalia. Ni.eNtet
migration c) adaptive
theory? a s as laalia.
radiation
Ni.eNtet
a s as laa
d) parasitism
ia
l .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad a) Darwin www .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad d) Alfred Wallace w.P.aPad
www
ww www b) August Weismann wwwww c) Lamarck wwwww wwwww
8. The age of fossils can be determined by
a)i.N t
electron microscope b)aiweighing .Ni.eNtet the fossils c) carbon .Ni.eNtedating t .Ni.eNtet
laa i.eNet lala alia
la t ad)lia
la .Nanalysis
i.eNet
of bones alia
la
a

a s as l a
d da Fossils are generally a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPa9. w .wP.aPdafound
da in w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada
www
ww a) igneous rocks w w
w w w w
w w
b) metamorphic rocks c) volcanic rocks w w
w w w w
w w
d) sedimentary rocks
s

10. Evolutionary history of an organism is called

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
ancestry a s ab)
lsa aliontogeny
a a alia
c)saphylogeny
lsa a s alsaad)lia i.eNet
.Npaleontology
a s alsaalia
d a dada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad P.aP w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

w.of
www 11. The goldenwage
ww www
w reptiles was wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Mesozoic era b) Cenozoic era c) Paleozoic era d) Proterozoic era
d

12. Which period was called “Ageeof fishes”?

s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s alia
la .Ni.eNtet
aDevonian s aslaad)lia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Permian a d a a b)
s a Triassic a d c)
a a s a d a a Ordovician a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P to which period?
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 13. Modern man
ww ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

wbelongs
a) Quaternary b) Cretaceous c) Silurian d) Cambrian
14. la The e t t
.Ni.Neanderthal man had e t t e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
Ne alithe
.Ni.Nbrain
e capacity of laia
asal.Ni.Ne
P

d a s
a asalia d a s
a asla a d a s
a d a s
a aslaalia
d a s
a aslaalia
w.P.aPad a ) 650 – 800cc w.P.aPad b) 1200cc www .P.aPac) d 900cc w.P.aPad d) 1400cc www .P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www wwwww www
Intext questions
s alaalia.Ni.eNtet sa laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
d da Radiometric dating a
.wP.aPdof a s a
ad da s .wP.aPdaa s
da as around w.P.aPdada a s
w.P.aPa1. w admeteorites gives w
an.Pestimated
w.Pa
age for the w solar system
www
ww w w
w w
a) 4 .5 – 4.6 billion years w w
w w w w
w
b) 3.5 – 3.6 billion years w wwwww
c) 5.4 – 5.6 billion years d) 4.5 – 4.6 million years
2.sala ia N e te t
. i.N the theory of sevolution
Identify ia N e te t
. i.N of life that states that eNtetwas created by ala
.Ni.life
ia ia.Ni.eNtenatural
super t power sala .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a l a al a
a l a s a laal a s a a l a al
d as .Padadas generation ww.wP.aPdab) s
daTheory P.aPdadas d as
w.P.aPad a) Theory of ww.P
spontaneous
w w.creation
of special w.P.aPad
www
ww www w ww wwwww wwwww
c) Big theory d) Theory of biogenesis
3. The etheory that states that living organisms originatedefrom non-living materialsetis t
s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.Ntet
ia s alia
asla .Ni.Ne sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) Bigbamg theory a d a a s a a d b)
a a Theory
s a of special creation
a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad c) Abiogenesis w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww d) Theory of b iogenesis wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP1ad
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
4. Large colloidal particles that precipitate out in aqueous medium which are the first pre cells are Netet
alsaalia .Ni.eNtet a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l alia.Ni.eNtet alaia . i.N
w. P.
a s
aPdada called w . P.
a s
aPdadas a
w . P.
a s
aPdadas a
w . P .
a s
aPdadas a
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww a) Coacervates ww www b) U.V. rays ww www c) Colloidal aggregates wwwww d) polymers wwwww
5. Theory of Biogenesis was coined by
t eNtet .Ni.eNteHuxley t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNet Bastian asab)
Hendry
s laaliE.
.Ni.Hubble
a c) aThomas
a s s alia
la t
a s aslaad)lia i.eNet
.NHaldane
a s aslaalia
a d a
d This era is characterised a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa6. w.P.Pad by abundance w .Pad of marine invertebrates.
of.Pfossils w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Palaeozoic b) Mesozoic c) Cenozoic d) Precambrian
7. Identify correct sequence of periods in the Palaeozoic era.
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet → alia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as aa)l a Cambrian → d a saas a a
Ordovician
l → d a a asla
Silurian
s Devonian
d a s
a asla d a saasla
w.P.aPad b) Devonian w.P.aPad Cambrian ww→ w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www→ www Carboniferous w →wwww Permian wwwww
c) Ordovician → Silurian → Devonian → Cambrian
d)i.N t
Silurian → Ordovician t → Cambrian t → Devoniani.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai.eNet a s as laalia.Ni.eNet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNet
a s as alai.
la a s as alia
la
d da This period in the Pdada ad dathe age of fishesw.P.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa8. w Geological
.wP.a time scalewis.Pcalled
w.Pa w
www
ww a) Ordovician w w
w w b) Devonian w w
w w c) Cambrian w w
w w w
d) Silurian w w
w w
9. Identify the correct matching of terms

t
t .Ni.eNte t tet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa A)lia
a .N i.eNet Huxley asasla
Thomas alia 1)t Theory of chemical
a s alsaalia .eNet
.Nievolution a) A-1,
a s alsa ia
aB-2,
l .Ni.eN
C-3, D-4
a s alsaalia
d a .P.aPdada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad B) E.Hubblewww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www 2) Biogenesis
wwwww wwwww wwwww
C) Hendry Bastian 3) Big-bang theory
D) Oparin 4) Abiogenesis

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s alia
la
aA-2, .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4
a d a a s a a d b)
a a s B-1, C-4, D-3 a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P Pad
ww.D-2
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww c) A – 3, B-4, ww wC-1, wwwww d) A-4, B-3, C-2,wD-1 www
w wwwww

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
et t
Mesozoic
ai.Ne
era
i.
10. Identify the era called the Golden age of reptiles

a s asla alia.Ni.eNte b)t pre Cambrian lai.Nic)

a s asala .Ne
etPalaeozoic
t
a s aslaad)lia
t
i.eNet
.Ncenozoic
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa11.
d Identify the period .Pawhere
ww.P
w ad the emergence .Pofa modern
ww.P
w ad birds tookwplace.
w ww
.Pa ad
ww.P w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww
a) Jurassic
ww w www
b) Triassic c) Cretaceous d) Permian
www
12. Origin of fishes took place during the period
t .Ni.eNte tet t .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNet
Silurian laalia t
b) Devonian alia
la .eNOrdovician
.Nic) la i.eNet
.NCambrian
ad)lia alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 13. Cambrian period
ww ww wwwis called the age ofww www wwwww wwwww
a) Fishes b) invertebrates c) reptiles d) mammals
s

14. Cenozoic .Ni.eNett era is called the age of

.Ni.eNett t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a a) Mammals .PaPdada b) Fishes .PaPdada c) reptiles .PaPdada d) birds d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

w . w . w .
www 15. Pleistocenewepoch
ww www is called the age of
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Human beings b) Mammals c) Birds d) Reptiles
d

16. These e t t
.Ni.Neare considered sancestral e t t
.Ni.Neto the modern bacteria e t t
e blue green algae
.Ni.Nand .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a asla a lia a d a aasla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a saaslaalia
w.P.Pad a) Monerawww .P.Pad w.P.Pad
b) Liposomes w.P.Pad d) cocervates
c) Protobionts w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

17. The scientists who paved the way for understanding the possible synthesis of organic compounds
thateled to the appearance ofeliving organisms are
Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet tet
.eNCharles
.Nic) t
i.eNet
.NT-Huxley .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Urey and miller s a l alia. b) Hendry Bastian s aslaalia Darwin s aslaad)lia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 18. This is the w
ww wwwof prehistoric life through
w
study wwwww fossils wwwww wwwww
a) Palaeontology b) Geology c) Embryology d) Anatomy
19. a The t
process by which plant and t animal remains are t
preserved in sedimentary rockst .Ni.eNtet
a s as lalia .Ni.eNet
a s as laalia.Ni.eNet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNet is called a s as alia
la
d a d a dada .Padada d) Palaeontology .Padada
w.P.aPad a) Relativewdating w.wP.aPad b) absolute .Pa
ww.P
w dating c) fossilization
ww.P
w www.P
www 20. When animals
ww w
wwdie, www www
the original portion of their body may be replaced molecule by molecule by
www
minerals. this is called
t .Ni.eNte tet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet remains asasla
Actual alia b)t Petrifaction asasla alia .eNNatural
.Nic) mouldsasasla i.eNet
.NCasts
ad)lia a s alsaalia
d a d a P.aPdadaare called d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .pellets w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 21. Hardened faecal
ww ww wwwmatter that occur as wwwtry
ww wwwww wwwww
a) Coacervates b) protobionts c) coprolites d) moulds
22. Which of the following represent homology
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alimammals
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) Thorn of a d a
bougainvillea, a s a the tendrils of cucurbit
a d a a b) Eyes of octopus a d a and
a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P and dolphinsww
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww c) Flippers w ofw
wpenguins www wwwww wwwww
d) Root modification in sweet potato and stem modification in potato
s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad wXII.P-.aP ad
CHAPTER - 6. ZOOLOGY. w.Pg.P.aP2ad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
23. Structures that are well developed and functional in the ancestors but disappeared in course of Netet
alsaalia .Ni.eNtet a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l alia.Ni.eNtet alaia . i.N
w. P.
a s
aPdada evolution are called w . P.
a s
aPdadas a
w . P.
a s
aPdadas a
w . P .
a s
aPdadas a
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww a) Homologous ww w
wworgans wwwww orangs c) vestigial
b) Analogous wwww w
organs www
w
d) Atavisticworgans
24. Peripatus is a connecting link between
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNet
Annelida and arthropod
a s asla alia a s asla alia .eNAnnelida
.Nib) and Mollusca
a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad c) Reptiles w and .P.Pad
wbirds w.P.Pad d) Birdswand P.Pad
w.mammals w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww www
w wwwww
25. The example of vestigial organs in man is
a) Coccyx tet b) wisdom teeth c) ear muscles d) all tthese
l a i .Ni.eN l a i . eNtet
Ni.all l a i . Ni.eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d 26.
a s
a as aThe
l a development of
d a a a
heart
s s a l a
in vertebrates d a a a
indicates
s s a l a d a s
a as a l d a saasla
w.P.aPad a) Commonwancestry w.P.aPadfor all the vertebrates w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w wwwww ww
b) atavisticwworgans wwwww
c) Homologous organs d) analogous organs
27. The t
biogenetic
.Ni.eNet law was propounded t
.Ni.eNet by .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a d a d c) Lamarckw.P.aPdada d) Spencer w.P.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) E.von Haeckel w.wP.aPad b) Charles
w .aPada
Darwin
.wP
www 28. The life history
ww wwwwof w w
w w
an individual briefly repeats the evolutionary ww ww of the race. This
whistory wwis w
w w
called
a) Theory of recapitulation b) Biogenetic law

t
e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)lia
a N
.both et
i.N a and b a s alsa alia N
. i.N e t
a s alsa N
. id)
alia .eNtheory of use and
a s alsa alia
disuse
a s alsaalia
d a d a dada Pdada called molecular d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aP w.wP.aoften w.P.aPad

e
www 29. A slight change
ww wwwwwthat occurs over time wwwwin conserved molecules
wwwwis wwwwwclocks.
Identify the conserved molecules in living organisms
a) RNA b) DNA c) Protein d) alletthese

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.Net s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d 30.
a a s aThe first to postulate a d athe
a s atheory of evolution a dwas
a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) J.B.De Lamarck wwwww wwwwwDarwin
b) Charles c) Spencerwwwww d) cope ww www

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
et t Weismann
August
ai.Ne
i.
31. Lamarck’s theory of acquired characters was disproved by

a s asla alia.Ni.eNteb)t Osborn

a s aslaalia.Nic) tet
.eNcope a s aslaad)lia
t
i.eNet
.NSpencer
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa32.
d “The origin of w .Pa adby natural selection”
species
ww.P
.Pawas
ww.P
w ad given by .Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www
ww
a) J.B.de Lamarck
www www
b) Charles Darwin c) Wallace
www d) Mendel
www
33. The struggle between the same species is called
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNetspecific
Intra laalia alia
la .Nib).eNInter specific alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a
d a s as a
d a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad c) Strugglewwith w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .wP.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwthe environment ww
w www d) nonewof w
wwthese wwwww
34. The objection raised against Darwinism is
s

a).N Heetfailed to explain the mechanism .Ni.eNtet of variation i.Netet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.Net a s alsa alia a s alsaalai.N a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a b) He did not distinguish .wP.aPdada between somatic .wP.and
aPdadgerminal
a variations.PaPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww w w
w
ww w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w w. w w
w
ww
c) He could not explain the occurrence of vestigial organs d) all these
35. The scientists Wallace, Heinrich, Haeckel, Weismann and Mendel were the supporters of
d

t .Ni.eNte tet t .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Lamarckism
a s asla alia b)t Neo-Lamarckism
a s aslaalia.Nic).eNDarwinism a s asla i.eNetDarwinism asasla
.NNeo
ad)lia alia
a d a
d Neo Darwinism a d
P.Pad a a d d a a d
Pad a a dtod a
w.P.Pa36. w.emphasizes the change win.Pthe
.Pafrequency of genes .P.population
win that arises .P.Pa
wdue
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) Mutation b) Variation c) Isolation d) all of these

37. De.vries carried out his experiments in
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Nid) tet
.eNDrosophila
t t
i.eNeflower
.NSun .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Evening primrose s a
plant l alia. b) Pea plant s aslaalia s aslaad)lia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 38. Sudden random
ww wwwwwchanges that occurwinw wworganism
wan ww
that are heritablewww are called wwwww
a) Mutations b) Natural selection c) Isolation d) Variations
39. a Identify
.Ni.eNett the salient features of t
.Ni.eNetmutation theory .Ni.eNett .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as lalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a adada .Padada adadafrom time to time .Padada
w.P.aPad a) Mutations are
w .Ptransmitted
ww.P
to other generations
ww.P
w b) mutations .P
ww.P
w occur www.P
www
ww www
c) There are no intermediate forms
www www
d) all these a, b and c
www
40. According to modern synthetic theory, the basic factors involved in the process of organic
s alsa lia.Ni.eNtet are
evolution
a s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad a) Gene mutations w.P.aPad w.P.aPad b) Chromosomalw.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww mutations wwwww
c) Genetic recombination d) all these
41. Changes in the structure of N the gene are called
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) Point mutation a d a a s a a d a a b) Chromosomal a d a
mutation
a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
c) Gene recombination www wwwww wwwww isolation
d) Reproductive wwwww
42. Changes in the structure of chromosomes are due to
t .Ni.eNte tet tet these .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Deletion
a s asla alia b)t addition
a s aslaalia.Nic).eNduplication a s aslaad)lia i.eNof
.Nall
a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER - 6. ZOOLOGY. P.aP3ad
w.Pg.
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
43. Genetic recombination due N to crossing over of genesNduring meiosis leads to Netet
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l alia. i.N s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Heritable variations a
d as a b) deletion a a
d as c) Duplication a a
d as d) inversion .PaPdadas a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .
www 44. Industrial melanism
ww ww www is a classical case wwofww
w wwwww wwwww
a) Gene mutation b) Chromosomal mutation
e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaac)lia
.Natural t
Ni.Ne selection alalia
a s s a
.Ni.Ne t
a s asla alia .eNGenetic
.Nid) recombination
a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a
d The evolutionary a d
Pad a a d a
Pad species that w a d a
d a single ancestral a dad a
w.P.Pa45. w.P.process which produces w.P.new w.P.Pafrom
diverged w.P.Pform
www
ww ww www wwwww www
w wwwww
and becomes adapted to newly invaded habitats is called
a) Natural selection b) tadaptive radiation
a l a
c)lia.Ni.eNtet
Reproductive isolation a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l alia. .eNMutations
Nid) et asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 46. Darwin’s finches
ww ww wwwhave evolved into 14 wwwrecognised species differing wwwwwin wwwww
a) Body size b) beak shape c) feeding behaviour d) all these
47. Evolution t
.Ni.eNet on a small scale that t
.Ni.eNet refers to the changes .Ni.eNintetallele frequencies iwithin .Ni.eNtet a population sisalalia .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laala a s a
d a .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad called w w w w
www
ww w
a) Adaptive radiation
w
w w w w
w w
b) micro evolution w w
w w
c) Natural selection d) mutation w w
w w
48. Allele frequencies in a population may change due to

t
t .Ni.eNteb) eNtMutation eNtof .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet selection asasla
Natural alia t genetic drift lai.Nic)
a s a a l a . et
a s a la
a
.Nall
d)lia i. et these
a s a laalia
d a d da d as .Padadas d das
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPaaverage w.P.aPad w.wP.aPathe

e
www 49. The organisms
ww ww wwwith phenotypes
wwwwwsurvive whereas the ww ww.P individuals from
w
wextreme wwwwboth
ends are eliminated. This type of Natural selection is
a) Stabilising selection b) Directional selection et t

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia .Ni.Ne s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ac) Disruptive selection
a d a a s a a d a a s a d) centrifugal selection
a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.wP.Pad
www 50. When homogenous
ww ww www environment changes wwwww into heterogeneous wwwenvironment, the typewof w
wwselection

a s asla
is
a)i.N
a l
et t
Centrifugal
ai.Ne
i.
selection lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s asla .Nib)
alia
tet
.eNDirectional selection
a s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) Stabilisingwselection w.wP.aPad w .Pa ad
ww.P
d) centripetal
w a ad
.Pselection
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 51. Movementwof
ww wwgenes www www
through gametes or movement of individuals in and out of a population is
www
referred to as
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l a
a) ia.N i.eNet flow
Gene laalia la .Nib)
alia .eNGene drift alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad c) Sewall wright w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwweffect wwwww ww
d) Mutationwww wwwww
52. A mechanism of evolution in which allele frequencies of a population change over generation due
s

to.N chance
t is called .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a a) Gene flow .PaPdada b) gene drift.wP.aPdada c) Mutation .PaPdada d) Natural selection .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www 53. According w

ww w
w
w
w w. w w
w
ww w w
w
w
w w. w w
w
w
w
to H.W.principle the allele frequencies in a population are stable and are constant from
generation to generation in the absence of
d

t .Ni.eNte t t t t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet flow
Gene
a s asla alia b)t genetic drift salalia
a s a
.Nic).eNemutation a s aslaad)lia .eNethese
.Niall
a s aslaalia
a d a
d H.W.Equilirium a d
Pad a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa54. w.isP.affected when there w.P.Pad
is w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) Mutation b) Gene flow c) Natural selection d) all these

55. Hominid evolution occurred inet
Ni.eNtet .Ni.Net .Nib) tet
.eNAsia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Asia and Europe s asla alia s asla alia and Australia s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad c) Africa and .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.wP.aPEurope
ad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wEurope wwwww wwwwand
d) Australia wwwww
56. Identify the type of prehistoric man from the distinguishing features - Bipedal locomotion,
s a laa lia.Ni.eNtet
omnivorous, semi erect, low
s a laalia eNtet
.Ni.forehead, brow ridgesaiover
s a lala .Ni.eNtethet eyes, protruding
s a alia
la
face,
.N t
i.eNetlack of chin asasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s d a
w.P.aPad a) Romapithecus w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
b) Sivapithecus w.P.aPad d) Australopithecus
c) Dryopithecus w.P.aPad
www 57. The first human
ww ww wwwlike being was wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Homo erectus b) Homo ergaster c) Homo habilis d) Homo sapiens
ia N
. i.Ne te t N e
. from te t N
. in e te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
58.
a s alsa Neanderthal
a l human adiffers
s alsa alia i.N the modern human a s alsa alia i.Nhaving a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) Semi erect ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wposture wwwww b) flat cranium
wwwww wwwww
c) Protruding jaws and no chin d) all these
59. This type pre-historic man isNconsidered as the ancestor of modern EuropeansNetet
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla . i.N
ad)lia sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Neanderthal human
a d a a s a b) Cro-magnon a d a a s a c) Homo sapiens a d a a Homo erectus a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 60. Modern human
ww ww www (Homo sapiens) arose wwwinww Africa some wwwww wwwww
a) 10000 years ago b) 25000 years ago c) 13000 years ago d) 16000 years ago
e
.Ni.Ne t t e
.Ni.Nett .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER - 6. ZOOLOGY. w.Pg.P.aP4ad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
61. Match the following and find the correct answer: Netet
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.N s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a I) Tertian period.PaPdada-s a a A) Age of .fishes a
d as a a a
asII-C, III-D, IV-A .P.aPdadas
a)dI-B, a a
w.P.aPad w . w P.aPad w.P.aPad w
wwwww II) Jurassic w wwww
period - wwwww of invertebrates
B) Dominance wwwww b) I-C, II-D, II-B, IV-A wwwww
III) Devonian period - C) Mammals and birds c) I-D, II-C, II-B, IV-A
IV) e t t
.NiOrdovician period a-lalia e t t
D) Golden age of areptiles e t t d) I-C,alII-D, eNtet IV-B
.Ni.III-A, .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa lia .Ne a s s a
.Ni.Ne
a s s laalia.Ni.Ne
a s s aalia a s asla alia
a d a
d Which is the correct a d d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa62. w.P.Paorder of humanwevolution w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww www www
w wwwww wwwww
a) Hominid → H.habitis → Homo erectus → Homo sapiens
b) Homo habilis → Homo erectus → Hominids →Homo sapiens
a l a
c)lia.Ni.eNtet erectus
Homo a l a
→Homolia.Ni.eNtethabilis a l
→Hominidsalia. Ni.eNtet →Homo asla .Ni.eNtet
alisapiens
a asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad d) Homo habilis w.P.aPad →Hminids www .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www www →Homo erectus wwwww →Homo sapiens ww www
63. Who published the book “origin of species by natural selection” in 1859?
a).N t
Charles Darwin .Ni.eNteb)t Lamarck .Nic) tWeismann d).NHugo t De veries .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia a s as laalia .eNet a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia
d da Which of the following .wP.aPdadawas the contribution .wP.aPdof a De vries? w.P.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa64. w w adHugo w
wwwww w
a) Theory of mutation
ww w w w
w w w w
w w w
b) Theory of natural selection w w
w w
c) Theory of use and disuse d) Germplasm theory

t
ia N e tet
. i.N finches are an N e te t
. i.N example of salalia . i.eNtet
N .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
65.
a s alsa Darwin’s
a l a s alsa alia
excellent
a a a s a laa ia
l a s a laalia
d a .wP.aPdadab) seasonal migration d as d as d as
w.P.aPad a) Connecting w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad d) parasitism w.P.aPad

e
w
link c) adaptive
wwwww ww ww wwwww wwwwradiation wwwww
66. Who proposed the Germplasm theory?
a) C.Darwin b) August Weismann c) Lamarck d) Alfred walkake

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 67.
a a s aThe age of fossils can
a d abe
a s a
determined by a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww a) Analysiswofw wbones b) carbon dating wwwww ww
c) weighing wwfossils d) Microscope wwwww
68. Fossils are generally found in

a s asla
a)i.N
a l ai.Ne
et t
Ingenious rocks
i. a s asla l a.Ni.eNtet
b)aimetamorphic rocks
a s asla alia.Nic) tet
.eNvolcanic rock
a s asla ad)lia
t
i.eNet
.Nsedimentary rocks lai.Ni.eNtet
sa ala
d a d a d a d a .wP.aPdaadas
la
w w.wP.aPa69.
d Evolutionary history
w w .wP.aPaof
d an organism is called
w w .wP.aPad w w .wP.aPad w w
w ww w w w ww w ww w ww
a) Ancestm w b) ontogeny c) phylogeny d) Palaeontology
70. Modern man belongs to the period
t .Ni.eNte tet t .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNet
Quaternam laalia b)
t
cretauous laalia .eNSilurian
.Nic) la i.eNet
.NCambrian
ad)lia alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww 71. The Neanderthal ww wwwman had the brainwcapacity www of
w wwwww wwwww
a) 650 – 800 cc b) 1200 c.c c) 900 c.c d) 1400 c/c
s

72. The main

t
.Ni.eNet source of carbon in the
t
.Ni.eNet primitive earth is t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a a) Oxygen .wP.aPdada b) methane .wP.aPdada c) Ammonia .PaPdada d) water .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

wwwww 73. Presence of ww w

w
w w w
w
w
w w w
w
w
w w. w w
w
w
w
tail in human baby is an example of
a) Vestigial organ b) atavism
d

e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla c)lia
a Ni.Ne t
.Homologous organssalalia
a s a
.Ni.Ne t
a s asla alia .eNAnalogous
.Nid) organsalalia
a s a a s aslaalia
a d a
d Human exploitation a d a
d forests, oceans etc. a d a
Pad to a d a a d a
w.P.Pa74. w.P.Paof w.P.Leads w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) Chromosomal mutations b) Artificial selection

c) Gene recombination d) Natural selection
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

75.
s a l a lia.
Founder’s effect is a
related
s l alia.
to s a l alia. s asla alia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Genetic w w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad d) Artificialwselection w.P.aPad
wwwww wwww
drift b) Genewwwwmutation wwwww
c) Extinction www
w
76. The factor which affects H.W.Equilibrium
a)i.N Gene t .Ni.eNtet tet mating ai.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet flow a s as laalia a s as la .Nib)
alia .eNRandom a s as lala a s as alia
la
d a .Padada .Padada adada .Padada
w.P.aPad c) No mutation ww.P
w www.P
d) No Naturalw .Pselection
ww.P ww.P
w
wwwww 77. Which of the ww wfollowing www
brings about evidence for convergent evolution?
www www
a) Homologous structure b) Analogous structure
e t e t tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)lia
a Ni.N e
.Vestigialt organs asasla alia N
. i.N e t
a s alsa N
. id)
alia .eNAtavistic organsasasla alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPadof respiratory w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww 78. Molecule which ww wwwis used to study thewevolution wwww pathway
wwww is wwwww
a) DNA b) RNA c) rRNA d) Cytochrome C
79. Heritable changes in one orNmore characteristics of aNpopulation of a species N from one generation
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a la l . i.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ato another is called a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww a) Natural w wwww
selection wwwww
b) Evolution c) Specieswwwww www
w
d) adaptivewradiation.

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP5ad
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
TWO AND THREE MARK - BOOK N BACK QUESTIONS:
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia. i.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d da List out the major a
dada seem to be found a a a
w.P.aPa1. w.P.aPgases w.P.aP indathe
da primitive earth. w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Ammonia, methane, hydrogen and water vapour.
➢ The atmosphere was oxygen free.
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a
d How did Darwin a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pa2. .Pad fitness of organisms?
w.Pexplain .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad
wwwww ➢ Darwin noted
wwwww a huge variety and wwwremarkable ww
similarities among www organisms and their wwwwadaptive
features to cope up to their environment.
e t t .Ni.eNtleave eNtet the unfit ones lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asla ➢lai. Heetproved that afittest
a i .N N s asla .N
alia i.eNet
organisms can survivea s asla lia
aand et more progenies
a s asla .Ni.than
alia sa ala
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
through w w
natural
d da
.wP.aPaselection. w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w ww w ww w ww
➢ For example: Industrial (in England) melanism is a classical case of Natural selection exhibited
by the peppered moth.Netet
s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la . i.N
alia s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
d da Who disproved.Lamarck’s a s
d a Theory of acquired a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPa3. w P.aPad w.P.aPadcharacters? How? w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Lamarck’s “Theory of Acquired characters” was disproved by August Weismann.
➢ August Weismann conducted experiments on mice for 20 generations by tcutting their tails

t
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i. Ni .eNtet l a i. Ni .eNtet la .Ni.eNet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a and breeding them.
a s a a l a a s a a l a a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ All mice .PaPdadas w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad
d as

e
wwwww ww ww.were
w
wborn with tail. ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Weismann proved that change in the somatoplasm will not be transferred to the next

N
.Ni.eN tet
generation .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a
w.P.Pad
d a ➢ But changes in
w.P.Pada dthe a germplasm will be d a
inherited.
a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
d a a
w.P.Pad
d a
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
4. How does the mutation theory of De Vries differ from Lamarck and Darwin’s view in the origin

a s as la
of new
a
➢lia. Ni.eNtet
species?
According to
i.
de a s asla
Vries, alia.Ni.eNtet
sudden and large a s aslaalia
variations
.Ni.eNtet
were responsible
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alifor
a the origin of new
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww
species. www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Whereas Lamarck and Darwin believed in gradual accumulation of all variations as the
.Ni.eN tet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia causative factors inathe laalia i.eNet of new species.
.Norigin alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a
dadas s a s as
dadrandom
a a
d as a s a
d a sa s
w.P.aPad ➢ Hugo de w.P.aPbelieved
Vries that Mutations w.P.aP are w.P.aPad
and directionless. w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ But Darwinian variations are small and directional.
s

s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet
5. Differentiate between divergent
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet evolution andsaconvergent
lsa alia.Ni.eNtet evolution with s alsa
an eNtet
.Ni.example
alia
for each.
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a S.NO a
.PadaDivergent
da evolution .Padadaa a
.Padada evolution ww.wP.aPdada
Convergent a
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww ww ww.P
w ww ww.P
w ww ww.P
w w w
w w
Structures which are similar but perform Organisms having different wstructural w
different functions are called homologous patterns but similar function are termed as
d

i .N1etet Ni.eNtet about divergent

.bring eNtet
.Ni.analogous .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N structures athat s asla alia a s asla alia structures.
a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
evolution. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
a

Fore limbs of vertebrates exhibit The wings of birds and insects are different
anatomical similarity with each other and Nstructurally but performNe the same function
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet . i.eNtet . i.Ntet .Ni.eNtet
P

as asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslas

aalia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a 2 are made d of
a similar bones such
d a of flight that d brings
a about convergent
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww radius, ulna, carpals,
humerus, wwwwmetacarpals ww
evolution. www www
ww
and phalanges.
i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
6.
a s as a
la l
Howa i.Ndoes the Neanderthal a s as alia
la man differ from the
a s a laalia
modern
s man in appearance?
a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a .Padada .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww
S.No
www Neanderthal man
www www Modern man
ww
w
Neanderthal human was found in Neander Homo sapiens or modernt human arose in
a i . N
i 1eNtet
. a i . Ni .eNtet a i. Ni .eNtet a .Ni.eNe
ia t a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a la l a Valley, Germany.
a s a la l a a s a la l a Africa some 25,000
a s a layears
l ago. a s a la l
d as .Padadas .Padadas .wP.aPdadasarose in Africa dadas
w.P.aPad ww.P human livedwbetween
w ww.P 34,000 Modern
w w .Pasome
ww.P
w
www
ww
2
ww
Neanderthal
w ww www whuman ww
w
- 1,00,000 years ago. 25,000 years ago

s asla alia.Ni.3eNtet They did not s asla alia Ni.eNtet agriculture aland
.practice s alia
tet
.Ni.eNThey started cultivating
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet crops and sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a animal a d a a
domestication. a d a a s a domesticating a d a a
animals. a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww
4
wwwwsize
brain of 1400 cc
wwwww wwwww of 1300 – 1600 cc.
brain capacity www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP6ad
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
FIVE MARKS:
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d 1.as Explain the three a a
d ascategories in which
major a as a
dfossilization occur? .Padadas a a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .P w.P.aPad
www
ww Actual remains. wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ The original hard parts such as bones, teeth or shells are preserved as such in the earth’s
.Ni.eN tet
atmosphere. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ This iswthe d
.P.Pacommon
wmost method P.Pad
w.fossilization.
of w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ When marine animals die, their hard parts such as bones, shells etc., Covered with sediments
and are protected from further deterioration.
a l a ia.Ni.eNtet
Petrification
l a l alia. Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a sa d a sa d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ Whenwanimals w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad molecule for aw
.wP.aPad
www
ww www die the originalwparts
w wwwof their body maywbe
w w
wwreplaced www wmolecule
minerals and the original substance being lost through disintegration. This method of
.Ni.eN tet
fossilization .Ni.eNtet
is called petrifaction. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
w.P.aPad ➢ The principle
d a .wP.aPdminerals
ada involved w ad dtype
in.Pthis a fossilizationw.are adiron
da pyrites, silica,w.calcium ad da
www
ww w w
w
w
w w w
w w w.Pa w w
w w wP.Pa w w
w w wP.Pa
carbonate and bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium.
Natural moulds and casts

t
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtthe
et body of an animal eNtet leave indeliblelaimpression
.Ni.might .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a Even after disintegration,
s alsa alia s alsa alia s a a ia
l on the soft s a laalia
a
d a a
P.aPdadbecomes
a a
P.aPdastones.
da a
d as a
d as
w.P.aPad w.later w.into w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww mud which wwwww hardened
wwwww Such impressions
ww www are called moulds. wwwww
➢ The cavities of the moulds may get filled up by hard minerals and get fossilized which are
called casts.

N
a l alia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet asloccur.Ni.eNtet
alia asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a sa s a➢ Hardened faecala d a s
matter
a termed as coprolites
a d a sa a as tiny pellets.a d a sa a d a sa
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Analysis wwwofwthe coprolities enables wwww us to understand the w www of diet the pre historic
w
nature wwwww animals

2.saasla
a a ia
How
l
e
thrived on.
.Ni.Ntedoes t
i.
Hardy-Weinberg’s
a s asla alia.Ni.eNteexpression
t
(pa2sa+2pq+q
asla .Ni.eN2te
alia t
=1) explain dthat a s asla ia
l .Ni.eNtet equilibrium sisalalia
agenetic a s a
.Ni.eNtet
d d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad maintainedww w.P.aPad w .PaPad that can disturb
ww.factors w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwawpopulation? List any
in wwwfour ww wwwthe genetic equilibrium. wwwww
Hardy-Weinberg’s equilibrium:
➢.NeThe t allele frequencies .Ni.in
eNteat population arelaistable .Ni.eNtet and are constant .Nifromt generation to i.NeNtet
laalia i.Net laalia laalia .eNet ala ai.
a

a a a l a a
w. P.
a
aPdadas s generation w . in
P .
a
aPthe s s
dadaabsence of gene .flow,
w P.
a sa s
aPdadgenetic a drift, mutation,
w . P .
a sa s
aPdadrecombination and
w . aPdaadsasal
natural
P.
www
ww selection.wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
s

➢ Evolution is a change in the allele frequencies in a population over time.

➢lia.Ni.eN tet population in hardy
Hence .Ni.eNteWeinberg
t is notsevolving. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a a s alsa alia a alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a P.aPdaequilibrium:
da d a d a d a
w.P.aPad Explanation w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

forw.the
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ Large populations of beetles appear in two colours dark grey (black) and light grey and their
d

colour is determined by “A” gene.

l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
aslbeetles asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a saas a➢l “AA” and “Aa” a d a s
a a
beetles
s a l are dark grey anda d a s
‘aa’a a are light grey.
a d a sa a d a sa
w.P.Pad ➢ “A” allele w .wP.Pad w .P Pad
ww.“a” w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwww has frequency (P) of 0.3 wwwand allele has a frequency ww www (q) of 0.7. wwwww
a

➢ Then p + q = 1.
➢i.Ni.eN Ift at population is in hardy .Ni.eNtWeinberg
et equilibrium, eNtetgenotype frequency
.Ni.the .Nican t
.eNetbe estimatedaby .Ni.eNtet
a e
P

a s asla al a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia s asla alia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad Hardy Weinberg w .Pa adequation
w2w.P w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww w
➢ (P + q) = P + 2pq + q
2
w
w 2 www ww w www
➢ p2 = frequency of AA, 2pq= frequency of Aa, q2 = frequency of aa.
s a laalia.Ni.eNtet ✓ p = 0.3, q =sa0.7 laalia Ni.eNtet
.then, s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a s
P.aPda2d=a 0.09 = 9 % AAww.wP.aPdada a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad ✓ wpw 2w =.w(0.3) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww w ww ww www wwwww
✓ 2pq = 2(0.3) (0.7) = 0.42 = 42 % Aa
eNtet ✓ q = (0.7)2 0.49
2 = 49 % aa
s a l alia. Ni . s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d as ➢ When the .P
a a a a
d as in Hardy- Weinberg
beetles a s a
.Padadaequilibrium reproduce, a
.Padadathe
a
s allele and genotype .Padadasa a
w.P.aPad w .aPad www.P be the same, and ww.P
w ww.P in
w
www
ww frequency wwwwinw the next generation wwwwould ww wthen there would be no www
variation
the progeny.
➢lia e tet genotype frequency
The .Ni.eNoftethe
t parent appears eNtetnext generation.la(i.e. .Ni.eN tetAA, 42% Aa and i.NeNtet
asla a .Ni.N asla alia aslaaliin
.Ni.the
a asalia 9% la i.
.P aPdaadsa 49% aa). . P aPdaadsa . P aPda a
d sa . P aPdaads
a . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ Factors affecting the Hardy Weinberg law: Gene flow, Mutation, Crossing over and Natural
selection.
a l alia. Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a sa s a d a sa d a sa d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER - 6. ZOOLOGY. P.aP7ad
w.Pg.
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
3. Explain how mutations, natural selection and genetic drift affect Hardy Weinberg equilibrium.
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a (Hardy Weinberg’s a as a
dassumptions include .)P(PTA) a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ No mutation: wwwww No new alleles ware w
wwgenerated by mutation wwwwnor the genes get duplicated wwwww or
deleted.
e tet t tet tet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N Random mating: Every
a s asla alia .eNet
.Niorganism gets a chance
a s asla alia i.eNmate
.Nto and the mating
a s aslaalia i.eNrandom
.Nis with eachalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad other with ad
.P.Ppreferences
wno w.P.Padgenotype.
for awparticular w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
w wwwww wwwww
➢ No gene flow: Neither individuals nor their gametes enter or exit the population.
➢ Very tet large populationi.size: teThe population should be infinite in size.
a i .Ni.eN a Ni.eN t a i . Nand
i .eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as la➢l a No natural selection:
d a s
a as la a
All
l alleles are fit to d a s
a a
survive
s la l a reproduce.. d a s
a asla d a saasla
w.P.aPad ➢ If any w aPad
w.wP.these w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww w
one
wwof assumptionswwere www not met, the population
w wwwww will not be in Hardy- wwwWeinberg
equilibrium.
➢i.NeN t
Only if the allele frequencies .Ni.eNtet change from one eNtet
.Ni.generation to the other, tet
evolution
.Ni.eN will take i.NeNtet
a laalai. et a laalia a alia
la a alia
la ala ai.
w. P.
a
aPdadas s place. w.P.aPdada a s s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w .P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
4. Mention the main objections to Darwinism.
➢ eDarwin failed to explain the mechanism of variation.

t
alsa alia.Ni.Ntet alsa alia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet a alia.Ni.eNtet
lsfittest. alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢ Darwinism explainsa
d a s the survival of the.Padada a s
fittest but not the arrival of
.Padada
s
the
a a a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ➢ He focussed wwwwwon small fluctuating www
www.P that are mostly
variations ww ww.P
w
wnon-heritable. wwwww
➢ He did not distinguish between somatic and germinal variations.

N
➢ia t tcould not explain the
eHe .Ni.eNtet
occurrence of vestigial Ni.eNtet over specialization
.organs, oftesome
.Ni.eN t organs likealaia et t
a d a s
a asla al.Ni.Ne a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a sa s a l.Ni.Ne
w.P.Pad large tusks Pad mammoths,
.P.extinct
win w.P.Pad antlers in thewextinct
oversized ad deer, etc., ww.wP.Pad
w.P.PIrish
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
w w ww

a s asla
the
alia.Ni.above
eNtet phenomenon?
i.
5. Taking the example of Peppered moth, explain the action of natural selection. What do you call

a s as la
(PTA)
alia.Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNtet
w.P.aPad ➢ Industrial
d a d a d a d a d a
la
wmelanism
.P.aPad is a classical wcase
.P.aPaofd Natural selection w.Pexhibited
.aPad by the moth, w.PBiston
.aPad
www
ww ww
betularia.www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ These were available in two colours, white and black.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtwere .Ni.eNtet
la➢lia
a Before industrialization laalia peppered moth both alia
la .N i.eNet and black a
white colouredalia
la et common in alia
la
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad England. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Pre-industrialization witnessed white coloured background of the wall of the buildings hence
s

the white coloured mothsetescaped from their predators.

alsa a ia.Ni.eNtet alsa alia.Ni.Net alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢l Post industrialization,
a
d a s the tree trunks a
d a s
became dark due to smoke a
d a s
and soot let out from s
the
a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww wwwww
industries. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The black moths camouflaged on the dark bark of the trees and the white moths were easily
d

.Ni.eNtet
identified by their predators. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Hencewthe
a
ww.P
w a
P adcoloured moth w
.dark a
.P ad was selectedwand
population
w ww ww.P w ww
a ad number increased
.P their
ww.P
a ad
.P when
ww.P
w
www
ww w ww
a

w
compared to the white moths. w
➢ Nature offered positive selection pressure to the black coloured moths.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtewill
t survive and produce .Ni.eNtet more progenies .Ni.eNtet in increase in .Ni.eNtet
P

d a s asla ➢lia
a Organisms thatdacans asla ia
aadapt
l d a s aslaalia
d a s asla ia
aresulting
l d a s aslaalia
a a a a a
w.P.aPad P.aPad natural selection.
w.through w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww population
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
6. Darwin’s finches and Australian marsupials are suitable examples of adaptive radiation – Justify
a
lathe eNtet
.Ni.statement.
ia alia
la .Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d as a s l a
d a sa s a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s a
s
w.P.aPad Darwin finches: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ Their common ancestor arrived on the Galapagos about 2 million years ago.
➢ eDuring tet that time, Darwin's eNtefinches have evolved into eNtet 14 recognized species eNtediffering in body
a l alia. N
i . N a l alia. N
i . t
a l ali.
a Ni . a l alia. N
i. t
a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s
d as a size, beak shape aand
s afeeding behavior. a s a a s a a s a
w.P.aPad ➢ Changes .P.aPdadas .P.aPdadas .Padadas d as
w.wP.aPad
www
ww ww wwwthe
win size and form of ww w
wwbeak
wthe have enabledww ww.P species to utilize
w
different
w wwwwdifferent
food resources such as insects, seeds, nectar from cactus flowers and blood from iguanas, all
.Ni.eN tet by Natural selection.
driven .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a saslaalia
d d d d d
w.P.Pad ➢ Genetic
a a a a
.P adin the ALX1 gene a a
d of Darwin finches a a a a
variation
www ww.P win.Pthe
.PaDNA w.P.Pisadassociated with w.P.Padin
variation
www
ww
the beakwshape. www
ww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP8ad
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NeMild mutation in the ALX1 gene leads to phenotypic change in the shape of the beak of the
s alsaalia. i.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a Darwin finches a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww Marsupialswand www
w placental mammals: wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Marsupials in Australia and placental mammals in North America are separated from the
.Ni.eN tet tet 100 million year
.Ni.eNthan .Ni.e Ntet and each lineage t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia common ancestor amore
a s s laalia a s asla alia ago
a s asla alia.N i.eNet
continued to evolvealalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
independently. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Despite temporal and geographical separation, marsupials in Australia and placental
mammals
tet in North America have produced varieties of species living in similar habitats with
a l alia.Ni.eN
similar ways of life.a l a i
l .
aNi.eNtet a l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ Their overall w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwresemblance in shape, wwwwlocomotory ww
mode, feeding wwwand foraging are superimposed wwwww
upon different modes of reproduction.
➢i.NeN t feature reflects their
This tet
.Ni.eNdistinctive evolutionary eNtet
.Ni.relationships. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai. et a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Over 200
d a .wP.aPdadaof marsupials w
species live in.aPd
.wP ada
Australia .wP.aPdadfewer
along withwmany a .wP.aPdada
species of wplacental
w w
www
ww mammals.w w
w w w w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ The marsupials have undergone adaptive radiation to occupy the diverse habitats in Australia.

t
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet have radiated .Ni.eNteNorth
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a Just as the placental s alsa ia
amammals
l s a alia
lsacross
a America.sala alia s a laalia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d as a
d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 7. Explain stabilizing,
ww wwwww directional and disruptive wwwww selection withwexamples. wwww wwwww
There are mainly three types of natural selection.

N
A)ia et t
Stabilising Selectiona(centipetal .Ni.eNtet selection): salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a asla al.Ni.Ne a d a sa s laalia
a d a a s a a d a s
a asla alia
a d a saaslaalia
w.P.Pad ➢ This type of.P
w .Pad
selection operates inwawstable .P adenvironment. ww.wP.Pad
w www.P w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww w ww wwwww
➢ The organisms with average phenotypes survive whereas the extreme individuals from both

a s asla a i . N e
the
N
➢lai. There is no speciation
i.
tet ends are eliminated.
a s asla alia.Nbut
t t
i.eNethe phenotypic a s s laalia
stability
a .Ni.eNteist maintained within
a s asla .Nithe
alia
t
.eNetpopulation over a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww
generation. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Example: Measurements of sparrows that survived the storm clustered around the mean, and
the
.Ni.eNtet sparrows that failed .Ni.eNtotetsurvive the storm clustered .Ni.eNtet around thesextremes .Ni.eNtetof the variation .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia laalia laalia alia
la
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as a s as a as a s as
w.P.aPad showing stabilizing
w.wP.aPad selection. www .P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww B) Directional wwww Selection: www wwwww wwwww
s

➢ The environment which undergoes gradual change is subjected to directional selection.

➢lia.Ni.eNtet type of selection
This eNtet
.Ni.removes the individuals tet one end towards
.Ni.eNfrom tet other end of i.NeNtet
.Ni.eNthe
alsa a alsa alia alsa alia alsa alia ala ai.
a
aPdadas a
aPdadas a
aPdadas a
aPdadas aPdaadsasal
a

w.P. phenotypic w . P
distribution.
. w . P . w . P. w . P.
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Example: size differences between male and female sparrows. Both male and female look
d

alike externally but differ in body weight. Females show directional selection in relation to
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a body weight. a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad C) Disruptive .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwSelection (centrifugal w www
w
selection): wwwww wwwww
a

➢ When homogenous environment changes into heterogenous environment this type of

tet
selection
.Ni.eN is operational. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The organisms .Pa of
ww.P
w adboth the extreme w .Pa ad
phenotypes
ww.P
are selected w .Pa ad individuals with
whereas
ww.P w Pa ad
.average
ww.P
www
ww www
phenotype are eliminated.
www www www
➢ This results in splitting of the population into sub population/species.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet but leads to .Ni.eNtet of two or more Ni.eNtet species. It isalalia
.different .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢lia
a This is a rare form a s aof
s laaliselection
a a s as alia
lformation
a a s as alia
la a s s a
d a d a .P.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad also called w.wP.aPad radiation. www w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwadaptive www wwwww wwwww
➢ Example: Darwin's finches-beak size in relation to seed size inhabiting Galapagos Islands.

s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet

a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP9ad
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY.
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
8. Aearrange the descent in human evolution / NExplain the evolutionary path of Man: Netet
alia.Ni.eNtet a .Ni.eNtet
ia a ia. i.eNtet a ia.Ni.eNtet ai. .N
. P a s alsa
aPdada Austrolopithecus .P a→ a s a la l
das erectus → Homo
daHomo . P a s a la l
das → Ramapithecus
aPdasapiens . P a
aPda→ s as
daHomo
la l habilis. .Padaadsaaslalai
w . w . P w . w . w . P
www
ww ➢ Ramapithecus wwwww → Austrolopithecus wwww→wHomo habilis → Homo ww w
wwerectus → Homo sapiens. wwwww
➢ Mammals evolved 210 million years ago.
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Hominids evolutionaloccurred .Ni.eNtet in Asia and Africa. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s s aalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ 14 mya w.P
ago Pad
- .Ramapithecus. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ 5 mya ago – Australopithecus – Australian ape man.
➢ 2tmya ago – Homo habilis.t
s a l a
➢l .Ni.eN
ia etmya ago – human
1.7 s asla aliin
a
eNet
.Ni.looks – Homo erectus.
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ 25000wyears w.P.aPad w .Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad animals. www .P.aPad
www
ww wwwago – Homo sapiens
w wwcultivating
w wwwww
crops and domesticating www
Intext questions:
Two and .Nithreet marks question and tet
.Ni.eNanswer: .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia .eNet a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a d a .wP.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 1. Write short
ww wwnotes
www on theory of special wwwwcreation. wwwww wwwww
➢ This theory states that life was created by a supernatural power, respectfully referred to as
“God”.

t
alsa al .Ni.eNtet
ia alsa alia.Ni.eNtet alsa alia.Ni.eNtet alsa alia.Ni.eNtet alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ According to Hinduism,
a
d a s Lord Brahma created
d aa s the Earth. a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ➢ Christianity, wwwwIslam and most religions wwwwbelieve that God created wwwwwthe universe, the plants wwwwwand the
animals.

N
2.saasla a .Ni.eNteshort
lia
Write
t
notes on asla
the
s .Ni.eNtetof spontaneous
lia
atheory s alia.Ni.eNtet or Abiogenesis.
aslgeneration s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a d a a a d a a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Living organisms w.P.Pad w.P.Pad materials andwoccurred w.P.Padthrough stepwise w.wP.Pad
www
ww wwwww originated fromwnon-living wwww wwww wwwwchemical

a s asla
➢.N
alia
Thomas
t
i.eNet
i.
and molecular evolution over millions of years.
Huxley coined the
a s asla alia.Ni.eNterm
tet abiogenesis. i.NeNtet
a s asla alai. a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 3. Write short
ww wwnotes
www on - Big bang theory. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Big bang theory explains the origin of universe as a singular huge explosion in physical terms.
➢ The eNteprimitive earth had noetproper atmosphere, buteconsisted tet of ammonia, methane, eNtet hydrogen
l a i . N
i . t l a i . N
i . N e t la i . N
i . N l a i . N
i . la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a l a and water vapour. a
d a s as a l a d aa s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The climate wwwwof the earth was extremely wwwww high. wwwww wwwww
➢ UV rays from the sun split up water molecules into hydrogen and oxygen.
s

➢ia t tet Ni.eNtet condensed toaform Ntet .Ni.eNtet

a s alsa al .Ni.eNet
Gradually the temperature
a s alsa alia .Ni.eNcooled and the water
a s alsaalia.vapour
a s lsaalia.Ni.erain.
a s alsaalia
d a .Pada alldathe depressions adadwater
a bodies. ww.wP.aPdada .Padada
w.P.aPad ➢ Rain water
a

filled to.wP
form
www
ww www ww.P
w www
ww .P w ww www
www.P
➢ Ammonia and methane in the atmosphere combined with oxygen to form carbon-dioxide and
other gases.
d

et t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a d a
4.sa
alai.Neshort notesaon
i
aslaWrite. N
d a saasla
the
alia
theory of biogenesis.
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d asaasla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww ww wwwwwlife arose from pre-existing wwwww life. wwwww
a

➢ According wto the theory of biogenesis,

➢ The term biogenesis also refers to the biochemical process of production of living organisms.
t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
➢lia
.Ni.eNetterm was coined .Ni.eNet Bastian. asasla
P

s aslaa This s aslby

alia
a Henry alia s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a d a a d a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P by Oparin. ww
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 5. Explain theory
ww ww
wwof chemical evolution wwwexplained www www
ww
➢ Oparin (1924) suggested that the organic compounds could have undergone a series of
t
reactions leading to more eNtet
.Ni.complex molecules. ai.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNet a s as alia
la a s aslala a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a adadthe .Padacolloidal .Porada‘coacervates’ .Padada
w.P.aPad ➢ He proposed .Pthat a molecules formed da aggregates da in anwaqueous
www
ww ww
w ww.P
w www ww.P
w www
www.P ww
w ww.P
environment.
➢ The coacervates were able to absorb and assimilate organic compounds from the environment.
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d 6.as What is the importance a a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad w .P.aPdadasof Mesozoic w era?.P.aPdadas d as
w.wP.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Mesozoic ww ww(dominance
wera w wwww
of reptiles) is called the Goldenwage wwwof reptiles, www
ww
➢ It is divided into three periods namely Triassic (origin of egg laying mammals), Jurassic
t tet the earth, fossil bird .Ni.–eNtArchaeopteryx) .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla .N
alia i.eNet
(Dinosaurs were dominant
a s asla .Ni.eNon
alia a s alia
asla et
a
and
s aliCretaceous
asla a (extinctionalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad of toothed ad dinosaurs, emergence
.P.Pand
birds
w w.P.Padof modern birds) w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP10
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY. ad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
7. Explain theory of chemical N evolution explained by Haldane.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Haldane (1929)
a a
d as
proposed a that the primordial a a
d assea served as a vast a as
chemical
d a laboratory powereda
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w
by solarwenergy. ww www wwwww www
ww
➢ The atmosphere was oxygen free and the combination of CO2, NH3 and UV radiations gave rise
tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNorganic
to compounds.
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a ad a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The seawbecame w.P.Paad ‘hot’ dilute w soup w.P .Pad
containing w.P.Padof organic monomers
large populations d
w.P.Paand
www
ww www
w www
w wwwww www
ww
polymers.
➢ They envisaged that groupst of monomers and polymers acquired lipid membranes and further
l ai .Ni .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNetcell. l a i . Ni.eNtet l a i . Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as a l a developed into the
d a a a
first
s s a l aliving d a s
a as a l a d asaa s a l a d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad ➢ Haldanewcoined w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www the term prebiotic
w ww wsoup. wwwww www
ww

8. Stateetthe theory of chemical eevolution. tet (PTA)

s a l a
➢lia. N
i . N et
According to thes a l a i
l
theory.
aNi . N of chemical a laalia
evolution
s .Ni.eNtetprimitive organisms s a laalia
tet
.Ni.eNin the primordial s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a a
d a s a a
d a s a s a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .wP.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww of the earth evolved
environment wwwwwspontaneously from wwww inorganic www
w
substanceswandphysical
forces such, as lightning, UV radiations, volcanic activities, etc.,

t
9.sala lia.Ni.eNtet Relative dating
Compare:
a s a l a l .Ni.eNtabsolute
iand
a et dating.sala a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a
d as a a
d as a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad ➢ Relativeww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPadof

e
www
ww dating
www is used to determine wwwwwa fossil by comparing wwwwitw to similar rocks and wwwwfossils
known age.
➢ Absolute dating is used toedetermine the precise age of a fossil by using radiometric dating to

N
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a measure the decay
a d a aofs aisotopes. a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 10. How do the
ww wwwHomologous structures throw
wwwww light on evolution? wwwww wwwww

a s asla alia.Ni.eNetlimbs and hind

fore
i.
➢ In vertebrates, comparative anatomical studies reveal a basic plan in various structures such as
t
a slimbs.
asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Fore limbs w .aPad
of.wPvertebrates w.P.aPad similarity with
exhibitwanatomical .Pa ad
ww.Pother and are made
w .aPad
wof.wPsimilar
www
ww wwww www
w wwweach wwww
bones such as humerus, radius, ulna, carpals, metacarpals and phalanges.
➢N Structures which are similar in origin but perform different functions areNecalled homologous Netet
laalia. i.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia. i.Ntet saasla . i.N
alia
a

d a saas structures that a s

brings
d aas about divergent a s
evolution.
d aas d a saas d a
P a
w. .P a d . P a a d . P a a d P
w. .P a a d w. .PP a a d
www
ww ➢ They are www ww.Prelated and hadwaw
w
closely ww.P origin.
w
wcommon wwwww wwwww
s

Examples for Homologous structures:

t t isteused .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a .Ni.eNethorn
The in Bougainvillea
a s alsa alia.Ni.eN t as a defence
a s alsa amechanism
ia
l from grazing
a s alsa aanimals.
ia
l a s alsa alia
d a dadCurcurbita
a Pdada for climbing. .P.aPdarepresent
da d a
w.P.aPad ➢ And thewtendrils w.P.aPof w.aP.a w.P.aPad
a

used as support These

w homology.
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
11. How do the Analogous structures throw light on evolution?
d

➢.N Organisms
t having different .Ni.eNtestructural patterns but .Ni.eNtsimilar functions arei.termed t as analogous i.NeNtet
asla alia i.eNet asla alia t
asla alia et asla alaNi.eNet la i.
. PaPdaadsa structures. . P aPdaadsa . P aPdaa
d sa . P aPdaads
a . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w w.
www
ww ww wwwings wwwww are different structurally wwwww but perform the same wwwwfunction
a

➢ Example, wthe of birds and insects

of flight that brings about convergent evolution.
t .Ni.eNteand eNtetflippers of Penguins t t .Ni.eNtet
➢ i.eNetthe eyes of the
N t of mammals and .Ni.the .Ni.eNeDolphins.
P

s asla i .
alaAnd sOctopus
asla alia s asla alia s asla alia and s asla alia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Root modification w.P.aPadin sweet potato .aPad modification w
w.Pstem
and w.P.aPaare
inwpotato d considered as analogous w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www wwwww
organs.
➢ Both eNtet of these plants have aetcommon function of storage eNtet of food.
s a l alia. N
i . s a l a i
l .
a N
i . N e t
s a l a i
l .
a N
i . s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s a
d da How do the vestigial a s a a s a a s a s
w.P.aPa12. .Padadorgansa throw light dada
Paevolution?
.on .Padada .Padada
www
ww www ww.P
w www ww.P
w www ww.P
w www ww.P
w
➢ Structures that are of no use to the possessor, and are not necessary for their existence are
called vestigial organs.
i . N eNtet ia.N eNtet ia.N eNtet ia eNtet
.Ni.well .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a la➢
al a i .
Vestigial organs may
a s a l
be
aa l i .
considered as remnants
a s a laa l i
of. structures which a s a l
wereaa l developed and
a s a laal
w.P.aPad das
P.aPdaancestors,
.the d as
w.P.aPad in course of evolution w.P.aPad
d as .Padadas
www
ww functional wwwin
w
ww wwwww
but disappeared wwwww due to their non- ww ww.P
w
utilization.
w
➢ Human appendix is the remnant of caecum which is functional in the digestive tract of
herbivorous
eNtet animals like.N rabbit. Cellulose digestion takes place in the caecum .Ni.eNtof
et these animals. alalia
s a laalia.Ni . s a laa iai.eNtet
l s a la
a ia
l .Ni.e Ntet s a laa ia
l s a
.Ni.eNtet
ad a a s ➢ Due to change ain
d a
thea s diet containing lessa d a a s
cellulose, caecum in human
a d a a s
became functionless a d a
and a s
w.P.Pad .P ad
wwa.P
w w.wP.Pad ww.wP.Pa
d w.P.Pad
www
ww is reduced wwwto vermiform appendix, wwwwwhich is vestigial. w ww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP11
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY. ad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
➢N Other examples of vestigial organs in human beings include coccyx, wisdom teeth, ear muscles,
s a lsaalia. i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a body hair, mammae a
d ain a
s male, nictitating a
d as
membrane a of the eye, etc., a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
13. How does connecting link throw light on evolution? (PTA)
➢ Thet organisms which possess the characters of two different groups (transitional stage) are
s a l al .N
ia i .eNet
called connecting a
links.
s l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s al a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Example: .P ad
ww.P - Connecting w
w w.wP.Pad Annelida and .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www
ww wwPeripatus
w w
wwbetween
link wwwArthropoda. wwwww
➢ Archeopteryx - connecting link between Reptiles and Aves.
.Ni.eNdo
ia tet .Ni.eNtet light on evolution? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
14.
a s asla How
al the Atavisticaorgans
s aslaalia throw a s aslaalia as aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Suddenwappearance w.P.aPad of vestigial organs w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w ww wwwin highly evolved organisms wwwww is called atavistic wworgans.
www
➢ Example, presence of tail in a human baby is an atavistic organ.
15.ala
s l .Ni.eNteist the significance
What
ia s a lof Ni.eNtet
.Archeopteryx.
alia (PTA)alalia
s .Ni.eNtet s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a a s a a s a a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Archeopteryx itdaisdaa connecting w
w.P.aP link .P.aPdada Reptiles and Aves.
wbetween
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
w wwwww wwwww
➢ The organisms which possess the characters of two different groups (transitional stage) are
called connecting links. t

t
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a .Ni.eNet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a a l a
d das Ontogeny recapitulates a s a a l a s a a l a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPa16. .Padadas Phylogenyww adadas Explain thew.P
– .Pdiscuss. adadas
biogenetic law or theory .Padadofas

e
www
ww www ww.P
w w www.P www ww.P www ww.P
w
recapitulation.
➢ Ernst Von Haeckel, propounded the “biogenetic law or theory of recapitulation” which states

N
t eNtet .Ni.eNtetrepeats or recapitulates .Ni.eNtethe
t evolutionary lai.Ni.eNtet
as aslalia
a .N i.eNetthe life history
that a sof aan
asla .Ni.individual
lia (ontogeny)
a s asla lia
abriefly a s aslaalia sa ala
w w a d
.wP.Pad a
history of w w
the
a
.wPrace
. Pd a
ad(phylogeny). ww.wP.Pad a d a
w w ad
.wP.Pad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w ww w ww w ww
➢ The embryonic stages of a higher animal resemble the adult stage of its ancestors.

a s a
s la
➢ Examples:
ai
l .
a Ni.eNtet
embryos.
i.
Appearance ofepharyngeal
a s aslaalia. Ni.Ntet
gill slits, yolketesac
a s aslaa lia. Ni.N t
and the appearance
a s aslaa i
l .
a
of tail in human
Ni.eNtet
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P structural similarities
w w.P.aPad
wwwww ww
➢ The comparativewww study of the embryos wwwww of different animals wwwshows wwwwwamong
themselves.
➢ia t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNthuman .Ni.eNtetcell, the zygote, .Ni.eNtet
laa .N i.eNeembryos
The of fish,asalamander,
laalia tortoise, chick aliand
la et start life as a
laa isingle alia
la
a

a
d a s a
s l a s s a s as a a s as l a a sa s
w.P.aPad and undergo P.aPdada to produce the
w.cleavage P.aPdada change to gastrula
w.blastula,
dadaare triploblastic. .PaPdada
w.P.aPand w .
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ This indicates that all the above said animals have evolved from a common ancestor.
s

17. Give tet

.Ni.eNMolecular evidences ifor tet
.Ni.eNevolution. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsaala a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Molecular
d a .wP.aPdadais the processwofw.change
evolution ad dain the sequencewcomposition .wP.aPdada of molecules suchd a
.aPadas
a

www
ww w w
w
w
w w w w wP.Pa w w
w w w w
w
w
w
.wP
DNA, RNA and proteins across generations.
➢ It uses principles of evolutionary biology and population genetics to explain patterns in the
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s aslaalia.N i.eNet of molecules.
changes
a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ One of w the d
w.wP.Pauseful w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad biology is w w.P.Pad
www
ww wwmost
w advancementwwwwwin the developmentww of
wwmolecular proteins
www and
w
a

other molecules that control life processes are conserved among species.
➢ Aeslight change that occursetover time in these conserved molecules (DNA, RNA and protein) are
Ni.Ntet Ni.Net Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l ali.
a s a l alia. s a l alia. s aslaalia
d a a s a often called molecular
d a a s a clocks. d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.Phave been used to
w .Pa ad
ww.Pevolution are cytochrome
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Molecules ww wthat wwwstudy wwwww c (respiratory pathway) wwwww and
rRNA (protein synthesis).
18.
s a laa ia.Ni.eNtthe
State
l et principles of Lamarck’s
s a laalia.Ni.eNtet theory s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
aPdada s a
d a s a s
.PaPdada in size andwthose .Padada a s
w.P.aPad ➢ The theory w.wP.use w.P.aPad ww.increase
w w wwww.Pthat
www
ww ww wwof and disuse - Organs wwwww that are used often wwwwill
are not used will degenerate. Neck in giraffe is an example of use and absence of limbs in
snakes
t is an example fori.N disuse
t theory. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a alia.N i.eNet a s alsa alai.eNet a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ The theory
d a of Pdada
.wP.ainheritance of acquired dada
characters
.wP.aP - Characters aPdadaare developed during
.wP.that .wP.aPdathe
da
w w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
life time of an organism are called acquired characters and these are then inherited. w w
w w w w
w w

19. Stateetthe Salient features of Mutation Theory.

a l a .Ni.Net
ia a l a .Ni.eNtet
ia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a d a s
a s a➢l Mutations or a d a s
discontinuous
a s a l variations are
a d a s
transmitted
a to other a d a s
generations.
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad ➢ In naturally w.wP.Pad populations, w.P.Pad occur from time w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwbreeding wwwww
mutations wwwwtowtime. www
ww
➢ There are no intermediate forms, as they are fully fledged.
➢i.N et t are strictly subjected
They .Ni.eNtetnatural selection. i.NeNtet
to .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a aslaal ai.Ne d a s
a aslaalia
d a saaslaalai.
d a s
a
alia
asla d asa
alia
asla
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP12
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY. ad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY

20.ala
s l .Ni.eNteist Artificial selection?
What
ia s a l a ia
l .eNtet with an example.
.NiExplain s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a
d as a a s a a
d as a adas a
w.P.aPad ➢ Artificialww w.P.aPadis a byproductww
selection ofw .P.aPdadaexploitation
human of w.P.aPadoceans and fisheries
forests, aPdathe
w.P.or
www
ww www www wwwww www
ww
use of pesticides, herbicides or drugs.
➢ Fort hundreds of years humans have selected varioust types of dogs, all of which are variants of
s a l al .N
ia i .
the
eNet
single species ofs a l a
dog. ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNet
ia s al a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ If human w .P ad
ww.P can produce w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad P.Pad
w.its
www
ww wwwbeings wwwvarieties in short w
w
new www then “nature” with
w
period, www
ww vast
resources and long duration can easily produce new species by selection.
21.
s aslaal .Ni.eNtet how the process
ia
Explain, s asla ia
aof
l
t
.eNet flow throwalight
.NiGene s asla .Ni.eN
alion
a
tet
evolution? s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a d a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Movement w.wP.agenes
Pad through gametes w.P.aPad w.P.aPad in (immigration) w.wP.aPaout
d
www
ww wwwwof wwwww or movement of windividuals www
w wwand
ww
(emigration) of a population is referred to as gene flow.
➢N Organisms and gametes N that enter the populationNmay have new alleles orNmay bring in existing
s a la . i.eNtet
alia s a la ia
l . i.eNtet
aproportions s a alia
la . i.eNtet s a laalia. i.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s alleles but in a
different
.PaPdada s than
.Padadaa
those salready in the a
population.
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad www.be ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Gene flow wwwcan a strong agent w ofw
wevolution. wwwww www
ww
22. Explain Genetic drift / Sewall Wright Effect.

t
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i. Ni .eNtet l a .Ni.eNteallele
ia t la ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a➢l a Genetic drift is a a
d ass a
mechanism
a l a of evolution ain
d ass a which
a l frequencies a
d ass a of
a l a population changea
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww www due to chance (sampling
over generation wwwww error). ww www wwwww
➢ Genetic drift occurs in all population sizes, but its effects are strong in a small population.

N
➢.N t result in a loss ofi.some
It.eNmay t alleles (including beneficial .Ni.eNtet ones) and fixation eNteother
.Ni.of alleles. .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia i et a s asla alaNi.eNet a s asla alia a s aslaalia t
a s asla alia
a d
w.P.Pad
a ➢ Genetic drift can
a
w.P.Pad
d a
have major effects, whena d
w.wP.Pad
a
the population is reduced
w.P.Pada d ain size by natural d
disaster
a
.P ad a
www
ww ww
due to bottle wwwneck effect or when wwwawsmall group of population ww wwwsplits from the main ww ww.P
w
wpopulation

a s
23.asla ali
List
. N
ai.the
eNtet
assumptions
i.
to form a new colony due to founder’s effect.
a s
of laalia
asHardy .Ni.eNtet
Weinberg’s s asla
equilibrium.
a
.Ni.eNtet
alia (PTA) a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ No mutation ww www– No new alleles ware w
wwgenerated by mutation ww wwnor the genes get duplicated wwwww or
deleted.
➢ia t t tet tet .Ni.eNtet
laa .N i.eNet
Random mating – Every laalia .eNet
.Niorganism gets a chance la .N
alia i.eNmate
to and the mating alia
la .Ni.eNrandom
is with eachalaia
a

a
d a s as l a s as a s as a s as a s s a l
w.P.aPad other withww adada
no.Ppreferences d da
w.P.aPagenotype.
for a particular w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww w www.P wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ No gene flow - Neither individuals nor their gametes enter (immigration) or exit (emigration)
s

thet population.
s a l a
➢lia. Ni .eNet
Very large population s a l a ia
size
l .Ni.eN-teThe
t
population s a l
should alia Ntetinfinite in size. sala
.Ni.ebe a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ No natural .wP.aPdadasAll alleles arewfit .Padadas w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad
d as
a

www
ww ww ww
w
selection- w ww wwto.Psurvive and reproduce ww www wwwww
24. State the features of Australopithecus.
d

t t .Ni.eNtet 5 mya and was tet Australian ape i.NeNtet

asla ➢lia
a .N i.eNet
Australopithecus lived
asla lia
ain .eNetAfrican grasslands
.NiEast aslaaliabout
a alia
ascalled
la .Ni.eNthe la i.
. PaPdaads
a . P aPdaadsa . P aPdaa
d s
a . P aPdaads
a . P a
P daadsaasala
w . man. ww w . w . w . w .
www
ww www wwwww ww www wwwww
a

➢ He was about 1.5 metres tall with bipedal locomotion, omnivorous, semi erect, and lived in
caves.
Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a l a ia. laalia
aridges aslaalia aslaalia aslaalia
d a sa s a➢l Low forehead, brow
d a sa s over the eyes, d a s
protruding
a face, lack of chin,
d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P - about 350 – w
w w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Low brain ww wcapacity w
wwcc,
450 ww www wwwww
➢ Human like dentition, lumbar curve in the vertebral column were his distinguishing features.
25.
s a laa ia.Ni.eNtthe
State
l et features of Homo
s a laalia
t
.eNet
.Nihabilis. s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s d aa s
w.P.aPad ➢ Homo habilis w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwwlived about 2 mya. ww www ww www wwwww
➢ Their brain capacity was between 650 – 800cc, Probably vegetarian.
➢.N They t had bipedal locomotion. .Ni.eNtet Used tools made of.Nchipped
t stones. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsaalia i.eNet a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 26. State the features
ww ww www of Homo erectusww www ww www wwwww
➢ Homo erectus the first human like being was around 1.7 mya
➢ Was much closer to humanetint looks,
a l a ia.Ni.eNtet laalia
athicker .Ni.Ne alia
la
aman .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
ad a sa s a➢l Skull was flatter a and
d a sa s than the modern
a d a s
a s a d a s
a a d a sa
w.P.Pad ➢ Had a large d
w.wP.Pacapacity ad
w.wP.Pcc. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww wwbrain of aroundwwww900 ww www wwwww
➢ Homo erectus probably ate meat
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
da a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER - 6. ZOOLOGY. P.aP13
w.Pg. ad
www
ww ww www wwwww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY

INTEXT
a lsaalia Ni.eNtet
.QUESTIONS: FIVE MARKS. a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d as a
d as a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 1. Describe Modern
ww wwwww synthetic theory.ww www ww www www
ww
➢ Sewell Wright, Fisher, Mayer, Huxley, Dobzhansky, Simpson and Haeckel explained Natural
.Ni.eN tet
Selection et t
in the lightlaofi.NPost-Darwinian discoveries. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a s aslaalia
d a s asalai.Ne d a s aslaalia
d a s aslaalia
d a s asla alia
w.P.Pad ➢ According
a a a a
ad theory gene mutations, a a a a a a
www
to
.P this
ww.P w.wP.Pad chromosomal w.P.Pad genetic recombination,
mutations, w.P.Pad
www
ww
natural w selection and reproductive
wwwwisolation ww
are the five basic www factors involved inwthe www
w
process
of organic evolution.
i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaGene
l N
ai. mutation: a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It refers P.aPachanges
w.the d w.P.aPad .PaPad gene/ point mutation.
ww.called
w w.P.aPadIt
www
ww wwwtoww in the w structure
www of the gene. It w
w iswwalso www
ww
alters the phenotype of an organism and produces variations in their offspring.
Chromosomal mutation: Netet
s a a
la ia
l .Ni.eNtet a alia
la . i.N a la .Ni.eNtet
aliof
a a ato
la l .Ni.eNtet
ia a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ It refers to thea
d a s changes
s in the a s
structure
d a s chromosomes a s
due
d a s deletion, a
addition,
d a s s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwinversion or translocation.
duplication, wwwww This too alterswthe www
w phenotype of an organism www and
ww
produces variations in their offspring.

t
s alsaalia. i.Ntet recombination:
Genetic
N e
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
P.aPdada over of genes a
.P.aPdadmeiosis.
a a
aPdada genetic variations a
aPdathe
da
w.P.aPad ➢ It is due to
w.crossing wduring w.P.about
This brings w.P.in

e
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www www
ww
individuals of the same species and leads to heritable variations.
Natural tet selection:

N
s a i . N .eN
asla➢la It does not produce
i s asla .Ni.eNtgenetic
aliany
a et variations s aslabut.Ni.e
alia Ntet such variations
once s asla .Ni.eNtetit favours some
lia
aoccur s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww genetic wwwww while rejectingwothers
changes www (driving force of evolution).
w ww www www
ww

a s asla
Reproductive isolation:
➢.NeN
alia i. et
i.
Itt helps in preventing interbreeding
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet between related
a s asla .Ni.eNtetorganisms. salalia
alia a s a
.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad of Lamarckwfor w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 2. Explain thewcontribution
ww www
w wwevolution.
w ww www www
ww
➢ Jean Baptiste de Lamarck was the first to postulate the theory of evolution in his famous book
“Philosophie
tet Zoologique”ein tetthe year 1809.
la i . Ni .eN l a i . N
i . N la .Ni.eNtet
alia alia
la .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a l
Thea two principles ofa
d a s a a l
Lamarckian
s a theory are: a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww The theorywof w
ww use and disuse: wwwww ww www www
ww
➢ Organs that are used often will increase in size and those that are not used will degenerate.
s

➢ia.Ni.eN tet in giraffe is an example .Ni.eNtet of use and absence tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa al
Neck
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia .eNlimbs
.Niof in snakes. laia
a s a a l a s a laalia
d a
w.P.aPad The theorywof .Padada of acquiredwcharacters: .Padada .Padadas .Padadas
a

inheritance
www
ww w
w ww.P
w w wwww.P ww w ww.P
w ww
w ww.P
w
➢ Characters that are developed during the life time of an organism are called acquired
characters and these are then inherited.
d

i .N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s a
aslaHow
la doi . N
a s asla alia a s alia
aslon
a as aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d 3.a the d
Embryological
a a evidences throw a d a
light evolution? a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad
www
ww wwwwwdeals with the study ww ww the development ofwindividual www
w
from the eggwto
w
ww
a

➢ Embryology wof the adult

stage.
➢ N e tet development of heart .Ni.eNtein t all vertebrateslafollows .Ni.eNtet the same pattern tet
Ni.eNdevelopment .Ni.eNtet
P

s asla i .
alai. The N s aslaalia s asalia s aslaalia.of as saalaalia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadstructures that
pair ofwwtubular w.P.aPdevelop
later ad into two w.P.aPad heart in w
chambered w.P.aP
fishes, ad
three
www
ww www wwwww wwwww www
w
chambered in amphibians and in most reptiles and four chambered in crocodiles, birds and
mammals;
tet indicating a common eNtetht ancestry for all the vertebrates,
eNte
l a ia. N
i .eN l a i.
a Ni . l a i.
a Ni . t a
la ia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s as a➢l Hence scientists a
d a s
inas a l
the 19 century s a
concluded
a s a l that higher animalsa s as l
during their embryonic a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww pass through stages
development ww ww
wof lower animals (ancestors). wwwww ww www
➢ Ernst Von Haeckel, propounded the “biogenetic law or theory of recapitulation” which states
.Ni.eN tet the life historyi.NofeNtean
that .Ni.eNtet briefly repeats Ni.eNtrecapitulates the lai.Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alai. t individualas(ontogeny) alsaalia a s alsaalia.or et
sa ala
w .wP.aPdada evolutionary
w aPdada of the race (phylogeny).
.wP.history w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdaadas
ww
w w w w w
w of pharyngeal gill slits, w w w
w yolk sac and the appearance w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Appearance of tail in human embryos are
some of the examples.
e tet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtand t .Ni.eNtet
a s i .
asla➢la The
a N
i . N embryos ofafish, s asla alia.salamander, tortoise,
a s alia
aslchick
a
et human startalife
a s s alia
la .eNeat single cell, the
.Nias
a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad zygote,wandw.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P the blastula, change
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwundergo cleavage to
w wwproduce
w wwwwwto gastrula and arewtriploblastic. www
w
➢ This indicates that all the above said animals have evolved from a common ancestor.

s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet

alia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER - 6. ZOOLOGY. P.aP14
w.Pg. ad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
4. Explain the contribution of N Darwin for evolution. Netet
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Charles Darwin
a a as
dexplaineda the theory.P of d a as
evolution a in his book .‘The a a
as of Species by.Natural
d Origin a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w P.aPad w P.aPad
www
ww wwwww
Selection’. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ During his journey around the Earth, he made extensive observations of plants and animals.
.Ni.eN tet noted a huge variety
He .Ni.eNteand
t remarkable similarities .Ni.eNtet among organisms .Ni.eNtet their adaptive i.NeNtet
and
asla alia asla alia asla alia aslaalia la i.
. PaPdaadsa features to . P a
copePdaads
upa to their .
environment.P aPdaadsa . P aPdaadsa . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ He proved that fittest organisms can survive and leave more progenies than the unfit ones
through
tet natural selection. t
s a l a
➢ i
l .
aNi.eNDarwin’s theory was
s asla ia
l .Ni.eNeon
abased t
several facts, s la .Ni.eNtet
alia
aobservations and asla
influences.
s alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a s a d a a d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad They are: www .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Over production (or) prodigality of production:
➢.NeN t living organisms increase
All .Ni.eNtet their population ineNtlarger number. For iexample, .Ni.eNtet Salmon fish .Ni.eNtet
a s a s laalia i. et a s as laalia a s as la .N
alia i. et a s as ala
la a s as alia
la
d a produces w .wP.aPda28
about damillion eggs during Pdada
.wP.abreeding season. .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Elephant, the slowest breeder that can produce six young ones in its life time can produce 6 w w
w w w w
w w
million descendants at the end of 750 years in the absence of any check.

t
e t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a lsa b)lia
a i.Net for existence:
N
. Struggle
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d da d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Organisms w.wP.aPad for food, space w.wP.aPa w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwwstruggle wwwwand mate. As these w become
www a limiting factor,wcompetition
w www
w
exists among the members of the population. They are,
➢ eIntra specific struggle between the same species for food, space and mate. et t

N
a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia aslaalia.Ni.Ne aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d asa s a➢ Inter specific a d s
struggle
a a s a with different species
a d a s
a for
s a food and space. a d a s
a a d a sa
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.Pthe environment
w w .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Struggle wwwwith ww wwcope
wto with the climatic wwwwwvariations, flood, w www
w
earthquakes,

a s asla a l
e
drought, etc.,
t t
c)i.Universal
aNi.Ne
i.
occurrence of
a s asla alia Ni.eNtet
.variations:
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ No two .Pa ad are alike. There
individuals
ww.P
w .Pavariations
are
ww.P
w ad .Pa atwins.
even in identical
ww.P
w d .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www www
➢ The useful variations help to overcome struggle and such variations are passed on to the next
www www
generation.
l a i . N
i .eNtet laalia.Ni.eNteSelection:
t alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
d) Origin of species by Natural
a

a
d a s as a l a a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ According aPdada
w.wP.Darwin, .wP.aPdpowerful
ada .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwwto nature is the wwww
w
most ww
selective ww.P
w
wforce. wwwww
➢ He compared origin of species by natural selection to a small isolated group.
s

➢.NeDarwin t believed that the struggle

.Ni.eNtet for existenceiresulted .Ni.eNtet in the survival of.Nthe t fittest. .Ni.eNtet
s alsa alia i.Net s alsa alia s alsaala s alsaalia i.eNet s alsaalia
d a ➢ Such organisms
a a
.wP.aPdadbecome
a better adapted a
.wP.aPdadato the a
.wP.aPdada a
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
changed environment. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
d

5. Explain experimental approach to the origin of life. et t

l a .Ni.eNtet
ia la ia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.Ne
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da saa s a➢l Urey and a d as
Miller
aa s a l (1953), paved a d a s
way
a for a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww the possible synthesis
understanding wwwww of organic www
ww www
ww
a

compounds that led to the appearance of living

.Ni.N e tet
organisms. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

as asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ In their .Pa ad
experiment,
ww.P
w a mixture .Pa gases
of
ww.P
w ad was .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www www
allowed to circulate over electric discharge from
ww
w ww
w
an tungsten electrode.
e t t .Ni.eNteboiling
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la i .
➢lai.N
a N A esmall flask was
a s asla ia
akept
l and the a s as alia
steam
la a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a P.aPdadwith
a d a d a
w.P.aPad emanating w.P.aPad tow .mix w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwfrom it was madeww w ww the www
ww www
ww
mixture of gases (ammonia, methane and
hydrogen) in the large chamber that was
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a as a a a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad
connected to the
d boiling
w.P.aPad
water. .Padadas w.P.aPad
d as d as
w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The steam wwwwwcondensed to form ww ww.P which ran
w
wwater www
ww www
ww
down the ‘U’ tube.
➢lia.Ni.Ne tet
Experiment was conducted .Ni.eNtecontinuously
t foraalaweek.Ni.eNteand
t the liquid waslaanalysed. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a a s aslaalia a s s a lia a s asalia a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Glycine, w.P.Padbeta alanine and
alanine, w.P.Padacid were identified.
aspartic w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
➢ Later in similar experiments, formation of all types of amino acids, and nitrogen bases were
noticed.
a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d a s
a d asa
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP15
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY. ad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
6. Explain the Origin and Evolution of Man.
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia sa l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Mammals evolved
a a
.Padadain
a
s the early Jurassic a a
d as about 210 million
period, a a
d asago (mya).
years a
d as a
w.P.aPad www.P w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Hominid wwwevolution occurred in Asia wwwwand Africa. www
ww www
ww

i .N e tSpecies
et
Origin t
i .N e e t
Special features
i. N e tet Food habitt
i . N e e t
Brain capacity
.Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N
a s a
aslala i . N were hairy and
a s a i .N
lala like gorillas asaslala
aswalked a i . N
a s alia
asla
a d a a d a ad a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad Dryopithecus w.P.Pad14 Mya w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
w
andwchimpanzees www
ww wwwww
Regarded as a possible ancester of
eNtet They were
a l ai
l .
aNRamapithecus
i . 14a lMya
alia.Ni.eNtetAustralopithecusalaand
i
l .
a
tet
Ni.eNtherefore of asla .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
da s
a s a d a s
a s a da s
a sa d as
vegetarians
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad modern P.aPad
w.humans. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww
He was about 1.5 metres tall with
Australopithecus 5 MyaNetetbipedal locomotion, N semi erect, and omnivorous 350 – 450 cc
s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la . i.N s a laalia. i.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a
lived in caves. s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www was probably wwwww
Homo habilis 2 Mya Bipedal locomotion 650 – 800 cc
vegetarian

t
t t t t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia i.eNet erectus
.NHomo
a 1.7
s a lsa l .Ni.eNetFirst Human likesalalia
ia
aMya a a
.Ni.eNet
aAte
s a la
a l .Ni.eNet
ia
meat 900 cc a s a laalia
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad .Padadas d as
w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww ww
They ww.Panimal hides to protect
w
wused ww www wwwww
their bodies, knew the use of fire
Neanderthal 34000 –

N
s aslaalia.Ni.eNtehuman
t
asla
100000
s alia.Nya t
i.eNetand buried their s
dead.
aslaalia
tet did not
.Ni.eNThey s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet 1400 cc
s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad Pad
w.P.agriculture
practice and animalw.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
domestication.

a s a
s laalia. Ni.eNtet
a
i.
s as laalia. Ni.eNtet
Most talked forms of modern
were found s
from
a aslaali
thea. Ni.eNtet
rocks
human
of Cro- a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad Cro-Magnon w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwwwFrance and is considered
Magnon, ww wwas wwwww
the ancestor of modern Europeans.
t
.Ni.eNet t
.Ni.eNetModern humansarose tet some. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia alia
la .Niin.eNAfrica alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s a
s a
d a s as a a s a s a s a sa s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad25000 ya They .Padada .Padada P.aPdadcc.
w–.w
a
www
ww Homo sapiens
wwwww ww ww.P cultivating crops
w
wstarted ww ww.P
w
wand 1300
wwww 1600
domesticating animals.
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad XII.P-.aP
w ad
CHAPTER P.aP16
w.Pg.
- 6. ZOOLOGY. ad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
=====================================================================================
Choose thet most appropriate answer out of the four provided to you and write the correct option and
also a l
the alia.N i .eNet
correct answer againsta l ali .
aNi.eNtet
it: a l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet a l a lia. Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a s
a s a d a s
a
w.P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPadfor the past 14 .Pa ad
ww.P which one of the
w .wP.aPad
wfollowing
www 1.
ww A 30 yearww wwwoman
old
w has bloodywdiarrhoeawww
w wwwhours, wwww
organisms is likely to cause this illness?
la
a)
alia eNtet
.Ni.Streptococcus pyogensi.NeNtet
laalai. laalia.Nib) tClostridium difficile i.NeNtet
.eNet laalai. la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s as
d a c) Shigella dysenteriae a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada d) Salmonella w
d
.aPada
.wPenteritidis w .wP.aPdada
www 2.
ww w ww w w w
w w
Exo-erythrocytic schizogony of Plasmodium takes place in ------- w w
w w w w
w w
a) RBC b) Leucocytes c) Stomach d) Liver

t
iTheN e tet
. i.Nsporozoites of Plasmodium ia N e te t
. i.N vivax are formed ia N e tet
. i.N ------------ N
. i.N
ia e te t .Ni.eNtet
ia
3.sala al a s a laal s a laafrom
l s a la
a l s a laal
a
d as a
d as a
d as a
d as a
d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad b) Sporoblasts w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww a) Gametocytes ww www wwwww c) Oocystswwwww d) Spores
wwwww
4. Amphetamines are stimulants of the CNS, whereas barbiturates are ----
a) CNS stimulant b) both a and b

N
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a c) hallucinogenic a d a a s a a d a a s a d) CNS depressants
a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P match pair. ww
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 5.
ww Choose the ww wcorrectly www wwwww wwwww

a s asla
a) Amphetamines - Stimulant
alic)
a
e t
.Ni.Heroin
Ne t
i.
- Psychotropiclai.Ni.Ne
a s asala
e t t
a s aslaalia
b) LSD - Narcotic
tet
.eNBenzodiazepine
.Nid)
a
- Pain
s aslaalia
t
.eNet
.Nikiller
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa6.
d The Athlete’s w .Pa adisease
foot
ww.P
d .Pa ad by-------
in humanwiswcaused
w www.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww
a) Bacteria
ww w b) Fungi c) Virus
www www
d) Protozoan
7. Cirrhosis of liver is caused by chronic intake of ------
l a i eNtet
.Ni.Opium la .Ni.eNtet
aliAlcohol alia
la
tet
.eNTobacco
.Nic) alia
la .Ni.eNtetd) Cocaine salalia .Ni.eNtet
a) b)
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a a s as a s as a s a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad aPdada
w.wP.present w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www 8.
ww The sporozoite ww wwwof the malarial parasite wwwwis in ---- wwwww wwwww
a) saliva of infected female Anopheles mosquito. b) RBC of human suffering from malaria.
s

c)
.Ni.Spleen
eNtet of infected humans. .Ni.eNtet .Nid) tGut of female Anopheles .Ni.eNte mosquito. .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia .eNet a s alsaalia t
a s alsaalia
d 9.a Where the following .wP.aPdadaevents in the life cycle
.wP.aPdaof
daPlasmodium do w takes
.wP.aPdaplace?
da .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w
www
ww w ww w
a) Fertilization _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ w w
w w w w
w w
b) Development of gametocytes _ _ _ _ _ _ _ w w
w w
c) Release of sporozoites _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d) Schizogony _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
d

10.
s asla a.Ni.eNtet is an
aliParatope s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad a) Antibody w.P.Padsite on variable
binding w.P.Pad
regions b) Antibody .P.Pad site on heavy w
wbinding w.P.Pad
wregions
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww www
a

c) Antigen binding site on variable regions d) Antigen binding site on heavy regions
11. Allergy involves
Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet tet
.eNlgA
.Nic) t
i.eNet
.NIgM .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia.
a) IgE s ab)laaliIgG
a s aslaalia s aslaad)lia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadcells to distant .Pa ad
ww.isPtermed as
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 12. Spread ofwcancerous
ww wwww wwwsites wwwww wwwww
a) Metastasis b) Oncogenes c) Proto-oncogenes d) Malignant neoplasm
13. aiAIDS .Ni.eNett virus has t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as lala a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a a) Single stranded .PadaRNA da .Padada .PadadaRNA .Padada
w.P.aPad ww.P
w ww.P
w b) Double stranded
ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww ww w
c) Single stranded DNA
www www
d) Double stranded DNA
www
14. B cells that produce and release large amounts of antibodies are called
lsa alia) eNtet
.Ni.Memory cells asab) lsa .Ni.eNtet
aliBasophils lsaalia
tet
.eNPlasma
.Nic) cells asasla ad)lia
t
i.eNet cells
.Nkiller lsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a a d a a a
d a s a d a a
d a s a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www Intext questionsww
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
1. Assertion(A): Health is wealth
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet(R): when people
Reason
s asla aare
lia
tet
.Ni.eNhealthy, they are more
s aslaalia eNtet
.Ni.efficient at work and
s aslaaitlia
.N t
i.eNet
increases longevity. alalia
s .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a s a
w.P.Pad a) Both A and w P.Pa
R .are d and R is the correct
true ad
w.P.Pexplanation of Awww .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww www wwwww
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
c) A ist true but R is false d) Both A tand R are false
a l alia. Ni.eNet a l ali .
a Ni.eNtet aslaalia .Ni.eNet aslaalia .Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a sa s a d a sa d a s
a d asa
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
w ww
.Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 1 | Pw
a g .w
w www .P
ePa ad
www
ww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
2. Match the following correctly:
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d as a a a a a a a
d a I) Communicable
w.P.aPad
disease
w.P.aPad w P.aPdadas
A).typhoid a) I - A, d asIII - C, IV – D .PaPdadas
II-B,
w.wP.aPad w .
www
ww ww
II) Non – communicable www disease ww ww
wB) lock jaw b)w
w wI w– B, II – C, III – D, IV –wAw www
III) Tetanus C) cancer c) I – C, II – D, III – A, IV – B
IV) e
.NiEnterict t e t t e t t eNteIV
t –A .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa lia .Ne fever a s asla alia.Ni.Ne D) cold alalia
a s s a
.Ni.Ne d) I – D, II –sC,
a aslaIII .–Ni.B,
alia a s asla alia
a d a
d Identify the wrong a dad a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa3. w.P.Pstatement w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Cancer is one of the major causes of death. b) Most of the bacterial diseases are curable.
c) AIDS may be fatal
l a i .N i .eNtet alia Ni.eNtehuman
.with t alia Ni.eNte–t biotic.
.pro .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as ad)l a Few bacteria associated
d a s
a asla diseases
d a s
a aare
s la
d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad .PaPad
ww.health,
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 4. To maintain
ww ww good
w we need ww www wwwww wwwww
a) Personal hygiene b) regular exercises c) Balanced diet d) all these a, b, c
5. The .Ni.eNet t
disorder or malfunction of
.Ni.eNettthe mind or body is called
.Ni.eNett .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s a s laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a .Padadab) disease ww.wP.aPdac) dapathogen Pdagenetic
da anomaly w.P.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Vector www ww.Pout w.P.ad)
www 6. Take the odd
ww wman w ww wwwww wwwww
A) AIDS b) common cold c) influenza d) cancer

t
ia N e te t
. i.N involve ia N
. i.N e te t ia N
. i.N e te t .Ni.eNtet
ia .Ni.eNtet
ia
7.sala Diseases
a l s a laa l s a laal s a la
a l s a laal
a
d as a
d as a
d as a
d as a
d as
w.P.aPad a) Environmental w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww www factor wwwww b) pathogens ww www wwwww
c) Life style changes d) all of these
8. Takeethe odd man out:

N
s a l a lia.Ni.Ntet s ab)la .Ni.eNtet
alimeasles
a s laalia
achicken .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) Mumps a d a a s a d c)
a a s pox d)
a d malaria
a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 9. Identify thewfungal
ww wwww disease. wwwww wwwww wwwww

10. la
a s
a) Chikungunya
Typhoid
asalia
e t t
i.
.Ni.Ne fever can be confirmed
a s
b) cholera
asla alia e
.Ni.Nebyt t
c) candidiasis

a s asla alia.Ni.Nee t t
d) filariasis

a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad a) Widal testww .P.aPad b) Elisa test ww.wP.aPac) d western blot test .Pa
ww.P
w d
d)anone of these ww.wP.aPad
www 11. Among thewnon-infectious
ww www w ww
diseases, this is one of the major causes of death.
www w ww
a) AIDS b) T.B c) Cancer d) ringworm
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
12. Bacillary dysentery is caused by
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s a s a l a a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad a) Yersinia w w.P.aPad b) Shigella sp w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwww
pestis wwwww c) Vibrio cholera wwwww d) Clostridium tetani wwwww
13. Head ache, abdominal discomfort, fever and diarrhoea are the symptoms of
s

a).N Pneumonia
t b) ityphoid
.Ni.eNtet c) T.Bi.Netet d) Tetanus .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa ala a s a lsa alai.N a s alsaalia a s alsa alia
d 14.
a The most infectious .wP.aPdahuman
da ailment called.Pcommon
ad da cold is caused by
P.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww w ww
w
w w w
w
w
w w.Pa w w
w
w
w
.w
w w
w
w
w
a) Yersinia pestis b) Shigella sp c) Rhino viruses d) Salmonella typhi
15. Influenza is a type of ------------------ diseases
d

t Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Pneumotropic
a s aslb)
aalia.dermotropic c)saviscerotropic
a s laalia d) neurotropic
a s aslaalia a s asla alia
a d a
d The site of infection a d a
d mumps is a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa16. w.P.Paof w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) Skin b) respirations tract c) salivary gland d) blood

17. Takeethe odd man out
Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet eNtet
.Ni.pox .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Mumps s ab)laalimeasles
a c)s la
apolioalia d) asla
chicken
s alia s asla alia
d a a s a d a a s d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P fever is
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 18. The vectorwofw
ww wdengue wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Aedes aegypti b) dropets c) bacteria d) fungi
19. a Assertion
.Ni.eNet t A: Nipah virus is a t
zoonotic
.Ni.eNet virus .Ni.eNet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as lalia a s as laalia a s a s laalia a s as alia
la a s as laalia
d a .Padada from animals dada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad Reason R: It iswtransmitted
ww.P
.Pahumans
to
ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww ww w ww
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A w www www
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation for A
Ni.eN t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.AeNtand
et R are false alalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa c)lia
a .A is etrue but R is falsea s alsa alia d)saBoth
a lsa alia a s a a s a laalia
d a aPdada d a d as d as
w.P.aPad w.wP.Entamoeba w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 20. Infective stage
ww ww wwof histolytica
wwwwis wwwww wwwww
a) Sporozoite b) trophozoite c) Trypanosma d) merozoite
21. The carrier for transmitting N the parasite of Amoebiasis is
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla alia.Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Aedes aegypti a d a a b)
s a Houseflies a d a
c)a s a
water d)
a d a
contaminated
a food a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 22. Trypanosoma
ww ww wwgambiense is transmitted wwwwby wwwww wwwww
a) Glossina palpalis b) Glossina morsitans c) Triatoma megista d) Aedes aegypti
.Ni.Nee t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
w ww
.Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 2 | Pw
a g .w
w www .P
ePa ad
www
ww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
23. Kala azar is caused by
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Trypanosoma.P a
d as
gambiense a a s a
d b)aLeishmania donovani a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww c) Trypanosoma wwwwwcruzi wwwww d) Plasmodiumwspecies www
w wwwww
24. Schizogony of plasmodium takes place in the
t .Ni.eNtet eNteman .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNet
Stomach of mosquitoalalia
a s s a
b) aLiver
a s s laalia .Ni.of t
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad c) RBC of man w.P.Pad w.P.Pad) d salivary gland ofwmosquito .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
25. Quartan malaria is caused by
a) Plasmodium malariae b) Plasmodium ovale
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNtet l a i . Ni.eNtet falciparum alalia .Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as ac)l a Plasmodium vivaxd a saas a l a d d)
a s
a a s a a
Plasmodium
l d a s
a s a d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad ofw
.wP.aPad aPad
w.wP.plasmodium w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 26. The process
ww www wsporogay in the life cycle wwwwof wwwww
produces wwwww
a) Trophozoites b) merozoites c) sporozoites d) gametocytes
27. Appearance.Ni.eNett of dry, scaly lesions
.Ni.eNett on the skin, nails and t
scalps
.Ni.eNet are the symptoms Ntet
of
.Ni.e .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s a s laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a d daringworm Pdaamoebiasis
da .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Ascariasis w.P.aPad b) helminthiasis w.P.aPac) w d)
.wP.a w
www 28. A heavy infection
ww wwwww of this can causewnutritional www
w w w
w w
deficiency, severe abdominal pain, stunted growth w w
w w
in children

t
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Hepatitis
a s ab)
lsa alienteritis
a a alia
c)sabronchitis
lsa a s alsaalia
d) ascariasis
a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 29. Filariasis iswcaused
ww www by
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Ascaris lumbricoides b) Wuchariria bancrofti
c) Trichophyton d) Microsporum

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
aand s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 30.
a a s aMany infectious diseases
a d a a s a like typhoid, amoebiasis
a d a a ascariasis are transmitted
a d a a through a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Contaminated wwwwwfood and water ww www b) mosquito bites wwwww wwwww

31. la
a s
c) House flies
Immunology
asalia .Ni.Nee t t
i.
is the studylaofi.Ni.Ne
a s asala
e t t
d) Fungi

a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad a) Worm infection w.P.aPad b) immune system w.P.aPac) d Viral infection w.P.a d) d
Pabacterial infection w.P.aPad
www 32. Anatomicalwbarrier
ww www of the innate immunity
w wwwww is formed by the ww www wwwww
a) Skin, mucus membrane b) temperature, low PH
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
c) Monocytes d) mentrophils
a

a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a a s a s a s as a s as
w.P.aPad .Padada cells into thew .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www 33. The influx of
ww ww www.P
wphagocytic ww ww.P area is called ww
w
affected www wwwww
a) Phagocytosis b) diapedesis c) immunity d) susceptibility
s

34. The immunity

.Ni.eNett that an individual .Ni.eNett acquires after birth is
.Ni.eNett .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s a lsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a a) Acquired immunity .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdab)
dainnate immunityw.P.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w
www
ww c) Humoral immunity w w
w w w w
w w d) cell mediated immunity w w
w w w w w
w w
35. Antibody production is the characteristic feature of
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Invertebrates
a s ab)
s laalivertebrates
a c)saprotochordates
a s laalia d) hemichordates
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a
d The process ofwproduction a
.P.Padd a a d a
Padbone narrow is a d a a d a
w.P.Pa36. of blood w cells .P.the
win w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
w wwwww wwwww
a

a) Haematopoiesis b) primary immune response

c) Secondary immune response d) activeeimmunity
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.Ntet are .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

37.
s a l a l
Theia. organs involved ins a
the l a i
l .
a
origin, maturation ofs laalia
alymphocytes s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Lymphoid w .Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwworgans b) liver wwwww c) intestine ww www d) spinal cord wwwww
38. One of the main secretions of the thymus is the hormone
a)i.N t
Thymosin .Ni.eNtet
b)aiinsulin c) adrenalin .Ni.eNtet d) Testosterone .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet a s as lala a s a s laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d da Take the odd one dada .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPa39. w .Paout
ww.P ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww
a) Spleen
www b) adenoids
www c) tonsils
www d) bone Marrow
www
40. The clear, transparent, colourless extracellular fluid connective tissue is
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Blood a s ab)
lsa alisaliva
a c)salymph
a lsa alia d) aserum
s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a .wP.aPdaof
daRBC present in 𝜇lwof .P.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad ofw w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 41. The number
ww www wcells wwwww human blood is ww www wwwww
a) 42, 00,000 – 65,00,000 b) 1500 – 4000
c) 2000 – 7000 d) 1,50000 – 5,00,000
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla alia.Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
42.
a s aA molecule which a d a
generates
a s a an immune response
a d a a s a is called a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Antigen ww www b) immunoglobulin wwwww c) lymph wwwww d) neutrophil wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 3 | Pw ePa ad
a g .w
w www .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
43. Substances that enhance the immune response to anNantigen are called
s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Epitope a a
s paratope a s a a as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad .Padadab) w.P.aPad
d c)aadjuvants d)dhaptens
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 44. Take the odd
ww ww ww.Pout
w
wman wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Microbes b) pollens c) drugs d) blood group antigens
45.ala The e t t
.Ni.example
Ne of first generation e t t
.Ni.Nevaccine is e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a s a lia a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
w.P.Pad a) MMR www .P.Pad b) Hepatitis – w Bw .wP.Pad c) DNA vaccineww.wP.d)
vaccine ad
w ww P recombinant vaccine w.P.Pad
www
ww www ww w wwwww
46. Symptoms of these include sneezing, watery eyes, running nose etc.
a) Allergic tet reactions b) anaphylaxis c) HIV infection d) Auto immunity
47. a l a
The
lia.Ni.eprocess
N in which oura l a ia
body
l .Ni.eNtproduces
et auto a l a
antibodieslia. Ni.eNteist called asla alia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad a) Auto immunity w.P.aPad b) neoplasmwww .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www c) tumors wwwww d) immune therapy wwwww
48. Alcohol Barbiturates are
a).N t
Stimulants .Ni.eNtet
b) idepressants c) narcotics .Ni.eNtet d) hallucinogens .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laala a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d da A chronic memory dada aPdada is .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPa49. w .wP.aPdisorder due to alcohol w .wP.misuse w w
www
ww w w
w w
a) Korsakoff syndrome b) liver cirrhosis w w
w w c) Euphoria w w
w w d) drowsiness w w
w w
50. Exercise stimulates the body to produce --------------- that suppress depression

t
t .Ni.eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Serotonin
a s ab)
lsa aliendorphins
a c)saboth
a lsa alia.Nia.eNand b
a s alsa alia
d) lymphocytes
a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 51. Exo – erythrocytic
ww wwwww schizogony of plasmodium wwwww takes place in --------- wwwww wwwww
a) RBC b) Leucocyte c) stomach d) Liver
52. Cirrhosis of liver is caused by echronic intake of ----------------------

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s laalia
astobacco.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s aa) Opium a d a a b)
s a alcohol a d ac)
a d)
a d cocaine
a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 53. Match the w
ww www correctly:
w
following wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s asla
a) HIV
b)i.N
a l ai.Ne
e t
Tumour t
i. a s asla alia e
.Ni.Ne t
-
- t
1) Haematopoiesis
2) Thymus lai.Ni.Ne
a s asala
e t t
a) a – 1, b – 2, c – 3, d – 4
b) a – 2,
a s asla aliba
tetc – 4, d – 1
.Ni–.eN3,
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) Primary w .Pa aorgan
lymphoid
ww.P
w d - 3)
w Pa ad
.neoplasm
ww.P
.Pa
ww.P
w c)aad– 3, b – 4, c – 2,wdw–.wP1.aPad
www
ww
d) Bone marrow
w
w -
www 4) western blot
www d) a – 4, b – 3, c – 2,wd – 1
w w
54. Read the following sentences and find the correct option.
laa ia.Ni.eNtet (A): Practicing
Assertion alia.Ni.eNtet in daily life creates
lexercises laalia
tet
.Ni.aeNpositive attitude. laalia.Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as l a s as a a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad Reason (R): w .wP.aPdadself-confidence
a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwIt
ww boosts wwwwwincreases self-esteem.
and wwwww wwwww
a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and R is the correct explanation for A
s

b).N Both t ‘A’ and ‘B’ are truei.but t‘R’ is not the correcti.explanation t for A. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa alaNi.eNet a s alsa alaNi.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a c) A is correct but ‘R’
d isafalse d d)aBoth A and R are .false d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www 55. Identify thewcorrect

ww www statement. AIDSwvirus
w wwwhas
w wwwww wwwww
a) Single stranded RNA b) double stranded RNA
d

c)lia e t t
Ni.Ne Stranded DNAalalia
.Single e
.Ni.Ne t t d)sadouble .Ni.eNtstranded
et DNA salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a a s s a a s laalia a s a a s aslaalia
a d a
d Paratope is anw.P.Pad a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa56. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) Antigen binding site on variable regions b) Antigen binding site on constant region
c) Antibody binding site on variable regions d) Antibody binding site on constant region.
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

57.
s a l a lia.
Health is wealth because s a l alia.
health s a l alia. s a l ali .
a s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Increases .Pa ad
ww.P of people. ww
w w.P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwlongevity
w www b) Reduce infant ww wwadult
wand morality wwwww
c) Increase efficiency at work d) all these
58. a Bubonic t
.Ni.eNet plaque is caused by t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as lalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a sp w.P.aPdadab) Yersinia pestis .Padac) daVibrio cholera w.P.a d)dasalmonella
da speciesw.P.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Shigella w ww.P
w ww P
www 59. The mosquito
ww w
ww w www
vector Ades aegypti spreads diseases like
www wwwww
a) Dengue fever b) chikungunya c) Malaria d) both A and B
ia N e te t
. i.N malaria is caused N
. i.Ne te t N
. i.N e te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
60.
a s alsa Quartan
a l a s alsa aliby
a a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad a) Plasmodiuum w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwvivax b) P. malariae wwwww c) Plasmodiumwovale www d) plasmodium falciparum
w wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 4 | Pw ePa ad
a g .w
w www .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
BOOK BACK QUESTIONS:
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d 1.as List the causative a a
d as mode of transmission
agent, a
d aand a
s symptoms for.PDiphtheria a a
d as and Typhoid..PaPdadas a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w .
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Site of infection Mode of
S.no Diseases Causative agent Symptoms
t t transmissiont
s asla
e
.Ni.Ne
alia t
s aslaalia e
.Ni.Ne t
s alia
aslskin,
e
.Ni.Ne t
s alia
asla .Ni.Ntet
e
s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a Larynx,
a d a a a nasal, genitala d Fever,
a a sore throat,
a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.PadCorynebacterium w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P in
w
wwwww 1 wwwww
Diphtheria wwwwwpassage. wwwww hoarseness andww difficulty
w
diphtheriae
Droplet infection breathing.
e
.Ni.Net t e
.Ni.Net t Intestine. e
.Ni.Net t Headache, .Ni.eNtet abdominal lai.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as aslaalia adsaasala
d
.wP.aPad a 2 d a
.wP.aPadSalmonella typhi
Typhoid d
aPad
.wPThrough a d a
.wP.aPadiscomfort,
contaminated d fever.wP.aPdaand
w w
w ww w w
w ww w w
w ww . w
w www w
w www
food and water diarrhoea.
2. Compare.Ni.eNtet and contrastsabacillary .Ni.eNtetdysentery andsamoebic .Ni.eNtedysentery.
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la a s alia
la a aslaalia a s a
s laalia a s aslaalia
d a d a .P.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad S.no w.wP.aPad dysentery www w.P.aPaddysentery w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwBacillary www wAmoebic
www
w www
ww
Bacillary dysentery caused by Amoebic dysentery or amoebic colitis is caused by
1

t
Shigella sp. Entamoeba histolytica.
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a Transmitted a a
s Contaminated a as a a s a a
d as a
d a
w.P.aPad .PaPdadaby dTransmitted
w.P.aPad
by House flies
d a(Musca
w.P.aPad
domestica) from
w.P.aPad

e
www
ww 2 ww
food ww.water/
w
wand www contaminated faeces
w
faecal oralwroute. wwwww and water. www
ww
Symptoms: Abdominal pain, Symptoms: Range from diarrhoea to dysentery with

N
e t t
.N3i.Ne dehydration, sblood eNtet mucus in bloodlaand
.Ni.and tet
.Ni.eNmucus in the stool. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
as aslaalia a aslaalia a s asalia as aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a ad a a d a
w.P.Pad the w.P.Pad
stool. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww www
ww
4 Lives in the human Intestine. Lives in the human large intestine.
3. la
as asalia
A .patient
i.
Ni.eNtet was hospitalized
a s aslaalia with
.N t
i.eNetfever and chills. a s asla .Ni.eNtet were observed
Merozoites
alia a s asla .in
alia
tet blood. What is i.NeNtet
Ni.eNher
sala alai.
d a d a d a d a .wP.aPdaadas
la
w w.wP.aPad your diagnosis? w w .wP.aPad w w .wP.aPad w w .wP.aPad w w
w ww w ww w ww w w w w
➢ The classic symptoms first develop with the synchronizedw release of merozoites, w haemozoin
toxin and erythrocyte debris into the blood stream resulting in malaria.
i . N eNtet alia .Ni.eNtchills,
et .Ni.eNteby
alia t .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la➢ i . Symptoms are – la
shivering high fever la
followed sweating. la la
a

a
d a s as a l a a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ Fever wand P.aPdadare
w.chills
a
w.byP.aPdmalarial
ada P.aPdada macrophageswto
w.induce .P.aPdada
wwwww www
w caused partly wwwww toxins w wwww
that w ww
wwrelease
tumour necrosis factor (TNF-α) and interleukin.
s

4.sala i)lia
a Ni.eNtet the scientific name
.Write a l a lia .eNtthe
.Niof et filarial worm athat l alia .eNtet filariasis.
.Nicauses a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a
d ass a a s a a s a a s a
w.P.aPad ii) Write the w.P.aPad of filariasis.www .P.aPdadas w.P.aPad
d as
w.P.aPad
d as
a

symptoms
wwwww wwwww www wwwww wwwww
iii) How is this disease transmitted?
d

➢ eWuchereria bancroft. et t
l a ia.Ni.Ntet asla .Ni.Ne
lia
alymph aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
acauses aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a as a➢ l Inflammation a of
d a s
the
a nodes, the a d a s
obstruction
a of lymph vessels
a d a s
a elephantiasisa d a s
or
a
w.P.Pad ad
w.wP.Plimbs, w .wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww
filariasiswofwthe scrotum and wwww mammary glands. ww www wwwww
a

➢ The life cycle is completed in two hosts, man and the female Culex mosquito.
➢i.Ni.eN t t female filarial worm
The tet rise to juveniles icalled
gives
.Ni.eN .Ni.eNtetmicrofilariae larvae. .NiIn tet lymph glands, i.NeNtet
.eNthe
a e
P

a s asla a l a s asla alia a s aslaala a s aslaalia sala alai.

w w
d
.wP.aPad a the juveniles
w w
d
aPad
.wP.developa into adults.ww.wP.aPad d a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w ww w ww w ww
5. List the common withdrawal symptoms of drugs and alcohol abuse.
➢.NeInteat sense, the body becomes .Ni.eNtet confused andsaprotests .Ni.eNteagainst the absence.N of thet drug. .Ni.eNtet
s a laalia i.N s a laalia alia
la t
s a aliai.eNet
la s a alia
la
d a ➢ The withdrawal
a s a s
d symptoms
a may range .Pafrom a s
dadamild tremors to convulsions, a
d a s severe agitation.Padaandada s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w w.wP.aPad wwww.P of
wwwww wwwww mood, anxiety,ww
fits, depressed w
nervousness, ww
restlessness, wwirritability, insomnia,w wdryness
throat, etc, depending on the type of drug abuse.
alsa a lia. i.Ntet
N e
alsa alia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
6.
a
d a s Why do you think it is
a
d a snot possible to produce a vaccine
s against 'common a s cold'? a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Rhino w w.P.aPad P.aPdada
w.infectious w.P.aPad
d a
w .wP.aPdada
wwwww www cause one of the most
w
viruses wwwww ww
human ailments www called the “Common wwww
cold”.
➢ Do not use an antibiotic to treat viral infections such as common cold.
➢i.Ni.eN t t are about 160 istrains
There .Ni.eNtet of these viruses. alIt.Niis tet
.eNdifficult to producelaai.Nivaccine et t that can act lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asla a la e a s asla ala a s asla ia
as asala .Ne sa ala
w w a d
.wP.Pad a against many
w w a
.wP.P d a
ad of viruses. ww.wP.Pad
strains a d a
w w a d
.wP.Pad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w w w w w ww w ww
➢ Thus it iswtoo difficult to produce w a vaccine for common cold.

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 5 | Pw ePa ad
a g .w
w www .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
7. What is Kala-azar?
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Kala – azar .or
a a a
d as leishmaniasis is.Pcaused
visceral a a
d asby Leishmania donovani. a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ It is transmittedwwwww by the vector Phlebotomus wwwww (sand fly). ww www wwwww
➢ Infection may occur in the endothelial cells, bone marrow, liver, lymph glands and blood
.Ni.eN tet
vessels of the spleen. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Symptoms: w.P .Pad loss, anaemia,
Weight d
.P.Paenlargement
fever,
w w.P.P
ofwspleen ad live.
and w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
w wwwww
BOOK BACK FIVE MARKS:
1. a List
.Ni.outeNtet five viral diseases, Ni.eNtetcausative agentaand
.their .Nitheirt
.eNet symptoms. asasla .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a saaslalia d a saasla alia
d a sa s laalia
d a
alia
d a saasla alia
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Viral diseases w P.aPad (Exocrine gland
.Human w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwin
ww wwwwinfections) wwwww
Causative Site of infection & Mode of
Diseases Symptoms
e t agent .Netet transmission e t t .Ni.eNtet
a s as
i .
alai.N
la N e t
a s as la i
alai.N a s as la i .
alai.NN e t
a s as laalai.eNet
i . N
a s as laalia
d a ad da .P.aPdada Liver
Site ofwinfection: d .P.aPdada
w.P.aPad ww.wP.Pa w.PLiver
.aPada damage, ww jaundice,
www
ww Viral w ww Hepatitis - B Mode wwwww of transmission: wwwwwnausea, yellowishweyes, www fever
hepatitis virus Parenteral route, blood and pain in the abdomen

t
N
. i.N e te t N e te t
. i.N transfusion salalia N
. i.N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a a a s a laalia
a s a laalia
d a
w.P.aPad
d
.aPada virus Sitewof
w.PMumps .P.aPdadasSalivary glands d s
.aPada
w.PEnlargement w.P
d s
.aPada

e
winfection: of wthe parotid
www
ww wwwww www
w wwwww www
w
(RNA virus), Mode of transmission: Saliva glands
Mumps
Paramyxo et tand droplet infection et t

N
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.Ne s asla alia.Ni.Ne s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a a d avirus
a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww Viral diseasesww wwHuman
in (Respiratory w www
w
tract infections) wwwww

a s asla alia e
.NCommon
i.Ne
t t
i.
Rhino a s asla alia
viruses
e t
.Ni.Netract
Site of infection: Respiratory Nasal
t
a s asla alia.Ni.Nee t t discharge,
a s asla alia
congestion
e
.Nisore t t
.Ne throat, cough
and
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad cold ww.wP.aPad Mode w .aPad
of.Ptransmission: Droplet .aPadheadache
w.Pand w.P.aPad
www
ww w ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
infection
Rubella virus t Site of infection: Skin and Sore throat,t running nose,
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNet l a i . Ni .eNtet laalia.N i.eNet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as a l a (RNA a s virus),
as a l a respiratory tract
a s as a l a cough a s aand
s fever. a s as
w.P.aPad Measles ww.wP.aPdada P.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a dada
.wP.aPskin,
www
ww w ww Paramyxo Modewwww
wof.wtransmission: ww
DropletwwwReddish rashes on wwww
w
the
virus infection neck and ears.
s

t t Site of infection: t
.NiRespiratory Mild fever .Niwith t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia.Ni.eNet
a s alsa
Varicella alia.N-i.eNet a s alsa alia .eNet a s alsa alia .eNet itchy skin, rash a s alsaalia
d a d a tract, skin aPdadnervous
a ad dblisters
a .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.and system w.Pand
a

www
ww Chicken pox wwwww Zoster virus Mode wwww w w
w w w.Pa w w
w
w
w
of transmission: Droplet
(DNA Virus )
infection and direct contact
d

i . N e tet i . N e tet tet

.Ni.eNIntestine, .Ni.eNtet stiffness and .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N
a s a
aslala i . N Site of infection: a s asla alia Fever,a s aalia
aslmuscular a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad brain, .P ad
ww.P cord.
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww Polio virus wwwspinal wwwwwweakness, paralysis
wwwww and
a

Poliomyelitis Mode of transmission: Droplet respiratory failure

(RNA virus)
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtetinfection through Nfaecal
eNtet oral .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l alia. s a l alia. i . s asla alia s aslaalia

d a a s a d a a s a route. d a a s a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww Viral diseaseswin w
ww Human (vector infections) wwwww- Mosquito wwwww
Site of infection: Nervous Fever and joint pain, headache
N e te t Alpha virus N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la lia. i.N
aChikungunya a s as laalai.N system
i .
a s as laalia and joint
a s as laaliswelling
a a s as alia
la
d a aPdadavirus) Mode w.P.aPof dada transmission: .PaPdada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.(Toga w . w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Mosquito vector Aedes aegypti
Dengue
eNtet Dengue virus eNtetSite of infection: Skin
eNtet and Severe flu elike
tet illness with a i.NeNtet
l a i . Ni . l a i . Ni . l a i. N i . l a i . Ni. N alai.
.P
a a
aPdaadsasal fever w.Por aadsaasa
aPdFlavi la
virus blood.
. P
a a
aPdaadsasal .
sudden
P
a a
aPdaadsasalonset of fever . P adsaasla
aPdaand
w . . w . w . w .
www
ww (Break bone wwwww (DENV 1-4 Modewwwww of transmission: wwwwwpainful headache,wmuscle www and
w
fever) virus) Mosquito vector Aedes aegypti joint pain.
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 6 | Pw ePa ad
a g .w
w www .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
2. Write short notes on Protozoan diseases.
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Amoebiasis: .PaPdadas a a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad www. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Amoebic wwwdysentery or amoebicwcolitis wwwwis caused by Entamoeba wwwwwhistolytica. wwwww
➢ It lives in the human large intestine and feeds on food particles and bacteria.
➢lia.Ni.eN tet
Infective stage of this .Ni.eNtet is the trophozoite, .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s asla aliparasite
a a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Trophozoite, Pad
w.P.penetrates the walls w.P
of d intestine (colon)
.Pahost
the .Padsecretes histolytic
w.Pand .P.Pad
wenzyme.
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Symptoms: ulceration, bleeding, abdominal pain and stools with excess mucus.
➢ Symptoms:tet Range from diarrhoea to dysentery witht blood and mucus in the tstool.
a i .Ni.eN a i . i.eNtet
NHouse .Ni.eNet – carrier.
alia .Ni.eNet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as la➢ l a Mode of transmission:
d a s
a as la l a flies (Musca d a s
a asla
domestica) d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad b) African w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www sickness.
w
sleeping ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ African sleeping sickness is caused by Trypanosoma species.
➢.NeN t
Trypanosoma is generally tet
.Ni.eNtransmitted by the blood .Ni.eNtsucking Tsetse flies. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i. et a s as laalia a s as laalia et
a s as laalai. a s as laalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Three w
d a dadTrypanosoma
a d .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
species
w .wP.aPof cause
w .wP.aPada sickness inwman.
sleeping w w
www
ww w
w
Trypanosoma gambiense: w w ww w ww w w w
w w
➢ Mode of transmission: By Glossina palpalis (Tsetse fly).

t
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet African sleeping .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa ➢lia
a Disease: Gambiansor alsa ia
aCentral
l s a aalia
lssickness. s alsa alia s alsa alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad Trypanosoma w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwwrhodesiense: ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ Mode of transmission: By Glossina morsitans.
➢ eDisease: Rhodesian or East African sleeping sickness.

N
s a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aTrypanosoma cruzi:
a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w .P ad
ww.P w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Mode w ofw
wtransmission: By Triatoma ww wwmegista (Bug) wwwww wwwww

a s asla
c)i.Kala
a l aNi.Ne
i.
➢ Disese: Chagas disease or American trypanosomiasis.
et -t azar:
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Kala – w azar
w Pavisceral
.or
ww.P
ad leishmaniasis w a ad by Leishmaniawdonovani.
is.Pcaused
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww w
w
➢ It is transmitted by the vector Phlebotomus (sand fly).
ww w www www
➢ Infection in the endothelial cells, bone marrow, liver, lymph glands and blood vessels of the
ia.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
l a spleen. laalia laalia laalia laalia
a

a
d a s as a l a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ Symptoms: w.P.aPad .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwwwWeight loss, anaemia, ww www.P enlargement ofwspleen
wfever, wwww and live. wwwww
s

3. Describe the life cycle of plasmodium.

s alsa a l .Ni.eNtet mode of reproduction:
Asexual
ia s alsa alia.Ni.eNte(In
t liver cells) lai.Ni.eNtet
s a l a s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a
aPdada is a digenic parasite, a
d as a a
d das a a
d as a
w.P.aPad ➢ Plasmodium w.P.aPadMan as the secondary w.P.aPahostand w.P.aPad
a

w.P.vivax female Anopheles

www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
mosquito as the primary host.
➢ eThe
d

life cycle of Plasmodium involves three phases namely schizogony, gamogony and
s a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s a sporogony a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ The parasite w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww first enters the human ww www blood stream through wwwwwthe bite of an infected wwwwwfemale
a

Anopheles mosquito.
➢ .Ni.Ne teit
As t feeds, the mosquito tet
.Ni.eNinjects the saliva containing .Ni.eNtetthe sporozoites. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The sporozoite w .Pa a
ww.P
d
within the blood stream w .Pa immediately
ww.P
ad enters .Pahepatic
the
ww.P
w ad cells of the w .Pa ad
liver.
w wwww.P
www
ww www ww w
➢ Further in the liver they undergo multiple asexual fission (schizogony) and produce
www
merozoites.
i . N e tet ia.Ni.eNtliver
et cells, the merozoites .Ni.eNtepenetrate
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢lai.N
a After being released a s as laafrom
l a s as laalia the aRBC’s.
s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad Asexual modeof w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwreproduction: (In RBC ww wwcells) wwwww wwwww
➢ Inside the RBC, the merozoite begins to develop as unicellular trophozoites.
➢ NeThe trophozoite growsNin size and a central vacuole develops pushing N them to one side of
s alsa alia. i.Ntet s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a as a a
d as a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad
cytoplasm and
w.P.aPad
dbecomes the signet ring
w.P.aPad
stage.
w .P.aPdadas w.P.aPad
d as
www
ww ➢ The trophozoite wwwww nucleus then divides ww wwwasexually to produce ww wwschizont.
wthe wwwww
➢ The large schizont shows yellowish - brown pigmented granules called Schuffners granules.
➢lia.Ni.eN tet schizont divides and
The .Ni.eN tet
produces mononucleated tet
.Ni.eNmerozoites. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla a a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a sasla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Eventually wthe ad
.P.Perythrocyte lyses, w.P.Padthe merozoites
releasing and .Pad
w.Phaemozoin toxin into Pad
.P.blood
the
w
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
stream to infect other erythrocytes.
➢ Lysis of red blood cells results in cycles of fever andt other symptoms.
a l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet a l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d asa
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
w ww
.Pa ad
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 7 | Pw
a g .w
w www .P
ePa ad
www
ww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NeThis erythrocytic stage N is cyclic and repeats itselfNapproximately every 48 N to 72 hours or longer
s a lsaalia. i.Ntet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l alia. i.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a s a a
das a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad
depending on
w.P.aPad
the
d aspecies of Plasmodium .Padainvolved. .Padadas d as
w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The sudden wwwwwrelease of merozoites ww ww.P an attack on the
w
wtriggers ww ww.P
w
wRBCs. wwwww
Sexual modeof reproduction: (In body of mosquito)
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Occasionally, merozoites .Ni.eN tet
differentiate .Ni.eNtet
into macrogametocytes .Ni.eNtet
and microgametocytes. .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ When wthese w.P.Pare ad ingested by aww .wP.Pad they develop
mosquito, d
.P.Pamale
winto and female .P.Pad
wgametes
www
ww www
w w ww wwwww wwwww
respectively.
➢ Int the mosquito's gut, the tinfected erythrocytes lyse and male and female gametes fertilize to
a l alia.Ni.eN et a diploid zygote
form a l a ia.Ni.eNetookinete.
called
l a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a da sa s a d a s
a s a d a s
a
w.P.aPad ➢ The ookinete w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww migrates to the mosquito's wwwww gut wall and develop wwwwwinto an oocyte. wwwww
➢ The oocyte undergoes meiosis by a process called sporogony to form sporozoites.
➢.NeN t
These sporozoites migrate .Ni.eNtetot the salivary glands ofeNtthe mosquito. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i. et a s aslaalia a s a s alia
la .N i. et a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ The cycle
d a dada completed and.Pwhen
isP.aPnow ad da the mosquito wbites .wP.aPdad a
another human w .wP.aPdathe
host, da
www
ww w w
w
w
w
.w
w w
w
w
w w.Pa w w
w w w w
w w
sporozoites are injected and the cycle begins a new.

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
i.
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet sa alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
d da Write the steps.taken a s
Padadato prevent alcohol a
adaddrug s
a abuse. .Padada a s a
.Padada s
w.P.aPa4. ww.P
w w .Pand
ww.P ww.P
w www.P
www
ww www
Effectively dealing with peer pressure:
ww
w ww
w www
➢ The biggest reason for teens to start on drugs is due to their friends / peer groups imposing
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia pressure on them. a s lsa
a alia a s alsaalia a s lsa
a alia a s lsa
a alia
d a .P.aPdada .wP.aPdadgroup
a aPdada .Padada
w.P.aPad ➢ Hence,ww it w
wiswimportant to havewaw wbetter of friends to.wP.avoid
w such harmful www.P and
www
ww w ww ww
ww wwwdrugs
alcohol.
Seeking help from parents and peers:
a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
asought aslthat.Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a➢ Help from parents
a d a s
a and
s a peer group should
a d a s
abe immediatelya d as
so
a a they can be a
guided
a d s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P from close and trusted
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww Help may even be
appropriately. ww
wsought www friends.
ww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 8 | Pw ePa ad
a g .w
w www .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NeGetting proper advice to sort out their problems would help the young to vent their feelings
s a lsaalia. i.Ntet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a of anxiety and a
d as
guilt. a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww Education w w
wwcounselling:
and wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Education and counselling create positive attitude to deal with many problems and to accept
.Ni.eNtet
disappointments inalife. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s s laalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a ad a
w.P.Pad Looking forwdanger ad
w.P.Psigns: w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Teachers and parents need to look for sign that indicate tendency to go in for addiction.
Seeking tet professional and medical assistance:
ai .Ni.eN a i . .eNtet
Niin alia Ni.eNtet
.qualified alia Ni.eNtet
.psychiatrists alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a as la➢l a Assistance is d a s
a a
available
s la l a the form of da saasla
highly d asaasla
psychologists, and d de-
a s
a asla
w.P.aPad w .wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
addiction
ww and rehabilitation programmes wwwww to help individuals wwwwtowovercome their problems. wwwww

s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet Intext questions:
s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
dada and three marks.P d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPTwo .aPada and answer:
w question w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww www
ww
1. What are the advantages of good health?
➢ eWhen people are healthyethey are more efficient at work.

t
alsaa l .Ni.Ntet
ia alsaalia.Ni.Ntet alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ Health increases
.Padadaa s
longevity of people and a
d a s
reduces infant and adult s
mortality.
a
d a a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ➢ Personal ww ww.P
w
whygiene, regular exercise wwwwand balanced diet are wwwwvery important to maintain www good
ww
health.

N
2.saaslaa
What.Ni.Nteare
lia
e t
non-infectious s asla .Ni.eNtet Give examples.
lia
adiseases? s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Non-infectious w.P.Pad w.P.Pad from an infected w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www diseases are notwtransmitted www
w wwwwwperson to a healthywperson. www
w

a s asla
Examples:
➢.NeN
alia
Genetic
t
i. et
i.
(cystic fibrosis),
a s as alia
la .Ni.eNtet
as a s
.Ni.eNtet
alia
la a s as la .Ni.eNtet
alia a s as la .Ni.eNtet
alia
w.P.aPad ➢ Nutritional
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.(vitamin
P.aPad deficiency diseases) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Degenerative ww www (arthritis, heart attack, wwwwwstroke). wwwww www
ww
➢ Among non - infectious diseases, cancer is one of the major causes of death in man.
a
la .Ni.eNtet
ia alia
la .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

3.
a
d a s as l
How are viral diseases a
d a s a
grouped?
s a s a s a s a s a s a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Padada d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Pneumotropic:ww www Respiratory tract ww ww.P by influenza ww
w
infected
w www www
ww
➢ Dermotropic: Skin and subcutaneous tissues affected by chicken pox and measles
s

➢ia.Ni.eN tet
Viscerotropic: Bloodlaand ia.Ni.eN tet
visceral organs affected ia eNteyellow
.Ni.by t fever and dengue .Ni.eNtefever
ia t .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s alsaa l a s as a l a s a laal a s a laal a s a laal
d a Pdada nervous system d s .P.aPdadas d as
w.P.aPad ➢ Neurotropic: w.P.aCentral .aPada by rabies and w.P.aPad
a

w.Paffected wpolio
www
ww wwwww ww www www
ww ww www
4. List the three genera of fungi that cause Dermatomycosis, a cutaneous infection?
d

➢.NeN Trichophyton,
t Epidermophyton
.Ni.eNtet and Microsporum. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia i. et a s alia
asla a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 5. Name the w
ww types
wwwof malaria.
w ww www www
ww ww www
a

Duration of
S.No t Types of Malaria t Causative
t agent t
.Ni.Nee t e
.Ni.Ne t e
.Ni.Ne t e
.Net
.NiErythrocytic cycle alalia .Ni.eNtet
P

as aslaalia a s alia
asla a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s s a
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad 1 w.P.aPbenign
Tertian, ad tertian wor .aPad Plasmodiumwvivax
w.Pvivax w.P.aPad 48 hours www .P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwww www
w www
malaria
2 t Quartan malaria Plasmodium malariae 72 hours
l a i . N
i .eNet l a i. N
i .eNtet l a i. Ni .eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s a
s a l a 3 Mild tertian a
d a s a
malaria
s a l a a s as a l a
Plasmodium ovale as a s a l
48 hours a s a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .wP.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad 36 – 48 hours
d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww 4 wwwww tertian or quotidian
Malignant ww ww
malaria Plasmodiumwfalciparumwww
w ww www
6. Writet short notes on Ringworm. t
s a a
lsa
➢l .Ni.eN
ia et
Ringworm is one of
s a alia
lsa
the .eNet common fungal
.Nimost s a .Ni.eNtet in humans. salalia
alia
lsdiseases .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a
d a a a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad ➢ Appearance w.P.aPad w .P.aPdada w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwwof dry, scaly lesions ww
wonwwthe skin, nails and wscalp wwware the main symptoms
w wwwof the
ww
disease.
➢i.N.eN t t and moisture help
Heat tet fungi to grow and
these
.Ni.eN tet
.Ni.eNmakes them to thrive .Niin tet folds such as i.NeNtet
.eNskin
a d a s
a
a
asla lai e a d a s
a
alia
asla
a d a s
a
alia
asla
a d asa
alia
asla
a
la i.
daadsaasala
.P
w . Pa d those in the.
w . groin
P P a d or between the toes.
.
w . P P a d .
w .P P a d .
w .P P
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 9 | Pw ePa ad
a g .w
w www .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
7. Write short notes on Athlete’s foot.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Ringworm of
a thea a
as is known as Athlete’s
d feet a
d afoot a
s caused by Tinea a
adas
.Padpedis.
a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad ww.P towels and comb
w w.wP.aPad
www
ww ➢ Ringworms wwwwware generally acquired wwwwfrom soil or by using ww
wclothes, ww
wwused by
infected persons.
8.s aslaa .Ni.Nteist drug abuse? salalia
lia
What
e .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ The intake P.Pad
w.of w .P ad
ww.P other than their w.wP.Pad clinical use in anw
.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww certain drugs forwaw wpurpose ww
wwnormal ww
w wwamount
and frequency that impair one’s physical, physiological and psychological functions is called
.Ni.eN tet abuse.
drug .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla as aslaalia a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPa9.
d What are the w .P.aPathat
drugs d are commonlywabused? .P.aPad Name the drugs P.aPad
w.commonly abused?www .P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww www
➢ The drugs which are commonly abused include opioids, cannabinoids, coca-alkaloids,
barbiturates,
tet amphetamines eNtet and LSD.
s a l alia. N
i .eN
s a l alia.Ni . s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a s a
d da What are called.P a
adada s a a s a s a s
w.P.aPa10. Opioids? .Padada .Padada .Padada
www
ww www ww.P
w www
www.P ww
w ww.P
w ww
w ww.P
w
➢ Opioids are drugs which bind to specific opioid receptors present in the central nervous
system and intestinal tract.

t
. N eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet which is white, .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a la➢
alia i . Heroin (smack) a is
s a laalia
chemically diacetyl a s a aa
morphine,
l lia
a s a la
a iodourless
l a and bitter
a s a laalia
d as d as d as d as d as
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww crystalline
ww wwcompound. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It is obtained by acetylation of morphine, which is extracted from flowers of the poppy plant.

N
11. la
s
What
asalia .Ni.eNteist Morphine? salalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a s a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Morphine
a
www
a
is.Pone
ww.P
adof the strongestwpain
w ww
a ad and is used during
.Pkiller
ww.P www
a ad
.Psurgery.
ww.P
a
w.P.Pad
www
ww
➢ It is the wmost widely abused narcotic drug which acts as w a depressant and slows down
wwwww body

s
12.
a asla ali
What
. N e
functions.
N t t
ai. eare Cannobinoids?
i. a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Cannobinoids w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www are a group of chemicals wwwww obtained from Cannabis wwwww sativa, the Indianwhemp www plant.
w
➢ Natural cannabinoids are the main source of marijuana, ganja, hashish and charas.
la➢i.Ni.eN
a Itteinterferes
t in the transport
la .Ni.eNtet of the neurotransmitter,
alia alia
la .Ni.eNtet dopamine and has
alia
la
tet
.Nia.eNpotent stimulating lai.Ni.eNtet
a

a l a a a a a a
w. P.
a
aPdadas s action on wthe
. P .aP a
CNS,
s s
dadaproducing increased
w . P.
a s s
dada and a sense of.P
aPenergy w
a
aPdadas
euphoria.
.
s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
13. What is Cocaine?
s

➢ eCocaine is a white powder that is obtained fromethe leaves of the coca plant, Erythroxylum
s alsa alia.Ni.Ntet s alsa l .Ni.eNtet
ia
acalled s alsaalia.Ni.Ntet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a coca. It is commonly a coke or crack. a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Cocaine .Padada .Padada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d a
a

www
ww ww ww.P serious physical
w
wcauses ww ww.Ppsychological problems
w
wand wwwww including hallucinations wwwww and
paranoia.
d

14. la
s
What
asalia .Ni.Nteare
e t the Signs and symptoms
s asla .Ni.eNtet of mental depression?
alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Loss ofwself-confidence
a .P ad
ww.P
w a and self-esteem.
ww.P
w a
.P ad www.P
a
.P ad w a
.P ad
ww.P
www
ww w ww ww ww
a

➢ Anxiety w w w w
➢ Not being able to enjoy things that are usually pleasurable or interesting.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d 15.
a List the advantages dof Participating
a in an exercise
d a programme. d a d a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Practicing ww wwexercise ww
in daily life createswww a positive attitude.ww www wwwww
➢ Increase self-esteem.
➢lia.Ni.eN tet self-confidence.i.NeNtet
Boost .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa a s as laalai. a s as alia
la as a s alia
la a s as alia
la
d a dadempowerment.
a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Createwawsense w.P.aPof w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Enhance social connections and relationships.

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pea ad
10 | Pwawg.w
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY
5 marks: Intext questions:
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a
d 1.as Write short notes on a as a
d Ascariasis. a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ➢ Ascariswis w
wwa monogenic parasitewand w
wwexhibits sexual dimorphism. wwwww wwwww
➢ Ascariasis is a disease caused by the intestinal endoparasite Ascaris lumbricoides commonly
.Ni.eN tet the round worms.
called .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ It is transmitted w.P.Padthrough ingestion w.Pof d
.Paembryonated eggs .P.Pad contaminatedww
wthrough .wP.Paand
food d
wwwww www
ww www
ww wwwww w ww
water.
➢ Children tet playing in contaminated soils are also prone to have a chance oft transfer of eggs
a l alia.Ni.eN
from hand to mouth. a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad ➢ Symptoms: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwabdominal pain, vomiting,
ww www headache, anaemia,
ww wwwirritability and diarrhoea. wwwww
➢ A heavy infection can cause nutritional deficiency and severe abdominal pain and causes
tet
stunted
.Ni.eN growth in children. .Ni.eNteItt may also cause .Ni.eNtet hepatitis andsbronchitis.
enteritis, .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww 2. Write short notes
www on Filariasis.
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ Filariasis is caused by Wuchereria bancrofti, commonly called filarial worm.
➢ eItt ist found in the lymph vessels and lymph nodes ofetman.

t
alsa alia.Ni.Ne alsa lia
ais .Ni.eNtet alsaalia .Ni.Net alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢ Wuchereria .Padada a s
bancrofti sexually dimorphic,
.Padada a s viviparous and digenic. a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww ➢ The life ww
w ww.isP completed in two
w
cycle ww ww.Pman and the female
w
whosts, wwwwCulex mosquito. wwwww
➢ The female filarial worm gives rise to juveniles called microfilariae larvae.

N
➢ia eInt the
t lymph glands,lathe eNtet
.Ni.juveniles develop into .Ni.eNtet
aliadults. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a asla al.Ni.Ne a d a s
a asalia
a d a s
a asla a
a d a s
a aslaalia
a d a saaslaalia
w.P.Pad ➢ The accumulations w.P.Pad of the worms w.P.Pthe
block ad lymphatic system w.P .Pad in inflammation
resulting w.P.of d
Pathe
wwwww www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww
lymph nodes.

sala i . N eN e t
alai. scrotum and mammary
i.
➢ Int some cases, the obstruction
sala i . N.eN
alaiglands
tet of lymph vessels
sala i
alai.. N
causes
eNtet elephantiasis ori.filariasis
sala alai.N eNtet of the limbs, i.NeNtet
sala alai.
.wP.aPdaadas .wP.aPdaadas .wP.aPdaadas .wP.aPdaadas .wP.aPdaadas
la
w w
w ww w w
w w w w w w w
3. Name fivew wBacterial diseases inwman, ww their causative wagent, ww site of infection, w wwmode of
transmission and symptoms.
alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a
d as a s a s as
dada (Intestinal tract.Pinfection) a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Bacterial diseases w.Pin.aPman: w .aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
ww ww www ww www
Site of infection & Mode of
s

Diseases Causative agent Symptoms

t t transmission t
s alsaalia N
. i.N e e t
s a lsaalia N
. i.N e e t
s a l alia N
. i.Ne e t
s a l alia. i.eNtet
N
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a Site.Pofadinfection:
a a Intestine .PaHeadache,
a a abdominal a a
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad adas w .Pad
d as d as
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww Typhoid wwwww ww
w ww.P of
w
Mode ww www discomfort,
transmission: ww www and
fever
(Enteric Salmonella typhi
Through contaminated food diarrhoea
d

fever)
t t et t
s aslaalia.Ni.Ne e t
s asla alia.Ni.Nee t and water alaia
s l.Ni.Ne s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a da a a d a a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.Pof
Site ad
.Pinfection: Intestine ad
w.P.PAbdominal ad
w.P.Ppain,
www
ww Shigellosiswwwww www
ww ww www ww www
a

Mode of transmission: Food dehydration, blood and

(Bacillary Shigella sp.
and water contaminated by mucus in the stools
Ni.eNtet
dysentery) Ni.eNtet Ni.eNteroute
t Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l ali.
a faeces / faecal
s a l alia.oral s a l alia. s asla alia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a da a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww wwof
Site
w infection: Intestine ww www Severe ww
diarrhoea www and
Mode of transmission: dehydration
Cholera Vibrio cholerae
.Ni.eNett t
.Ni.eNet Contaminated tet
.Ni.eNfood and .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s a s alia
la
d a d a water/ dada oral route d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPfaecal w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww www
ww ww www ww www
Bacterial diseases in man: (Respiratory tract infection)
t t Site of infection .Ni.eN&teMode of t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia .eNet
.NiDiseases Causative
a s alsa alia i.eNet
.Nagent
a s alsaalia t
a s alsaalia .eNet
.NiSymptoms
a s a lsaalia
d a d a .Padatransmission
da .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww wwwww ww
w
Site of infection: Lungs
ww w Fever, cough,
ww w painful
Streptococcus
Pneumonia Mode of transmission: breathing and brown sputum
e tet pneumoniae e tet et t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a
a
aslala i . Ni . N
d a s
a
a
aslala i . N
i .N
d a s
a aslala .Ne
Droplet infection a i. N i
d asaasla alia
d a saasla alia
a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad w a ad
.P.Pinfection: a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww Mycobacterium ww wwof
Site
w Lungsww www Thick mucopurulant ww www nasal
Tuberculosis Mode of transmission: discharge
tuberculosis
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet Droplet infection .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases. .Pa ad
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pea ad
11 | Pwawg.w
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww ww www
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A PGT ZOOLOGY

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet Site of infection: .Ni.eNtet Larynx, Fever, .Ni.eNtesore

t throat, .Netet
lsaalia lsaalia lsaalia lsaalia lai i.N
. P.
a s a
aPdada Diphtheria w.PCorynebacterium .
a
aPdadas a skin,
. P a
nasal,
.
s a
aPdada genital passage.w.P.aPhoarseness a
dadas a and difficulty
. P. aasala
aPdaadsin
w w w
www
ww wwwww diphtheriae www ww
Mode of wwwww breathing.
transmission: wwwww
Droplet infection
e
.Ni.Ne t t e
.Ni.Net t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a
d How can we prevent a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa4. w.P.Padmalaria? w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww
➢ It is possible
wwwwwto break the transmission wwwww cycle by killing thewinsect www vector.
w wwwww
➢ Mosquito's lay their eggs in water. Larvae hatch and develop in water but breathe air by
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia moving to the surface.
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Oil canww bew P.aPad over the water
.sprayed w.P.aPad w.P.aPad for mosquito .Pa ad
ww.P and
w
www
ww w ww wwwwwsurface, to make itwimpossible www
w wwwlarvae
pupae to breathe.
➢ NePonds, drainage ditchesNand other permanent bodies of water can be stocked with fishes such
s a la . i.Ntet
alia s a . i.eNtet
alia
la s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s as Gambusia whicha
d a sfeed on mosquito a
larvae.
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Preparations wwwww containing Bacilluswthuringiensiswww
w can be sprayed wwwwwto kill the mosquitowlarvae www since
w
it is not toxic to other forms of life.

t
➢ e tet best protection against
The .Ni.eNtemalaria
t is to avoid .Ni.eNtebitten
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa N
. i.N
alia a s alsaalia a s alsaabeing
ia
l by mosquito.
as a lsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d dada wire gauging of .P d P.aPdada
w.P.aPad ➢ Peopleww w.P
are .aPada to use mosquito
advised w.P.aP nets, .aPada and doors
w windows tow.prevent

e
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
mosquito bites.

N
5. a How tet you maintain personal
.Ni.eNwill .Ni.eNtetand public Hygiene? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslalia a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
w.P.Pad ➢ Hygiene
d a iswa.Pset d of a
d practices performed d a d a d a
a a
w.Pa w.wP.Pto
a adconserve good health. a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ According wwwwto the World Health wwwwOrganization (WHO),whygiene
wwww refers to “conditions www and
ww

a s aslaa i N e
N tet
➢lai. “Personal
.
i.
practices that help to maintain health and prevent the spread of diseases.
hygiene a s alia
aslrefers
a
.Ni.eNtetot maintaining one’s
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtbody
et clean byasbathing,
asla alia.Ni.eNtetwashing hands,
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad trimming w .wP.aPad wearing clean
fingernails, w.wP.aPad and also includes w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P in
w
www
ww wwww wwwwclothes wwwwwattention to keeping wsurfaces
ww
the home and workplace, including toilets, bathroom facilities, clean and pathogen-free.
➢ eOur public places teem with infection, contamination and germs.
a
la ia.Ni.Ntet alia
la .Ni.eNtet laa ia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as ➢l It seems that every
a s asurface
s we touch and a s
theas l
air we breathe are with
a s apollutants
s and microbes. a s as
w.P.aPad .P.aPdada d a
w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
d a .Padada
www
ww ➢ It’s notww w
w
wwthe
just public places that wwwware unclean, but wewmight wwww be amazed at the ww ww.P of
w
wnumber
s

people who do not wash their hands before taking food, after visiting the restroom, or who
N
. i.Ne tet
sneeze without covering .Ni.eN tet faces.
their .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadWrite its symptoms. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www 6. What is depression?

ww wwwww wwwwwHow can we control ww ww.P
w
wit? www
ww
➢ Depression is a common mental disorder that causes people to experience depressed mood,
d

.Ni.eNloss
tet of interest or pleasure, .Ni.eNtetfeelings of guilt ori.low t self-worth, disturbed .Nisleep
t poor appetite, i.NeNtet
aslaalia aslaalia asla alaNi.eNet asla alia .eNet la i.
. P aPdaadsa low energy .and
P aPdaadsa
poor concentration. . P aPdaadsa . P aPdaadsa . P aPdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
a

Signs and symptoms of mental depression:

➢ Loss of self-confidence and self esteem
➢lia.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a s aslaa Anxiety
a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Not being w.wP.aPtoadenjoy things that w.wP.aP ad pleasurablewor P.aPad
.interesting w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwable wwwware usually w wwww Lifestyle.ww www
Prevention:
➢ eChanges tet like exercise, meditation, eNtet yoga and healthy eNtetfood habits can help to
eNtebe
t relieved from lai.Ni.eNtet
a l a ia. N
i .N a l a i .
a N
i . a l a i.
a Ni . a l a ia. N
i. a a
w . P.aPdaadsasal depression. w . P.aPdaadsasal w .P .aPdaadsasal w . P.aPdaadsasal w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww ➢ Exercise ww w
wwstimulates the body wwwwtow produce serotonin wwwwwand endorphins, ww www are
which
neurotransmitters that suppress depression.
➢i.Ni.eN tet
Practicing exercise inladaily ia.Ni.eNtelife
t creates a positive .N
ia eNtet
attitude. .Ni.eNtet
ia .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s alsa al a a s a a l a s a laal i . a s a laal a s a laal
d a dadas programme can: .Padadas .Padadas .Padadas
w.P.aPad Participating in
w Paexercise
.an
ww.P ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww www
➢ Increase self-esteem
www www ww
w
➢ Boost self-confidence
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a saasla➢lia
a Create
aasla alia
a sense dofasempowerment d a saaslaalia
d a saaslaalia
d a saaslaalia
a
w.P.Pad ➢ Enhance a
.P ad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad a
w.P.Pad
www
ww ww ww.Pconnections andwrelationships
w
wsocial www
w wwwww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 –wDiseases.
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pea ad
12 | Pwawg.w
w ww .P
www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet

alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww www
ww ww www
=====================================================================================
BOOK BACKt QUESTIONS
1.s aslaa ia.Ni.eNebelow
Given
l
t
are some s alia
la
ashuman .Ni.eNteorgans.
t
Identify s alia
la
aone
t
i.eNet and one asecondary
.Nprimary s aslaalia.Ni.eNtelymphoid
t
organ. s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a s d a d a a
w.P.aPad Explain its w P.aPad
w.Liver, P.aPad
w.thyroid, w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w
role. thymus, stomach, wwwww tonsils. ww www ww www
➢ Thymus: it is the primary lymphoid organ. T cells maturation occurs in the thymus.
➢.NeN t
Tonsils: these are the secondary.Ni.eNtet lymphoid organs. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la i. et a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
w.P.aPad ➢ These w
d a help dadainfections and they dadainvading germs including d a d a
w.to fight
P.aP w.P.aP stop w.P.aPad bacteria andwviruses. w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w wwwww www
ww www
w
2. How does saliva act in body defence?
➢ eLysozyme acts as antibacterial agent and cleaves the bacterial cell wall.

t
alsaa ia
l .Ni.Ntet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ It is a secretion of
a
d a ssaliva. a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww www wwwww www
ww ww www
3. Name and explain the type of barriers which involve macrophages.
➢ Specialized cells called Monocytes can mature into tmacrophage cells.

N
i .N e tet i . N e tet .Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a . N
asla➢la These act by phagocytosis
i a s a i . N
aslala and digests whole a s alia
aslmicroorganisms.
a a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Neutrophils w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad cells by phagocytosis. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww wwwand monocytes destroy wwwwforeign www
ww ww www

4.sala
a s a ia
What
l
i.
➢ Monocytes mature into macrophages which perform phagocytosis on any foreign organism.
.Ni.eNtearet interferons? Mention
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtettheir role.
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Interferons P.aPad antiviral state w
w.induce inw .wP.aPuninfected
wthe
ad cells. ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www ww www ww www
➢ Interferons are proteinaceous, antiviral, species specific substances produced by mammalian
cells
tet when infected with viruses.
eNtet
la i . N
i .eN l a i . N
i . ia.Ni.eNtet
aantiviral
la ia.Ni.eNtet
ainhibit
la la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a➢l a They stimulate the
a
d a s as a l a
cellular DNA to produce
a
d a s as l enzymes s
which
a
d a a s l viral replication
a
d as a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
and protect wwwthe cells. wwwww www
ww ww www
s

5. List out chemical alarm signalst produced during inflammation.

a i. N .eNtet .Ni.eNet induce leakage
ia ia .eNtet
.Nvascular ia eNtet
.Ni.chemotactic .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d assa la➢l a i Tissue damage and
a
d ass a laa
infection
l a
d ass a laa
of
l i fluid, containing
a
d ass a laal signals
a
d ass a laal
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww wwwww histamine and prostaglandins.
like serotonin, wwwww ww www wwwww
➢ They influx the phagocytic cells into the affected area. This phenomenon is called diapedesis.
d

.Ni.eNis tetopsonisation efficient .Ni.eNintetphagocytosis? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a da
6.sala
a s lia
Why
a
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a asla alia
a d a s
a aslaalia
w.P.Pad ➢ Opsonisation w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pada pathogen is .P ad
ww.P of
w
www
ww wwwww or enhanced attachment wwwww is the processwby wwwwhich wwwmarked
a

ingestion and destruction by a phagocyte.

➢ eOpsonisation involves the binding of an opsonin i.e., antibody, to aet receptor on the
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.Net .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l ali.
a s a l alia. s a l alia. s aslaalia
d a a s a pathogen’s cell dmembrane.
a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ After opsonin wwwww binds to the membrane, wwwww phagocytes are attracted ww www to the pathogen.ww www
➢ Opsonisation is a process in which pathogens are coated with a substance called an opsonin,
.Ni.eN tet
marking the pathogen. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a P.aPadamuch
da more efficient P.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ This results w.in w.phagocytosis. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww
7. Why is an antibody molecule represented as H2 L2?
➢.NeAn t antibody moleculei.isNYeNtshaped structure thati.N comprises
t of four polypeptide .Ni.eNtet chains. .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.Net a s alsa alai. et a s alsaalai.eNet a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Two identical
d a .wP.aP dadachains (L) of molecular
light .wP.aPdadweight
a .wP.aPdada
25,000 Daw(approximately 214 amino .wP.aPdada
acids)
w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
➢ Two identical heavy chains (H) of molecular weight 50,000 Da (approximately 450 amino w ww w w w
w w
acids).
e tet polypeptide chains t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla ➢lia
a .Ni.N The
a s asla alia i.eNelinked
.Nare togethersby
a aslaadi-sulphide
lia (S-S) bonds.
a s aslaalia a sasla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ One light .P.Pais
wchain d attached to each P.Pad chain and twowheavy
w.heavy w ww
.P ad
ww.P chains are attached w.to ad
P.Peach
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
other to form a Y shaped structure.
➢ eHence, an antibody is represented by H2 L2.
a l alia. Ni.Ntet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d asa
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 1 | Pwaw eP.a
g .w Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
8. What are the cells involvedNinnate immune system?Netet
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Monocytes,.PaP(Macrophages),
a a
d as a a a
d as tissue macrophages
Neutrophils, a a
d as are digest .Pwhole a
d as a
w.P.aPad w . ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad
www
ww wwwww
microorganisms. wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ Complementary substances produced from leucocytes - produce antiviral substance
.Ni.eNtet
Interferons. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alia
asla a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Mast cell .Padproduce the chemical
w–.Pthey d
w.P.Pasubstances Pad
w.P.histamine
serotonin, w.P.Pad
and prostaglandins,
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
ww
and act as inflammatory barriers.
9. a
aslalia Ni.eNtet is infected byaHIV.
A .person alia
la eNtet will you diagnosis
.Ni.How asla
for
.N
alia
tAIDS?
i.eNet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s a s s a s a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ A simple
d a blood d a
a test
d is available thatwcan d a
.P.aPdetermine whetherwthe d a
person
ad has been infected d a
ww.wP.Pa ad .P.aP w.P.aPwith
ad
www
ww HIV. w ww wwwww wwwww www
ww
ELISA test (Enzyme Linked ImmunoSorbent Assay):
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet of HIV antibodies. t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
s ➢lia
a
la Used to detect the
a s a
s alia
presence
la a s as aliIt
la a .eNaetpreliminary test.
.Niis
a s a s alia
la a s a s alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad Western blot: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww
➢ It is a more reliable and a confirmatory test.
➢ eItt detects the viral core proteins.

t
lsa
a a ia
l .Ni.Net lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
ia
althe alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia a lsa .Ni.eNtet
ia
aconsidered
l a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ➢ If both tests a
d a s
detect presence of the
a
d a s antibodies, the person a
d as is to be s
HIV
a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww
positive. wwwww wwwww www
ww

N
5 Marks:
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a
d What is Acquired a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pa1. Pad
w.P.immunity? w ww
ad
.P Compare
Give itswtypes.
ww.P
active and .P.Pad immunity. ww.wP.Pad
wpassive
www
ww wwwww wwwww w ww
➢ The immunity that an individual acquires after birth is known as acquired immunity.

a s asla i .
alai. N eN e t
i.
➢ Itt is the body's resistance to
a s i .
alai.
asla N eNteta specific pathogen.
a s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad S.No .PaActive
ad Immunity ww.wP.aPad Passive
.Pa adImmunity .Pa ad
www
ww www ww.P
w w ww www ww.P
w www ww.P
w
Active immunity is produced actively Passive immunity is received passively and there
1
by host’s immune system. is no active host participation
e t e t t .Ni.eNtetobtained fromsalalia .Ni.eNtet
i . N e t
alai.N It is produced
la due
la i . N
alai.to e t
N contact with sItala .N
aislia i.eNet
produced due to aantibodies
laalia
a

a
d a s as 2 a
d a s as a
d a s d a s as a
d a s a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
pathogen w.P.aPad outside. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww or by its antigen. ww www wwwww wwwww
It is durable and effective in It is transient and less effective.
s

3
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet protection. salalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a a a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad
4 .wP.aPdadasmemory is present.
Immunological .wP.aPdadaNo s memory. .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas
a

w w w w
www
ww w w
w w w w
w w
Booster effect on subsequent dose is Subsequent dose is less effective. w w
w w w w
w w
5
possible.
d

e t t
.Ni.Ne Immunity is seffective .Ni.eNtetonly after a sImmunity .Ni.eNtetdevelops immediately. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a alia
asla a alia
asla as aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a 6 a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad short .wP.Pad
period.
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

2. Differentiate primary and secondary immune response.

Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l ali.
a s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a da a
w.P.aPad S.No w.P.aPadImmune Response
Primary w.P.aPad w.P.aP
Seconday ad
immune Response w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
It occurs as a result of primary It occurs as a result of second and subsequent
1
contact with an antigen. contactst with the same antigen. t
l a i . N i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNetlevel reaches peak .Ni.3eNto
aliin
la et .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a
d a s as a l a Antibody level
a
d a s a
s a l a
reaches peak in 7 to a
d a s a
Antibody
s a
d a s as a 5 days. a
d as as
w.P.aPad 2 w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwww
10wdays. wwwww wwwww wwwww
Prolonged period is required to It establishes immunity in a short time.
3 t
s alsa alia.Ni.eNet establish immunity. s lsa
a alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
dada decline in antibody a
.PadadaAntibody level w a
.Padadhigh
a for longer period. a
.Padada
w.P.aPad There w .Parapid
is
ww.P ww.P
w remains
ww.P
w ww www.P
www
ww 4 www
level.
www www
It appears mainly in the lymph nodes It appears mainly in the bone marrow, followed
i . N5i.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a
a
aslala and spleen.dasaasla
a a d a s
a asla
by lia
athe spleen and lymph
a d asaasla alia
nodes.
ad a s
aasla alia
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 2 | Pw
aw eP.a
g .w Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
3. Differentiate innate and acquired immunity.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a S.No a
dada immunity a
d a a
d a a
.P.aPdada
w.P.aPad w.P.aPInnate w.P.aPad w.P.aPad immunity www
Acquired
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
Innate immunity is the natural
1 -
t phenomenon t t
s aslaalia.Ni.Ne e t
s alia
la .Ni.Ne
apossesses
e t
s asla lia
e
.Ni.Ne
aindividual t
s asla .Ni.eNtet
lia
abirth s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a An individual
a d a a s right froma d a aAn acquires a dafter
a a a d a a
w.P.Pad 2 w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
the www
birth. wwwww wwwww wwwww
Defense mechanisms are non- It is the body's resistance to a specific pathogen.
3et
s aslaalia t
.Ni.Ne specific s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa effective
Theywware
w www.P
ad Pa ad
against waw.wide
w www.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww
4 range of potentially infectious -
agents.
l a i . Ni .eNtet alia
la .Ni.e Ntet non-specific sThe laalia.N t
i.eNet features of alia
la .Ni.eNtet immunity aresalalia .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s as a l a Otherwise a
d a s a
knowns as a
d a as unique a
d a s aacquired
s a
d a s a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad antigenic specificity, w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww 5 wwwww or natural immunity.
immunity wwwww wwwww diversity, recognition wwwwwof self
and non-self and immunological memory.

t
.Ni.eNett t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
4.sasla
a lia
Differentiate
a Humoral a s and
alsaalia.N i.eNemediated
cell t immunity.
a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad

e
w w w
www
ww wwwwAntibody mediated or w w
w w w w
w w
cell mediated immune response or w w
w w
S.No
humoral immunity cell mediated immunity

N
e t e t e t t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia t
.Ni.Ne Pathogens are
a s asla .Ni.Ne
adestroyed
lia
t by the sPathogens
a asla alia t
.Ni.Ne are destroyed
a s aslaalia .eNet cells without
.Niby
a s aslaalia
a d a 1 a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Paofd antibodies www
production .P.Pad producing antibodies. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www wwwww wwwww
This is brought about by B cells with This is brought about by T cells, macrophages and

a s as laalia.
2
Ni.eNtet
and T helper
i.
the help of antigen epresenting
a s a
cells.
s laalia. Ni.Ntet
cells naturaletkiller
a s as laalia. Ni.Net
cells.
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww
Antibody production wisw wwwthe wwwww wwwww
3 characteristic feature of vertebrates
t
.Ni.eNet only. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia alia
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as a sa s
w.P.aPad .Padada P.aPdada
w.immunodeficiency w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www 5. Differentiate
ww ww www.Pimmune diseasewand
wAuto www
w wwwww
disease. wwwww
s

S.No Autoimmune diseases Immunodeficiency

N e te t
. i.N Autoimmunitysaisladue N e te t
. i.Nto an abnormal salalia N e
. i.N te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a salsaalia a a ia
l a a a s a laalia
a s a laalia
d a d as d as d as d as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww immune
ww www response in which wwwthe Immunodeficiency
ww wwwresults from the failure
ww www
ww of one
1 immune system fails to properly
or more components of the immune system.
d

distinguish between self and non-

s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
a da a s a self and a d a
attacksas a
its own body. ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.Pproduces antibodies
w w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww ww
ww(auto www deficiencies are wcaused
ww www by
w
a

Our wbody Primary immune

2 antibodies) and cytotoxic T cells genetic developmental defects.
e t t
.Ni.Ne that destroy our tet
.Ni.eNtissues. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

as alia
asla a s aown
asla ia
l a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad is evidenced
Autoimmunity .aPad Secondary immune
w.Pthe
by w.P.aPadeficiencies
d arise .P.aPato
wdue d
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww
presence of auto antibodies and T various reasons like radiation, use of cytolytic and

l a i . N
i .eNtet cells that are lareactive
i . N
i .eNtet with host immunosuppressive
l a i. Ni .eNtet drugs and infections
.Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a
d a s a
s a l a antigens. a s as a l a a s a s a l a a s as a s as
w.P.aPad .Padada .Padada .Padada .Padada
www 6. How does w
ww w
w ww.P
w www
www.P ww
w ww.P
w www ww.P
w
immune system works?
➢ When the immune system does not function efficiently in an individual, it leads to infection
ia.Ni.eNtet ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
ia ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a l a
a l causing disease. as a laal a s a laal a s a laal a s a laal
d as P.aPdadaofs body to fightwagainst.Padadas P.aPdadas is called immunity. d as
w.P.aPad ➢ The overall w.ability w wwww.P the disease causing w.pathogen w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www ww www www
ww
➢ Normally many of the responses of the immune system initiate the destruction and
elimination
tet of invading.N organisms and any toxic.molecules produced by them.
s a laal .Ni.eN
ia sa laaliai.eNtet s a la
a iaNi.eNtet
l s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ➢ These immune a d a a s
reactions are destructivea d a
in a s
nature and are made a in
d aresponse
a only to a
molecules
a d a
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P to the host andwnot
w w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww
that are wforeign w
wwto those of host itself. ww www www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 3 | Pw
aw eP.a
g .w Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NeThis ability to distinguish foreign molecules from self is another fundamental feature of the
s a lsaalia. i.Ntet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a immune system. a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ However, wwwwoccasionally, it fails wtow
wwmake its distinction wand www
w reacts destructivelywagainst wwww the
host's own molecules; such autoimmune diseases can be fatal to the organism.
7.s aslaa .Ni.Ntetare B-cells andsT-cells
lia
Where
e
asla alia
tet
.Ni.eNproduced in the asla
human
s alia .Ni.eN tet
body? How do they
s asla .Ni.eNte
alia
differ
t
from each other? s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad Mention any .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwtwo differences. wwwww wwwww ww www
Formation of lymphocytes:
➢i.N.eN t t
Lymphocytes (T – cells Ni.eNteBt – cells) are produced
.and tethe
.Ni.eNin t bone marrow.lai.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a aslaa l ai e d a saasla alia
d a s
a asla alia
d a s
a asala d a s
a asla alia
w.P.aPad They differwfrom ww .Pother
a ad cells by:
ww.Pcapable of specifically w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The onlywcells wwwwwrecognising and producing wwwww an immune response ww wwware the
lymphocytes.
N e tet tet
.Ni.eNblood .Ni.eNtet role in non-specific tet
.Ni.eNimmune .Ni.eNtet
a s as a
la➢lai.N
i . The other types aofsawhite
s laalia cells playaan s as alia
limportant
a a s as laalia response, a s as laalia
d a .Padada and cytokine .wP.aPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad antigen ww.P
w
presentation w
production. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www wwww wwwww ww www
Differences:

t
B cellsNetet T cells Netet
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.N
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a la l . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a as a a a a a a a
d a Produced in bone
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
dmarrow .Padadas Produced inwbone dadas
.P.aPmarrow w.P.aPad
d as

e
www
ww B lymphocytes wwwww (B cells) stay inww ww.P
w
wthe bone T lymphocytes w wwwwleave the bone marrow ww www and
marrow until they are mature. mature in the thymus gland.

N
e t t
.Ni.Necirculate around e t t .Ni.eNtemature,
t eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaThey
lia a s asthe
laalia .Ne Some remain
.Nibody.
a s asla aOnce
lia T cellssaalso
a s alia
la .Ni.accumulate in thesala
a s alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad in the blood, P.Padothers accumulate
w.while w.Pin d same areas ofwthe
.Pathe ad as B cells
.P.Pbody w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www
lymph nodes and spleen.

a s as laa
Involved
lia. Ni.eNtet
i.
in antibody mediated
a s as laalia. Ni.eNtet
immunity
a s as l a
a
Involved
lia. Ni.eNtet
in cell mediated immunity
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa8.
d What is a vaccine? w.P.aPWhat
ad are its types? w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww ww www
➢ A vaccine is a biological preparation that provides active acquired immunity to a particular
disease.
i . N .eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtand
et is often made alia.Nifromt
.eNet weakened aor alia.Ni.eNtet
l ➢
a i It resembles a la
disease-causing microorganism la la la
a

a
d a s as a l a a s as a s as a s as s as
w.P.aPad w.orP.aPdada .Padada .PaPdaitsda w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ww
attenuatedwww killed forms of the ww ww.P their toxins, or
w
microbes,
w ww ww.of
w
wone surface proteins. ww www
➢ Vaccine initiates the immunization process.
s

The .Ni.eN vaccines

tet are classifiedi.into t three types: .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alaNi.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ First generation
d a .wP.aPdadvaccine
a .wP.aPdada into live attenuated
- is furtherwsubdivided .wP.aPdadvaccine,
a .wP.aPdaand
killed vaccine da
a

w w w
www
ww toxoids.w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w w ww w
✓ i) Live attenuated vaccines - Measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) and the Varicella
d

s asla alia.Ni.Ntet (chickenpox) svaccine.

e
asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ✓ ii)wKilled .Pad
w.P(inactivated) vaccines P.Padpolio vaccine. ww.wP.Pad
– .Salk’s
w w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w wwwww w ww ww www
a

✓ iii) Toxoid vaccines - contain a toxin or chemical secreted by the bacteria or virus. DPT
vaccine
Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

l a i . laalia asla alisurface alia

la aslaalia
d a s
a as a➢l a Second generationd a saasvaccine - contains thed a s
pure
a a antigen of d s
the
a a aspathogen. E.g. Hepatitis-
d a s
a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
B vaccine.www wwwww wwwww ww www
➢ Third generation vaccine - contains the purest and the highest potency vaccines which are
.Ni.eN tet
synthetic in generation. .Ni.eNtThe
et latest revolution .Ni.ineNtevaccine
t is DNA vaccine .Ni.eNtetor recombinant .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a vaccine.ww.wP.aPdada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww w ww wwwww wwwww ww www

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 4 | Pw
aw eP.a
g .w Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
9. Explain the process of replication of retrovirus afterNitegains entry into the human body.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al . i.Ntet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The HIV virus
a a a
d as into macrophages
enters a a
as RNA replicates.Pto
where
d a a
as viral DNA with the
dform a as
dhelp a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww of the w www reverse transcriptase.
w
enzyme www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ This viral DNA gets incorporated into the DNA of host cells and directs the infected cells to
.Ni.eN tet
produce viral particles. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The macrophages w.P.Pad continue to produce ad and in this way
w.P.Pvirus w ad a HIV factory. ww.wP.Pad
.P.Plike
acts
www
ww ww www www
ww wwwww w ww
➢ Simultaneously, HIV enters into helper T-lymphocytes, replicates and produces progeny
viruses.
tet
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
The progeny viruses s asla a .Ni.eNtet in the blood attack
ia
released
l s aslaalia
t
.eNet helper T-lymphocytes.
.Niother s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ This iswrepeated, w.P.aPadleading to a progressive w.P.aPaddecrease in the .Pa ad
ww.P of helper T lymphocytes
w w.P.aPadin
www
ww www
w www
ww wwwnumber wwwww
the body of the infected person.
➢i.NeN t
During this period, thei.person t suffers from bouts eNtefever,
.Ni.of diarrhoea andi.weight t loss. .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalai. et a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as alia
la t
a s as alaNi.eNet
la a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadof immunoglobulin w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 10. Explain thewstructure
ww www
w wwwwith suitable diagram.
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ In 1950s, Porter and Edelman revealed the basic structure of the immunoglobulin.
➢ eAn antibody molecule is Yetshaped structure that comprises of 4 four polypeptide chains.

t
alsa alia.Ni.Ntet alsa .Ni.Net
alia alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsa l .Ni.eNtet
ia
aacids). alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢ Two identical light
a
d a s chains (L) of molecular
.Padadaa s
weight 25,000 Da (214 s
amino
a
.P.aPdada a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ➢ Two identical ww www heavy chains (H) of ww ww.P weight 50,000
w
wmolecular ww w
ww(450
wDa amino acids). ww www
➢ The polypeptide chains are linked together by di-sulphide (S-S) bonds.

N
➢ia t t light chain is attached
eOne .Ni.eNtetot each heavy chain Ni.eNte2t heavy chains are
.and .Ni.eNtet to each other .Ni.eNtet
a s asla al.Ni.Ne a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaaattached
lia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad to form w P ad structure. Hence,
a Y .w
w ww
shaped
w .P w.Pan ad
.Pantibody w.P.Pby
is represented adH2 L2. w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww
➢ Each chain (L and H) has two terminals.

a s asla
➢ They
i . N eN
alai. regions.
i.
tet are C - terminal
a s asla i .
alai. N
(Carboxyl)
eN tet and amino or N-terminal.Each
as asla i .
alai. N eNtet
a s
chain (Lt and H) has two
aslaalia.Ni.eNet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ They have w.wP.aPad (V) region at w .P.aPadand a much larger w.P.aPad w .wP.aP ad
www
ww ww wwvariable ww
w wwend
one wwwwwconstant (C) regionwat wwwthe other
end.
laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d as a s a
d a s as a
d a sa s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www www
ww wwwww wwwww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

11.
s a a
la .Ni.eNtet
ia
Autoimmunity
l is a alia
la
misdirected
s a .Ni.eNteimmune
t
response.s a la .Ni.eNtet
aliJustify:
a s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
.wP.aPdathe
da s a
d a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Autoimmunity w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w w.P.aPad
wwwww wwwww is due to an abnormal wwwww immune responsewin w which
ww immune system wwwwwfails to
properly distinguish between self and non-self and attacks its own body.
➢i.NeN Our
t body produces antibodies .Ni.eNtet (auto antibodies) .Ni.eNand
tet cytotoxic T cells ithat .Ni.eNtedestroy our own i.NeNtet
alsaalai. et alsaalia alsa alia alsaala t
ala ai.
w . P.
a
aPdadas a
tissues. w.P.aPdada s
w . P.
a
aPdadas
w . P.
a
aPdadas
w . P.aPdaadsasal
wwwww wwwww
➢ If a disease-state ww
results, it is referredwww to as auto-immune ww w
wwdisease. Thus, autoimmunity wwwww is a
misdirected immune response.
e tet .Ni.eNtetby the presence t .Ni.eNtethat
t are reactive lai.Ni.eNtet
aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N Autoimmunity is sevidenced
aslaalia asla aoflia .eNet antibodies and
.Niauto aslTa
alicells
a a a
w a d
.wP.Pad a s
a with hostw a d
P.Pad
.w a a
antigens. When the cells
w a d a s
a
ad as antigens inwwthe
.wP.Pact a d a s
a
ad body, they ware
.wP.Psame w aPdaadsasal
.wP.called
w
w ww w
w ww w
w ww w ww w ww
autoantigens.
➢ eAutoimmune diseases in ehuman can be divided into 2 broad categories: et t
a l alia. Ni.Ntet a la i
l .
a Ni.Ntet a l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.Ne
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 5 | Pw
awg .weP.aPad
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
Organ-specific:
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a ✓ The autoimmune a a
.Padadas process is directed a a
as against one organ.
dmostly a
d as a a
d a
w.P.aPad ww.P
w w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ✓ The wwwautoantibodies may blockww
ww the functions performed wwww
by the organs. www
ww
Examples:
aslaalia.Ni.Ne✓tet Hashimoto’s thyroiditis,
asla .Ni.eNtet
alia alia
asla .Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a ad a s
a
w.P.Pad ✓ Graves’ .Pad (thyroid gland)
w.Pdisease .P.Pad
wand w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww www
ww
✓ Addison’s disease (adrenal glands).
Non-organ
tet specific (systemic)t disorders:
s a l alia.Ni.eN
✓ Autoimmune s asla
activity .Ni.eNisewidely
alia t
spread aslaalia
throughout
s .Ni.eNtet the body. salalia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a s a d a a da a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww
Examples: www
ww wwwww www
ww
✓ Rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis.

s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s INTEXT QUESTIONS a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad - IMMUNOLOGY w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www Two and three marks
ww wwwwwquestion and answer: www
ww wwwww www
ww

1. What is Immunology?

t
a lsaa l .Ni.eNtet
ia alsaalia.Ni.eNtet alsa ia
l .Ni.eNtet
aThis alsa ia
l .Ni.eNtet
aindividual alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d as ➢ Immunology is
.Padada the
a s Study of immune system.
a
d a s system protects a
d a s
an form various
a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww ww
infective
www.P
wagents. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It refers to all the mechanisms used by the body for protection from environmental agents

N
.Ni.eN tet are foreign to thei.body. t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
as asla alia that
a s aslaalaNi.eNet a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 2. What is immunity?
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

3.sala
a s a lia
What t antigens?
i.
➢ The overall ability of body to fight against the disease causing pathogens is called immunity.
.Ni.eNteare
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Almostww allw .wP.aPa
wthe
d
macromolecules w.P.aPad
we.g. w.P.aPad w .P.aPadas
www
ww w wwwproteins, polysaccharides,
w wwwww nucleic acids, etc., wwwas
wwlong
they are foreign to recipient organism can induce immune response.
➢ eAny tet substance capable of
eNteeliciting immune response eNtet is called an ANTIGEN eNte(ANTI - antibody
la i . N
i . N l a i . N
i . t l a i . N
i . l a i . N
i . t la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a l a GEN - generator). a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
4. Immunogen:
s

➢ At substance capable of initiating an immune response.

l a i . N
i .eNet l a i . N
i. eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a ia.Ni.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a s a a l
d das Haptens a a s a a l a a s a a l a s a a l a s a a l
w.P.aPa5. .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas
a

w w w w
www
ww w w
w w
➢ A substance that are non-immunogenic. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
➢ But can react with the products of a specific immune response.
d

s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d 6.
a a Adjuvants: a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P response to an
w .P ad
ww.P
w w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Substances wwwww ww ww wwwww
a

that can enhance the wimmune w

antigen.
7. Epitope tet & Paretope:
Ni.eN .Ni.eNtet and is the active t
.eNetof an antigen.asasla
.Nipart .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
➢i
l .
a Epitope: Antigenic s alia
la
adeterminant s alia
asla alia s alia
asla
d a a s a d a a s d a a d a da a
w.P.aPad ➢ Paratope: w.wP.aPad – binding site w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
wwAntigen wwwis a part of an antibody.
ww
and www
ww www
ww
8. Types of immunoglobulin.
.Ni.eNtet eNtet(alpha), IgD (delta)
.Ni.IgA Ni.eNteIgE
t (epsilon). .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a ➢lia
a
la IgG (gamma), IgM a s a alia
(mu),
la a s a la .and
alia a s a alia
la a s a alia
la
d a s .Padada s d a s d a s d a s
w.P.aPad ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 9. Functions of
ww ww
wimmunoglobulins. wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ Agglutination, precipitation, opsonisation, neutralization etc.,
10.
s a lsaa ia
What
l .Ni.eNteist meant by innate s alsa ia
l .Ni.eNtet
aimmunity? s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
P.aPdada .Padadaa
w.P.aPad ➢ Innatewimmunity w.P.aPadis the naturalww w.P.aPad w.to ww.P
w
www
ww www
w www
phenomenon www
ww
of resistance infection which w anw
windividual
possesses right from the birth.
➢.NeN The
t innate defence mechanisms .Ni.eNtet are non-specific .Ni.in
eNtethe
t sense that they are
.Ni.eNeffective
tet against a i.NeNtet
aslaalia i. et aslaalia aslaalia aslaalia la i.
.P aPd
a a
d s
a wide range .of
P a
P d
a a
d s
a
potentially infectious . P a
P d
agents.
a a
d s
a . P aP d
a a
dsa . P a
Pdaadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww ➢ It is otherwise www known as non-specific
ww wwwwwimmunity or natural www
ww
immunity. wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 6 | Pw
aw eP.a
g .w Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
11. What are lymphoid organs? How are they classified?
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The organs.Pinvolved
a a a
d as in the origin, .maturation a a
d as and proliferation a
d of a
aslymphocytes are.P.called a
d as a
w.P.aPad w w.aPad w P.aPad w.P.aPad w aPad
www
ww ww
lymphoid wworgans. www
ww wwwww www
ww
➢ Based on their functions, they are classified into primary or central lymphoid organs and
.Ni.eNtet
secondary or peripheral .Ni.eN tet
lymphoid organs. alalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s s a a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a ad a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ The primary .Pad
w.Plymphoid organs provide .Pad
w.Pappropriate w.P.P
environment adlymphocytic maturation.
for w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww www
ww
➢ The secondary lymphoid organs trap antigens and make it available for mature lymphocytes,
which can effectively fighttagainst these antigens. t
a l ai
l .
aNi.eNtet asla .Ni.eNet
alia alia
asla .Ni.eNet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d asa d a s
a
w.P.aPa12.
d Bone marrowwis.P a.aP
lymphoid
ad organ –discuss
.Payour
ad answer.
ww.P within the spongy
w .Pa ad
ww.P of the bone. ww
w w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Bone marrow wwwww is a lymphoid tissue ww
wfound wwwportion www
➢ Bone marrow contains stem cells known as haematopoietic cells.
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet to multiply through tet
.Ni.eNcell t .Ni.eNtet
a s a
s ➢lia
a
la These cells haveathe
s as
ia
apotential
la l a s a
s alia
la division andaeither
s a
s alia
la .eNet as stem cells
.Niremain
a s a
s alia
la
d a d a .wP.aPdadakinds of bloodwcells. .Padada d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad and mature into
are differentiated w
different w ww ww.P w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwww www
ww
13. What is Anaphylaxis?

t
➢lia
.Ni.eNtet
Anaphylaxis .Ni.eNteimmediate
is the aclassical t .Ni.eNtet reaction. salalia
hypersensitivity .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a a a s lsaalia a s lsa
a alia a a a s al a
a ia
l
d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It is a sudden,
dada
w.P.aPsystematic, severewand adada
.Pimmediate w.P.aPa
hypersensitivity das occurring as
dreaction Pdada
w.aP.aresult
s

e
www
ww wwwww ww.P
w ww wwwww www
ww
of rapid generalized mast-cell degranulation.

N
14. la
s asalia .Ni.eNtet the diagnosissamethods
Mention laalia.Ni.eNtetavailable for detection
s asla alia.Ni.eNteof
t HIV?
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a a d a a s d a a d a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ A simple
a blood
w.P.Pa a d is available thatwcan
test a ad
.P.Pdetermine whether wthe
.P.Pa ad has been infected
person a
w.P.Pwithad
www
ww
HIV.
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s aslaalia.Ni.eN antibodies.
i.
➢ The ELISA test (Enzyme Linked Immune Sorbent Assay) detects the presence of HIV
tet
alia
It is aapreliminary
s asla .Ni.eNtet test.
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Western w .Patest
ww.P
ad is more reliablewand
w ww
.Pa ad
ww.aPconfirmatory test. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwblot wwwww wwwww
➢ It detects the viral core proteins.
➢ NeIfteboth tests detect the presence of the antibodies, the person is considered to be HIV
alia
la . i.N t laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as positive. a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
15. A person is infected by HIV. How will you diagnose for AIDS?
s

➢ At simple blood test is available that can determine whether the person has been infected with
l a i. Ni .eNet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i .Ni .eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a HIV. a s a a l a a s a a l a a s a a l a a s a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ ELISA test P.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas d as
w.P.aPad test. w.P.aPad
d as
a

w.detects ofw
www
ww wwww- w the presence www wHIV www
w
antibodies. It is awpreliminary wwwww
➢ Western blot test - is more reliable and a confirmatory test. It detects the viral core proteins.
d

➢i.N.eN Ift both

t tests detectathe .Ni.eNtpresence
et of the antibodies, .Ni.eNtet the personsaislaconsidered .Ni.eNtet to be HIV ai.N.eNtet
a d a s
a asla alai e d a saaslalia d a s
a aslaalia
d a a s a lia l i
daadsaasala
.
w .P P ad positive. w .. P a
P a d .
w . P aP ad .
w . P a
P a d .
w . P aP
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

16. List out the preventive measures of HIV?

➢ NeAIDS tet has no cure. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. i . N s alia
asisla s aslaalia s asla alia s aslaalia
d a a s a➢ Prevention of d a
AIDS a the best option. d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .PaPad
ww.blood
w w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Advocating wwwwwsafe sex and promoting wwwww regular check-up,ww w
safe for transfusion,wwwwwuse of
disposable needles, use of condoms during sexual contact, prevention of drug abuse.
➢lia.Ni.eN tet awareness programme
AIDS .Ni.eNtet by NACO (National .Ni.eNteAIDS
t Control Organisation), .Ni.eNtet NGOs (Non- .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s a s alia
la a s as alia
la
d a dada dadato prevent the spreading d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPOrganisations)
Governmental and w.P.aPare
WHO w.P.aPad of AIDS. w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
17. What is meant by metastasis?
➢i.N.eN At tumour or neoplasm is.eNategroup of cells whose t
growth has gone unchecked. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa al a i et a s alsa alia.Ni t
a s alsaalia.N i.eNet a s a lsaalia a s alsaalia
w.P.aPad ➢ When w
d a .wP.aPdacontinues
a tumour da to grow wand dada healthy tissue,.PitaPisdacalled
.wP.aPinvades da cancer. .wP.aPdada
www
ww w
w
w
w w w
w w w w
w
w
w w. w w
w
w
w
➢ They spread to other parts of the body from the tumour and give rise to secondary tumour.
➢ This is known as metastasis.
s aslalia
a .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 7 | Pw
aw eP.a
g .w Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
18. How are cancerous cells divide continuously giving rise to mass of tissues called tumours?
s a lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ In normal cells,
a a a
dcellasgrowth and differentiation a a
d as is highly controlled a
dand a
asregulated. a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ➢ But in w www cells, there is breakdown
w
cancer www of this regulatorywmechanism.
ww wwww wwwww
➢ Normal cells show a property called contact inhibition, which inhibits uncontrolled growth.
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Cancer cells do notahave .Ni.eNtet property.
this .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s s laalia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ As a result, P.Pad
w.cancerous cells divide w.P.Pad
continuously giving risewto .P.Paof
wmass d tissues called tumours. w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww www
ww wwww wwwww
19. Write short notes on: Immunotherapy of cancer cells.
➢i.N.eN t t
Immunotherapy alsoai.called et t biological therapy t
.Niuses
.eNet substances amade by tthe body or in a i.NeNtet
a s aslaal ai e a s aslalaNi.Ne a s asla alia s asla alia.Ni.eNet sala alai.
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w
d
laboratoryw(monoclonal
.wP.aPad a antibodies)wto
w .wP.a
Pdad a
improve or to resist the
w w .
d
.wPimmune a
aPad system function.
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww ➢ Different w
w wapproaches ww
have beenwattempted in the immunotherapyw ww of cancer. w ww
➢ Immunotherapy appears to be important in getting rid of the residual malignant cells after the
.Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la gross tumour hasasbeen as la .N
alia i.eNet
removed. a s a s alia
la a s a s alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .Padada .P.aPdada are to followwan P.aPdada approach w .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad ➢ The best ww.P in the treatment
w w w ww
.integrated tow
wwwww wwwresults wof
ww wwcancer ww ww wtherapy,
combining surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy and immunotherapy.

t
Five marks:
s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadof thymus gland. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
wwwww 1. Explain thewstructure www
w www
ww wwwww wwwww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla a
i.
s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a

as
d a a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d as a
s a
d asas
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
s

sa lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The thymus.PisaPadaflat
a a a
asand bilobed organ a a
dadas behind the sternun,
.Palocated a a
as the heart. .P.aPdadas
d above a a
w.P.aPad w . d w.P.aPad
a

www
ww ➢ Each lobe ww wwofwthe thymus contains ww ww.P
w
wnumerous lobules, separated wwwww from each other by www
w
ww
connective
tissue septa.
d

➢lia
.Ni.N e tet lobule is differentiated
Each .Ni.eNtet into two compartments, .Ni.eNtet the outer compartment .Ni.eNtetor outer cortex, .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad is densely .P.Padwith immaturewTwcells
wpacked .P ad
w www.Pcalled thymocytes. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Whereas the inner compartment or medulla is sparsely populated with thymocytes.

➢ One of its main secretionstis the hormone thymosin. It stimulates the T cell to become mature
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. and immunocompetent. s a l ali.

a s a l alia. s a l alia. s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Thus thymus w.P.aPad w.wP.aPneonatal
ad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www is most active during wwwwthe and ww www wwwww
pre - adolescent periods.
2. Explain
s a laalia.Ni.eNtetthe structure of s a
lymph
laalia.Ni.eNtenode.
t
s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a s a s a s a s a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Lymphwnode
d a aPdaadsmall
a d .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w .wP.is bean-shaped w .aPada and is www
.wPstructure w
www
ww w
w w
part of the body’s immune system. w w
w w w w w w
w w
➢ It is the first one to encounter the antigen that enters
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia the tissue spaces. a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a .P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Lymphwnodes w.P.aPad w.P.aPadthat travel www w.P.aPad
www
ww www filter and trap substances
w wwwww www wwwww
through the lymphatic fluid.
➢ eThey are packed tightly with white blood cells,
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a namely lymphocytes
a d a a s aand macrophages. a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ➢ Lymphwnode www has three zones.wThey
w wwwware the cortex, ww www wwwww
paracortex and medulla.
s asla alia.Ni.Ntet
e
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 8 | Pw
awg .weP.a
Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NeThe outer most layer of the lymph node is called cortex, which consists of B-lymphocytes, Netet
alsaalia. i.Ntet a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia alaia . i.N
w. P.
a
aPdadas macrophages,
w . P.aPanda s s a
dadafollicular dendritic.Pcells.
w .
a s
aPdadas a
w . P.
a s
aPdadas a
w . P.aPdaadsasal
wwwww ➢ The paracortex wwwww zone is beneath www wwcortex, which is richly
the ww w
wwpopulated ww
by T lymphocytes www and
interdigitating dendritic cells.
e tet inner most zone iis eNtet the medulla which .Ni.eNistetsparsely populatedi.N t t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N The
a s asla ala .Ni.called
a s asla alia a s asla alabyi.eNelymphocytes, butalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad many w w.P.Pare
ofwthem ad plasma cells, which .Pad secrete antibody
w.Pactively Pad
w.P.molecules. w.P.Pad
wwwww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
3. Differentiate Primary lymphoid organs form Secondary or peripheral lymphoid organs.
.Ni.eN
ia tet ia.Ni.eNtet organs eNtet
.Ni.Secondary eNtet
.Ni.lymphoid .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaSL.
l No Primary
a s asla alymphoid
l a s asla alia or peripheral
a s asla alia organsasasla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.orP.aPperipheral
ad w.wP.aPad
wwwww wwwww lymphoid organsware
Primary wwwinvolved In secondary
w wwwww ww
lymphoidwworgans,
1 in the production and early selection of antigen is localized so that it can be

s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet lymphocytes. s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a laalia.effectively
Ni.eNtet exposed to mature
s a la .Ni.eNtetlymphocytes. salalia
alia .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s d a s a s a s a s a
w.P.aPad 2
Thesew.wPlymphocytes
.aPada .P.aPdada
become wdedicated w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
wwwww ww
to aw
w particular antigenic specificity. wwwww wwwww wwwww
Only when the lymphocytes mature in

t
N
. i.3Ne te t .Ni.eNtet organs, they .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia the primarysalymphoidal
a lsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a dada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aP w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
become immunocompetent cells.
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
In mammals, B cell maturation occurs
4 in the bone marrow and T cells

N
s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a maturation a d aoccurs
a s a in the thymus. a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww wwwww of Fabricius of wbirds,
Bursa www bone Lymph nodes,
w wwwwwappendix, Peyer’swpatches www of
w

a s asla alia 5
e t t
.Ni.Ne constitute sthe
i.
marrow and thymus gland of mammals gastrointestinal tract, tonsils, adenoids,
a asla alia.Ni.eN tet
primary lymphoid
a s asla alia Ni.eNtet MALT (Mucosal-Associated
.spleen,
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia Lymphoid alaia
a s s a l .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
organs. w.P.aPad Tissue), GALT w.P.aP(Gut-Associated
ad w.P.aPad
Lymphoid
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Tissue), BALT (Bronchial / Tracheal-
Associated Lymphoid Tissue).t
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet la .Ni.eNet
alia alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a s as a l a
d da Write short notes a s as
dadhyper a l a a s as a l a a s as a s as
w.P.aPa4. w .wP.aPon a sensitivity.w.P.aPdada w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada
wwwww w w
w w w w
w w w
➢ Some of the individuals are very sensitive to some particles present in the environment. w w
w w w w
w w
s

➢ The exaggerated response of the immune system to certain antigens present in the
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet (allo-altered, serg-reaction)..Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia environment is called
a s alsa aliallergy
a a alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a P.aPdada response is wproduced .Padada are called allergens. d a
w.P.aPad ➢ The substances w.P.aPadto which suchww w.P.aPad
a

.immune
wwwww wwwww anw
w ww w wwww.P wwwww An
allergen is an antigen that causes an allergic reaction.
d

➢ eAllergic reactions begin within few seconds after e the contact with the allergen and last about
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.Ntet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a half an hour. a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ➢ Examples wwww of allergens: Mites in w wwwpollens and some proteins
w wwwww in insect venom. ww www
a

dust,
➢ Examples of allergy: Hay fever and asthma.
➢i.Ni.eN t t t .Ni.eNtet eyes, running .Ni.eNteand
t difficulty in lai.Ni.eNtet
a e
Symptoms of allergic .eNet
.Nireactions: Sneezing,lawatery anose
P

a s asla al a s asla alia a s asalia a s asla lia sa ala

w w
d
.wP.aPad a breathing.w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww w ww w ww w w w ww
➢ Cells of immune responses: IgE antibodies and mast cells. w
➢ Allergy also due to the release of chemicals like histamine and serotonin from the mast cells.
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a s a
d 5.a List the application a s
dof aantigen - antibody.Preactions. a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ➢ To determine wwwww blood groups for w www
w
transfusion. wwwww wwwww
➢ To study serological ascertainment of exposure to infectious agents.
.Ni.eN tetdevelop immunoassays .Ni.eNtefor tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a To
a s alsa alia t the quantification
a s alsaalia.Niof.eNvarious substances.
a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a dada d d d a
w.P.aPad ➢ To detect .P.aP
wthe presence or absence .aPada in serum and
wof.Pprotein .aPada
to.Pdetermine
w w.P.aPadof
the characteristics
wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
certain immunodeficiency diseases.

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 9 | Pw
aw eP.a
g .w Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww ww w
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
6. Give an account of innate immunity, types and mechanisms.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a lsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsa alia .Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a Type of innate.PaPdada a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w . w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww Mechanism wwwww wwwww
immunity
1. Anatomical barriers
a l a .Ni.eNtet
ia a l a .Ni.eNtet
ia asla alia .Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a l Skin a d ✓
a s
a s a l
Prevents the entry of
a d s
microbes.
a a a d a sa a d a sa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ✓ Its acidic environment wwwww (pH 3-5) retards wwthe
w wwgrowth of microbes.ww www
Mucus ✓ Mucus entraps foreign microorganisms and competes with microbes for
e t t
.Ni.membrane
Ne .Ni.eNtet
attachment. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .P.aPad
2.wPhysiological barriers ww.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww w ww wwwww
✓ Normal body temperature inhibits the growth of pathogens.
Temperature
✓ Fever also inhibits the growth oftpathogens.
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i .Ni .eNtet la .Ni.eNekills
ia
a(HCl) t la .Ni.eNtet
ia
amicrobes. la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s as a l a Low pH ✓
a
d a s aAcidity
s a l a of gastric secretions
a
d a s as l most ingested
a s as l a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad .wP.aPdada
wcleaves w .wP.aPdada
www
ww wwwww ✓ Lysozyme acts wwwaswantibacterial agent andwwww the bacterial cell wwwwwall.
Chemical ✓ Interferons induce antiviral state in the uninfected cells.

t
lsa alia.Ni.e t
mediators
Net ✓ Complementary
lsa alia .Ni.eNtet substances lsa .Ni.eNtet from leucocytes
aliproduced lsa .Nilyse
alia
t
.eNetthe pathogenic lsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a a s a a s a a a s a a s a
w.P.aPad .Padadamicrobes or facilitate .Padaphagocytosis.
da .Padada .Padada

e
www
ww www
www.P www ww.P
w www
www.P www ww.P
w
3. Phagocytic ✓ Specialized cells (Monocytes, neutrophils, tissue macrophages)
barriers phagocytose, and digest whole microorganisms.

N
e tet tet
.Ni.eNdamage t .Ni.eNtefluid, .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N
i . N ✓
a s s laalia
aTissue and infection
a s asla alia .eNet leakage ofasvascular
.Niinduce asla alia t
containing a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad chemotacticwsignals w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww 4. Inflammatory wwwww www like serotonin, histamine
w wwwww and prostaglandins. wwwww
✓ They influx the phagocytic cells into the affected area. This phenomenon

a s asla alia
barriers
.Ni.eNtet
i.a s
is called
asla alia .Ni.eNtediapedesis.
t
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 7. Describe antigen
ww wwwww and antibody interactions. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The reaction between an antigen and antibody is the basis for humoral immunity or antibody
mediated
tet immunity.
l a i . N
i .eN laalia .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
ainlia la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d a s as a l
Thea reaction between a s a
antigen
s and antibody s
occurs
a as three stages. a s as a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ First stage: P.aPdada
w.the P.aPdada
w.formation .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww reaction involvesww www
the of antigen ww www.P complex. ww
- antibody
w www
➢ Second stage: Visible events like precipitation, agglutination are take place.
s

➢i.Ni.eN tet final stage: Destruction

The .Ni.eNtetof antigen or itssaneutralization..Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa al a a s a lsa alia a lsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a adada - antibody reaction: .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad Binding force
a

of.Pantigen
www
ww www
www.P www ww.P
w www
www.P www ww.P
w
➢ The binding force between antigen and antibody is due to three factors.
➢ They are closeness between antigen and antibody, noncovalent bonds or intermolecular
d

.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

d a s
a aslalia
a forces and affinityd a s
a
of
asla lia
aantibody.
d a saasla alia
d a saasla alia
d a saasla alia
a
w.P.Pad ➢ When wantigen w.P.Pada w.P.Pada a
.Pad is great. When a d
www
ww www and antibody arewclosely
w www fitted, the strength
w wwww
wof.wPbinding ww w.wP.Paare
wwthey
a

apart binding strength is low.

➢.NeThe t bonds that hold the .Ni.antigen
eNtet to the antibody.Ncombining t site are all non-covalent
.Ni.eNtet in nature. .Netet
i.Net aliai.eNet
P

s asla alia s asla alia s asla s laalia

asforces adsaasla aliai.N
.P a d
a a
d a ➢ These include
. P a daa
hydrogen
d a bonds, electrostatic
. P a daad a bonds, Van der . PWaals
a daada and hydrophobic
. P a da
w .P w .P w .P w .P w .P
www
ww bonds.ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Antibody affinity is the strength of the reaction between a single antigenic determinant and a
.Ni.eN tet combining site on
single eNtetantibody.
.Ni.the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s a s laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a P.aPdada .PaPdada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.account ww.immune
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 8. Give a detailed
ww wwwww of the cellswofw wthe system. ww www wwwww
➢ The immune system is composed of many interdependent cells that protect the body from
.Ni.eN tet
microbial infections land eNtetgrowth of tumour
.Ni.the .Ni.eNtet
icells. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s a aa lia
a s a laa l a a s a laalia
a s a laalia
d a as
dadderived s
.Padadahaematopoetic dadas .Padadas
w.P.aPad ➢ All these w .Paare
cells
ww.P
from pluripotent
ww.P
w w .Pacells.
stem
ww.P ww.P
w
www
ww www www
➢ Each stem cell has the capacity to produce RBC, WBC and platelets. The only cells capable of
www www
specifically recognising and producing an immune response are the lymphocytes.
. N e tet tet
.Ni.eNblood .Ni.eNtet role in non sspecific tet
.Ni.eNimmune .Ni.eNtet
a s ➢
a i
aslala The i . N other types aofsaswhite laalia cells playaan s alia
aslimportant
a a aslaalia response, a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad antigen w .P ad and cytokine
ww.P
presentation w .wP.Pad
production. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pa ad
10 | Pwawg.w
w ww e.P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
Lymphocytes:
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ About 20-30%
a .Paof a a
as white blood cells
dadthe area as a
d lymphocytes. a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad www.Ptypes of lymphocytes w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ The two wwwmain ww wware B and T lymphocytes. wwwww wwwww
➢ Both these are produced in the bone marrow. B lymphocytes (B cells) stay in the bone marrow
.Ni.eN tet they are mature.i.Then t Ntet body. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia until
a s asla alaNi.eNetthey circulateaaround s asla alia.Ni.e the
a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Some w w.P.P
remain d blood, while others
inathe ad
w.P.Paccumulate in the ad
w.P.Pnodes
lymph and spleen. w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ T lymphocytes leave the bone marrow and mature in the thymus gland.
➢ Once tet mature, T cells also accumulate in the same areas of the body as B cells.t
a l a
➢lia.Ni.eNLymphocytes have a l a i
receptor
l a.Ni.eNtetproteins on their a l a ia. Ni.eNtet
surface.
l asla .Ni.eNet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad Action of Bwcells: w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w ww www wwwww wwwww
➢ When receptors on a B cell bind with an antigen, the B cell becomes activated and divides
.Ni.eN tet
rapidly to produce plasma .Ni.eNte
cells.
t The plasma cells t
.Niproduce antibodies. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia .eNet a s as laalai. a s as laalia
w.P.aPad ➢ Some w
d a B cells aPdanot
.wP.do da produce antibodies .wP.aPdbut
adabecome memory d a
cells. .wP.aPdada
w w w .wP.aPadThese cells are responsible
w
www
ww w
w w
for secondary immune response. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
Action of T cells:

t
.Ni.eN t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa ➢lia
a T etlymphocytes sdo
a alsa alia .Ni.eNet produce
not
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPadThey w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww antibodies.
wwwww recognize
ww www wwwww wwwww
antigenpresenting cells and destroy
them.

N
a l alia.Ni.eNtet asla lia.Ni.eNtet
atypes asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a➢ The two important
a d a s
a of T cells a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwwTwcells and Killer T cells.
are Helper ww www wwwww wwwww

a s asla
➢ Helper
alia.Ni.Ne t t
T
chemicalcalled
e
i.
cells

a s
cytokine
asla alia
release
e t t
.Ni.Ne which
a

a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad activateswB
w wwww.P
Pa ad
.cells. w .Pa ad
ww.P w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww
➢ Killer cells move around the body
ww w www www
and destroy cells which are damaged
l a i . N
i .eNtet laalia .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia la .Ni.eNtet
alia
or infected.
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d as a s a
d a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ Apart wfrom w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwthese cells neutrophils
w ww www wwwww wwwww
and monocytes destroy foreign cells by phagocytosis.
s

➢i.NeMonocytes
t when they .Nimature
eNtet into large cells, .Ni.they
eNtet are called macrophages .Ni.eNtet which perform .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alai.Net a s as laa lia . a s a laalia
a s a laalia
a s a laalia
d a phagocytosis.Pon danyaforeign organism. .Padadas d as d as
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

w .P
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww
9. Differentiate normal cell and cancer cell.
d

s asla .Ni.eNtet
aS.NO
lia
Normal
s asla alia Ni.eNtet
.cells s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia Cancer cells
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a ✓ Small, a d a a a d a a ✓ Large, a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad .P aduniformly
ww.P
w shaped
w .P ad
ww.P
.P ad shaped nuclei.ww.wP.Pad
Variable
ww.P
w
www
ww ww ww ww w w
a

1 w
nuclei. w w
✓ Small cytoplasmic volume. w
✓ Large cytoplasmic volume
e tet t tet eNtet .Ni.eNtet
N .eNet size and asasla
.Nicell .Ni.eN✓ .Ni.size
P

s asla i
alai.. N ✓ Conformity s alia
aslin alia Variation dinasaacell laalia and s aslaalia
d a a d a a a d a s d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww 2 www
w
wshape. wwwww ww www
shape. wwwww
✓ Cells arranged into discrete ✓ Disorganized arrangement of

s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet tissue s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet cells.
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s ✓ Lower a s
dada of dividing cells. .PaPdada
levels a s ✓ Large w.Pnumber d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aP w . .aPada of dividing w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w
✓wCell tissue clearly demarcated. wwwww ww www
cells. wwwww
3
✓ Poorly defined tumour
N e
. i.N te t N e
. i.N te t N e te t
. i.N boundaries. salalia e t
. i.N t
N e .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a alia a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a a a s a laalia
d a d a .wP.aPdada dadas d as
w.P.aPad ✓wMayw.P.aPad ✓ Loss wof.wP.aPnormal w.P.aPad
wwwpossess differentiated cell specialized
w
www
ww w wwww ww ww wwwww
structure. features.
4
✓ Normal presentation of cell ✓ Elevated expression of certain
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia saslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a surface a marker.
d a a s a a d a a s a cel marker. a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww ww www wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pa ad
11 | Pwawg.w
w ww e.P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
10. Describe the structure of HIV.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ The human.immunodeficiency
a a
d as a a a
d asto the genus Lentivirus.
virus belongs a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ When wobserved wwww under the electron wwwwmicroscope, ww
HIV is seenwwas a spherical virus, 100-120 www nm in
ww
diameter, containing a dense core surrounded by a lipoprotein envelope.
➢lia
.Ni.Ne tet envelope has glycoprotein
The .Ni.eNtet (gp) spikes termed .Ni.eNtet41 and gp 120.
gp .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ At thewcore, .Pad are two largewsingle
w.Pthere Pad
w.P.stranded RNA. www .P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwww www
w www www
ww
➢ Attached to the RNA are molecules of reverse transcriptase. It also contains enzymes like
protease
tet and ribonuclease.t
s a l a
➢lia.Ni.eN
The core is covered s aslaa
by
l .Nai.eNcapsid
ia et made of alia
asla
proteins.
s .Ni.eNtThis
et is followed by
s asla ia
l .Ni.eNtet layer of matrix
aanother s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
proteins.www wwwww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

t
s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

as .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla
i.
a s .Ni.eNtet
alia
asla as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
11. Explain How HIV is transmitted? AIDS is not a disease but it facilitates the attack by other
a
la .Ni.eNtet
ia
organisms. Explain why? .Ni.eNtet
ia
a(PTA)
la laalia.Ni.eNtet laalia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a

a
d as as l a
d a s as l a
d a s as a
d a s a
s a
d a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ HIV is w w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad in macrophages. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwlocated within the cells
w
often wwwwespecially wwwww wwwww
➢ HIV can survive for 1.5 days inside a cell but only about 6 hours outside a cell.
s

➢.NeRoutest of HIV transmission .Ni.eNteinclude unsafe sexual .Ni.contact,

eNtet blood-contaminated .Ni.eNtet needles, organ .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia i.Net a s alsaalia t
a s alsa alia a s lsa
a alia a s alsaalia
d a transplants,.Pblood
ad datransfusion and w vertical
.wP.aPdadtransmission
a from .HIV adinfected
da mother to child.
.wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

www
ww w w w
w w.Pa w w w w w w
w wP.Pa w w w
w
➢ HIV is not transmitted by insects or by casual contact. After getting into the body of the
w w w w
person, the virus enters into macrophages where RNA genome of the virus replicates to form
d

e tet DNA with the help tet enzyme reverse transcriptase. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.N viral
as aslaalia .eNthe
.Niof
a s asla alia as asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ This viral wDNA ad incorporatedwinto
.P.Pgets
w ww
.P the
ww.P
ad DNA of host cells w.and d
P.Padirects the infected w.P .Padto
cells
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

produce viral particles.

➢ eThe macrophages continue to produce virus and in this way acts like a HIV factory.
Ni.Ntet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. Simultaneously, HIV

s a l ali.
a
enters into helper a l alia.
T-lymphocytes,
s replicates s a l al
andia. produces progeny s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww viruses.wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The progeny viruses released in the blood attack other helper T-lymphocytes.
➢i.Ni.eN
a
tet is repeated, leading
This alia.Ni.eN teta progressive decrease
to alia.Ni.eNteint the number of .Ni.eNteTt lymphocytes sinalalia
helper
alia .Ni.eNtet
a s a
s la l a a s a
s la a s as la a s as la a s a
d a adainfected
da person. w.P.aPdada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad the body of w the
.P
ww.P www.P www.P
www
ww www www ww
➢ During this period, the person suffers from bouts of fever, diarrhoea and weight loss.
www www
➢ Due to decrease in the number of helper T lymphocytes, the person starts suffering from
.Ni.eN tet eNtet
.Ni.immune .Ni.eNtet to protect against Ni.eNtinfection.
.any et .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a alia infections and becomes
a s lsa
a alia deficientaands a lsa lia
aunable a s alsaalia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a da a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII w.P.aPad
ad– ZOO – CHA – 7 (IMMUNOLOGY) w.P.aPad w.P.aPad Pa ad
12 | Pwawg.w
w ww e.P
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d
ada a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
w.P.P===================================================================================== w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www ww www wwwww
Choose the most appropriate answer out of the four provided to you and write the correct option and
also the correct answer against it: t
1. a l a ia
Which
l .Ni.eNteof t
the following alia
la .Ni.eNet
amicroorganism is used for alia.Ni.eNtet of citric acid
aslproduction la
asin .Ni.eNtet
aliindustries?
a asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a s a d a s
a s d a s
a a d a s
a d a s
a
w.P.aPad a) Lactobacillus P.aPad
w.bulgaris w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww ww www b) Penicillium citrinum ww www wwwww
c) Aspergillus niger d) Rhizopus nigricans
2. Which .Ni.eNett of the following pair is t
correctly
.Ni.eNet matched fori.the tproduct produced byi.them? t .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as laalaNi.eNet a s as alia
la
d a .wP.aPda-dAntibiotics
a .wP.aPdab)
daMethanobacterium - dLactic
ada acid .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) Acetobacter waceti w w .wP.aP w
www
ww w w
w w
c) Penicilium notatum - Acetic acid w ww w w w
w w
d) Saccharomyces cerevisiae - Ethanol w w
w w
3. The most common substrate used in distilleries for the production of ethanol is --------------------

t
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Soyameal
a s ab)
lsaaliGroundgram
a a alia
c)saMolasses
lsa a s alsa ad)lia i.eNet meal
.NCorn
a s alsaalia
d a Pdaimmunosuppressive
da d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad .isP.aan w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 4. Cyclosporinw–w
ww wA
w
ww ww wwwdrug produced from ww w ww.P
w
----------------------- wwwww
a) Aspergillus niger b) Manascus purpureus
c) Penicillium notatum d) Trichoderma polysporum

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d 5.
a a s aCO 2 is not released a during
d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
w
a) Alcoholicwfermentation ww www b) Lactate fermentation ww www wwwww

6. la
a s
The
asalia
eNet
.Ni.purposet
i.
c) Aerobic respiration in animals
of biologicallatreatment
a s asalia
e
.Ni.Ne t t of waste water
d) Aerobic respiration in plants

a s asla alia eNte----------------

.isNi.to t
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad a) Reduce w BOD .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ab)
ww.P
w d Increase BOD w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww w
w
c) Reduce sedimentation
ww w d) Increase sedimentation
ww w ww www
7. The gases produced in anaerobic sludge digesters are
t .Ni.eNtet sulphide. salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNet
Methane, oxygen and alia
lhydrogen laalia alia
la
a

a
d a s as l a s as a a s a a s as a s as
w.P.aPad b) Hydrogen .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ww ww.P methane andwsulphur
w
wsulphide, wwww dioxide. ww www wwwww
c) Hydrogen sulphide, nitrogen and methane.
s

d).N Methane,
t hydrogen sulphide .Ni.eNteand
t CO2. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www Intext questions:ww

ww www ww www ww www wwwww
1. The example for Bacteria which are commonly called Lactic acid bacteria is
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Lactobacillus acidothilus
a s asla alia b)saLactobacillus
a s laalia lactis
a s asla alia a s aslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad c) Streptoccus .P.Pad
wlactis w.P.Pad) d all these w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www ww www wwwww
a

2. The small amount of curd that is added to fresh milk to convert it in to curd is called
a) Starter b) inoculum c) both ‘a’ and ‘b’ d) LAB
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

3.s a l a li
Curda. is more nutritious s a l
thanali.
a milk as it contains a
s a l ali
numbera. of s a l a ia
l s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad a) Organic w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwand vitamins
w
acids ww www b) inorganic acids ww www wwwww
c) organic acids and minerals d) minerals
4. a These.Ni.eNett are live microbes t
intended
.Ni.eNet to provide .Ni.eNtebenefits
health t when consumed, .Ni.eNtet generally by .Ni.eNtet
a s as lalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a .Padadathe gut flora. ww.wP.aPdada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad improving w or restoring
ww.P
w ww.P
w ww.P
w
www
ww
a) Probiotics
w
w b) prebiotics
w ww
c) Bacteria
ww w d) Vaccines
www
5. This is a dairy product produced by the coagulation of milk protein, casein
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Yogurt a s ab)
lsa alicheese
a a alia
c)sapaneer
lsa a s alsaad)lia i.eNet
.Ndough
a s alsaalia
d a P.aPdada milk with lemon P.aPdadvinegar
a d a d a
w.P.aPad w .curdling w.juice w.wP.aPadacids w.P.aPad
www 6. This is made
ww wwwbyww ww www and other
ww wwedible wwwww
a) Yogurt b) Cheese c) Paneer d) Lactic acid
7. The dough used in the preparation of idlis and dosas N are fermented by
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la l . i.eNtet
ia s asla alia .Ni.eNtet sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) Leuconostoc a d a
mesenteroides
a s a a d a
b)a s a
Saccharomyces cerevisiae
a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww c) Lactobacillus wwwww lactis ww www d) Lactobacilluswacidophilus www
w wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad e .P.a
1|P a gw Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
8. Single cell protein refers to Netet
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a l . i.N
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Edible unicellular a as
dmicrobes a like spirulina a s a
d b)aLuconostoc mesenteroides a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww c) Saccaromyces wwwwwcerevisiae wwwww d) fungi wwwww wwwww
9. The first scientist to use the term antibiotic in 1943 was
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNet Waksman asab)
Selman
s laaliAlexander
a Fleming c) aE.chain
a s s laalia a s asla ad)lia i.eNet
.NH.florey
a s aslaalia
a d a
d The first antibiotic a dad a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa10. w.P.Pdiscovered in 1926 w.P.Pad
was w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Penicillin b) Tetracycline c) streptomycin d) Neomycin
11. This ist termed as the queen of tdrugs.
s aslaaa)l .N
ia i.eNet
Penicillin s ab)la .Ni.eNet
aliTetracycline
a c)s la .Ni.eNtet
alia
aStreptomycin s asla
t
i.eNet
.NKanamycin
ad)lia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a a d a a s d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w .wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 12. The antibiotic
ww wwwwgiven especially against wwwTuberculosis is wwwww wwwww
a) Tetracycline b) Chlortetracycline c) streptomycin d) chloromycetin
13. Antibiotic
.Ni.eNett resistance is accelerated t
.Ni.eNet by t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as alia
la a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdab)
daoveruse of themw.P.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad a) misuse of them
w w w
www
ww w w
w w
c) Poor infection prevention control w w
w w d) all these w w
w w w w w
w w
14. (A) Narrow spectrum antibiotics are preferred over broad spectrum antibiotics

t
t .Ni.eNtet target specific .Ni.eNtet organisms sand tet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa(R)
l .eNet effectively and
.NiThey
ia
a s a alia
accurately
lsa a s a aalia
lspathogenic a alsa .Ni.eNless
aliare
a likely to cause
a s alsaalia
d a .P.aPdada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad resistance www w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and R is the correct explanation for ‘A’
b) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are false et t

N
s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s asla .Ni.Ne
lia
acorrect s la
a‘A’ .Ni.eNtet
aliis
a s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ac) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’
a dis
a the
a explanation a d d)
a a s false and ‘R’ isatrue
d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad
www 15. The term used
ww wwwwto describe strains ofwbacteria www that are resistant
w wwwtowthe majority of antibiotics wwwww

a s asla
a) Oenology
c)i.Gram
a l aNi.Ne
e t t
i.
negative bacteria
a s asla alia e
.Ni.Ne t t
b) superbug
d) Gram
a s asla .Ni.eN
alia
tet
positive bacteria lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa16.
d The oldest alcoholic .Pa abeverage
ww.P
w d produced w .Pathe
by
ww.P
adfermentation ofwfruit
w ww
.PaJuice
ww.P
ad by yeast is ww.wP.aPad
www
ww
a) Beer
www b) wine
www c) Whisky d) Brandy w
w w
17. This is an applied science which deals with the biochemical process of fermentation and its
laa .Ni.eNtet uses
ia
practical laalia.Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia laalia .Ni.eNtet alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a

a
d a s as l a
d a s as a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad a) Oenology w.P.aPad b) zymologywww .P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad d) none ofwthese w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww www c) fermentationww www www
w
18. The science and study of wine and wine making is called
s

a).N Oenology
t b) izymology
.Ni.eNtet c) fermentation
.Ni.eNtet d).Nnone t of these .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsa ala a s alsa alia a s alsa alia i.eNet a s alsaalia
d 19.
a Beverages produced .wP.aPdawithout
da distillation are
.wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www
ww a) Wine, beer w w
w w b) Whisky, brandy w w
w w c) Rum, brandy w w
w w w
d) Beer, pathaneer.
w
w w
20. This is a type of distilled alcoholic beverage made from fermented grain mash
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a .N
a)lia i.eNet
Beer
a s ab)
s laaliRum
a c)saWhisky
a s laalia a s asla ad)lia i.eNet
.NRum
a s aslaalia
a d a
d The content ofwalcohol a d a
.P.Pad in Beer is a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa21. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

a) 3 to 5% b) 9 to 14% c) 35 to 50% d) 4 to 6%
22. The erefreshing drink, which onetboiling produces jaggeryetor palm sugar is
Ni.Ntet .Ni.Net .Ni.Net t
i.eNet
.NArrack .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
a)lia. Wine s ab)laalipathaneer
a c)s laalia
aToddy s asla ad)lia s aslaalia
d a a s a d a a s d a a s d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P to as industrial
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 23. (A) Ethanolwisw
ww wreferred wwwalcohol wwwww wwwww
(R) It is used for industrial, laboratory and fuel purposes
a)i.N Both t Ni.eNte‘R’ .Ni.eNtet for ‘A’ .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laa l a i.eNet‘A’ and ‘R’ areastrue as laalia.and t is the correct explanation
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la
d a dadfalse
a .Padada .Padada .Padada
w.P.aPad b) Both ‘A’wand w .Paare
‘R’
ww.P ww.P
w ww.P
w www.P
www
ww w
w
c) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
www www
d) ‘R’ is true but ‘A’ is false
www
24. The principal substrates for the commercial production of industrial alcohol is
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Molasses a s alsa alia b)saCorn
a lsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a .Padada d a d a d a
w.P.aPad c) Potatoes, ww.Pwastes
w
wood w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www wwwww d) all these ww www wwwww
25. The two most common type of bio fuels in use today are
a) N Ethanol b) biodiesel c) bothN‘a’ and ‘b’ d)Ngasoline
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l . i.eNtet
ia s a l a lia. i.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a
26.
a s aPure biodiesel is a d a
better a s a
than petroleum baseda d adiesel
a s a fuel by which ofa a
the
d a a
following
s facts a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww a) Non – toxic wwwww wwwww b) biodegradable wwwww wwwww
c) Produces lower level of air pollutants d) all these a, b, c
e
.Ni.Ne t t e
.Ni.Ne t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
w ww
.Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 2|P a gw e .P.a Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
27. Most suitable oil seeds usedNfor bio diesel productionNare from the plants
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l a ia
l . i.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a a) Pongamic .PaPdadab) a a
s palm a s a
d c)aJatropba a a
curcas .Padadas d) both ‘a’ and ‘c’ a
d as a
w.P.aPad w w. w.P.aPad w .P w.P.aPad
www 28. World biofuel
ww wwwwday is observed everywyear wwwon
w wwwww wwwww
a) 10th August b) 10th October c) 5th October d) 10th December
29.ala The .Ni.eN tet
microbe used for the .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s s a lia a s asla apreparation
lia of citric acid
a s asla aislia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad a) Aspergillus w.P.Pad
niger w.P.Pab) d Acetobacter aceti w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
c) Rhizopus oryzae d) Clastridium butyricum
30. The enzyme used in detergent tformulations and for removing oily stains from thet Laundry is
l a i .N i .eNtet l a i .Ni.eNet l a i . Ni.eNtet ad)lia i.eNet
.NLipase .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as aa)l a Pectinase d a s
a ab)
s a l a
Protease d ac)
saa
Cellulase
s a l a d a s
a asla d a saasla
w.P.aPad .PaPad
ww.classified
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 31. Battled juices
ww wwware by the use wwwof wwwww wwwww
a) Pectinase b) Protease c) Lipase d) both ‘a’ and ‘b’
32. The .Ni.eNett
organisms which are .Ni.eNett
genetically engineered and .Ni.eNett
are used as clot buster tet removing clots i.NeNtet
.Ni.eNfor
a laalia a laalia a laalia a laalia ala ai.
w. P.
a s s
aPdada from blood vessels w . P.aPd
of
aa s
a s
dpatients are w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s
w . P.aPdaadsasal
www
ww a) Trichoderma wwwww polysporum wwwww b) Monascus purpureus wwwww wwwww
c) Strepto cocci d) Aspergillus niger

t
e t e t t .Ni.eNtefrom .Ni.eNtet
33.
a s alsa a lia N
. i.N
Cyclosporin et A, an immune
a s alsa a N
. i.N e
alisuppressant t used in sorgan
a alsa alia .eNet
.Nitransplantation is produced
a s alsa alia t the fungussala
a alia
d a d a d a d a d as
w.P.aPad a) Trichoderma w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwwpolysporum wwwww b) Rhizopus oryzne wwwww wwwww
c) Monascus purpureus d) none of these
34. Statins have been used to lower blood cholesterol levels. These are produced byet t

N
s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.Ne s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) Trichoderma polysporum
a d a a s a a d ab)a s a
Monascus purpureus a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww c) Rhizopuswonzore www
w wwwww d) Streptococciww www wwwww

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
E.coli
ai.Ne
i.
35. Recombinant human insulin has been produced predominantly using
et t
a s asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
b) Saccaromyces
alia cerevisiae lai.Ni.eNtet
a s asala a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad c) Trichoderma .P.aPad
wpolysporum .Pa ad)
ww.P
w d Streptococci w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www 36. Microorganisms
ww wwwwwthat play an essential wwwpart www ww
in the treatment of sewage to make it harmless are
www
a) Bacteria b) some protozoa c) both ‘a’ and ‘b’ d) Fungi
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a ia .Ni.eNtet organic and la .Ni.eNtet
alia
37. In primary treatment of sewage, the physical removal of solid and particulate
a

a
d a s as a l a a
d a s as a l a a s as a l a a s as a l a s as
w.P.aPad inorganic materials w.P.aPad w .wP.aPda da w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww wwwww from the sewagewis w
wwdone through wwwww wwwww
a) Filtration b) Sedimentation c) adding chemicals d) both ‘a’ and ‘b’
s

38. The gases

.Ni.eNett that form biogas during
.Ni.eNett biological treatment .Ni.eNetof
t sewage are .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia a s alsa alia
d a a) Methane, hydrogen .wP.aPdadasulphide, CO2 ww.wP.aPdab) daMethane, carbon .wdioxide,
P.aPdada Oxygen .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w
www
ww c) Methane, Ammoniaw w
w w w w w d) Methane, Ammonia, Oxygen w w
w w w w
w w
39. Biogas can be produced form raw materials such as
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtetmunicipal wastes .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Agricultural wastes salalia
a s a a
b)samanure,
s laalia a s aslaalia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad c) Plant material, Pad
w.P.sewage, food waste w.P.Pad) d all these a, b, and w.P c.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

40. Bio-gas is an ideal fuel because it is

a) Devoid of smell b) burnsewith a blue flame
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
c)lia.burns without smoke s a l alia. d)
s a l
all a i
l .
a
these a, b, c s aslaalia s asla alia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P anaerobic digestion
w w.inP.aPad w.P.aPad
www 41. Identify thewcorrect
ww www order of processes
w wwwduring wwwww biogas plants wwwww
a) Solubilisation → acidogenesis → methanogenesis
b) t
Acidogenesis
.Ni.eNet → t
solubilisation
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet
→ methanogenesis .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as alia
la a s as laalia
d a .Padada→ acidogenesis .Pada→ dasolubilisation w.P.aPdada .Padada
w.P.aPad c) Methanogenesis ww.P
w ww.P
w www.P
www
ww
d) Methanogenesis
www → solubilisation
www → acidogenesis
www ww www
42. The recombinant bacterial strain that degrades hydrocarbons is
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet sakaiensis salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa a)lia
a .N i.eNet
Pseudomonas putida
a s alsa alia a alia
b)saIdenonella
lsa a a a s a laalia
d a
w.P.aPad a) Phanerochaete w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad
d a .Padadas w.P.aPad
d as
www
ww wwwww chryosporium wwwww d) Pestalotiopsis www ww.P
w
microspora wwwww
43. The bacteria currently tried for recycling PET plastics
a) N Ideonella sakaiensis b) Dechloromonas aromatic
s a l a lia. i.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s ac) Nitrosomonas a d a
europaeaa s a a d ad)a s a
Dehalacoccoides a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad e .P.a
3|P a gw Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
44. Which of the following pair N is correctly matched for the product produced by them?
s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l a lia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a a a a a a
d a a) A.aceti – Antibiotics
w.P.aPad .Padadas w.P.aPad
s
d b)aMethanobacterium as acid
–dLactic
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d as
www
ww c) Penicilium ww ww.P – Acetic acid ww
w
wnotatum www d) Trichodermawpolysporum www
w – Cyclosporin wwAww
w
45. The most common substrate used in distilleries for the production of ethanol is
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet t .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaaa)lia
.N i.eNet
Soyameal
a s ab)
s laaliGroundnut
a c) aMolasses
a s s laalia a s asla ad)lia i.eNet
.NCornmeal
a s asla alia
a d a
d Cry toxins obtained a d a
d Bacillus thuringiensis a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa46. w.P.Pafrom w.P.Padare effective against w.P.forPad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a) Mosquitoes b) flies c) Nematodes d) Bollworms
47. Cyclosporine – A is an immunetsuppressant produced form
l a i .N i .eNtet .Ni.eNet
alia alia .Ni.eNtet alia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a s
a as aa)l a Aspegillus niger d a s
a asla d b)
a s
a s la
aM-purpureus d a s
a asla d a s
a asla
w.P.aPad c) Pencillium .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwnotatum wwwww b) Trichadermawpolysporum www
w wwwww
48. Which one of the following is the correct pair
a).N t
Cyclosporin A .Ni.eNte -t Immuno suppressant .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia i.eNet a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada grapes .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad b) Whisky www - Fermented
w w w
www
ww c) Statins w w - w w
w w
Lower blood glucose w w
w w w w
w w
d) Super bug - Giant insect

t
ia N e tet
. i.N one of the following N e
. isi.N te t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
49.
a s alsa Which
a l a s alsa alia not true?
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a .wP.aPdada antibiotic ww.wP.aPdada d a .Padada
w.P.aPad a) Pericillinwiswaw w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwfungicidal w ww b) Tetracycline
wwwww is a broad spectrum ww ww.P
w
wantibiotic
c) Streptomycin is a broad spectrum antibiotic d) Chlortetracycline is obtained from
50. Findeout fthe incorrect pair et t

N
s a l a lia.Ni.Ntet s asla .Ni.Ne
alia s la
aCurdalia .Ni.eNtet s asla alia .Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a s aa) Cheese – Lactococcus
a d a a a d b)
a a s – Saccharomyces a d acerevisiae
a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww
c) Idli – L.mesenteroids wwwww d) Bread – yeast wwwww wwwww

a s asla
a)i.N
a l
Beer
ai.Ne
et t
i.
51. Which one of the following contains maximum amount of alcohol?

a s asla l .Ni.eNtet
b)aiwine
a
c) wine
a s asla alia eNtet
.Ni.coders
a s asla ad)lia
.NGin t
i.eNet a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPa52.
d The enzyme that .Pisa got
ww.P
w ad from Aspergillus is.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w
www
ww
a) Rennet
www b) zymase
www c) Amylase
www d) Lipse
www
53. World bio fuel day is observed on
t t eNtet t t .Ni.eNtet
laa
a) ia.N i.eNtheSeptember
10 b)la .Ni.nd
ali22 April c) 10 laathlia.N i.eNet
August la i.eNthetOctober
.N17
ad)lia laalia
a

a
d a s as l a
d a s as a a s as a s as a s as
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ------------------- .P.aPdadaas clot buster in .Padada w.P.aPad
d a
www 54. Geneticallywengineered
ww www
w ww w
wwused
ware ww ww.P related issues.ww
w
wcardiac www
a) Staphylococcus b) yeast c) penicillium d) streptococci
s

.Ni.eNett .Ni.eNett t
.Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
BOOK
d a BACK QUESTIONS .wP.aPdTWO-
ada AND THREE-MARK .wP.aPdaQUESTIONS:
da .wP.aPdada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad
a

w w w w
www 1. How is milk
ww www w w w
w w
converted into curd? Explain the process of curd formation. w w
w w w w
w w
➢ The LAB bacteria grow in milk and convert it into curd, thereby digesting the milk protein
d

.Ni.eN tet
casein. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ A small w.P.Padof curd addedww
amount P.Padmilk as a starter
tow.fresh .P.P
wor ad
inoculum contains w.P.Padof
millions
www
ww wwwww www wwwww wwwww
a

Lactobacilli.
➢ eUnder tet suitable temperature
o
tet(≤ 40 C) the bacteria multiply and convert milkeinto curd.
N N e Ni.eNtet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
➢ lia. i . N
Curd is more s a
nutritious l ali.
a i .
thanN milk as it contains
s a l a lia
a. number of organic a
acids
s l a i
l .
a and vitamins. s asla alia
d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a s a d a a
w.P.aPad w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w .Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
www 2. Give any two
ww wwwbioactive www
molecules produced by microbes and state their uses.
www www
➢ Lipases - used in detergent formulations and are used for removing oily stains from the
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as laalia laundry. a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a P.aPdada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Pectinase, w.wP.aPad and cellulose w.wP.aPaind clarify the Bottled w.juices. w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwwprotease www–wused wwwww wwwww
➢ Rennet - used to separate milk into solid curds for cheese making.
3. ala
s l .Ni.eNtethe
Define
ia t following terms:
s a l alia.Nia)
.eNte t
Antibiotics b) Zymology
s a l a l .Ni.eNtc)
ia etSuperbug
s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a
d as a a s a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Antibiotics: w.PThe.aPadchemical substances aPdadaare
w.P.that producedwby .P.aPdadas
wmicroorganisms which can as
Pdador
w.P.akill
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
w wwwww
retard the growth of other disease causing microbes even in low concentration. Antibiotic
means
tet “against life”. i.NeNtet
l a ia.Ni.eN laalai. science whichadeals aslaalia Ni.eNtet
.with alia
la .Ni.eNtetof fermentation asla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a s
a as a➢ l Zymology: It is
a dan
a s
a aapplied
s a d s
a the biochemical
a d a s
a asprocess
a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www uses.
w
and itswpractical wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ "Superbug": These are the strains of bacteria that are resistant to the majority of antibiotics
.Ni.eN tet
commonly used today. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia as asla alia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
w ww
.Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 4|P a gw e .P.a Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
4. Write short notes on the following. a) Brewer's yeast b) Ideonella sakaiensis c) Microbial fuel
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d a cells. a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Saccharomyceswwwww cerevisiae commonly ww www called brewer’s w wwwis used for fermenting
w
yeast wwwmalted
ww
cereals and fruit juices to produce various alcoholic beverages.
➢lia e tet
Ideonella sakaiensis .Ni.eNtet are currentlysatried .Ni.eN tet recycling of PET plastics.
.Ni.eNtet These bacteria .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa .Ni.N
a s aslaabacteria
lia a slaalia for
a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a ad a
w.P.Pad use PETase .PadMHETase enzymes
w.Pand Pad
w.P.to breakdown PET w.P.Pad
plastic into terephthalic d
.P.Paand
wacid
www
ww wwwww ww www www
ww www
ww
ethylene glycol.
➢ At microbial fuel cell is a bio-electrochemical
tet system that drives an electrict current by using
a l alia.Ni.eN et
bacteria and a
mimicking l alia.Ni.eN
bacterial interactiona l a i
l .
a Ni.eNtet in nature. Microbial
found aslaalia.Ni.eNfuel
et cells work byalalia .Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a da sa s a d asa d a s
a s a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P to oxidize andwreduce
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
allowingwbacteria wwww organic molecules. www
ww www
ww
5. List the advantages of biogas plants in rural areas.
.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNteplant
t .Ni.eNtanother
et Ni.eNtetas manure. .Ni.eNtet
a s a s a
la➢lia The slurry from the
a s a s alia
biogas
la is drainedasthrough
as alia
la outlet aands as la .used
aislia a s as alia
la
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Biogaswiswused w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www for cooking and lighting. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ The technology of biogas production was developed in India mainly due to the efforts of
Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI) andetKhadi and Village Industries Commission

t
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.Net
alia s alsaalia .Ni.eNtet s alsa .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a (KVIC). a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Five marks:

N
1. When .Ni.eNtedoes
t antibiotic resistance .Ni.eNtet develop? .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s asla alia s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia
a d a a ➢ Antibiotic a a
resistance
d a occurs when bacteria
a d a adevelop the ability to
a d a
defeat
a the drug designed
a d ato
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww kill or w wwwtheir growth.
w
inhibit wwwww wwwww wwwww

a s aslaa .Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Reasons:
i.
➢ It is one of the most acute threats to public health.
Misuse and
a s asla l .Ni.eNte
aover
ia t of antibiotics, as
use
as asla Ni.eNteas
.well
alia t poor infection prevention
a s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet control. salalia
a s a
.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad ➢ Antibiotics .P.aPad be used only when
wshould .aPad
w.Pprescribed .aPad professional.www
w.Phealth
by a certified .P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww www
➢ When the bacteria become resistant, antibiotics cannot fight against them and the bacteria
multiply.
tet
la i . N
i .eN alia
la .Ni.eNtet la .Ni.eNtet
alia alia
la .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
➢
a

a
d a s as a l a Narrow spectrum a
d a s a
antibiotics
s are preferred
a
d as a over
s broad spectrum a
dadas a
antibiotics.
s They effectively
a
d as a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPlikely w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww target specific pathogenic
and accurately wwwww organisms andware wwwless wwwww
to cause resistance.
s

2. What is referred to as industrial alcohol? Briefly describe its preparation.

.Ni.eN tet .Ni.eNtis eNtet tet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa➢lia Saccharomyces a s alsaalia
cerevisiae et the major producer
a s alsa .Ni.of
alia ethanol (C 2H5OH).
a s alsa .N
aItlia i.eN
is used for industrial,
a s alsaalia
d a dada .Padada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPfuel w.P.aPadalcohol. w.P.aPad
a

www
ww laboratory
ww wwand purposes. So ww w ww.P is referred to aswindustrial
w
ethanol www
w wwwww
➢ Bacteria such as Zymomonas mobilis and Sarcina ventriculi are also involved in ethanol
d

.Ni.eN production.
tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
s a laalia s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia
a da a s The principal a a
substrates:
d a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww wwor corn, potatoes andwwood wwwwwastes. wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Molasses
The process of ethanol production:
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Milling a feed stockalalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

as asla a a s s a a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia

d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Addition w.P
of .aPad or fungal amylase
dilute w.P .aPad
(enzyme) from Aspergillusw.P.aPtoadbreak down the w.P.aPa
starch d
into
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww wwwww
fermentable sugars.
➢ Yeast is then added to convert the sugars to ethanol.
l a i . N
i .eNtet l a i. Ni .eNtet .Ni96
alia
la
t t
.eNepercent alia
la .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
la
a
d a s a
s a➢l a Then distilled offa to
s as a l a
obtain ethanol which is
a s a
upto
s in a
concentration.
a s s a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ The two .Padada d a
w.P.aPad
d a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aP
dada
www
ww ww ww.Pcommon type ofwbiofuels
w
wmost wwww in use today arewethanol www and biodiesel, both
w wwwwof them
represent the first generation of biofuel technology.
➢i.N.eN t
Ethanol is often usedaas tet mainly as a biofuel
.Nia.eNfuel, tet
additive
.Ni.eN for gasoline.ai.N.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s lsa
a al a i et a s alsalia a s alsaalia a s alsalai a s alsaalia
d a d a .Padada d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 3. What is bioremediation?
ww ww www Mention w itsw
wtypes. wwwww wwwww
➢ The use of naturally occurring or genetically engineered microorganisms to reduce or degrade
pollutants is called bioremediation.
a l alia.Ni.eNtet asla alia.Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla alia .Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a s
a s a➢ Bioremediation a d a
issless
a expensive and more
a d a s
asustainable than othera d as
remediations
a available.a d a s
a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www ww www wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad e .P.a
5|P a gw Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
Types:
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ In situ bioremediation
a a a
d as (treatment of.contaminated a
d as a soil or water
.Pain a a
as site).
the
dad a
d as a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w wP.aPad www.Pthat is removed w w.P.aPad
wwwww wwww
➢ Ex situwbioremediation (treatment wwww of contaminated soil or wwwwater www
w
from the site
and treated).
Intext
s asla .Ni.Ntet
lia
aquestions:e
s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww Two- and three-mark ww wwwquestions: wwwww wwwww wwwww
1. Name two microbes used in making household products.
a➢lia Inteeveryday .Ni.eNtand eNtet in the preparation
life, microbes et their products tet dosa, cheese, i.NeNtet
a s asla .Ni.eN t
a s asla alia a s asla aare
ia
l .Ni.used
a s asla .Niof
alia .eNidli, sala alai.
w w
d
.wP.aPad a curd, yogurt,
w w
d
.wP.dough, a
aPad bread, vinegar,
w w etc.,
.w d
P.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww ➢ Bacteria w Lactobacillus acidophilus,
w wlike w ww L. lactis and Streptococcus w ww lactis commonlywcalled ww lactic
acid bacteria (LAB) are probiotics which check the growth of pathogenic microbes in the
e tet .Ni.eN t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la i .
alai.N N stomach and other a s as alia
parts
la ofethe digestive tract.
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww 2. How are lactic ww wwacid bacteria helpfulwto w
ww us? wwwww wwwww
➢ The LAB bacteria grow in milk and convert it into curd, thereby digesting the milk protein

t
.Ni.eN tet
casein. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d a P.aPdadmilk
a as a starter or dada .wP.aPdadofa
w.P.aPad ➢ A small w.P.aPadof curd addedww
amount tow.fresh .wP.aP
inoculum contains wmillions

e
w w
wwwww ww www www w w
w w w w w
Lactobacilli, which under suitable temperature (≤ 40o C) multiply and convert milk into curd.
➢ Curd tet is more nutritiousi.Nthan tet milk as it contains ia.Nnumber of organic acids andt vitamins.

N
i . N e e e tet .Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N
a s a
aslala i . N
a s a
aslala i . N
a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d 3.a What are prebiotics a d / a
probiotics? a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.wP.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w
wwwww ➢ Prebiotics ww wware compounds in food wwwww (fibers) that inducewthe wwwgrowth or activity wofw
w wbeneficial

a s asla ➢ i . N e
microorganisms.
N tet
alai. Probiotics
i.
are livea s alia.Ni.eNtet
aslmicroorganisms
a intended
a s asla alia.to tet
Ni.eNprovide healthabenefits
s asla .Ni.eNtwhen
alia et consumed, a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad generally w .aPad
by.wPimproving or restoring w.wP.aPgutad flora. w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ww ww wwwwthe wwwww wwwww
4. How is yogurt prepared?
tet tet eNtetmilk, and lactic laacid tet produced as a i.NeNtet
a➢lia
la .Ni.eN Yogurt is produced laaby
ia.Ni.eN bacterial fermentation laalia.Ni.of .Ni.eNis
ia ala ai.
a

a a l a a l
w . P.
a
aPdadas s byproduct. w . P .
a
aPdadas s
w . P .
a
aPdadas s
w . P.
a
aPdadas s a
w . P.aPdaadsasal
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Streptococcus thermophilus and Lactobacillus bulgaricus coagulate the milk protein and
s

convert the lactose in the milk to lactic acid.

a i . N .eNtet i . N . eNtet ia.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
ia .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a la➢l a i The flavour in yogurt
a
d ass a laais
l a i
due to acetaldehyde. a
d ass a laa l a
d ass a laal a
d ass a laal
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

wwwww 5. How is cheese ww wwprepared? wwwww wwwww wwwww

➢ Cheese is a dairy product produced in a wide range of flavours, textures and is formed by
d

.Ni.eN tet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s asla alia coagulation of thesa
a
milk
s laalia.N i.eNet casein. asasla
protein, alia a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad ➢ Duringwcheese w.P.Pad w .wP.Padacidified and the w.wP.Pad rennet is added Pad
w.wP.cause
wwwww wwww production, milkwis w
ww usually wwwwenzyme wwwwto
a

coagulation.
➢ eThe solids are separated e and pressed to form cheese.
Ni.Ntet Ni.Ntet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

a l a ia. a l a i .
a asla alia asla alia asla alia
d a s
a s a➢l Most cheese are
d a s
made
a s a l with a starter d a s
bacterium,
a Lactococcus, s
Lactobacillus
d a a or Streptococcus. d a sa
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w .Pa ad
ww.P
.Pa ad
ww.P
w
wwwww 6. How is cottage ww wwcheese prepared?
www www www
➢ Paneer (cottage cheese) is fresh cheese common in South Asia, especially in India.
ia.Ni.eN tet ia.Ni.eNtwith
et lemon juice,avinegar .Ni.eNteand
t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as la➢
al It is made by curdling
a s as laalmilk a s s laalia other edible
a s as laalia
acids. a s as laalia
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Large w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad www.Pamount of carbon-di-oxide w.P.aPadby
wwwww wwwwin Swiss cheese arewdue
holes wwwto the production of
w wwwlarge wwwww
the bacterium Propionibacterium shermanii.
7.sala ia
How tet Fermentation help
.Ni.eNdoes ia.Ni.eNintetmaking the bread iporous .Ni.eNtet and soft? salalia .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
ia
a al a s a laa l a s a laa l a a a a s a laal
d as d as d as d as d as
w.P.aPad ➢ Fermentation w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad-oxide, which isww w.P.aPad
wwwww ww www of glucose mainlywforms www ethyl alcohol and wcarbon-di
w www
w responsible
www
for leavening of dough.
➢ eWhen leavened dough isebaked, both carbon-di-oxide and ethyl alcohol evaporate making the
s a l alia.Ni.Ntet s a l a ia
l .Ni.Ntet s a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a s a bread porous aand
d a asoft.
s a a d a a s a a d a a s a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad e .P.a
6|P a gw Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
8. What are single cell proteins?
s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l a l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Single cell protein
a a s
.Padadarefers
a a a
d asmicroorganisms .like
to edible unicellular a as a
dSpirulina. a
.P.aPdadas
a
w.P.aPad ww.P from pure or mixed
w w.P.aPad w P.aPad w
www
ww ➢ Protein www
extracts wwwww cultures of algae, yeasts, www
ww fungi or bacteria may wwwbeww used as
ingredient or as a substitute for protein rich foods
aslaa➢lia
.Ni.N Itteist suitable for human
e
asla alia
t
i.eNet
.Nconsumption or as animal
asla alia.Ni.eN tet
feed. asla alia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
a d a sa a d a s
a a d a s
a a d a sa a d a sa
w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P products that
w w .P.Pad w.wP.P ad w.P.Pad
www 9. Name some
ww wwwindustrial ww ww
are
w produced with the w w
wwof
help microbes. wwwww
➢ Products like beverages, antibiotics, organic acids, amino acids, vitamins, biofuels, single cell
tet
protein, enzymes, steroids, .Ni.eNtetvaccines, pharmaceutical .Ni.eNtet drugs, etc., are .Ni.eNtet in industries, .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eN
a s asla alia a s asla alia a s asla aproduced
ia
l a s aslaalia
d a with the help d a
ofamicrobes. d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aP d w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww
10. Name some diseases that are cured by antibiotics. For the first time, who used the term
antibiotics?
s a a
la l .Ni.eNtet
ia a la .Ni.eNtet
atolia a la lia.Ni.eNtet
aplague, a laalia.Ni.eNtet a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
a
d a s ➢ Antibiotics are a
d a s
used s treat diseases sucha
d a sass meningitis, a s
diphtheria,
d a s syphilis, leprosy,a
d a s s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
tuberculosiswwwetc., wwwww www
ww wwwww
➢ Selman Waksman discovered Streptomycin and was the first to use the term “antibiotic” in

t
.Ni.eN tet
1943. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad

e
www 11. What you w
ww wwwabout a fermentorw(bio
w
know w
wwreactors)? www
ww wwwww
➢ Fermentors (bioreactor) is a closed vessel with adequate arrangement for aeration, agitation,

N
.Ni.eN tet
temperature, pH control .Ni.eN tet drain or overflowi.vent
and t to remove the waste eNtet
.Ni.biomass of cultured i.N.eNtet
aslaalia asla alia asla alaNi.eNet asla alia la i
. P a
P d
a a
dsa microorganisms .P a
P daadsa
along-with their products.
. P aPdaa
d s
a .P a
Pd aadsa . P a
P daadsaasala
w . w . w . w . w .
www
ww wwwww wwwww www
ww wwwww
12. Define: Zymology and Oenology.

a s a
s la
➢ eZymology
alia. Ni.Ntet
its practical
i.
is an applied science
uses.a s as laa lia. Ni.eNtet
which deals with the
as a s laalia.
biochemical process of
Ni.eNtet
a s as laa i
l .
a
fermentation and
Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ➢ Oenology wwwwiswthe science and study ww wwwine
wof and wine making. www
ww wwwww
13. Writet the process of preparation of alcoholic beveragest like wine, whisky, brandy and rum.
a i . Ni .eNet a i . N
i .eNtet a i . N
i .eNet a i . N
i .eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
l ➢ l l l la
a

a
d a s as a l a Alcoholic beverages
a
dadas as -
a a
Saccharomyces
l a
d a s a
cerevisiaes a l a- fermenting malted a
d a s a
cereals
s a l a and fruit juices. a
d a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ Wine and w.wP.aPare w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwbeer produced without wwwwwdistillation, wwwww wwwww
➢ Whisky, brandy and rum are obtained by fermentation and distillation.
s

.Ni.eNistet tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a14.
s alsa lia
Why
a ethanol referreda s alsto
aalia.Ni.eNindustrial
as alcohol?a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d a d a .Padada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ Saccharomyces w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww ww www cerevisiae is thewmajor wwww producer of ethanol ww w2wH.5POH).
w
w(C wwwww
➢ It is used for industrial, laboratory and fuel purposes. So ethanol is referred to as industrial
d

alcohol.
s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a s a
d Name the microbes a d a
d a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pa15. w.P.Pauseful w.P.Padof organic acid.
in the preparation w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Aspergillus niger - citric acid.

➢ Acetobacter
tet aceti - acetic acid.
Ni.eN .Ni.eNtacid.
et .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l a
➢lia. Rhizopus oryzae asla alia
- sfumaric s asla alia s asla alia s asla alia
d a a s a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Clostridium w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww wwwbutyricum - butyricwacid. wwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Lactobacillus - lactic acid.
16.
s a la lia
Name
a .Ni.eNtethe
t organisms that
s a la a.Ni.eNteint the commercial
alihelp s a la ia
l .Ni.eNtet
aproduction of enzymes. s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s .wP.aPd a
ada s a s
.PaPdadcommercial
a a
d a s
w.P.aPad ➢ Yeast w w.P.aPad
(Saccharomyces cerevisiae) wand bacteria are used ww.the
w w.P.aPadof
www
ww www
w wwww wwwfor production
wwwww
enzymes.
17.ala
s
What
lia.Ni.eNteist a clot buster?salalia .Ni.eNtet s a l a ia
l .Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d as a a
d das a a a a a a a
w.P.aPad ➢ Streptokinase w.P.aPaproduced by the P.aPdadas Streptococcus
w.bacterium
dadasgenetically engineered
w.P.aPand
d as
w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
Streptococci are used as “clot buster”
➢ Itt helps in removing clots from tet the blood vessels of tmyocardial infarction patients.
s a
aslala i . Ni .eN e t
s a
aslala i . N
i .eN s aslala .Ne
a i . N
i e t
s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet sasla alia.Ni.eNtet
a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad of Bio-gas. www .P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 18. Name the w
ww constituents
www
w www wwwww wwwww
➢ Biogas primarily consists of methane (63%), along with CO2 and hydrogen.

s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia .Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla alia.Ni.eNtet

d a a d a a d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
w ww
.Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 7|P a gw e .P.a
Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
19. State the importance of cyclosporin A.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Cyclosporin.PA,
a a s a
danaimmunosuppressant a a
as in organ transplantation
dused a a
d as is produced from a
dtheas a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
w
funguswTrichoderma polysporum. wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ It is also used for its anti-inflammatory, anti-fungal and anti-parasitic properties.
20.
s aslaa .Ni.eNtthe
lia
State
et
importance of
s .Ni.eNtet
alia
aslstatins. s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s aslaalia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Statinswproduced w.P.Padby the yeast Monascus w.P.Pad w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww www
w wwwww purpureus havewbeen wwwused to lower blood
w wwcholesterol
w
levels.
➢i.N.eN Itt acts
t by competitively t
.Ninhibiting the enzyme aresponsible.Ni.eNtet for the synthesis oftecholesterol. .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaa l ai e a s aslaalia i.eNet a s aslalia a s aslaalia.Ni.eN t
a s aslaalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 21. Name the w
ww microbes
www used for Recombinant
w wwwww human insulin. ww www wwwww
➢ Recombinant human insulin has been produced predominantly using E. coli and
Saccharomyces cerevisiae
s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a s
d da Why should we.P a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPa22. .aPadsewage
w treat before w.P.aPad
disposal? w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
➢ Sewage is the waste generated every day in cities and towns containing human excreta.
➢ Itt contains large amountst of organic matter and microbes, which are pathogenic to humans

t
l a i . Ni .eNet l a i. N i .eNet l a i . Ni .eNtet la i . N
i.eNtet l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a and are bio-degradable
a s a a l a pollutants. a s a a l a a s a a l a a s a a l
w.P.aPad ➢ Sewage .Padadas .Padadas d as
w.wP.aPadlike rivers andwstreams. w.P.aPad
d as

e
www
ww ww ww.P not be discharged
w
should
w ww ww.P into natural water
w
wdirectly wwwwbodies www
w
➢ Before disposal, sewage should be treated in sewage treatment plants to make it less

N
.Ni.eN tet
polluting. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad P.Pad the constituents
w.Name w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www 23. What is gobar?
ww wwwww wwwwofwGobar gas. wwwww wwwww
➢ The excreta of cattle called dung is commonly called “Gobar”.

a s as la
➢ eGobar
a
➢lia. Ni.Ntet
It consists of
i.
gas is generated byetthe
a s
methane, aslaalia. Ni.Net
CO with
anaerobic decomposition
some s a
hydrogen,
a slaalia. Ni.eNtet
of cattle dung.
nitrogen and othera s alia
asla
gases
.Ni.eNtet
in trace amounts. a s alia
asla .Ni.eNtet
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
2
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
24. Name the institutions that developed the technology for biogas plants in India.
➢ Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI) and
a i . Ni .eNtet a i . Ni .eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet alia.Ni.eNtet
l ➢ l la la la
a

a
d a s as a l a Khadi and Village a
d a as a a
Industries
s l Commission a s a
(KVIC).
s a s as a sa s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada w .wP.aPdada
www 25. State the importance
ww wwwww of Pseudomonas putida. w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w
s

➢ Pseudomonas putida is a genetically engineered microorganism (GEM).

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtetobtained patent t tet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaa➢lia Ananda Mohan Chakrabarty
a s a alia
lsa a s a alia
lsfor
a .eNetrecombinant abacterial
.Nithis s lsa
a .Ni.eNstrain.
alia a s a alia
lsa
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It is multi-plasmid w.P.aPad hydrocarbon-degrading w.P.aPad bacterium which w.P.aPad w.P.aPadin
a

www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwwwcan digest the hydrocarbons wwwww
the oil spills.
d

t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a
THREE
s aslaalia.Ni.eNet QUESTIONS:
MARK
as alia
asla a s alia
asla as aslaalia a s alia
asla
a d a
d How is paneerwprepared? a d
.P.Pad a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pa1. w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
a

➢ Paneer (cottage cheese) is fresh cheese common in South Asia, especially in India.
➢ Itt is made by curdling milktwith lemon juice, vinegart and other edible acids. t
.Ni.eN et holes in Swissalcheese .Ni.eNeis
t .Ni.eNeoft .Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet
P

d asaas la➢lia
a Large d a s
a s alia
a a saaslaalia
due to thedproduction large amount
da saaof
s lia
acarbon-di-oxide
la bydthe
a saaslaalia
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww ww
bacteriumwwPropionibacterium wwwww
shermanii. wwwww wwwww
2. What is referred to as “Queen of Drugs”? Why is it called so?
.Ni.eN tet eNtetfungi Penicilliumla
.Ni.the .Ni.eNtet and Penicillium .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a s a➢lia
la Penicillin is produced
a s as la ia
aby
l a s as a ia
notatum
l a s a
s alia
lchrysogenum.
a a s a
s alia
la
d a d a dada dada d a
w.P.aPad ➢ It is bactericidal w.P.aPad(antibiotics that w.wP.aPbacteria) w .wP.aPinhibits w.P.aPad
www
ww ww www wwkill
ww in action
wwwwand the synthesis
wwwwwof the
bacterial cell wall.
➢ ePenicillin is also referred etot as the “queen of drugs”
s a lsa .Ni.Ntet
a➢lia s a alia
lsan .Ni.Net s a alia
lsa .Ni.eNtet s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
aliby
a s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a Its full potential a as a effective antibiotic a was established much later
a Earnest Chain and
a
w.P.aPad .Padada d a
w.wP.aPad .Padada d a
w.P.aPad
www
ww Howard ww ww.P when they treated
w
wFlorey ww
wwthe wounded soldierswinw ww.P War II with penicillin.
w
wWorld wwwww
➢ Fleming, Chain and Florey were awarded the Nobel Prize in 1945 for the discovery of
.Ni.eN tet
penicillin. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aslaalia a saslaalia a s alia
asla as aslaalia a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www www
ww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad e .P.a
8|P a gw Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
3. Define: Antibiosis. CompareNBroad spectrum antibiotics and narrow spectrum antibiotics.
s a lsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a l al . i.eNtet
ia s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
d a ➢ Antibiosis is.Pthe
a a as
d propertya of antibiotics to a a
asmicroorganisms..P.aPdadas
d kill a a a
d as a
w.P.aPad w .aPad w.P.aPad w w.P.aPad
wwwww ➢ Broad-spectrum wwwww antibiotics actwagainst www a wide range of disease-causing
w wwwww bacteria. ww www
➢ Narrow-spectrum antibiotics are active against a selected group of bacterial types.
4.s aslaa .Ni.eNtthe
lia
State
et
importance of
s .Ni.eNtet
alia
aslTetracycline, asla
Chlortetracycline
s alia.Ni.eNteandt
streptomycin. s asla alia.Ni.eNtet s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad ➢ Tetracycline w.P.Pad .P ad
ww.P
w .P ad
ww.P
w .P ad
ww.P of
w
wwwww wwwwwis a broad spectrum wwwbacteriostatic antibiotic www(antibiotics that limit the wwwgrowth
bacteria) that inhibits microbial protein synthesis.
➢i.N.eN t t
Chlortetracycline isaithe.Ni.eNtefirst
t antibiotic ofai.this et tgroup, isolated lafrom .Ni.eNtethe
t cultures of ai.N.eNtet
a s aslaa l ai e a s asla l a a s aslalaNi.Ne a s asalia salalai
w w
d
.wP.aPad a Streptomyces
w w
dad a
aureofaciens.
.wP.aP w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w
d
.wP.aPad a
w w .wP.aPdaadas
w ww ➢ Streptomycin w ww is a broad spectrum w wwantibiotic isolated from w wwthe actinomycetes, Streptomyces w ww
griseus. It is bactericidal against both gram positive and gram negative bacteria, especially
e tet t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as
i .
alai.N
la N against Mycobacteriuma s as laalia .eNet
.Nituberculosis.
a s as laalia a s as laalia a s as laalia
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww 5. How are microbes wwwww useful in the preparation wwwww of enzymes? ww www wwwww
➢ Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) and bacteria are used for commercial production of

t
.Ni.eN tet
enzymes. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s alsaalia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia a s alsa alia
d a d in detergent formulations d a Pdada .P.aPdathe
w.P.aPad ➢ Lipasesww .aPada
w.Pused
are w.P.aPad and are used .P.aremoving
for oily stains wfrom da

e
w
wwwww www wwwww wwwww wwwww
laundry.
➢ Bottled juices are clarified tby the use of pectinase, protease and cellulase. t

N
i . N e tet i .N e e t i . N e tet .Ni.eNet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
aslala i . N
a s a
aslala i . N
a s a
aslala i . N
a s asla alia a s asla alia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
wwwww Five marks: wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
1. Explain the working of a microbial fuel cell.

a s as la
➢ eAtemicrobial
alia. Ni.N t
bacteria and
i.
fuel cell is aebio-electrochemical
s
mimicking
a as laalia. Ni.Ntet
bacterial interaction as a laa
found
s
system
lia. Ni.eNtet
in
that drives an electric
nature. a s as laalia.
current by using
Ni.eNtet
a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w.P.aPad
wwwww ➢ Microbial wwwwfuel cells work by allowing wwwww bacteria to oxidize and wwww reduce organic molecules. wwwww
➢ Bacterial respiration is basically one big redox reaction in which electrons are being moved
.Ni.eN tet
around. .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
laalia laalia laalia laalia laalia
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as a
d as a s a s as
dexchange a
d a s as
w.P.aPad ➢ A MFCwconsists w.P.aPaofd an anode andwawcathode w.P.aPadseparated by w aw w.P.aPa
proton da membrane. w.P.aPad
wwwww wwww www www wwwww
➢ Microbes at the anode oxidize the organic fuel generating protons which pass through the
s

membrane to the cathodet and the electrons pass through the anode to the texternal circuit to
l a i . Ni .eNtet l a i . Ni. eNet l a i . Ni .eNtet l a .Ni.eNet
ia l a .Ni.eNtet
ia
a
d ass a a l a generate current. a
d ass a a l a a s
d as a a l a a
d ass a a l a
d ass a a l
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww

d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www 2. Write the w
ww www importance ofwNitrosomonas
w
economic www
w www sakaiensis, Dechloromonas
w
europea, wIdeonella wwwww
aromatic, Phanerochaete chrysosporium, Dehalococcoides and Pestalotiopsis microspora.
lsa➢i.Ni.eN
a
tet
Nitrosomonas europaea
lsa .Ni.eNte-t Degrading benzene
alia lsa .Ni.eNteand
alia t Ni.eNtet
a variety oflai.halogenated organic lai.Ni.eNtet
a s a l a as a a s a a s a a l a sa ala
w .wP.aPdada compounds w
d
.aPada trichloroethylene
.wPincluding w
dadavinyl chloride. .PaPdadas
.wP.aPand w w . w .wP.aPdaadas
ww
w w w w w
w sakaiensis - Currently tried w w w
w for recycling of PET w w w w w w w
w PET ase
➢ Ideonella plastics. These bacteria use
and MHET ase enzymes to breakdown PET plastic into terephthalic acid and ethylene glycol.
e tet .Ni.eNtet - Degrade benzene tet
.Ni.eNanaerobically t .Ni.eNtet
a s i . N
asla➢la Dechloromonas
a i . N
a saslaalia
aromatica a s aslaalia and
as alia
aslto
a
.Ni.eNet toluene and
oxidize a saslaalia
a d a a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad xylene.ww w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www wwwww wwwww wwwww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad e .P.a
9|P a gw Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
➢ NePhanerochaete chrysosporium - An anaerobicNefungus that exhibits N strong potential for Netet
lsa
a . i.Ntet
alia a l aia
l .Ni.eNtet a l al . i.Ntet
ia a l al . i.eNtet
ia . i.N
alaia
w. P.
a
aPdadas bioremediation
w .P.
a
aPdad s a
ofaspesticides, polyaromatic
w . P.
a s a
aPdadas hydrocarbons,w.P dyes,
.
a s s a
aPdadatrinitrotoluene, w . P.aPdaadsasal
cyanides,
www
ww www
w
carbonwtetrachloride, www
ww www
ww www
ww
➢ Dehalococcoides – An anaerobic bioremediation of toxic trichloroethene to non-toxic ethane.
.Ni.eN
➢lia tet
Pestalotiopsis microspore .Ni.eNte-t A species of sendophytic
.Ni.eNtet fungus capable eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s a
asla a s alia
asla a alia
asla a s aof
asla .Ni.breaking
lia down andalalia
a s s a
a d a a d a ad a a d a ad a
w.P.Pad digesting .P.Pad
polyurethane.
w w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww www
ww wwwww wwwww
3. Whattis bioremediation? Explain the role of microbes in bioremediation.
a l alia.Ni.eNet a l alia.Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet asla .Ni.eNtet
alia asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da s
a s a ➢ The usewof d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a sa
w.P.aPad .Panaturally
ww.P
ad occurring wor.P.agenetically
ww P
ad engineered a ad
.Pmicroorganisms
ww.P
w .Pa ador
to reduce
ww.P
w
www
ww ww w
degrade pollutants is called bioremediation.
www ww w www
➢ Bioremediation is less expensive and more sustainable than other remediations available.
s a la a.Ni.eNtet
aliTypes: s a laalia.Ni.eNtet s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s .Padada a s a
aPdada s .Padada a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad ➢ In situ ww.P
w
bioremediation (treatment w.wP.contaminated ww.P in the site).
w w.P.aPad
www
ww ww w wwwwof soilworw
wwater wwwww
➢ Ex situ bioremediation (treatment of contaminated soil or water that is removed from the

t
site and treated).
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia s a la l .Ni.eNtet
ia s a l al .Ni.eNtet
ia
a a a a
d s fungus) a a a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
d a (Aerobic
.wP.aPada .wP.aPdadas .wP.aPdadas

e
w w w
www
ww ww www
Pseudomonas putida w w
w w w w w
• It is multi-plasmid hydrocarbon-degrading bacterium which
w w w
w w
1
(GEM). can digest the hydrocarbons in the oil spills.

N
e t e t .Ni.eNtet and a variety t .Ni.eNtet
a s asla alia t
.Ni.Ne Nitrosomonassa
a s laalia
europaea t
.Ni.Ne • Degrading
a s asla lia
abenzene a s alia
aslof
a
.Ni.eNet
halogenated organic
a s aslaalia
a d a 2 a d a a d a a d a a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w .wP.Pad
compounds w.P.Pad
includingwtrichloroethylene and vinyl .P ad
ww.P
w
www
ww ww www wwww wwww wwwchloride.
Ideonella sakaiensis • Currently tried for recycling of PET plastics.

s asla alia
4
.Ni.eNtet
i. s asla alia.Ni.eNtet (Anaerobic .fungus)
s a aliaNi.eNet
la
t
s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet s a alia
la .Ni.eNtet
d a a d a
Phanerochaetea • w Exhibitsd a a s
.wP.aPad strong potential wfor
d a a s
.P.aPbioremediation d
of pesticides, a a s
la
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w ad w.P.aPad
www
ww 5 ww wchrysosporium wwwwpolyaromatic ww www
hydrocarbons, dyes, wwwww
trinitrotoluene,
cyanides, carbon tetrachloride.
e t t e t t .Ni.eNtet benzene anaerobically .Ni.eNtet and to oxidize .Ni.eNtet
la i .
alai.NN e Dechloromonas la i .
alai.NN e • Abilityato ia
adegrade
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s as a
d a s as s as l a s as a s as
w.P.aPad w.wP.aPad w .wP.aPdadaand xylene. ww.wP.aPdada w.P.aPad
d a
www
ww ww wwaromatica wwwwtoluene w ww wwwww
Dehalococcoides. • Responsible for anaerobic bioremediation of toxic
s

6
.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet trichloroethene .Ni.eNtotet non-toxic ethane. i.NeNtet .Ni.eNtet
s alsa alia s alsa alia s alsaalia s alsaalai. s alsaalia
w.P.aPad
a
d a Pestalotiopsis a
.wP.aPdadmicrospore
a • w Capable a
.wP.aPdadaof breaking down a
P.aPdadigesting
and da polyurethane. a
.wP.aPdada
a

w w .w w
www
ww 7 w w
w w
(Endophytic fungus ) w w
w w w ww w
• This makes the fungus potential candidates for bio – w w
w w
remediation projects involving large quantity of plastics.
d

i . N e tet i . N e tet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

a s a i . N
aslala the role of microbes a s a i . N
aslalain production of chemicals, a s aslaalia a s aslaalia a s aslaalia
a 4.
d aExplain a d a a d a Enzymes and a other
d a bio active molecules.a d a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww ww www wwwww
a

Name of the microbes Product Uses

Lactobacillus Lactic acid.
Ni.eNtet Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
P

s a l alia. s a l alia. s aslaalia s aslaalia s aslaalia

d a a s a
Aspergillus niger, d a a s a citric acid, d a a d a a d a a
w.P.aPad .Pa ad
ww.P
w w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww Acetobacter ww w
aceti ww
acetic acid,www ww www wwwww
Rhizopus oryzae , fumaric acid,
t
.Ni.eNet butyricum salalia eNtet acid
.Ni.butyric .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s as lClostridium
aalia a s a a s as alia
la a s as alia
la a s as alia
la
d a d a Pdada .Padada .wP.aPdada
w.P.aPad Streptococcus w.P.aPad and Streptokinase w.P.abacterium • ww ww.Pas “clot buster” w
wUsed for removing
w w
www
ww ww www wwwww w
ww
genetically engineered clots from the blood vessels of
Streptococci. patients, who ethave undergone
s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsa alia.Ni.eNtet s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet s a alia.Ni.Net
lsinfarction. s alsaalia.Ni.eNtet
a
d a a
d a a
d a myocardial a a a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad .PaPdada d a
w.wP.aPad
www
ww ww www wwwww ww
• w wAn ww.immunosuppressant wwwwused in
Trichoderma polysporum.
Cyclosporin A, organ transplantation
e t t
.Ni.Ne purpureus salalia e t
Ne t e t t .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alia
aslMonascus .Ni.Statins producedsaby alia
la .Ne
.Nithe alia
aslcompetitively aslaalia
a d a s
a a a d a a s a a d a a s • It actsa d a
bys
a a inhibiting
a d a sa
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad yeast Monascusw.P.Padpurpureus www .P Pad
ww.enzyme w.wP.Pad
www
ww ww www wwwww wthe responsible wwwwfor the
have been used to lower
synthesis of cholesterol.
blood cholesterol levels. et t
a l alia. Ni.eNtet a l alia. Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.Ne aslaalia.Ni.eNtet aslaalia.Ni.eNtet
d a s
a s a d a s
a s a d a s
a d a s
a d as a
w.P.aPXII
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
w ww
.Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ww.P w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 10 | P a gwe.P.a Pad
www
ww wwwww ww www wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com
 sa la .Ni.eNtet www.Padasalai.Net
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
la a la
www.TrbTnpsc.com
s .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
BHARATHIRAJA A. PGT ZOOLOGY
E. .coli t and
aliaNi.eNet
lsa .Ni.Human
alia
lsa eNtet insulin .Ni.eNtet • Human insulin
alia
lsa .Ni.has
alia
lsa eNtet been produced lai.Ni.eNtet
a s a
.wP.aPdada Saccharomyces a
cerevisiae
.wP.aPdada
s a a
.wP.aPdada
s a a
predominantly
.wP.aPdada
s a using E. coli adsaasala
.wP.aPdaand
ww w
w w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w
w w w wSaccharomyces w
cerevisiae for
therapeutic use in human.
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a
ad Explain the role a d a a a d a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.P5. .Pad
of.Pmicrobes
w in industrial .P.Pad (Antibiotic production)
wproducts w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww wwwww
II. MICROBES IN INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS. - Antibiotic production
e t t
.Ni.Ne of the Microbes .Ni.eNtet Uses .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
a s aName
asla ia
l a s alia
asla a s aslaalia Other
a s aslaanotes
ia
l a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad ➢ Penicillin w .aPadreferred as the
is.Palso w.P.aPadof
“queen
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww wwwww
Penicillium notatum drugs”
Penicillin production
Penicillium
eNtet chrysogenum. eNteAntibiotics.
t ➢ Selman
e tet Waksman discovered eNtet Streptomycin lai.Ni.eNtet
l a ia. N
i . l a ia.First
Ni . l a ia. N
i. N l a ia. N
i .
. P
a
aPdaadsasal ( fungus) w.P.aPdaadsasal
a
. P
a
aPdaadsasal and wasw.P the a
asal to use the.P.aPterm
aPdaadsfirst daadsaasala
w . w . . w
www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww
“antibiotic” in 1943. wwwww
➢ It is a broad spectrum bacteriostatic

t
t
.Ni.eNet spectrumlai.Ni.eNet t Ntet
.Ni.e .Ni.eNtelimit the growth lai.Ni.eNtet
lsBroad
alia a l a ia antibiotic (antibiotics la ithat
a
t
a s a a a s
.wP.aPdadas
.wP.aPdada bacteriostaticwantibiotic
a a l Tetracycline a s
.wP.aPdadas
a a l as a
as a l
P.aPdadinhibits dasasala
of bacteria) that
.w microbial .aPada
protein
.wP

e
ww w
w w ww w w w
w w w w
w w w w
w
w w w synthesisw w
➢ It is the first antibiotic of this group, isolated

N
s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s a i .N i .eNtet
aslalaChlortetracyclinedasaaslalia a Ntet
.Ni.e
from the dcultures
s asla
eNtet
.Ni.of
alia Streptomyces s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a d a a a d a a a a a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
aureofaciens. wwwww

as asla .Ni.eNtet
alia a s
i. alia
asla .Streptomycin
Ni.eNtet
as
➢ It is a broad spectrum antibiotic isolated
alia
asla
from
Ntet the actinomycetes,
.Ni.e
a s asla .Ni.eNtet Streptomyces
alia a s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
d a d a d a d
griseus w.P.aPad a d a
la
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww ➢ strainswof
w w
wwbacteria wwwwwto the
that are resistant
"Superbug" majority of antibiotics commonly used
i . N e te t i . N e te t i . N Ntet
e .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet
alai.N
la alai.N
la alai.today.
la alia
la alia
la
a

a
d a s a
s a
d a s as a
d as as a
d as a s a
d as a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww wwwww
s

salsa .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
a

www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
d

sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
a da a a d a a ad a a a d a a a d a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww
a

.Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet .Ni.eNtet

P

as alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla a s alia
asla
d a d a d a d a d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s ala .Ni.eNtet
alia sa .Ni.eNtet
alia
la s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia s a la .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s a
d a s
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s a .Ni.eNtet
alia
lsa s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia s lsa
a .Ni.eNtet
alia
a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a a
d a
w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad w.P.aPad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia sasla .Ni.eNtet
alia
ad a a a d a a a d a a a d a a ad a a
w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad w.P.Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww www
ww

s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia s asla .Ni.eNtet
alia
da a d a a d a a da a d a a
w.P.aPXII .Pa ad IN HUMAN WELFARE
ad– ZOO – CHA – 8 –wMICROBES
ww.P
w ww w.P.aPad w.P.aPad 11 | P a gwe.P.a
Pad
www
ww www
ww www
ww wwwww
Kindly Send Me Your Study Materials To Us Email ID: padasalai.net@gmail.com